Inbox News: March 2025

March 1 - 31, 2025: Issue 640

Week Four March 2025 (March 17 - 23)

Seas The Day 2025 returns to Kingscliff Beach

Seas The Day women's surf festival is back for its third year running. Credit: Andy Morris / Surfing Australia

Surfing Australia is excited to announce the return of Seas The Day for its third and biggest year running. The world’s largest female participation surf event will take place on June 21st and 22nd at Kingscliff Beach in northern NSW.

In 2024, Seas The Day attracted a record crowd of more than 12,000 people, with free activities, inspirational talks, and workshops hosted by leading women in the surfing industry. Additionally, nearly 300 women and young girls took to the waves to compete in a fun tag team contest.

Surfing Australia CEO, Chris Mater, said:

"It is an honour to witness and celebrate Seas The Day, the world's largest female surf festival. With nearly 300 competitors and 15,000 enthusiastic spectators, this event not only showcases remarkable talent but also unites the surfing community in an extraordinary way.

The workshops and inspirational talks led by some of the most influential figures in surfing are truly transformative, empowering all who attend. This festival is a testament to the strength, resilience, and passion of women surfers everywhere.

I extend my deepest gratitude to everyone involved in making this incredible weekend possible. Together, we continue to inspire and uplift one another, and I can't wait to see it grow in 2025."

The two-day event on the Tweed Coast will offer spectators plenty of entertainment, including live music, yoga, ice baths, breathwork, food trucks, and more.

This year, the festival will feature three dedicated hubs with guest speakers covering:

  • Women of Surf – featuring influential women from across the surfing industry
  • World Champions & Female Olympians – spotlighting elite athletes from various sports
  • Wellness Workshops – focusing on health and well-being

Seven-time World Champion Layne Beachley will also return to host her popular Awake Academy.

13-year-old Gidget Kowalski from Bilinga, QLD, won Open Women’s Shortboard with the ‘Alley Cats’ in 2024.

“In my heat, I was up against Layne Beachley and Tru Starling. It was amazing to surf alongside my heroes and such amazing surfers and it's just really fun to hang out with heaps of other girls. Events like this are really good for surfing and encourage everyone to have a go. Surfing in a team takes away the pressure and is so much fun."

A competitor in the U12 Mini Shredders division at Seas The Day. Credit: Andy Morris / Surfing Australia

The festival aims to empower women from all walks of life and experiences. New additions to the 2025 lineup include Surviving Summer Netflix star and professional surfer Lilliana Bowery, rising stars Leihani Zoric and Australian Junior Surfer of the Year Milla Brown, as well as current World Championship Tour and Olympic athletes.

Surfing Australia has women in leadership roles across the organisation, many of whom will participate in the hub panel discussions, encouraging more females to pursue careers in the surfing industry. Speakers include former CT athlete Kate Wilcomes and 2005 World Champion and Australian Surfing Hall of Fame inductee Chelsea Hedges.

Returning to the festival in 2025, the Celebrity Surf Challenge will see world champions, media personalities, and Olympians from various sports come together for some friendly competition. The event will feature a mix of junior champions, elite athletes, and influential women across different sports, all supporting the movement of women in sport. It’s set to be a highlight of the weekend, bringing extra energy and excitement to Seas The Day. 

Seas The Day is proudly funded by the NSW Government, actively supporting female participation in surfing and will be supported by a $100,000 grant.

Premier of New South Wales, Chris Minns said:

“Supporting large scale events in regional NSW is beneficial for everyone. By providing funding, we can engage local organisations and businesses, in turn lifting the NSW economy.”

“I’m sure that people will come from far and wide to join locals in a fun, festive day that will put the smiles on the face of every competitor, spectator and winner.”

“It’s exciting to witness the rapid rise of women’s sport, particularly in the surfing community which has a special place in my heart, and I look forward to seeing the next generation catch their break at Seas the Day.”

Minister for Women, Jodie Harrison said:

“I encourage everyone who is able to attend, to show your support and cheer on the talented women and girls as they showcase their skill and determination to win.”

“This government is committed to supporting opportunities for women that align with the NSW Women’s Strategy 2023-2026.”

“This uplifting surfing event is an exciting way to encourage any women or girl, regardless of background or age to make some waves and participate.” 

Minister for Sport, Steve Kamper said:

“Our government is deeply invested in ensuring that we attract big events to every corner of NSW.

“Over the last few years, we have seen a remarkable groundswell of support for fantastic women’s sporting events such as Seas the Day.”

“This momentum is empowering, and with legends like Layne Beachley leading the way, it is becoming ever easier for the next generation of women and girls to get involved.”

About Seas The Day:

Seas The Day is is the world’s largest female participation surf event that aims aims to encourage women of all skill levels to compete in a pressure-free environment. The festival features guest speakers, workshops, movie screenings, food trucks, live music, entertainment and more.

The contest is open to female surfers in the following divisions: Open Women’s Shortboard presented by Sambazon, Open Women’s Longboard presented by Coffee Supreme, Ghanda Girls Under 18 Shortboard and Salty Girls Surf School Under 12 Mini Shredders divisions. The competition is a tag team format with three surfers in a team.

Seas the Day is proudly funded by the NSW Government and is a sponsored event of Tweed Shire Council.

Seas the Day is also proudly sponsored by Jim Beam, BC™ Protein Snacks, Ruffie Rustic Foods, No  Pong Natural Deodorant, Sambazon,  Ghanda, Coffee Supreme, Zuum Energy Gum, Blackroll, Tracks, Cudgen SLSC, Hampton Event Hire, Salty Girls Surf School, Surfers for Climate and One Wave.

For more information, please visit seasthedaysurffestival.com

1990 World Champion Pam Burridge performing an effortless headstand in the inclusive and fun tag-team competition! Credits: Tyler Boyce / Surfing Australia

We found a new wasp! Students are discovering insect species through citizen science

Andy HoweCC BY
Andy G HoweUniversity of the Sunshine CoastErinn Fagan-JeffriesUniversity of AdelaidePatrick O'ConnorUniversity of Adelaide, and Trang NguyenUniversity of Adelaide

Playgrounds can host a variety of natural wonders – and, of course, kids! Now some students are not just learning about insects and spiders at school — they are putting them on the map and even discovering and naming new species.

Studies indicate insect populations are declining, and species are going extinct every week in Australia. But scientists have only described about a third of Australia’s estimated total of insect species.

This means around 150,000 of our insect species do not have formal scientific names. We know little about where they are and what they do in ecosystems — vital information for stopping biodiversity loss.

So, our team developed the citizen science project Insect Investigators.

We took scientists to 50 regional schools across three states to learn about insects and other arthropods such as spiders. Students of all ages got to survey insect diversity, search for new species, and engage with entomologists and taxonomists throughout the school year.

Students helped name new species, including several species of parasitoid wasp.

Some of the scientific names include Apanteles darthvaderi (Back Plains State School students thought the wasp had gone to the “dark side” because of the way the wasp “sucks the life out of caterpillars”), Mirax supremus (named after the pinnacle science class at Beerwah State High School), and Coccygidium mellosiheroine, which means “honey-coloured hero” (named by students collaborating from several Queensland schools, who considered the wasp a hero as it attacks a crop pest).

Our latest paper on the project is now published. We learned hands-on citizen science increased students’ interests in insects, nature and science.

Close-up photograph of new species of wasp
Apanteles darthvaderi - the wasp that’s gone to the dark side. Katherine Oestmann & Olivia PortmannCC BY

How many insects?

Around 1,800 students and more than 70 teachers collected insects in or near their schools.

Teachers sent samples to the project team, which sorted and sent a selection of specimens to be DNA barcoded. This method involves sequencing a small section of the genome to tell different species apart.

The specimens were then sent to experts around Australia, who are working to describe any new species collected.

The students collected more than 12,000 insect specimens, including 5,465 different species – many of which are probably not described.

It will take years to identify all the species and work out how many are new to science, but we already know 3,000 had not been recorded in the Barcode of Life DNA database (BOLD).

Seven children in green and yellow school uniforms stand outside in front of an insect trap.
Queensland Mount Molloy students and their Malaise trap. Andy HoweCC BY

Good for insects, good for learning

Getting to know insects as part of this citizen science project was great for kids’ active learning and developing an appreciation of the natural world.

Students said they felt more interested in insects, nature and science, and it inspired them to spend more time outdoors.

“I learnt there are many insect and plant species… that I haven’t seen before and how in different ecosystems you can find different insects,” said a student from South Australia.

When students are engaged, it’s no surprise teachers enjoy their jobs more too — and this is exactly what we found. The more enthusiastic the students were about nature and science experiences through the project, the more interested the teachers were in teaching these topics.

One teacher reported “students gained an understanding of the work of scientists, how to participate in research, protocols to follow, and gained a huge interest in insects!”

Insect Investigators won the 2024 Eureka Prize for Innovation in Citizen Science (Australian Museum)

What did students get out of it?

After the insect survey was completed, we asked 118 students and 22 teachers in nine of the schools about what they experienced, and how they see insects and nature now.

Students said the chance to find a new species, as well as discovering and catching insects they had not seen before, were highlights of Insect Investigators.

Experiencing a hands-on learning style, outside in nature, was also mentioned as a benefit of the program.

Many students said they now wanted to spend more time outdoors, act and encourage others to protect nature, and pay more attention to insect conservation and science classes. This implies the experience and discovery associated with hands-on citizen science has motivated greater engagement with nature and science.

Two children in school uniforms hold up a specimen jar with an insect inside.
Queensland Cameron Downs kids show off an insect they found. Andy HoweCC BY

The potential of school-based citizen science

Insect surveys offer an accessible way for students to actively learn about science and nature. Insects are virtually everywhere and by photographing them, students can observe natural insect behaviour – without the need to collect them.

The iNaturalist App and Atlas of Living Australia facilitate citizen scientists to explore nature around them. We’ve also created resources for teachers who want to introduce lessons on insects into their school homepage.

It’s never too early to develop science literacy skills and give children the chance to develop their curiosity, critical thinking and problem solving.

Connecting schools and scientists is a great way to engage young learners and foster connections to nature. It has the added bonus of inventorying our natural world which is vital to conserving Australia’s biodiversity.The Conversation

Andy G Howe, Research Fellow (Entomology), University of the Sunshine CoastErinn Fagan-Jeffries, Wasp biodiversity group leader, University of AdelaidePatrick O'Connor, Professor in Natural Resource Economics, University of Adelaide, and Trang Nguyen, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

 

State Champs 2025 Surf Boat Highlights

NSW's tree-mendous icons

Opportunities:

Youth Week creative arts competition: ACYP

To celebrate Youth Week, the NSW Advocate for Children and Young People (ACYP) are running a creative arts competition for children and young people aged 12-24, who live in NSW. 

This competition is their chance to celebrate everything that makes them unique, strong and the future. That’s why this year’s theme is interactive, and children and young people are able to add their own quality, such as 'I am proud', 'I am strong', 'I am awesome.' 

They want you to create an art piece that shows them:

  • Who you are
  • Your skills
  • Your best qualities
  • What you're most proud of. 

What can you create?

Children and young people can submit any of the below, including:

  • Drawing
  • Painting
  • Sculpture
  • Collage
  • Digital art
  • Photography

Who can enter?

Children and young people aged 12-24, who live in NSW. 

The details

Submissions will be grouped in three age categories:

  • 12-15 years
  • 16-19 years
  • 20-24 years

What are the prizes?

There will be a 1st, 2nd and 3rd place chosen for each of the 3 age groups. All winners will get a 6 month membership to Skillshare and the following prizes:

  • 1st place: iPad 10 Gen
  • 2nd place: $300 voucher for Eckersley’s or Officeworks
  • 3rd place: $200 voucher for Eckersley’s or Officeworks

Competition deadline

Submissions close Sunday, 13 April 2025, at 11:59pm.

Find out more here: www.acyp.nsw.gov.au/youth-week-art-competition-2025

NSW Youth Week 2025

NSW Youth Week 2025 is taking place from 9 to 17 April.

Council's list of 2025 events, ranging from FREE up to $79.00 are listed at:  www.northernbeaches.youth-week

Youth Week is an opportunity for young people across NSW to come together in their local communities.

Councils, youth organisations and schools work with young people to host free activities, events and competitions!

If you live in NSW and are aged between 12 and 24, you can get involved and celebrate Youth Week by:

  • attending live events
  • showcasing your talents
  • taking part in competitions
  • using your voice to advocate for things young people want in your local community
  • having fun!

What is the Youth Week 2025 theme?

This year, the youth week theme is about:

  • celebrating every young person’s unique strengths
  • recognising your individual and collective power as our current and future influencers, leaders and decision makers.

So tell us who you are, your skills, your best qualities or what you are most proud of @youthweeknsw.

I am______________.


We are the future, and the future is now!

Follow @youthweeknsw and @acyp and get involved in the Youth Week competitions for a chance to win some prizes!

2025 Game Changer Challenge

Entries for the Game Changer Challenge 2025 are now open. Learn more about this year's challenge and enter your school now.

Find out more at: education.nsw.gov.au/schooling/schooling-initiatives/game-changer-challenge/about-the-game-changer-challenge

What is the Game Changer Challenge?

The Game Changer Challenge is the NSW Department of Education’s award-winning design thinking competition.

Open to public schools across the state the challenge centres on discovering solutions for a real-world, wicked problem by applying classroom learning.

Game Changer Challenge 2025

Entries for the Game Changer Challenge are now open. Enter your details in the form using your @education.nsw.gov.au login.

What is a wicked problem?

A wicked problem is a social or cultural problem that’s difficult or impossible to solve, normally because of its complex and interconnected nature.

Wicked problems push us to think outside the box, fostering innovation and creativity. The process of addressing these challenges can lead to breakthroughs in technology, policy and social norms.

Many wicked problems are related to environmental sustainability. By addressing this as a big issue, we can develop more sustainable living practices and build communities that are more resilient to changes and challenges.

Engaging with wicked problems empowers individuals and communities to take action and make a difference. It encourages young people to play an active role in their community and future.

The 2025 wicked problem: Ensure sustainable futures for all.

The 2025 priority areas are: Planet, People, Places.

Inspired by the United Nations Sustainable Development Goal No. 12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns

The United Nations defines sustainability as “meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.”

Sustainability is about balance. It’s about protecting our Planet, empowering our People, and caring for the Places we live, learn, and grow.

This year, teams will explore innovative ways to create a more sustainable future by tackling real-world challenges. Whether it’s rethinking how we empower people, use resources, reducing waste, or building more sustainable communities, this is your opportunity to make a lasting impact.

What is design thinking?

Design thinking is a human-centred process to solving complex problems. Empathy and collaboration are at the heart of design thinking.

The five-step process starts by encouraging problem solvers to walk in the shoes of those experiencing the 'problem' to gain a deeper insight into the challenges and issues they face (empathy).

This knowledge is then used to develop a clear problem statement (define), work on solutions (ideate), turn these solutions into tangible products (prototype) and then see whether the solution will work (test).

Design thinking is not a linear process. With each stage you make new discoveries that require you to rethink and redefine what you have already done.

Design thinking brings our head, heart and hands together to find innovative solutions to complex problems.

This process can be used over and over again, for small or complex problems.

A guide to Game Changer Challenge 2025

What's new in 2025

The 2025 Game Changer Challenge is bigger, bolder, and more impactful than ever before, with a new program design that will involve more students and extend the challenge’s reach across the state. All teams who register and work through Stage 1: Research will progress to Stage 2: Design, ensuring more students get more design experience.

This year, teams will produce a design portfolio that will track their design journeys from beginning to end, with a video pitch being submitted at the end of Stage 2 to be judged by industry experts. 20 teams will progress to the grand final.

Here’s how it works:

Step 1: Enter your school

Enter your details and receive the Game Changer Challenge 2025 resources. Access the form using your @education.nsw.gov.au login. Resources are available from Term 1, Week 6.

Step 2: Build your team

Teams consist of 5 students and 1 teacher per team. Supervising teachers can be from any subject area. The primary category is for students from Years 3 to 6, the secondary category is for students from Years 7 to 11.

Schools can have more than one team, providing each student team member is different. One teacher can oversee multiple teams.

Step 3: All teams work through the Stage 1 handbook and prepare your design portfolio

Access the teacher handbook on our GCC2025 Teacher Hub and guide your team through the first stages of the challenge.

The handbook guides you and your team through:

  • The Wicked Problem
  • GCC framework and principles
  • GCC 2025 schedule
  • Design portfolio submission process

All teams must prepare an online design portfolio after working through the playbooks to progress to Stage 2.

Step 4: Submit a design portfolio

Design portfolio due Thursday 29 May 2025 (Term 2, Week 5).

Step 5: All teams work through the design sprint livestream and prepare their video pitch

All teams who have submitted a design portfolio in Stage 1 will gain access to the design sprint livestream in Term 3, Week 4.

Teams will ideate, refine, and start building their solution. This year the design sprint will be an on-demand video where all teams will have 2 weeks to design a solution and produce a video pitch. Teams will continue to track their design thinking journeys in their design portfolio to using the Stage 2 templates provided. These design portfolios and video pitches will be judged by a panel of industry partners and NSW Department of Education staff.

Step 6: Grand final

20 teams participate in the grand final event hosted at the department's Parramatta office in Term 4, Week 5.

At the grand final teams create and finalise their prototype and present their solutions to judges and industry partners at the Ideas Expo.

Find out more, along with links to forms etc., at: education.nsw.gov.au/schooling/schooling-initiatives/game-changer-challenge/about-the-game-changer-challenge

Contact us

Do you have a specific question or need more detail about this year’s challenge? Send an email to GCC@det.nsw.edu.au

Learner drivers benefit as more resources become available online  

As the Driver Knowledge Test online heads toward 200,000 users in its first 12 months, many learner drivers are set to get behind the wheel for the first time. To help supervising drivers prepare and teach safe driving, Transport for NSW has launched a new free online resource. 

The Supervising Learner Drivers online learning resource is now available online and provides better access to parents, guardians and other full licensed drivers wishing to supervise learner drivers to help them supervise and teach learner drivers about safe driving before taking the driving test. 

Transport for NSW, in conjunction with local councils, has been delivering free face-to-face workshops ‘Helping Learner Drivers Become Safer Drivers’ across the state for over two decades to support supervising drivers. 

Executive Director Road Safety Regulation at Transport for NSW, Duncan Lucas, said now offering the learning resource online as well is a natural step towards more accessible road safety education, after the successful launch of the Driver Knowledge Test online last year.   

“Learning to drive is a big milestone and the role of supervising learner drivers often falls on parents, guardians and other full licensed relatives.  

“We want to support supervising drivers in understanding their responsibilities and to be able to provide safe and constructive feedback when they take their son, daughter, friend, or relative on the road to complete their logbook hour requirements,” Mr Lucas said.  

The online resource features five modules that cover a range of topics including what is involved in being a supervising driver, issues facing young drivers, how the NSW Graduated Licensing Scheme works, the importance of learner driver experience, lesson planning, dealing with stress, how to develop safe solo driving, where to go for more information and how to share the roads safely with heavy vehicles, motorcycles, bicycle riders and pedestrians.    

“For people in regional areas or those juggling work and other commitments, attending in-person workshops can be challenging,” Mr Lucas said. 

“With the learning resource now available online, supervising drivers will have a flexible and convenient option to ensure they can access critical road safety information and training from the comfort of their homes without having to travel long distances or sacrifice work hours. 

“I encourage all parents, carers and supervisors who are helping novice drivers complete their 120 driving hours to also access the new Supervising Learner Drivers online resource, for practical tips on how to stay safe and get the most out of driving practice.  

“I also encourage young learner drivers under 25 years to complete structured driving lessons under the ‘3 for 1’ scheme and enrol in the Safer Drivers Course to increase their knowledge and implementation of safe driving, with the bonus of getting additional supervised hours credited to their log book,” Mr Lucas said. 

Learners who complete a structured driving lesson with a licensed driving instructor can credit triple the time of their lesson to their log book under the ‘3 for 1’ scheme. Learners with 50 hours in their log book (excluding 3 for 1 bonus hours) who complete the Safer Drivers Course can credit an additional 20 hours to their log book.  

The resource can be completed any time at the supervising driver’s convenience and is available on the Centre for Road Safety website www.transport.nsw.gov.au/roadsafety/young-drivers/supervising-learner-drivers

NSW History Awards 2025: Submissions are now open

The Awards acknowledge the contribution of historical research to our culture and communities, and to society at large.

All works must have been first published, broadcast or screened and made publicly and commercially available between 1 April 2024 and 31 March 2025.

A total of $85,000 in prize money will be awarded across six categories.

Administered by the State Library, in association with Create NSW, the NSW History Awards will offer prizes in six categories this year:
  • Australian History Prize ($15,000)
  • General History Prize ($15,000)
  • New South Wales Community and Regional History Prize ($15,000)
  • Young People’s History Prize ($15,000)
  • Digital History Prize ($15,000)
  • The Anzac Memorial Trustees Military History Prize ($10,000)
A discounted early-bird entry fee is available until Thursday 13 March at 5pm!

All entries close at on Thursday 3 April at 5pm. Find more information via the link below. 


History Week 2025 Theme and Event Registrations

Announcing the History Council of NSW's theme for History Week 2025: Water Stories!
And...HCNSW are very excited to announce Event Registrations are now open for History Week, earlier than ever before!

From the caring for water practices of First Nations people to non-Indigenous transformations of creeks and rivers, and the building of dams, there is an abundance of histories of water waiting to be ‘tapped’ and told.

Members are invited to stage online or in-person events. Your event will form part of the HCNSW’s media campaign and be promoted in the History Week 2025 Program Event Calendar on our website.
Registrations for History Week events are now open via the link below

For all History Week inquiries, please contact programs@historycouncilnsw.org.au

A little bit more about Water Stories:
Water is fundamental to life. It also underpins our histories. From floods to droughts, from oceans to creeks, rivers and wetlands, our pasts are bound up with the ebbs and flows of water.

History Week 2025 will engage with stories of how water was cherished, contained, diverted, contaminated, looked after and shared, or withheld.

The theme invites History Council members to dive into their water stories.
  • 🛥️ What happens to communities when water is absent or when it is destructive? How did people in the past use water to travel and trade?
  • 🌊 How do waterways connect, or disconnect, communities?
  • 🐠 How important is water in cultures of sport, fishing, and play as well as the economy?

Racing for a Cause: Manly Inflatable Boat Race 2025

Member for Manly, James Griffin has called on the community to get behind one of the Northern Beaches’ most outrageously fun charity events, the 2025 Manly Inflatable Boat Race.

Awarded ‘Community Event of the Year’ at the 2016 Australia Day Awards in Manly, the Manly Inflatable Boat Race is once again gearing up to take over Manly & Shelly Beach on Sunday 30 March this year, with waves of colour, chaos, and community spirit.


Since its inception, the Manly Inflatable Boat Race has raised over $300,000 for charity. The event will see competitors paddle from Shelly Beach to raise funds for the Manly Adolescent and Young Adult Hospice (AYAH) Australia’s first dedicated young adult’s hospice, and cancer research charity Tour de Cure. 

“The Manly Inflatable Boat Race is an epic event and one which showcases the very best of Manly. I encourage everyone to get involved and make a splash for a fantastic cause,” Mr Griffin said.

With over 500 participants and thousands of spectators expected, the 2025 edition promises to be as wild as ever. Registration and float pumping will take place from 7:30am at South Steyne, near Manly Surf Club, with the actual race being held at Shelly Beach at 10:00am.

Founder and organiser Denver Bevan expressed his own excitement for the event. “The Manly Inflatable Boat Race is a highlight on the Sydney calendar because it’s just so much fun! Race-goers love the thrill of paddling through the waves in crazy, colourful inflatables, and the spectators get a front-row seat to all the mayhem. It’s a fantastic day at the beach for all ages,” Mr Bevan said.

Service Manager at AYAH Tayia Yates welcomed the support, saying the funds raised on the day would make a profound difference. 

“Supporting the Manly Inflatable Boat Race is an opportunity to contribute to a vital cause, offering respite and care to those who need it most. We encourage everyone to participate in this unique community event to help raise funds towards the AYAH and assist us in creating a lasting impact on the families and young individuals in our care.” Ms Yates said

The concept of the Manly Inflatable Boat Race is simple:
  • Pick your wackiest fancy dress costume (the crazier, the better!)
  • Bring your inflatable of choice - anything from rubber duckies to pink flamingos, sea monsters, or pool ponies!
  • Join in the 1km paddle adventure from Shelly Beach, around the Manly Life Savers buoys, and back to shore.
  • Rules? There are none! First to the finish line wins!
In a generous showing of support, 4 Pines Brewing Co have been announced as the major sponsor of this year’s event, with General Manager Adam Dearing declaring that he was ‘stoked to come on board as a major sponsor this year to help bring this fabulous charity event back to life after Covid.” The Boathouse Shelly Beach, Budgy Smuggler and OnlineProjects have also thrown their support behind the Race as key event partners. 

To purchase tickets and for any further inquiries, please visit the Manly Inflatable Boat Race website at manlyinflatableboatrace.com.au

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: State

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. the particular condition that someone or something is in at a specific time. 2. a physical condition as regards internal or molecular form or structure. 3. informal; an agitated or anxious condition.4. informal; a dirty or untidy condition. 5. Physics; short for quantum state.

6. a nation or territory considered as an organized political community under one government.7. the civil government of a country. 8. pomp and ceremony associated with monarchy or high levels of government.

9. a specified impression taken from an etched or engraved plate at a particular stage.

Verb

1. express something definitely or clearly in speech or writing. 2. in Law; specify the facts of (a case) for consideration. 3. in Music; present or introduce (a theme or melody) in a composition.

From; c. 1200, stat, "circumstances, position in society, temporary attributes of a person or thing, conditions," from Old French estat "position, condition; status, stature, station," and directly from Latin status "a station, position, place; way of standing, posture; order, arrangement, condition," figuratively "standing, rank; public order, community organisation."

This is a noun of action from the past-participle stem of stare "to stand" (from word root sta- "to stand, make or be firm"). Some Middle English senses are via Old French estat (French état; 'estate'). The Latin word was adopted into other modern Germanic languages (German, Dutch staat) but chiefly in the political senses only.

The meanings "physical condition as regards form or structure," "particular condition or phase," and "condition with reference to a norm" are attested from c. 1300. The meaning "mental or emotional condition" is attested from 1530s (the phrase 'state of mind' is attested by 1749); the specific colloquial sense of "an agitated or perturbed condition" is from 1837.

The meaning "splendour of ceremony, etc., appropriate to high office; dignity and pomp befitting a person of high degree" is from early 14c. Hence to lie in state "be ceremoniously exposed to view before interment" (1705) and keep state "conduct oneself with pompous dignity" (1590s).

Dozens of surfers fell ill after swimming in seas that turned into a ‘bacterial smoothie’ of sea foam. What was in it?

Anthony Rowland
Ipek KurtbökeUniversity of the Sunshine Coast

Two windswept beaches 80km south of Adelaide have been closed to the public after locals reported “more than 100” surfers fell ill on the weekend. Their symptoms included “a sore throat, dry cough and irritated eyes” or blurred vision. Dead sea dragons, fish and octopuses have also washed up on the beaches.

Water samples have been taken for testing and health authorities suspect toxins from an algal bloom may be to blame.

But the “mysterious foam” in the water is a health hazard in its own right.

My research shows people should not go in the sea when it is foaming. These bacterial smoothies can contain more harmful pathogens than a sewage treatment plant – and you wouldn’t go swimming in sewage.

Beware of sea foam

Sea foam doesn’t look dangerous. But looks can be deceiving. This foam is likely to contain a mixture of many different types of microbes and pollutants.

On beaches with lots of sea foam, people should avoid all contact with the water – and definitely avoid surfing or breathing in the contaminated water droplets in the air.

I have been studying sea foams since 2003. In 2021, my PhD student Luke Wright and I published research on our discovery of infectious disease-causing microbes in the sea foams of the Sunshine Coast in Queensland.

Named Nocardiae, these microbes are filamentous bacteria that can cause foaming in wastewater treatment plants, particularly when there’s a high load of fats, oils and greases. We now know the bacteria can cause foaming in the sea too.

We detected 32 strains of Nocardiae in samples of sea foam from beaches at Noosa and south to Caloundra.

Some of these species were new to science. So we named them Nocardia australiensis and Nocardia spumea (“spumea” meaning froth or foam).

Nocardiae bacteria are known to cause skin, lung and central nervous system infections in both humans and animals. But the infection usually only takes hold in people with weakened immune systems. The bacteria can cause abscesses in the brain, lungs and liver.

The incubation time can range between one and six months, depending on the strain of bacteria and the health status of the person involved.

This means it will take some time for people to get infected and show symptoms. Long-term medical monitoring is required to detect the condition, as it can be masked by other disease-causing microbes such as the infectious agent that causes tuberculosis.

Where is the sea foam coming from?

During heavy winds, microbial spores from the soil can end up on the surface of the ocean.

If the water is polluted with floating fats and grease as well as asphaltene, motor oil and hydrocarbons, these spores soon form bacterial colonies or biofilms that go forth and multiply.

That’s because these microbes use pollution as a food source. Seawater is increasingly polluted by runoff from farmland or hard surfaces such as roads. Everything washed into the stormwater drains out to sea. During heavy storms accidental overflow from sewage systems can also occur, as Rockhampton has experienced in the past.

Algae is another food source for these microbes, as they can crack open algae cells to access the nutritious oils inside. Sea foams have been observed in northern France during algal blooms.

Warm water makes matters worse, as the warmth increases the survival rate for Nocardiae. In our laboratory on the Sunshine Coast, we were able to replicate a foaming event. We found foaming started at water temperatures of 24°C and above.

What can be done about it?

Reducing stormwater pollution will reduce the growth of sea foams. Any potential incident of infections of these surfers can raise awareness of the problem.

But sea foam can also be found in pristine environments such as national parks, where it is mostly due to oils leached from trees. We proved this fact at Noosa National Park.

In my experience on the Sunshine Coast, the council and other local authorities have been very receptive to advice on how to fix the problem. They have supported our research and also completed major upgrades at sewage treatment plants over the last 20 years.

Once there’s an outbreak in the environment it is very difficult to control. That’s because ocean is an open system, as opposed to the closed system of a sewage treatment plant, where operators can use special chemicals or mechanical equipment to break the foam down. In open sea it’s impossible. So we just have to wait for it to go away.

In this case, teams of researchers from different disciplines should come together to explore the issue. Microbiologists, marine scientists, meteorologists and chemists should team up to find out what’s going on. Ocean currents should be followed to determine where the pollutants end up.

Sea foam is a global issue

Earlier this month Tropical Cyclone Alfred whipped up sea foam all the way along the coast from South East Queensland to northern New South Wales. I was horrified to see footage of people playing in the thick, sticky sea foam, blissfully unaware of the dangers.

But the problem is not confined to Australia, sea foam can be found at polluted beaches all over the world. Examples include India and Turkey.

I have been telling this story ever since I first observed it on the Sunshine Coast in 2003. Every time there’s a major sea foam event, the media is interested. But research support is also needed in the gaps in between. We scientists need to monitor the shorelines continuously.

As long as humanity continues to produce pollution, the problem will increase. It will also worsen as the world warms, because sea foams like it hot.The Conversation

Ipek Kurtböke, Associate Professor in Microbiology, University of the Sunshine Coast

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

We combed through old botanical surveys to track how plants on Australia’s islands are changing

Jakub Maculewicz/Shutterstock
David ColemanMacquarie University and Julian SchraderMacquarie University

More than 8,000 continental islands sit just off the coast of Australia, many of them uninhabited and unspoiled. For thousands of species, these patches of habitat offer refuge from the threats they face on the mainland.

Coastal islands are also a valuable resource for ecologists studying how communities of plants colonise new habitats and change over time.

Now, we have created a new publicly available database known as A-Islands, which draws on decades of plant surveys (where botanists visit a particular location and record the plants found there).

This unique collection of surveys draws on data about more than 6,500 plant species from over 850 islands. Some vast islands stretched for kilometres, while others were as small as a tiny apartment.

Our new research, published in the Journal of Vegetation Science, provides new insights into how Australia’s coastal islands have changed over time, and can help with plant monitoring and conservation efforts as the climate warms.

Bowen Island sits off the coast of Australia.
Coastal islands are a valuable resource for ecologists. Julian Schrader

Scaling steep cliffs, jumping from helicopters

We built A-Islands by painstakingly digitising plant surveys from old books and records, and speaking with botanists and organisations all over Australia.

A-Islands is made up of 1,350 island botanical surveys dating back to the 1940s, from over 135 different sources. We are still adding more.

The stories of how the data was collected were fascinating. In some cases, people camped on islands for weeks, making sure they’d recorded every living organism they could.

Some scaled steep cliffs from small boats or even jumped from helicopters to access remote islands, and record the plants they found there.

Australia’s islands punch above their weight

As we collated the surveys, we realised Australia’s coastal islands were punching above their weight for species diversity.

Despite making up less than 1% of Australia’s land area, at least 25% of Australia’s plant species inhabit these coastal islands.

These islands’ climates are almost as diverse, spanning coral atolls in tropical north Queensland to the cold and windswept rocky isles off the southern tip of Tasmania.

While some species of plants have colonised hundreds of Australian islands, most inhabit just a few isles.

These plant communities are the backbone of island ecosystems and provide havens for many endangered animals.

Langford Island near Hayman Island sits off the coast of Australia.
Australia’s coastal islands punch above their weight for species diversity. Juergen_Wallstabe/Shutterstock

A rare resource for scientists

Many of the islands featured in A-Islands have been surveyed more than once over the last 100 years.

Most data in the ecological sciences tends to provide a snapshot in time of the species that might be at a location.

In contrast, A-Islands can tell us how the plant communities have changed over decades.

This is surprisingly rare in ecological studies but essential if scientists are to predict vegetation changes in the future as the climate changes.

A new idea

Many people think of plant communities as static and unchanging.

However, A-Islands shows that on these small coastal islands, mainland species are migrating to the island, persisting for a time, and then going extinct and being replaced by other species.

This concept of species constantly changing at a particular location is called species turnover. In theory, the types of species in an island community will change over time but the number of species remains, on average, the same over the long term.

The data in A-Islands not only confirms this has happened at an unprecedented number of archipelagos, but also suggests a new idea: some types of species “turnover” faster than others.

Species like grasses and small herbs tend to come and go from islands more frequently than longer lived taller species.

Islands can be climate refuges

Data sets such as A-Islands will become even more essential as the climate changes. Islands are at the forefront of biodiversity loss, and over half of the known global plant extinctions have occurred on islands.

Uncovering these underlying trends in species community change will be crucial for predicting how plant communities everywhere respond to climate change over the coming centuries.

The Future of Ecological Research - Interview with Prof Dr Mark Westoby from Macquarie University.

These islands will be important climate refuges, buffered from the hottest temperatures by the surrounding ocean and protected from mainland pressures. They will be vital plant habitats in the future.

The A-Islands dataset forms a crucial baseline for defining what species have inhabited our pristine island environments over time.

It can also help scientists work out where to prioritise surveys they’ll need to do as the climate changes.The Conversation

David Coleman, Post-doctoral Researcher in Plant Ecology, Macquarie University and Julian Schrader, Lecturer in Plant Ecology, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What’s the difference between baking powder and baking soda? It’s subtle, but significant

Karynf/Shutterstock
Nathan KilahUniversity of Tasmania

There is something special about sharing baked goods with family, friends and colleagues. But I’ll never forget the disappointment of serving my colleagues rhubarb muffins that had failed to rise. They were dense, rubbery and an embarrassment to the reputation of chemists as good cooks (#ChemistsWhoCook feeds on social media are full of delicious food).

The cause of my failure was an imbalance between the acidity of rhubarb and the chemical raising agents I used in baking.

Both baking powder and baking soda can play a role in giving baked goods their bubble-filled texture and taste. They are sold side-by-side in the supermarket, and have similar uses. But what’s the difference between them and how can we use those differences to our advantage?

What’s in the box?

A quick look at the packaging shows the difference between the two products.

Baking soda contains one ingredient: sodium hydrogen carbonate, also known as sodium bicarbonate or simply bicarb. Baking soda is well known for its uses in cleaning, cooking and deodorising.

Baking powder is typically a mixture of three ingredients: baking soda, an acid, and a starch derived from corn, rice or wheat. The starch makes it easier to measure the powder and also prevents the acid and base from reacting prematurely in the pantry. Baking powder is used exclusively for cooking.

The common ingredient in both products is the baking soda. This salt can be purified from natural sources, or can be prepared synthetically.

The acid is the key

Baking soda is a base, which means it can chemically react with acids. This fizzy reaction produces bubbles of carbon dioxide, water and a mix of new salts. Baking soda can also release carbon dioxide gas when it is heated at temperatures above 80°C.

When you mix baking soda into a cake batter, you will see some initial chemical activation by food acids. This causes bubbles to form and the mixture to rise.

The acids come from other ingredients in the mix, such as yogurt, buttermilk, or the rhubarb in my failed muffins. Too much acid, and the majority of the carbon dioxide will be released at this batter stage.

Once you place the mixture in the hot oven, the high temperature will form further carbon dioxide bubbles. This thermal activation forms a new salt, sodium carbonate, which can give a residual taste and “soapy” mouthfeel if there’s too much of it left in the final product.

A person in a kitchen mixing ingredients for a batter.
Baking soda produces bubbles when mixed with acid, and when exposed to a high temperature in the oven. SergeyKlopotov/Shutterstock

Mixing baking powder into a cake batter will also result in chemical activation to form bubbles. The baking soda in the mixture will react with the acid included in the baking powder mix, as well as any acidic ingredients in the batter.

The type of acid included in the baking powder can subtly change the way the baking powder behaves. The more soluble the acid in the batter, the faster the carbon dioxide will form bubbles.

Recipes that ask for both baking powder and baking soda are likely looking to do two things: neutralise an abundance of food acid from another ingredient, and provide time-delayed, temperature-activated rising.

Baking soda can also increase the surface browning of food by enhancing the Maillard reaction. This class of reactions results in delicious chemical transformations in roasted coffee, seared steaks, baked bread and more.

Meanwhile an excess of baking soda can change the appearance of foods, for example turning blueberry anthocyanins green in muffins or pancakes.

A tray of scones rising in a hot oven.
Too much sodium carbonate left over during baking can contribute to a ‘soapy’ mouthfeel – a real risk for scones, for example. Zain Abba/Pexels

Can I substitute baking powder and baking soda?

Baking (like chemistry) is a precise science. It’s best not to substitute baking soda for baking powder or vice-versa: they have subtly different chemical effects.

If you really need a substitution, the general rule is that you need three times the baking powder for the equivalent quantity of baking soda (so, if the recipe asks for a teaspoon of baking soda, you’d add three teaspoons of baking powder).

But it’s not a precise conversion: it doesn’t take into account the key role of acid that’s already in the baking powder. This could affect the final acid-base balance in your recipe.

You can compensate by adding an acid such as cream of tartar or citric acid. But it can be difficult to get the relative quantities of acid and base correct. These acids are also likely to promote immediate release of carbon dioxide, with less left to activate in the oven – potentially leading to a dense bake.

You definitely shouldn’t substitute baking powder for baking soda when cleaning. The acid in the baking powder will neutralise any cleaning activity of the sodium bicarbonate, while the starch may leave a sticky, streaky mess.

It’s best to keep both baking powder and baking soda in your pantry for their distinct uses. Be sure to share whatever delicious treats you bake with others, as well as sharing your new knowledge of the bubbly chemistry contained within.The Conversation

Nathan Kilah, Senior Lecturer in Chemistry, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

If your tween or teen doesn’t know how to swim, it’s not too late for lessons

Marcos Castillo/ Shutterstock
Amy PedenUNSW Sydney

New figures show shocking numbers of Australian kids are not achieving basic swimming skills.

Royal Life Saving Australia data estimates 48% of Year 6 students cannot swim 50 metres and tread water for two minutes. For those in high school, the results are even more worrying. Teachers estimate 39% of Year 10 students still cannot meet the same benchmark.

These skills are based on minimum swimming and water safety standards children should achieve to have fun and stay safe in the water. They are a key strategy to reduce the risk of drowning.

While this research indicates we may no longer be a nation of swimmers, there’s still plenty parents, schools and governments can do. And if your child’s lessons have fallen behind, it is not too late to catch up.

Why are we seeing this?

This latest research builds on previous worries about Australian children’s swimming skills. During COVID, there were concerns children would not come back to lessons after lockdowns.

While participation in lessons post-lockdowns has been promising, some pools have had difficulty finding qualified staff.

In 2023, Royal Life Saving Australia also cautioned about 100,000 children in late primary school were unlikely to return to swimming lessons before they started high school.

It’s not too late

If you have stopped lessons with your children – or if you never started – it is not too late to go to the pool.

Research comparing children between the ages of three and eight indicates the optimum age to begin formal swimming lessons is around five to seven years.

But children can still learn to become safe and competent swimmers in later primary years and into high school. We know this because adults can, and do learn to swim later in life.

Research also suggests older children may learn to swim more quickly than younger children, so they may need fewer lessons to attain skills than their younger counterparts.

A group of four older children have a lesson in a pool with a teacher.
Children can learn to swim in later primary school and beyond. Andrii Medvednikov/ Shutterstock

Make sure lessons are regular

If you have an older child starting swimming lessons it’s important to maintain regular classes.

For example, a 2018 study on a group of 149 Latino children in the United States aged three to 14 showed those who had learned the most skills had the highest attendance – attending at least ten lessons over an eight-week period.

If weekly lessons are too difficult, you could consider holiday intensive programs and supplement this with informal practice in the water. Research shows informal swimming – such as playing – can help children build their swimming skills if they are also having lessons.

There are barriers to regular lessons

We know some families find it difficult to commit to swimming lessons. On top of the cost, there may not be a local pool available or enough instructors.

These barriers disproportionately impact people from low-socioeconomic backgrounds and those living in rural and remote areas. Royal Life Saving survey respondents from these groups were more likely to report their school-aged children had never attended swimming lessons.

A lifeguard watches swimmers at a large pool.
Some communities don’t have easy access to a local pool. CoolR/Shutterstock

Schools also find it hard

Schools can help by offering swimming lessons at key points. For example, two weeks of daily lessons when children are in Year 2 is a common model in New South Wales public schools.

In Tasmania, children in Years 3, 4 and 5 have a mandatory requirement to attend swimming lessons. There is optional attendance for those in Year 6 if they are identified as being at high risk.

But schools also report challenges in teaching kids how to swim.

Swimming lessons are expensive, schools are short-staffed and dealing with a crowded curriculum. This is why 31% of surveyed schools don’t offer swimming education.

For some children, who are behind in their swimming skills – or who cannot swim at all – a short burst of school lessons may not be enough to catch them up.

We need to do more

Schools still have a vital role to play in ensuring children are not missing out on developing these minimum, lifesaving skills. So Australian governments need to prioritise swimming as one of the few sports you can learn that will help to save your life.

Royal Life Saving Australia says the following four measures would help prevent drownings:

  1. increased funding for existing school and vacation swimming programs

  2. increased grants targeting people with vulnerabilities to drowning, including those from refugee, migrant, and regional communities, as well as for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples

  3. increased access to lifesaving programs in high schools

  4. building and refurbishing public swimming pools and swim schools.

Rates of fatal drowning in Australia are increasing. They were up 16% on the ten-year average in 2024. We have just had a particularly horrific summer where 104 people drowned, a number that is higher than both last summer and the five-year average. Swimming skills are more important than ever.The Conversation

Amy Peden, NHMRC Research Fellow, School of Population Health & co-founder UNSW Beach Safety Research Group, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Long before debates over ‘wokeness’, Epicurus built a philosophy that welcomed slaves, women and outsiders

German Vizulis/Shutterstock
Thomas MoranUniversity of Adelaide

If you peruse the philosophy section of your local bookshop, you’ll probably find a number of books on Stoicism – an ancient philosophy enjoying a renaissance today. But where are the Epicureans?

Both philosophical schools were popular in the ancient world. However, while stoic works such as Meditations by Marcus Aurelius and Seneca’s letters still fill the shelves, alongside contemporary takes such as The Daily Stoic (2016), Epicureanism largely remains a historical curiosity.

Today, the Greek thinker Epicurus (341–270 BCE) is mostly remembered as the originator of the term “epicurean”, which describes someone devoted to sensual enjoyment, particularly of fine food and drink.

And while it’s true Epicurus argued pleasure is the highest human good, there’s a lot more to Epicureanism than merely savouring a glass of Shiraz with haute cuisine.

Philosophers in the garden

Epicurus was born on the island of Samos to Athenian parents. He studied philosophy in Athens before travelling to the island of Lesbos to establish a philosophical academy.

Epicurus was born on the island Samos, a birthplace he shares with the famous polymath Pythagoras. Wikimedia

Upon returning to Athens in 306 BCE, he bought a tract of land and began a philosophical community known as the Garden.

The Garden was radically different from other philosophical communities at the time. While Plato’s Academy generally trained the children of the Athenian elite, and Aristotle tutored nobles such as Alexander the Great, Epicurus’ Garden was far more inclusive. Women and slaves were welcome to join the dialogue.

The community led a frugal life and practised total equality between men and women, which was uncommon at the time. In this atmosphere, noblewomen and courtesans, senators and slaves, all engaged in philosophical debate.

While many early Epicureans have disappeared from the annals of history, we know of some women, such as Leontion and Nikidion, who were early proponents of Epicurean thought.

A garden wall
Away from the main city of Athens, Epicurus’ Garden became a space for his followers to seek relief. gka photo/Shutterstock

Philosophy as a way of life

It isn’t just the Garden’s inclusivity that gives it contemporary appeal, but its entirely unique notion of what constitutes a philosophical life.

According to Epicurus, a philosopher wasn’t someone who taught or wrote philosophical tracts. A philosopher was someone who practised what the French philosopher Pierre Hadot describes, in his work on Epicureanism, as “a certain style of life”.

Epicureanism was a daily practice, rather than an academic discipline. Anyone who strove to live a philosophical life was part of the Epicurean community and was considered a philosopher.

The concept of philosophy Epicurus promoted was more egalitarian and all-encompassing than the narrow definition we often see used today.

The pursuit of pleasure

But what did it mean to be a practising Epicurean? Epicurus conceived of philosophy as a therapeutic practice. “We must concern ourselves with the healing of our own lives,” he wrote.

This process of healing involves developing an inner attitude of relaxation and tranquillity known as anesis in Ancient Greek. To do this, Epicureans sought to turn their minds away from the worries of life and focus instead on the simple joy of existence.

Epicurus distinguished between different types of pleasure and advocated for a life of moderate pleasure, rather than excessive indulgence. Wikimedia

According to Epicurus, unhappiness comes because we are afraid of things which should not be feared, and desire things which are not necessary and are beyond our control.

Most notably, he rejected the idea of an afterlife, arguing the soul did not continue to exist after death. He also argued it was wrong to fear death as it

gives no trouble when it comes [and] is but an empty pain in anticipation.

Instead of fearing punishment in the beyond, he said we should focus on the possibilities for pleasure in the here and now. But that doesn’t mean chasing every pleasure which comes our way; the task of the Epicurean is to understand which pleasures are worth pursuing.

The highest pleasures are not those which yield the highest intensity or last the longest, but those which are the least mixed with worry and the most likely to ensure peace of mind. In this vein, Epicurus sought to cultivate feelings of gratitude and appreciation for even the simplest everyday experiences.

While his critics cast him and his followers as unrestrained hedonists, he wrote in one letter that a single piece of cheese was as pleasurable as an entire feast.

For Epicureans, it is precisely the brevity of life that gives us such an exquisite capacity for pleasure. As one Epicurean Philodemus wrote:

Receive each additional moment of time in a manner appropriate to its value; as if one were having an incredible stroke of luck.

A philosophy for outsiders

Epicurus’ perennial appeal resides in how his philosophy gave strength and inspiration to outsiders. In the late 19th century, aesthetes such as critic Walter Pater and playwright Oscar Wilde praised Epicureanism as a way of life.

In Wilde’s letter De Profundis (From the depths) – written in 1897 while imprisoned in Reading Gaol on charges of indecency – he wrote that Pater’s novel Marius the Epicurean (1885) had given him both intellectual and spiritual solace during his trial.

Pater, too, had faced discrimination at Oxford for having homosexual relationships. His novel is an evocative celebration of the possibilities of a life lived in the pursuit of sensual and spiritual beauty.

In one of his earlier texts, The Renaissance (1873), Pater paraphrases Victor Hugo, writing

we are all under a sentence of death but with a sort of indefinite reprieve […] we have an interval, and then our place knows us no more. […] Our one chance lies in expanding that interval, in getting as many pulsations as possible into the given time.

This profoundly Epicurean sentiment, of a life lived in the interval, remains appealing to those who seek to turn their lives into a work of art.The Conversation

Thomas Moran, Lecturer in the Department of English, Creative Writing and Film, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Streaming, surveillance and the power of suggestion: the hidden cost of 10 years of Netflix

Shutterstock
Marc C-ScottVictoria University

This month marks a decade since Netflix – the world’s most influential and widely subscribed streaming service – launched in Australia.

Since then the media landscape has undergone significant transformation, particularly in terms of how we consume content. According to a 2024 Deloitte report, Australians aged 16–38 spent twice as much time watching subscription streaming services as free-to-air TV (both live and on-demand).

Part of the success of streaming services lies in their ability to provide content that feels handpicked. And this is made possible through the use of sophisticated recommender systems fuelled by vast amounts of user data.

As streaming viewership continues to rise, so too do the risks associated with how these platforms collect and handle user data.

Changing methods of data collection

Subscription streaming platforms aren’t the first to collect user data. They just do it differently.

Broadcasters have always been invested in collecting viewers’ information (via TV ratings) to inform promotional schedules and attract potential advertisers. These data are publicly available.

In Australia, TV data are collected anonymously via the OzTam TV ratings system, based on the viewing habits of more than 12,000 individuals.

Each television in a recruited household is connected to a metering box. Members of the household select a letter that corresponds to them, after which the box records their viewing data, including the program, channel and viewing time. But this system doesn’t include broadcasters’ video-on-demand services, which have been around since the late 2000s (with ABC iView being the first).

In 2016 a new system was launched to measure broadcast video-on-demand data separately from OzTam ratings.

However, it collected data in a rolling seven-day report, in the form of total minutes a particular program had been watched online (rather than the number of individuals watching, as was the measurement for TV). This meant the two data sources couldn’t be combined.

In 2018, OzTAM and Nielsen announced the Virtual Australia (VoZ) database which would integrate both broadcast TV and video-on-demand data. It took six years following the announcement for the VoZ system to become the industry’s official trading currency.

Streamers’ approach

Streaming platforms such as Netflix have a markedly different approach to acquiring data, as they can source it directly from users. These data are therefore much more granular, larger in volume, and far less publicly accessible due to commercial confidence.

In recent years, Netflix has shared some of its viewing data through a half-yearly report titled What We Watched. It offers macro-level details such as total hours watched that year, as well as information about specific content, including how many times a particular show was viewed.

Netflix also supplies information to its shareholders, although much of this focuses on subscriber numbers rather than specific user details.

The best publicly accessible Netflix data we have is presented on its Tudum website, which includes global Top 10 lists that can be filtered by country.

The main data Netflix doesn’t share are related to viewer demographics: who is watching what programs.

Why does it matter?

Ratings and user data offer valuable insights to both broadcasters and streaming services, and can influence decisions regarding what content is produced.

User data would presumably have been a significant factor in Netflix‘s decision to move into live content such as stand-up comedy, the US National Football League (NFL) and an exclusive US$5 billion deal with World Wrestling Entertainment.

Streaming companies also use personal data to provide users with targeted viewing suggestions, with an aim to reduce the time users spend browsing catalogues.

Netflix has an entire research department dedicated to enhancing user experience. According to Justin Basilico, Netflix’s Director of Machine Learning and Recommender Systems, more than 80% of what Netflix users watch is driven by its recommender system.

As noted in its privacy statement, Netflix draws on a range of information to provide recommendations, including:

  • the user’s interactions with the service, such as their viewing history and title ratings
  • other users with similar tastes and preferences
  • information about the titles, such as genre, categories, actors and release year
  • the time of day the user is watching
  • the language/s the user prefers
  • the device/s they are watching on
  • how long they watch a particular Netflix title.

If a user isn’t happy with their recommendations, they can try to change them by editing their viewing and ratings history.

Personalised or predetermined?

The rise of streaming hasn’t only transformed how we watch TV, but also how our viewing habits are tracked and how this information informs future decisions.

While traditional broadcasters have long relied on sample anonymised data to measure engagement, streaming platforms operate in a landscape in which detailed user data can be used to shape content, recommendations and business decisions.

While personalisation makes streaming more appealing, it also raises important questions about privacy, transparency and control. How much do streaming platforms really know about us? And are they catering to our preferences – or shaping them?The Conversation

Marc C-Scott, Associate Professor of Screen Media | Deputy Associate Dean of Learning & Teaching, Victoria University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Chinese only introduced a feminine pronoun in the 1920s. Now, it might adopt a gender-inclusive one

Andra C Taylor Jr/Unsplash
Janet DaveyAustralian National University

Including pronouns in introductions, your email signature or your social media bio may seem like a minor detail. Pronouns are just small words we use in place of names all the time. But, like names, pronouns have personal significance. They say something about who we are.

Trans, nonbinary and gender-diverse people face many issues more pressing than pronouns, including health and educational disparities and disproportionately higher rates of abuse, violence and discrimination. Getting pronouns right is a simple thing everyone can do to show respect.

Linguistic shifts towards gender inclusivity are occurring worldwide, and the use of gender-neutral or inclusive pronouns is not a new nor exclusively Western phenomenon.

Chinese, one of the world’s oldest languages and spoken by more than one billion people, illustrates how languages adapt to reflect shifting understanding of gender. Its pronoun system may be on the cusp of significant change.

Developing pronouns

In my newly published research, I’ve explored what is happening with Chinese third-person pronouns.

The modern Chinese pronoun system is fascinating for two reasons.

First, gendered pronouns have only been part of the Chinese language for 100 years: the feminine pronoun 她 (she) was only adopted in the 1920s.

Second, although there are now distinct Chinese characters for “he”, 他, and “she”, 她, these are both pronounced  in Mandarin. You can have a whole conversation about someone without revealing their gender.

The lack of gender-distinct pronouns in spoken Mandarin has prompted calls for written Chinese to follow suit. Queer Chinese speakers have proposed several gender-inclusive pronouns that would be pronounced , just like 他 (he) and 她 (she).

Chinese young people at a Queer Pride parade.
Queer Chinese speakers have proposed several gender-inclusive pronouns. Mogome01/Shutterstock

These include the romanised form “TA” and new Chinese characters 「⿰无也」 and 「⿰㐅也」. These new characters might look strange: they are written like this to clarify that they should be read as one Chinese character. Currently, they take up the space of two Chinese characters because they are not yet in Unicode and cannot be typed properly.

Other people hope to see the now-masculine 他 regain its original function as an ungendered pronoun.

What pronouns do queer Chinese speakers use?

To understand how Chinese pronouns are changing, I surveyed more than 100 queer Chinese speakers across 12 countries. I asked survey respondents, a third of whom were nonbinary or otherwise gender-diverse, about their pronoun preferences and perceptions. I also analysed how pronouns are used in a large database of contemporary Chinese texts.

My research found gender-inclusive pronouns accounted for about a quarter of first-choice pronouns, and nearly half of all pronouns used by survey respondents. TA was overwhelmingly preferred by gender-diverse individuals (70%), with the English “they” (20%) the next most popular option.

While cisgender and transgender men almost exclusively used masculine pronouns, cis and trans women showed significant openness to using gender-inclusive pronouns alongside feminine ones. After 她 (she), TA was the second most common pronoun for women (40%) and second most common overall (17%).

Notably, 他 (he) was not used by any women or gender-diverse people, except one who considered it gender-neutral. This suggests reviving its original ungendered usage may be difficult.

A queer Chinese person on a couch.
Survey participants were overwhelmingly positive about TA. Chay_Tee/Shutterstock

TA emerged as the most recognised gender-inclusive pronoun, with nearly all respondents (97%) familiar with it regardless of their age, gender, region or language background. In contrast, fewer than 8% had encountered the new character-based pronouns 「⿰无也」 or「⿰㐅也」 and no one reported using them.

What makes TA so popular?

Survey participants were overwhelmingly positive about TA, with 63% expressing favourable views. As one respondent explained:

The look and feel is good, it suits people’s everyday pronunciation habits, and doesn’t create issues with having to specify someone’s gender.

TA functions similarly to English singular “they”. It works in two ways: as a gender-neutral pronoun when gender is unknown (like saying “someone left their umbrella”), and as a gender-inclusive pronoun specifically including gender-diverse people.

Many survey respondents called TA “respectful” and “inclusive” but also simply “convenient”.

However, some respondents were concerned TA is “untraditional” and “pollutes the Chinese language”.

Practical considerations for using emerging Chinese pronouns also extend to the technical challenges of typing new Chinese characters. Before a new character can be typed on computers or phones, it needs to be officially encoded in Unicode, the global standard for digital text.

My research shows this requirement is strongly influencing which emerging Chinese pronouns can gain traction.

While some survey respondents hoped to see a gender-inclusive Chinese character adopted, they weren’t optimistic about 「⿰无也」or 「⿰㐅也」 becoming mainstream.

As one noted:

「⿰无也」is good, but it’s hard to type and it takes a long time to explain.

User-friendly and easily understandable

TA is currently the most popular emerging Chinese gender-inclusive pronoun, crucially because it mimics how people use  in spoken Mandarin.

It is already part of people’s vocabulary, and already used (at least as a gender-neutral pronoun) by mainstream Chinese media and on online platforms.

This 2023 TEDxSuzhouWomen talk is titled ‘We are all gender misfits’ (你我ta都是"性别酷儿)

Unlike other recently proposed pronouns, TA is versatile, user-friendly and easily understandable for queer and non-queer Chinese speakers alike. This makes TA a strong contender for widespread adoption into contemporary Chinese.

Like the introduction of a Chinese feminine pronoun 她 (she) in the 1920s, the emergence of TA as a gender-inclusive pronoun in the 2020s is about recognising a wider spectrum of identities.

Pronouns are not a political statement, just a personal statement. When you use someone’s correct pronouns, you’re saying, “I see you, and I respect who you are”. That’s something worth talking about, in any language.The Conversation

Janet Davey, PhD Candidate, Australian Centre on China in the World, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Hundreds of livestock breeds have gone extinct – but some Australian farmers are keeping endangered breeds alive

Berkshire pigs. JWhitwell/Shutterstock
Catie GressierThe University of Western Australia

It took thousands of years to develop the world’s extraordinary range of domesticated farm animals – an estimated 8,800 livestock breeds across 38 farmed species.

But this diversity is dwindling fast. Advances in selective breeding and artificial insemination have fuelled the global spread of a small number of profitable livestock types. Their popularity has left ever more heritage breeds at risk of extinction.

Why does this matter? Each breed represents vital genetic diversity for the livestock species on which we rely, known as agrobiodiversity. As the number of breeds shrink, we lose their genetics forever.

There are bright spots amid the decline. Hundreds of passionate farmers are working hard to keep heritage breeds alive around Australia. As my new book shows, they do it primarily for love.

Which livestock breeds are disappearing – and why?

Cattle have experienced the highest number of extinctions, with at least 184 breeds lost globally.

Of all chicken breeds, one in ten is now extinct, and a further 30% are endangered.

Sheep are also rapidly losing diversity, with 160 breeds now extinct. The rise of synthetic materials has endangered the remaining breeds producing carpet wool in New Zealand and Australia, including the unique Tasmanian Elliottdale.

sheep with very woolly fleece
The fleece of Elliotdale sheep has been used to make woollen carpets. Sue CurlissCC BY-NC-ND

Pigs fare little better. Australia’s 2.5 million pigs are predominantly Large White, Landrace and Duroc crossbreeds, while none of the eight remaining purebred pig breeds in Australia currently has more than 100 sows registered with the Rare Breeds Trust. While not all sows are registered, we know breeds such as Tamworths are at dangerously low numbers.

How did this happen? Over the past century, the goal of animal husbandry has shifted from breeding hardy, multipurpose animals to increasing performance for economic gain. For livestock, performance means more of what humans value, such as pigs with extra ribs, prolific egg-laying hens and sheep with finer wool.

Huge sums have been spent on selective breeding and artificial insemination technologies. This, in turn, has made it possible for a small number of profitable livestock types to be farmed globally.

For instance, when you buy a roast chicken, it will likely be one of just two types of fast-growing broilers (meat chickens), the Ross or the Cobb. Their genetics are developed and trademarked by two multinational agribusinesses who dominate the global broiler market.

rare chicken breeds with bare necks.
Chicken breed numbers have shrunk too, risking rare breeds such as Transylvanian naked neck cockerel bantams. Scott CarterCC BY-NC-ND

It’s hard to overstate how big the increases in production have been from reproductive technologies. In the dairy industry, for instance, milk yield per cow has doubled in the past 40 years. These volumes are around six times greater now than a century ago.

Holsteins, the top dairy breed, have become globally dominant. Almost 1.4 million of Australia’s 1.65 million dairy cows are Holsteins. But as Holstein numbers soar, other breeds dwindle. Many farmers have simply stopped rearing other breeds, leading to many becoming endangered or extinct.

For Holsteins themselves, this has come with a cost. Selective breeding for high milk volume has meant Holsteins suffer more medical issues such as metabolic diseases and frequent mastitis. They also have reduced fertility and longevity.

Researchers have found 99% of Holstein bulls produced by artificial insemination in the United States are descended from just two sires. This wide dissemination of limited bloodlines has led to the spread of genetic defects.

holstein cows
Holstein cows produce much more milk – but there’s a cost. VanderWolf Images/Shutterstock

What is at stake?

Our food systems face growing threats. Genetic diversity provides a safeguard for livestock species against lethal animal diseases such as H5N1 bird flu and African swine fever.

If we rely on just a few breeds, we risk a wipe out. The Irish potato famine is a catastrophic example. In the 1800s, Irish farmers took up the “lumper” variety of potatoes to feed a growing population. But when fungal rot struck in the 1840s, it turned most of the crop to mush – and led to mass starvation.

Some breeds have very useful traits, such as resistance to particular pests and diseases.

Chickens and other birds die in swathes if infected by Newcastle disease, one of the most serious bird viruses. But breeds such as the hardy Egyptian Fayoumi survive better, while the European Leghorn – whose genetics are used in commercial egg-laying breeds – is highly susceptible.

Local breeds can also have better resistance to endemic pests. The Indian zebu humped cattle breed, for example, is less prone to tick infestation than crossbreeds.

Climate change is also making life harder for livestock, and some breeds are better adapted to heat than others.

For different cultural groups, local heritage breeds also have unique symbolic and culinary value.

While it’s well-known eating less meat would benefit ecosystems, animal welfare and human health, eating meat remains entrenched in our diets and the economy. Pursuing more sustainable and higher-welfare approaches to livestock production is crucial.

Some Aussie farmers love heritage breeds

A cohort of Australian farmers is working hard to conserve dozens of endangered livestock breeds such as Large Black pigs, Shropshire sheep and Belted Galloway cattle.

belted galloway cow, rare breed, with calf.
A rare Belted Galloway cow with a one week old calf. Scott CarterCC BY-NC-ND

But these farmers are hampered by our reluctance as consumers to pay more to cover the cost of raising slower-growing breeds in free-range environments. Not only that, but meat processors are increasingly closing their doors to small-scale producers.

Why persevere? For four years, I’ve conducted ethnographic research with Australia’s heritage breed farmers. I found they were motivated by one of the most powerful conservation tools we have: love.

Of his endangered English Leicester sheep, one farmer told me:

I consider them to be family; they have been our family for over 150 years. I talk to them, and the rams in particular talk to me. Sorry if I sound like a silly old man, but you must talk to them. I gave myself a 60th birthday present by commissioning a large portrait of an English Leicester head, which hangs in our kitchen (I do not have a painting of my wife).

Love doesn’t often feature in agricultural research. But it is an important force. We know from wildlife conservation that humans will act to save what they love. This holds for livestock, too.

What can you do? If you eat meat or work with wool, seek out rare breeds and join organisations such as the Rare Breeds Trust of Australia and the Australian Food Sovereignty Alliance who back farmers supporting breed diversity.The Conversation

Catie Gressier, Adjunct Research Fellow in Agriculture and Environment, The University of Western Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Loosely Woven 30th Anniversary Concerts: 'Unwound'

Pittwater Online recently had the pleasure and privilege of chatting with Wayne Richmond, founder of the music group 'Loosely Woven', which this year celebrates its 30th anniversary.

''In fact, there is really no such group as 'Loosely Woven' – it is merely the name given to whoever I am able to round up for a particular concert."  explains Wayne 

Back in 1995 Loosely Woven played at Warriewood Surf Club, and other venues across the peninsula, including St David’s Anglican Church in Dee Why. They also did a fundraiser for Amnesty International's Avalon chapter at Avalon Baptist Church.

“We’ve never accepted money, not even for expenses,” says Wayne. “But we are happy for other people to use our concerts as fundraisers.”

Loosely Woven has put a new repertoire together for free public concerts three times a year for some time now. The Programme ranges from pop to opera to folk, and includes a variety of singers and performers playing instruments such as the harmonium, violin, saxophone, harp and glockenspiel. Wayne says new instrumentalists and singers are always welcome to join the group.

Loosely Woven usually has 15 to 25 musicians playing at any one time. Wayne’s wife, Gial, sings duets with Wayne and plays the glockenspiel and violin. Wayne plays the keyboard, concertina and piano accordion.

They also entertain residents at retirement villages, performing a morning concert at one venue, before packing up and proceeding to the next venue. 

The community-based musical ensemble will hold ‘all-afternoon extravaganzas’ titled Loosely Woven Unwound. over the next few weeks with one at Avalon Baptist Church next Saturday, March 29, followed by another at The Lakes Catholic  Parish Hall in Lagoon Street, Narrabeen on Sunday March 30 - a venue Wayne says has the best acoustics and well worth attending just to hear how great Loosely Woven can sound.

The following weekend 'Unwound' will feature at St. David's Uniting Church in Dee Why - Sunday April 6th for that edition, with all the concerts running from 1-6pm - although there will be an intermission so attendees can have some afternoon tea.


Details of all the FREE Unwound concerts, for our out-of-area Readers, as there is one to the west and even further west, are:

Eastwood
1-6pm, Sunday 23rd March, 2025
Eastwood Uniting Church
16 Lakeside Road, Eastwood

Avalon
1-6pm, Saturday 29th March, 2025
Avalon Baptist Peace Church
2 George Street, Avalon

Narrabeen
1-6pm, Sunday 30th March, 2025
The Lakes Parish Hall
21 Lagoon Street, Narrabeen

South Turramurra
1-6pm, Saturday 5th April, 2025
St Andrew's Uniting Church
Chisholm & Vernon Streets, South Turramurra

Dee Why
1-6pm, Sunday 6th April
St David's Uniting Church
St Davids Avenue, Dee Why

Wayne pops by the PON office


Professor Michael Kidd AO: Next CMO

The Department of Health and Aged Care announced on Wednesday March 19 Professor Michael Kidd AO, MBBS, MD, FAHMS, FRACGP has been appointed as Australia’s new Chief Medical Officer from 1 June 2025.

Professor Kidd is a highly respected medical leader known for his significant contributions to public health and primary health care, in Australia and internationally.

He has extensive experience as a general practitioner, primary care researcher, educator and academic and has served as president of the Royal Australian College of General Practitioners (RACGP) and the World Organisation of Family Doctors.

Most recently, Professor Kidd has been the Professor of Global Primary Care and Future Health Systems at the University of Oxford, and Director of the International Centre for Future Health Systems at the University of New South Wales.

Professor Kidd served as Deputy Chief Medical Officer and Principal Medical Advisor with the Department of Health and Aged Care during the COVID-19 pandemic making a significant contribution to the national primary care response.

Professor Kidd stated this week:
“I am looking forward to re-joining the Department of Health and Aged Care and supporting national reforms in public health and healthcare services.”

Sugar tax needed to help tackle Australia’s obesity crisis: AMA

March 20, 2025
The Australian Medical Association has stated Australia must introduce a tax on sugar-sweetened beverages to curb the nation’s escalating obesity crisis. 

The Australian Medical Association has published the ”Sickly Sweet” chapter of its pre-budget submission, which warns obesity has overtaken tobacco as the major cause of preventable death in Australia. 

The AMA is calling for a tax on selected sugar-sweetened beverages at a rate of 50c per 100g of sugar, which would raise the price of an average 375mL can of soft drink by 20c. This would encourage consumers to choose healthier options, while creating a strong incentive for beverage manufacturers to reformulate their products to contain less sugar. 

AMA President Dr Danielle McMullen said it was high time for Australia to catch up with more than 100 jurisdictions around the world that have implemented a successful sugar tax. 

“Australia’s obesity crisis will cost the health system $38 billion over the next four years if nothing is done,” Dr McMullen said. 

“But here’s the good news for the major political parties ahead of an election: there is a tried, tested and easily implemented policy that can significantly curb the prevalence of obesity, type 2 diabetes, heart disease and stroke. 

“Our proposal for a tax on sugary drinks would drive down annual sugar consumption by 2kg per person, while raising $3.6 billion in government revenue over the forward estimates — funds that could be invested in crucial preventive health measures.” 

Dr McMullen says the AMA’s proposal for a sugar tax is a common-sense policy that has been proven to be effective in dozens of other countries. 

“Australia is so far behind the eight ball, it’s not funny. The United Kingdom, France, Mexico, Chile, Catalonia in Spain, several states in the US — these are just a few of the jurisdictions where sugar consumption dropped after a sugar tax was implemented,” Dr McMullen said. 

“We have been pushing for a tax on sugary drinks for many years, but governments keep kicking the can down the road, all while Australia’s issues with obesity and chronic disease become worse and worse. 

“We have a much healthier, and much cheaper, alternative we must encourage people to drink instead — water."  

Dr McMullen said reduced sugar consumption and improved diet leads to a reduction in the prevalence of obesity, and therefore substantial healthcare savings in the long run. 

“From both a health and an economic perspective, it is far better to prevent obesity in the first place than manage it once it is entrenched. 

“Ahead of this federal budget and the upcoming election, we are urging the major parties to look at the bigger picture and implement a tax on sugary drinks — for the health of Australia.” 


Cardio and strength training boost health as you age. But don’t forget balance exercises to reduce your chance of falls

shurkin_son/Shutterstock
Anne TiedemannUniversity of SydneyCathie SherringtonUniversity of Sydney, and Geraldine WallbankUniversity of Sydney

We all recognise the benefits of regular aerobic or cardiovascular exercise to support our heart and lung health. Being active is also good for our social and mental health. And strength training promotes strong bones and muscles.

But as we age, we also need to train our balance to avoid falls.

Around one in three people aged 65 and over have a fall each year.

Falls are a common cause of disability and loss of independence in older age and can lead to an older person moving from living independently into living in a residential aged care facility. More than 6,000 older Australians die each year from falls.

But many falls are preventable. So exercise that targets balance and strength is crucial.

How much do we need to do?

International guidelines recommend all older people exercise to prevent falls, even if they’ve never fallen. Prevention is far better than cure.

Other guidelines recommend people aged 65 and over do “functional balance and strength training” on three or more days a week, to improve their ability to do day-to-day activities, stay independent, and prevent falls.

Since balance starts to decline at around age 50, it’s even better to start training balance before the age of 65.

In order to increase our muscle strength, we need to progressively lift heavier weights. Similarly, to boost our balance, we need to practise activities that progressively challenge it. This improves our ability to stay steady in difficult situations and avoid falling.

Functional training means doing a physical activity that imitates everyday activities, such as standing up out of a chair, or stepping onto a step.

When you practise the everyday activities necessary for living independently, you improve your ability to perform them. This reduces the likelihood of falling when doing those activities, and therefore helps you maintain your independence for longer.

What exercises can you do?

The best exercises to challenge our balance system and reduce the risk of falling are performed while standing, rather than seated.

For example, you can stand with your feet close together or on one leg (if it’s safe to do so) while also performing controlled upper-body movements, such as leaning and reaching. This is a functional balance exercise and it can be made progressively more challenging as your balance improves.

Here are some exercises you can practise at home:

Sit to stand

Practise standing up from a seated position ten times every hour or so. See if you can do it without using your arms for support. To increase the balance challenge, place a cushion under the feet.

Heel-raises

Rise up onto your toes and hold the position for a few seconds. Hold on to a bench or wall for support if you need to but gradually remove the support as your balance improves. To increase the balance challenge, try doing this with your eyes closed.

Person does heel-raises on spiky balls
You can make heel-raises progressively harder. Mary Rice/Shutterstock

Heel-toe walking

Practise walking along an imaginary line, with one foot placed in front of the other. Hold on to a bench or wall for support if you need to but gradually remove the support as your balance improves.

Stepping in different directions

Practise quickly stepping forwards, sideways and backwards. Being able to move our feet quickly can help avoid a fall if you trip on something. If you are able, more challenging activities include stepping up or jumping onto a box.

Squats and lunges

Squats and lunges improve balance and leg strength. Add some hand weights to increase the challenge.

Older exercisers squat
Squats improve balance and leg strength. LightField Studios/Shutterstock

These examples and others can be found on the Safe Exercise at Home website.

Make it regular – and tailor it to your needs

It’s important that balance challenging exercises are performed regularly, at least three times per week. The benefits of exercise are lost if you stop doing them, so ongoing practice is important.

People of all abilities can safely undertake balance training exercise, however extra guidance and support is recommended for people who have physical limitations, are frail, or who are at a higher risk of falls.

For younger or fitter people, agility activities such as rapid stepping, dancing and running are likely to improve co-ordination and balance too.

So next time you are carrying out your exercise routine, ask yourself: what am I doing to improve my balance? Investing in balance training now can help you avoid falls, and lead to greater independence in older age.

The Conversation

Anne Tiedemann, Professor of Physical Activity and Health, University of SydneyCathie Sherrington, Professor, Institute for Musculoskeletal Health, School of Public Health, University of Sydney, and Geraldine Wallbank, Study Manager, PhD Candidate, Physiotherapist, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Treatment for Parkinson’s disease and restless leg syndrome is linked with risky behaviour – here’s what you need to know

Orawan Pattarawimonchai/Shutterstock
Dipa KamdarKingston University

Getting a headache and feeling sick are common side-effects for many medicines. Indulging in risky sexual behaviour or pathological gambling – not so common.

But a BBC investigation has highlighted that some drug treatments for restless leg syndrome and Parkinson’s disease can lead to such risky behaviour.

Over 150,000 people in the UK live with Parkinson’s – a degenerative condition that affects the brain. The main part of their brain that is damaged is the area that produces dopamine, a chemical messenger that regulates movement. Less dopamine in the brain can lead to symptoms such as tremors, muscle stiffness, slow movements and problems with balance.

Another movement disorder is restless legs syndrome (RLS), which affects between 5% and 10% of people in the UK, US and Europe. Twice as many women as men have RLS among those aged over 35.

People with RLS feel they need to uncontrollably move their legs, and may experience a crawling, creeping or tingling sensation in them. Usually, the symptoms are worse at night when dopamine levels tend to be lower. Although the exact cause of RLS is unknown, it has been linked to genes, underlying health conditions, and an imbalance of dopamine.

One of the main treatments for movement disorders is a group of drugs called dopamine-receptor agonists, which include cabergoline, ropinirole, bromocriptine and pramipexole. Dopamine-receptor agonists increase the levels of dopamine in the brain and help regulate movement.

Dopamine is known as the “happy” hormone because it is part of the brain’s reward system. When people do something fun or pleasurable, dopamine is released in their brain. But using dopamine-receptor agonist drugs can elevate these feelings, leading to impulsive behaviour.

While common side-effects include headaches, feeling sick and sleepiness, these drugs are also linked with the more unusual side-effect of impulse-control disorders. These include risky sexual behaviour (hypersexuality), pathological gambling, compulsive shopping, and binge eating. Hypersexuality encompasses behaviour such as a stronger-than-usual urge to have sexual activity, or being unable to resist performing a sexual act that may be harmful.

Previous reported cases include a 53-year-old woman taking ropinirole and exhibiting impulsive behaviour such as accessing internet pornography, using sex chat rooms, meeting strangers for sexual intercourse, and compulsive shopping. Another case highlighted a 32-year-old man who, after taking ropinirole, started binge eating and gambling compulsively, such that he lost his life savings.

When the drug was first being prescribed in the early 2000s, it was thought that impulse-control disorders were a rare side-effect associated with these drugs. But in 2007, a UK Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) public assessment report advised that “healthcare professionals should warn patients that compulsive behaviour with dopamine agonists may be dose-related”.

Between 6% and 17% of people with RLS who take dopamine agonists develop some form of impulse-control disorder, while up to 20% of people living with Parkinson’s may experience impulse control disorders.

But the true figures may be even higher, as many some patients may not associate changes in behaviour with their medication, or may be too embarrassed to report it. Case reports show that in most instances, impulsive behaviour stops when the drug is stopped.

Lawsuits

There have been several individual and class-action lawsuits against pharmaceutical companies including GlaxoSmithKline, which produces ReQuip® (ropinirole), and Pfizer, which makes Cabaser® (cabergoline). Patients taking action against these companies claimed they were unaware of these impulsive behaviour side-effects.

For example, in 2012, a French court ordered GlaxoSmithKline to pay £160,000 in damages to Didier Jambart, after he experienced “devastating-side effects” when taking the firm’s Parkinson’s drug Requip. And in 2014, an Australian federal court approved a settlement against Pfizer for a class-action lawsuit regarding its Parkinson’s drug, Cabaser. 150 patients claimed they did not have warning of potential side-effects – including increased gambling, sex addiction and other high-risk activities – of taking Cabaser.

It is now clearer in the patient information leaflets given with all prescribed medication for movement disorders that impulsive behaviour can occur in some patients.

In 2023, the MHRA advised there had been increased reports of pathological gambling with a drug called aripiprazole. This antipsychotic drug, used in the treatment of schizophrenia and mania, partly acts as a dopamine-receptor agonist.

Any drug that increases dopamine levels could theoretically be linked to impulse control disorders, and it is important to keep monitoring patients and their behaviour in such cases.

Not everyone will experience side-effects. Before you begin any course of treatment, your doctor or pharmacist should explain the potential side-effects – but it is also important to read the information leaflet with any medicine. And if you experience any impulsive behaviours with these medicines, speak to your doctor or pharmacist immediately.The Conversation

Dipa Kamdar, Senior Lecturer in Pharmacy Practice, Kingston University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Changes to speech and language can help detect Alzheimer’s early – here are five things to look out for

More people than ever are being diagnosed with Alzheimer’s Disease. New Africa/Shutterstock
Sarah CurtisNottingham Trent University

Ten million people are diagnosed with dementia worldwide each year – that’s more than ever. According to the Alzheimer’s Society approximately one million people in the UK are currently living with the disease. Studies predict this figure will rise to 1.6 million people by 2050.

Alzheimer’s disease is the most common cause of dementia and leads to a decline in memory and thinking skills. This is a physical illness that causes the brain to stop working properly and gets worse over time. Identifying the onset of Alzheimer’s early can help patients and caregivers find the right support and medical care.

One way to detect Alzheimer’s early is by spotting changes to people’s use of language. This is because new speech problems are one of the first signs of a mental decline that could indicate the onset of this disease.

Here are five early, speech-related signs of Alzheimer’s disease to look out for:

1. Pauses, hesitations and vagueness

One of the most recognisable symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease is trouble remembering specific words, which can often lead to frequent or long pauses and hesitations. When a person with Alzheimer’s is struggling to remember a word, they may talk vaguely such as saying “thing”, or describing and talking around a word. For example, if someone is having trouble remembering the word dog, they may say something like “people have them as pets … they bark … I used to have one when I was a child”.

2. Using words with the wrong meaning

Trouble remembering the right word can be an early feature of Alzheimer’s. People with Alzheimer’s might replace a word they are trying to say with something related to it. For example, instead of saying “dog”, they might use an animal from the same category, saying “cat” for instance. In the early stages of Alzheimer’s disease, however, these changes are more likely to be related to a broader or more general category such as saying “animal” instead of “cat”.

3. Talking about a task rather than doing it

Someone with Alzheimer’s may struggle with completing tasks. Instead of performing a task, they may talk about their feelings toward the task, express doubts, or mention past abilities. They might say, “I’m not sure I can do this” or “I used to be good at this”, rather than discussing the task directly.

4. Less word variety

A more subtle indicator of Alzheimer’s disease is the tendency to use simpler language, relying on common words. People with Alzheimer’s often repeat the same verbs, nouns and adjectives instead of using a broader vocabulary. They can also use “the”, “and” or “but” frequently to connect sentences.

5. Difficulty finding the right words

People with Alzheimer’s can have trouble thinking of words, objects or things that belong in a group. This is sometimes used as a cognitive test for the disease. For example, those with Alzheimer’s may struggle to name things in a specific category, such as different foods, different parts of the body or words that start with the same letter. This gets harder as the disease progresses, making these tasks increasingly challenging.

Age is the biggest risk factor for developing Alzheimer’s – the chance of developing the disease doubles every five years after the age of 65. However, one in 20 people diagnosed with Alzheimer’s disease are under the age of 65. This is referred to as younger – or early-onset Alzheimer’s disease.

While forgetting words now and then is normal, persistent and worsening problems remembering words, speaking fluently, or using a variety of words could be an early sign of Alzheimer’s disease. Identifying these signs early can be particularly important for people at higher risk of developing Alzheimer’s disease as they age, such as people with Down Syndrome.The Conversation

Sarah Curtis, Doctoral Candidate, Language use in Down Syndrome and Alzheimer's Disease, School of Arts and Humanities, Nottingham Trent University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Smoky Dawson's heritage listed gates at Ingleside: Fundraiser

My name is John Illingsworth. Smoky's gates are deteriorating and the land they stand on is weed infested, yet they are Pittwater Heritage Listed. I have opened this Gofundme account in my name specifically and only for the following:

I am supporting Phillip Walker who has already tended the gates once before - years ago, and also Kylie Adams-Collier who has written the music and lyrics for "On a Sandstone Ridge" with a view to SAVE THE GATES. We also intend to address the weed problem. No wages, salaries, gratuities or other monies will be paid to any of these people including me - we just want to fix the gates and secure their future.

Fundraiser page: 

"On a Sandstone Ridge" celebrates Smoky Dawson's heritage listed gates at Ingleside. 

We need some some financial assistance to save them .
Music and lyrics by Kylie Adams-Collier.

u3a at Newport Community Centre: 

About Our Courses and Activities
Sydney u3a comprises seven regions covering the greater Sydney metropolitan area. The local one is U3A Northern Beaches Region.

Sydney u3a is managed and run entirely by volunteers who contribute time and energy to provide life-long learning and social activities for everyone.  Join in to enjoy the benefits of membership!  At the one affordable annual membership fee of $85.00 (less than $2 per week), you’ll get:
  • access to a wide range of courses and presentations
  • friendly and inviting social events in your region

Members can attend any course in any of the seven regions
  • Volunteers lead and administer the courses and talks
  • A wide range of topics is covered – from learning foreign languages to table tennis to history to book/movie clubs to philosophy to science related issues. There’s something for everyone!
  • Courses are held in a variety of local venues and via Zoom
  • Events, visits, tours and social activities are also offered
  • Full details of activities are listed each semester in the Course Book and on individual regional pages
From time to time there are changes to course details after publication of the Course Book. Please keep checking your region’s website or the website home page for updates.

u3a Northern Beaches Region
Our current newsletter includes up to date information on courses, events and any changes to the program.  Previous newsletters are available here if you missed any information or wish to refresh your memory.

Please note:  The newsletter is distributed to members by email at the end of each month. If you haven’t received the latest copy please check as it may have been captured in your Junk email folder. If this is the case, please adjust your settings so that you receive future newsletters as soon as possible. We also take this opportunity to issue a friendly reminder to contact us with your updated details if you change your home or email address. Thank you.

Vaccination saves lives – prepare and protect

The Australian Department of Health and Aged has this week commenced urging  everyone to protect yourself and your older community from common viruses like COVID-19 and flu. 

These are respiratory infections can make you cough and sneeze, give you a runny nose sore throat or fever. COVID-19 and flu can also get worse and lead to headaches, aches, shortness of breath and chest pain, the Department stated.

Older age is one of the biggest risk factors for serious illness from COVID-19 or flu. Regular vaccination is the best way to reduce the risk of getting seriously ill, needing hospital care or even dying.  

When to get a vaccination  
A COVID-19 vaccine is recommended every 6 months if you are 75 years or older.  

If you are 65 to 74 years of age, talk to your GP or nurse practitioner to check if you’re eligible for a COVID-19 vaccine dose every 6 months.  

All adults are eligible for annual COVID-19 and flu vaccines. 

You can get both vaccines at the same time, and you don’t have to wait 6 months after a COVID-19 infection to get your vaccination. 

You can get vaccinated by your GP or pharmacist, or at your local community health centre or Aboriginal health service.  

Book in for a vaccination  
Find a health service at healthdirect.gov.au or call 1800 022 222. 

New virtual nursing project: aged care 

The Australian Government announced on March 20 it has invested $31.2 million to develop a new framework to deliver virtual nursing support in aged care.

Amplar Home Health Pty Ltd will develop and test a virtual nursing framework in up to 30 residential aged care homes.

The project will focus on supporting residential aged care providers in rural and remote areas, and those that support older people of First Nations or culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds. 

The project is anticipated to run from March 2025 until 30 June 2027. 

The trial will explore how virtual nursing services can support older people in aged care homes to access consistent, high-quality, care when and where they need it.

While not a replacement for face-to-face care, the virtual nursing in aged care project seeks to build evidence of how virtual care services can further enhance the provision of care, providing residential aged care homes and on-site staff with access to additional clinical expertise to support the delivery of high-quality care to older people, the government states. 

La Trobe University (Melbourne) will conduct an evaluation of the project. The evaluation will consider the impact of virtual care on clinical outcomes, workforce, and service sustainability.

Minister for Aged Care, Anika Wells stated:

"The Albanese Government is committed to building and strengthening a valued, supported and skilled aged care workforce to meet the needs of older people.

“Under the Albanese Government there is now a registered nurse onsite in aged care homes 99% of the time and our requirement for 24/7 nursing is not changing. 

“Last year, the government released a Professional FrameWork to support the aged care workforce and encouraging innovation is one of the 8 goals we are prioritising.

“This investment demonstrates how we are pursuing innovation in aged care for the benefit of older people and to support the workforce in thin markets."

AMA will continue to work with government on private health fee transparency

March 17, 2025
The Australian Medical Association states it welcomes the government’s commitment to increase transparency on consumer out-of-pocket costs for private healthcare, including placing stronger obligations on insurers to reveal data showing how much they contribute to the cost of care and how often patients pay out-of-pocket costs that are not fully covered by their insurance policy.

However, AMA President Dr Danielle McMullen said upgrades to the Medical Costs Finder alone would not fix the systemic issues contributing to increasing costs for the delivery of services.

“Labor’s commitment to upgrade the Medical Costs Finder website has the potential to improve transparency for consumers on possible out-of-pocket costs, if the changes include relevant information about all factors that contribute to costs,” Dr McMullen said.

This will require close collaboration with the medical profession to ensure the site focuses on key elements of informed financial consent and promoting financial health literacy. The AMA is already in discussions about how to achieve this with Health Minister Mark Butler’s office and the Department of Health and Aged Care.

“The AMA has long advocated for greater transparency for patients when it comes to medical costs, which is why we have published a detailed Informed Financial Consent guide — a document that empowers patients to discuss costs with their doctor before undergoing medical procedures,” Dr McMullen said.

“The commitment to redevelop the Medical Cost Finder website will require extensive input from the profession, as well as legislative changes. It is essential this time is used to get these changes right, and ensure data is accurate. The AMA will work closely with whichever government is in power after the election to improve transparency on medical costs.”

A major challenge to medical practitioner uptake of the Medical Costs Finder website has been the lack of information provided by private health insurers, particularly about the rebates provided for specific procedures. Despite a commitment from the former government to include this, insurers have largely avoided this scrutiny.

“Our private health insurance report card  provides a snapshot of the rebates insurers pay for the same service, and this year it highlighted a $510 difference between the highest and lowest rebates for the uncomplicated delivery of a baby. The difference in rebates has a major impact on a doctor’s decision to accept the insurer’s rebate or charge a gap,” Dr McMullen said.

“The rebates patients receive are hidden on individual insurer websites, but we think they should be plainly available to consumers when they visit the Medical Costs Finder website to see which insurer provides the best value for the procedure.

“One change we will push for is to the name of the website, as it’s much more than just ’medical costs' that cause out-of-pocket costs for patients.”

The lack of transparency on rebates is likely contributing to the poor indexation of rebates from insurers. As the AMA’s report card also shows, net profits for insurers have increased by almost 50 per cent in the five years to June 2024, while the patient rebate for medical services has increased by just over 10 per cent in that time.

“The underlying Medicare rebates for specialists were never restored to where they should have been after the Medicare freeze, and there has been no announcements or significant investments to specialist rebates by successive governments. This continues to contribute to out-of-pocket costs for patients, especially for consultations,” Dr McMullen said.

Dr McMullen said the AMA would work closely with any government on upgrades to the Medical Costs Finder website to ensure all information is available, and the existing technical challenges practitioners have experienced trying to use the website are addressed.

Japanese encephalitis has claimed a second life in NSW and been detected in Brisbane. What is it?

encierro/Shutterstock
Cameron WebbUniversity of Sydney and Andrew van den HurkThe University of Queensland

second man has died from Japanese encephalitis virus in New South Wales on March 6, the state’s health authorities confirmed on Friday. Aged in his 70s, the man was infected while holidaying in the Murrumbidgee region.

This follows the death of another man in his 70s in Sydney last month, after holidaying in the same region in January.

Japanese encephalitis virus has also been detected for the first time in mosquitoes collected in Brisbane’s eastern suburbs, Queensland health authorities confirmed on Saturday.

With mosquito activity expected to increase thanks to flooding rains brought by Ex-Tropical Cyclone Alfred, it’s important to protect yourself from mosquito bites.

What is Japanese encephalitis virus?

Japanese encephalitis is one of the most serious diseases that spreads via mosquitoes, with around 68,000 cases annually across Southeast Asia and Western Pacific regions.

The virus is thought to be maintained in a cycle between mosquitoes and waterbirds. Mosquitoes are infected when they feed from an infected waterbird. They then pass the virus to other waterbirds. Sometimes other animals, and people, can be infected.

Pigs are also a host, and the virus has spread through commercial piggeries in Victoria, NSW and Queensland. (But it poses no food safety risk.)

Feral pigs and other animals can also play a role in transmission cycles.

What are the symptoms?

Most people infected show no symptoms.

People with mild cases may have a fever, headache and vomiting.

In more serious cases – about one in 250 people infected – people may have neck stiffness, disorientation, drowsiness and seizures. Serious illness can have life-long neurological complications and, in some cases, the infection can be life-threatening.

There’s no specific treatment for the disease.

When did Japanese encephalitis get to Australia and why is it in Brisbane?

Outbreaks of Japanese encephalitis had occurred in the Torres Strait during the 1990s. The virus was also detected in the Cape York Peninsula in 1998.

There had been no evidence of activity on the mainland since 2004 but everything changed in the summer of 2021–22. Japanese encephalitis virus was detected in commercial piggeries in southeastern Australia during that summer.

This prompted the declaration of a Communicable Disease Incident of National Significance. At the time, flooding accompanying the La Niña-dominated weather patterns and a resulting boom in mosquito numbers, and waterbird populations, was thought responsible.

The virus has spread in subsequent years and has been detected in the mosquito and arbovirus surveillance programs as well as detection in feral pigs and commercial piggeries in most states and territories. Only Tasmania has remained free of Japanese encephalitis virus.

Human cases of infection have also been reported. There were more than 50 cases of disease and seven deaths in 2022.

Cases of Japanese encephalitis have already been reported from Queensland in 2025.

Due to concern about Japanese encephalitis virus and other mosquito-borne pathogens, health authorities around Australia have expanded and enhanced their surveillance programs.

In Queensland, this includes mosquito monitoring at a number of locations, including urban areas of southeast Queensland. Mosquitoes collected in this monitoring program tested positive for Japanese encephalitis virus, promoting the current health warnings.

Why is its detection in Brisbane important?

Up to now, scientists have thought the risk of Japanese encephalitis was likely greatest following seasons of above-average rainfall or flooding. This provides ideal conditions for waterbirds and mosquitoes.

But the activity of Japanese encephalitis virus over the summer of 2024–25 has taken many scientists by surprise. Before Ex-Tropical Cyclone Alfred arrived, there had been somewhat dry conditions with less waterbird activity and low mosquito numbers in many regions of eastern Australia.

However there has still been widespread Japanese encephalitis virus activity in VictoriaNSW and Queensland.

To date, Japanese encephalitis virus activity hasn’t extended to the coastal regions of southeast Queensland. The detection of the virus in suburban Brisbane may require authorities to rethink exactly where the virus may turn up next. Authorities are ramping up their surveillance to see just how widespread the virus is in the region.

Health authorities and scientists are also trying to understand how the virus moved from western areas of the state to the coast and what drives virus transmission in different regions.

There is currently no evidence the virus is active in coastal regions of northern NSW.

Mosquito in laboratory.
Mosquitoes collected in Brisbane have tested positive for Japanese encephalitis virus. A/Prof Cameron Webb (NSW Health Pathology)

What can people do to protect themselves?

Avoiding mosquito bites is the best way to reduce the risk of Japanese encephalitis virus.

Cover up with long-sleeved shirts and long pants for a physical barrier against mosquito bites.

Use topical insect repellents containing DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Be sure to apply an even coat on all exposed areas of skin for the longest-lasting protection.

Ensure any insect screens on houses, tents and caravans are in good repair and reduce the amount of standing water in the backyard. The more water there is around your home, the more opportunities for mosquitoes there are.

A safe and effective vaccine is available against Japanese encephalitis. Each state and territory health authority (for example QueenslandNSWVictoria) have specific recommendations about access to vaccinations.

It may take many weeks following vaccination to achieve sufficient protection, so prioritise reducing your exposure to bites in the meantime.The Conversation

Cameron Webb, Clinical Associate Professor and Principal Hospital Scientist, University of Sydney and Andrew van den Hurk, Medical Entomologist, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

I’m avoiding a hearing test because I don’t want chunky hearing aids. What are my options?

Ksenia Shestakova/Shutterstock
Katie EkbergFlinders University and Barbra TimmerThe University of Queensland

One in six Australians have hearing loss and, for most adults, hearing starts to decline from middle age onwards.

Many of us, however, hesitate to seek help or testing for our hearing. Perhaps you’re afraid you’ll be told to wear hearing aids, and envision the large and bulky hearing aids you might have seen on your grandparents decades ago.

In fact, hearing aids have changed a lot since then. They’re often now very small; some are barely noticeable. And hearing aids aren’t the only option available for people experiencing hearing loss.

A younger woman sports a small hearing aid on the back of her ear.
The earlier you do something about your hearing, the greater the likelihood that you can prevent further hearing decline. PeopleImages.com - Yuri A/Shutterstock

Why you shouldn’t ignore hearing loss

Acquired hearing loss can have a serious impact on our life. It is associated with or can contribute to:

  • social isolation
  • loneliness
  • not being able to work as much, or at all
  • memory problems
  • trouble thinking clearly
  • conditions such as dementia.

Hearing loss has also been associated with depression, anxiety and stress. A systematic review and meta-analysis found adults with hearing loss are 1.5 times more likely to experience depression than those without hearing loss.

large population study in the US found self-reported hearing loss was associated with:

  • higher levels of psychological distress
  • increased use of antidepressant and anti-anxiety medications, and
  • greater utilisation of mental health services.

The good news is that doing something about your hearing loss can help you live a happier and longer life.

So why don’t people get their hearing checked?

Research has found adults with hearing loss typically wait ten years to seek help for their hearing.

Less than a quarter of those who need hearing aids actually go ahead with them.

Hearing declines slowly, so people may perceive their hearing difficulties aren’t concerning. They may feel they’re now used to not being able to hear properly, without fully appreciating the impact it’s having on their life.

Some people harbour negative attitudes to hearing aids or don’t think they’ll actually help.

Others may have overheard their partner, family or friends say negative things or make jokes about hearing aids, which can put people off getting their hearing checked.

Stigma can play a big part.

People often associate hearing loss with negative stereotypes such as ageing, weakness and “being different”.

Our recent research found that around one in four people never tell anyone about their hearing loss because of experiences of stigma.

Adults with hearing loss who experience stigma and choose not to disclose their hearing loss were also likely not to go ahead with hearing aids, we found.

A man looks at his phone while wearing a hearing aid.
Modern hearing aids may be a lot smaller than you realise. Daisy Daisy/Shutterstock

What are my options for helping my hearing?

The first step in helping your hearing is to have a hearing check with a hearing care professional such as an an audiologist. You can also speak to your GP.

If you’ve got hearing loss, hearing aids aren’t the only option.

Others include:

  • other assistive listening devices (such as amplified phones, personal amplifiers and TV headphones)
  • doing a short course or program (such as the Active Communication Education program developed via University of Queensland researchers) aimed at giving you strategies to manage your hearing, for instance, in noisy environments
  • monitoring your hearing with regular checkups
  • strategies for protecting your hearing in future (such as wearing earplugs or earmuffs in loud environments, and not having headphone speakers too loud)
  • a cochlear implant (if hearing loss is severe)

Hearing care professionals should take a holistic approach to hearing rehabilitation.

That means coming up with individualised solutions based on your preferences and circumstances.

What are modern hearing aids like?

If you do need hearing aids, it’s worth knowing there are several different types. All modern hearing aids are extremely small and discrete.

Some sit behind your ear, while others sit within your ear. Some look the same as air pods.

Some are even completely invisible. These hearing aids are custom fitted to sit deep within your ear canal and contain no external tubes and wires.

Some types of hearing aids are more expensive than others, but even the basic styles are discrete.

In Australia, children and many adults are eligible for free or subsidised hearing services and many health funds offer hearing aid rebates as part of their extras cover.

Despite being small, modern hearing aids have advanced technology including the ability to:

  • reduce background noise
  • direct microphones to where sound is coming from (directional microphones)
  • use Bluetooth so you can hear audio from your phone, TV and other devices directly in your hearing aids.

When used with a smartphone, some hearing aids can even track your health, detect if you have fallen, and translate languages in real time.

A woman in a hearing aid watches a show on her phone.
Modern hearing aids use Bluetooth so you can hear audio from your phone. Daisy Daisy/Shutterstock

What should I do next?

If you think you might be having hearing difficulties or are curious about the status of your hearing, then it’s a good idea to get a hearing check.

The earlier you do something about your hearing, the greater the likelihood that you can prevent further hearing decline and reduce other health risks.

And rest assured, there’s a suitable option for everyone.The Conversation

Katie Ekberg, Senior Lecturer, College of Nursing and Health Sciences, Flinders University and Barbra Timmer, Senior Lecturer and Researcher in Audiology, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

AvPals Term 1 2025


Avalon Computer Pals (AVPALS) helps Seniors learn and improve their computer skills. It is a not for profit organisation run by volunteers. 


Started in 2000 it now has 20+ trainers and many hundreds of students. At a really low cost (about $50 a school term) they can provide one-to-one training on most matters connected with computing and related technologies like mobile phones and digital cameras. From the smallest problem (how to hold the mouse!) to much more serious matters, there is a trainer who can help.

We offer “one to one” personal tuition or special short courses in the training rooms under the Catholic Church in Avalon. Training is conducted Monday to Friday from 9am to 4pm. For more information visit AVPALS web site www.avpals.com or phone 02 8064 3574

Keep up to date on our Facebook page

Find out more at: www.avpals.com

Seniors Festival 2025: Local events

The Manly to Barrenjoey Seniors Festival celebrates and recognises seniors for the role they play and the contributions they make to our local community.

The official Festival theme for 2025 is ‘Time to Shine!'

The Festival will run from Monday 3 March to Sunday 30 March 2025, corresponding with NSW Seniors Festival which runs from 3 to 16 March.

An events programme is now available to peruse with some great options to get you out and about and even some exercise classes run online so you can do those at home.

Some are free, others have a small fee.
Have a look and book in early before those with limited places fill up. 

Avalon Beach SLSC turns 100 in 2025!

2025 marks 100 years of Avalon Beach Surf Lifesaving Club.

Planning is underway to celebrate the achievement of Avalon Beach SLSC's Volunteer Surf Lifesavers keeping Avalon Beach safe for residents and visitors for 100 years!

A number of celebratory events and activities spread throughout the Club's 100th year, are currently under development, and will be progressively announced through the year. 

The range of celebrations will involve past and present members, the Avalon Beach community, as well as visitors to our area.  The Surf Club is a focal point in and for the Avalon Beach community, so it is fitting that the community takes pride in this milestone.

Initially, so that our records are up to date, we invite all past members of our Club to Email the Club at 100years@avalonbeachslsc.com.au  with your updated details so we can keep you informed of what will be happening for members.

If you know of others that may be interested in the 100th Anniversary celebrations please pass the message on. 

The Club looks to the future, acknowledging and building on the legacy left from those who came before us over the past 100 years.

Avalon Beach SLSC Centenary Committee

NSW Government's Workers comp. reform to address psychological safety

March 18, 2025
Treasurer Daniel Mookhey will today warn parliament that the State’s workers compensation system is unsustainable without reform to how it deals with workplace psychological injury.

Mr Mookhey will set out plans to make greater use of workplace health and safety laws to prevent psychological injuries, instead of relying solely on the state’s workers compensation system as the main response. 

In a Ministerial Statement, the Treasurer will also advise Parliament that:
  • If claims continue growing at recent rates, the State insurer icare expects an additional 80,000 people will make psychological injury claims over the next five years,
  • For every $1 needed to care for injured workers, the State’s main workers compensation scheme currently holds only 85 cents in assets, and
  • Without reform, premiums for businesses facing no claims against them are forecast to rise by 36 per cent over the three years to 2027-28.
Mr Mookhey will outline a program of consultation with Business NSW and Unions NSW, as well as other interested parties, to create the reform. The model he will outline will see NSW:
  • Give the NSW Industrial Relation Commission a bullying & harassment jurisdiction ahead of requiring those claims to be heard there first before a claim can be pursued for compensation. This will allow the Commission to address psychological hazards, fostering a culture of prevention.
  • Define psychological injury, as well as ‘reasonable management action’, to provide workers and businesses with certainty – rather than let the definitions remain the subject of litigation. 
  • Align whole-person-impairment thresholds to standards established in South Australia and Queensland.
  • Adopt some of the anti-fraud measures recently enacted by the Commonwealth to protect the National Disability Insurance Scheme.
  • Respond further to the recommendations retired Supreme Court justice Robert McDougall made in his independent review of Safe Work NSW.
The Treasurer has been working closely with Minister for Industrial Relations Sophie Cotsis and Minister for Emergency Services Jihad Dib on the reform.

Treasurer Daniel Mookhey said:
“Our workers compensation system was designed at a time when most people did physical labour – on farms and building sites, in mines or in factories.

“A system that approaches all psychological workplace hazards the same way as physical dangers, needs to change.

“Allowing the system to stay on autopilot will only trap more employees, employers, and the state of NSW to a fate we can avoid.

“We must build a system that is fit for purpose – one that reflects modern workplaces and modern ways of working.”

MotherSafe celebrates its 25th anniversary

March 18, 2025
The outstanding and compassionate care provided by MotherSafe to hundreds of thousands of NSW families is being celebrated, as the service marks its 25th anniversary.

Minister for Health Ryan Park extended his gratitude to MotherSafe staff for their important role in providing evidence-based information and counselling about exposures during pregnancy and breastfeeding, including prescription drugs, over-the-counter medications, street drugs, infections, radiation and occupational exposures.

Funded by the NSW Government, the free, comprehensive telephone and face-to-face counselling service has received more than 400,000 calls over the last 25 years, from women and healthcare providers seeking health advice through pre-conception, pregnancy and breastfeeding.

The service was expanded in 2022 to provide specialist support to pregnant women experiencing severe effects of nausea and vomiting of pregnancy and hyperemesis gravidarum, which are the main causes of hospitalisation in the first half of pregnancy.

Hyperemesis gravidarum is a condition that causes severe nausea and vomiting during pregnancy for around 1 in 100 women during pregnancy.

Women living with hyperemesis gravidarum during pregnancy are often so sick they can’t go to work, care for themselves or someone else.

Through MotherSafe, women with hyperemesis gravidarum are assessed for the severity of their symptoms and given evidence-based information regarding available treatments to help manage their symptoms.

The expanded service has been particularly important for women living outside of metropolitan Sydney or who may be too unwell to travel, to access tailored advice from a MotherSafe consultant.

Women, families and healthcare professionals can contact a MotherSafe consultant by calling 1800 647 848, or visit the MotherSafe website to access a range of factsheets.

Minister for Health, Ryan Park said:
“Preconception, pregnancy and breastfeeding are crucial times for the health of women and babies. Having access to clear, evidence-based advice on medications and other exposures is critically important for expectant and new mums.

“I want to thank the many dedicated MotherSafe staff who have helped hundreds of thousands of NSW women give their babies the very best start to life.

“Hyperemesis gravidarum is the number one cause for hospitalisation in the first half of pregnancy. MotherSafe has helped many women manage the significant physical symptoms and emotional distress that comes with this condition.”

Dr Debra Kennedy, Director MotherSafe stated:
“We are proud to have supported the physical and emotional wellbeing of women and families across NSW over the past 25 years.

“MotherSafe provides advice to women who are concerned about medications, infections or exposure to occupational hazards before and during pregnancy, and while breastfeeding.”

Ella Rich said:
“I experienced severe nausea and vomiting throughout each of my four pregnancies. Managing my symptoms was really challenging and I was highly anxious.

“It was confirmed I had hyperemesis gravidarum at around 13 weeks during my fourth pregnancy following a medical emergency. The hospital recommended I contact MotherSafe and, as soon as I spoke with them, I felt reassured.

“MotherSafe became my lifeline during the remainder of my pregnancy. Knowing I could call a consultant who knew about the medications I was exposed to and hyperemesis gravidarum gave me confidence in the health of my baby and alleviated my stress and anxiety.

“MotherSafe got me the right medication to treat my HG and I was never sick again. They answered my calls with empathy and compassion every time and even arranged for me to speak with one of their leading doctors.”

New board to lead NSW Aboriginal Languages Trust to 2030

March 17, 2025
A new board has been appointed to lead the vital work of the NSW Aboriginal Languages Trust over the next five years. 

The independent board is responsible for guiding the trust to revitalise, strengthen and celebrate Aboriginal languages in NSW.

The Aboriginal Languages Trust was established in 2020 under the Aboriginal Languages Act 2017.

This legislation recognises the importance of Aboriginal languages and establishes mechanisms and investment to help strengthen them.

The growth and strengthening of Aboriginal languages and culture is a key outcome for Closing the Gap, a national commitment to improve outcomes for Aboriginal people.

The inaugural board, appointed for a five-year term in February 2020, has strengthened Aboriginal language revitalisation efforts in NSW, guided by the voices and aspirations of Aboriginal communities across the state.

The incoming board will include members of the inaugural board, ensuring strong continuity of the work of the Trust.

The newly appointed board, who were selected following an independent recruitment process, consists of:
  • Catherine Trindall (Chairperson)
  • Jason Behrendt
  • Dr Ray Kelly
  • Raymond Ingrey
  • Rhonda Radley
  • Rhonda Ashby
  • Susan Briggs
To continue languages revitalisation, each board member brings the skills, expertise and experience relevant to deliver on the functions of the Trust, and has appropriate standing in their respective Aboriginal communities. 

The Minns Labor Government remains committed to the revitalisation of Aboriginal languages in NSW, through ongoing funding programs such as the Aboriginal Languages Revival Program and Aboriginal Languages Growth Program.

Minister for Aboriginal Affairs and Treaty David Harris said: 
“Since its establishment, the NSW Aboriginal Language Trust has strengthened and celebrated Aboriginal languages in NSW through initiatives such as annual grants and, in 2023, the first ever NSW Aboriginal Languages Week.

“I offer my gratitude to the inaugural board of the Aboriginal Languages Trust. These board members have established a strong foundation for the growth and strengthening of NSW Aboriginal languages into the future.

“I look forward to working with the new board to continue to shape the future of Aboriginal language revitalisation in NSW.”

NSW Aboriginal Languages Trust newly appointed Chair Catherine Trindall said:
“I am honoured to be appointed Chair of the NSW Aboriginal Languages Trust Board and look forward to working collaboratively with our new appointees, who will each bring unique perspectives, cultural and linguistic knowledge and professional expertise to championing Aboriginal language revitalisation in NSW.

“The inaugural board, who I worked alongside as deputy chair, have been dedicated, visible and trusted advocates for our stakeholders, ensuring the Trust’s establishment was grounded in culture and Aboriginal ways of knowing, doing and being.

"Aboriginal communities in NSW are aiming high and making a powerful impact, delivering a broad range of activities to revitalise, strengthen, share, and speak their languages, reflecting their unique language goals and aspirations. The board is committed to supporting our communities to continue to reclaim, revive and celebrate their languages."

Streaming, surveillance and the power of suggestion: the hidden cost of 10 years of Netflix

Shutterstock
Marc C-ScottVictoria University

This month marks a decade since Netflix – the world’s most influential and widely subscribed streaming service – launched in Australia.

Since then the media landscape has undergone significant transformation, particularly in terms of how we consume content. According to a 2024 Deloitte report, Australians aged 16–38 spent twice as much time watching subscription streaming services as free-to-air TV (both live and on-demand).

Part of the success of streaming services lies in their ability to provide content that feels handpicked. And this is made possible through the use of sophisticated recommender systems fuelled by vast amounts of user data.

As streaming viewership continues to rise, so too do the risks associated with how these platforms collect and handle user data.

Changing methods of data collection

Subscription streaming platforms aren’t the first to collect user data. They just do it differently.

Broadcasters have always been invested in collecting viewers’ information (via TV ratings) to inform promotional schedules and attract potential advertisers. These data are publicly available.

In Australia, TV data are collected anonymously via the OzTam TV ratings system, based on the viewing habits of more than 12,000 individuals.

Each television in a recruited household is connected to a metering box. Members of the household select a letter that corresponds to them, after which the box records their viewing data, including the program, channel and viewing time. But this system doesn’t include broadcasters’ video-on-demand services, which have been around since the late 2000s (with ABC iView being the first).

In 2016 a new system was launched to measure broadcast video-on-demand data separately from OzTam ratings.

However, it collected data in a rolling seven-day report, in the form of total minutes a particular program had been watched online (rather than the number of individuals watching, as was the measurement for TV). This meant the two data sources couldn’t be combined.

In 2018, OzTAM and Nielsen announced the Virtual Australia (VoZ) database which would integrate both broadcast TV and video-on-demand data. It took six years following the announcement for the VoZ system to become the industry’s official trading currency.

Streamers’ approach

Streaming platforms such as Netflix have a markedly different approach to acquiring data, as they can source it directly from users. These data are therefore much more granular, larger in volume, and far less publicly accessible due to commercial confidence.

In recent years, Netflix has shared some of its viewing data through a half-yearly report titled What We Watched. It offers macro-level details such as total hours watched that year, as well as information about specific content, including how many times a particular show was viewed.

Netflix also supplies information to its shareholders, although much of this focuses on subscriber numbers rather than specific user details.

The best publicly accessible Netflix data we have is presented on its Tudum website, which includes global Top 10 lists that can be filtered by country.

The main data Netflix doesn’t share are related to viewer demographics: who is watching what programs.

Why does it matter?

Ratings and user data offer valuable insights to both broadcasters and streaming services, and can influence decisions regarding what content is produced.

User data would presumably have been a significant factor in Netflix‘s decision to move into live content such as stand-up comedy, the US National Football League (NFL) and an exclusive US$5 billion deal with World Wrestling Entertainment.

Streaming companies also use personal data to provide users with targeted viewing suggestions, with an aim to reduce the time users spend browsing catalogues.

Netflix has an entire research department dedicated to enhancing user experience. According to Justin Basilico, Netflix’s Director of Machine Learning and Recommender Systems, more than 80% of what Netflix users watch is driven by its recommender system.

As noted in its privacy statement, Netflix draws on a range of information to provide recommendations, including:

  • the user’s interactions with the service, such as their viewing history and title ratings
  • other users with similar tastes and preferences
  • information about the titles, such as genre, categories, actors and release year
  • the time of day the user is watching
  • the language/s the user prefers
  • the device/s they are watching on
  • how long they watch a particular Netflix title.

If a user isn’t happy with their recommendations, they can try to change them by editing their viewing and ratings history.

Personalised or predetermined?

The rise of streaming hasn’t only transformed how we watch TV, but also how our viewing habits are tracked and how this information informs future decisions.

While traditional broadcasters have long relied on sample anonymised data to measure engagement, streaming platforms operate in a landscape in which detailed user data can be used to shape content, recommendations and business decisions.

While personalisation makes streaming more appealing, it also raises important questions about privacy, transparency and control. How much do streaming platforms really know about us? And are they catering to our preferences – or shaping them?The Conversation

Marc C-Scott, Associate Professor of Screen Media | Deputy Associate Dean of Learning & Teaching, Victoria University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Sydney man fined more than $470,000 for unlicensed and uninsured building work

March 16, 2025
A Sydney man has been hit with a $473,000 fine after being found guilty of more than 40 breaches involving unlicensed and uninsured residential building work for four consumers in 2022.

Anthony Abi-Merhi, a sole trader business operating under the name “Triscapes” quoted one consumer $99,500 for a job which ended up costing the consumer $142,000.

During the investigation, Building Commission NSW identified offences including unlicensed work, excessive deposits, and work undertaken without Home Building Compensation Fund insurance.

He was also found guilty of 27 charges of demanding or receiving payment for building without insurance, while carrying out landscaping work in south-western Sydney.

In NSW, a licence or certificate is required to do any residential building work, including general building work valued at more than $5,000 in labour and materials.

This includes construction, repairs, renovating or decorating a property. 

For contracts valued at more than $5,000 the maximum deposit to cover labour and materials is 10 per cent. 

Home Building Compensation Fund Insurance is required for projects valued at more than $20,000 and contractors must obtain this cover before starting any work or accepting any payments including deposits.

This insurance provides a safety net for consumers facing incomplete or defective work in certain circumstances.

The defendant has 28 days to exercise a right to appeal in respect of the sentence.

For more information on choosing the right tradesperson for the job visit the Step by step guide to choosing the right tradesperson or builder webpage.

To check a contractor’s name or licence number visit the Verify Licence website.

To access the Contract checklist visit the Fair Trading website.

Minister for Building Anoulack Chanthivong said:
“This serious $470,000 fine for unlicensed building work sends a clear message to builders – the Minns Government is serious about eradicating cowboys and shonks from the NSW home construction industry. 

“Building Commission NSW inspectors are now out in force and will come down hard on those caught doing the wrong thing.

“Consumers should only engage a contractor once they have researched their credentials including by looking them up on the Verify Licence website, to make sure their licence is valid and whether the licence has any conditions or regulatory issues attached to it.

“You can also check user ratings online from other consumers who have used the trader, and make sure you use the handy Contract Checklist page on the Fair Trading website before signing a contract and paying any money.”

DP World Australia's proposed acquisition of Silk raises preliminary concerns: ACCC

March 13, 2025
The ACCC has outlined preliminary competition concerns with DP World Australia’s proposed acquisition of Silk Logistics (ASX:SLH) in a Statement of Issues published today.

DP World Australia operates container stevedores at the Ports of Botany (Sydney), Melbourne, Brisbane and Fremantle. DP World Australia on average, services approximately a third of the containers processed at these ports.

Silk is one of the only national door-to-door container logistic providers in Australia. It hauls import and export containers using trucks to and from the ports that DP World Australia is operational at.

The proposed acquisition would result in DP World Australia, a major container stevedore, owning a national container transport provider.

“We have heard concerns that DP World’s ownership of a national container transport provider is likely to reduce competition in the supply of container transport services. This could lead to higher prices and reduced quality for Australian importers and exporters,” ACCC Commissioner Dr Philip Williams said.

“Our review is focused on DP World Australia’s ability and incentive to either increase terminal fees or worsen the quality of terminal services for container transport providers that compete with Silk, after the acquisition.”

“We are also assessing whether DP World Australia, after acquiring Silk, is likely to offer below-cost transportation prices to importers and exporters if their containers are also picked up and dropped off at DP World Australia’s stevedoring terminals,” Dr Williams said.

“This is because a discounting strategy involving below-cost prices could reduce container transport competition allowing a combined DP World Australia and Silk to raise prices later.”

In addition, the ACCC is concerned that DP World Australia could be able to access and use commercially sensitive data about Silk’s rivals, in a way that damages competition.

The ACCC’s container stevedoring monitoring role has helped to inform the ACCC’s preliminary views. The ACCC’s monitoring role indicates that there is currently very limited competition between stevedores on terminal charges to container transport providers.

The ACCC invites submissions from interested parties by 27 March 2025.

More information is available on the ACCC’s public register here: DP World Australia Limited – Silk Logistics Holdings Limited.

Background
Container stevedores are responsible for lifting containers on and off container ships. They are a key part of international trade.

DP World Australia provides port and general logistics services. Its main business is the provision of container stevedoring services and operation of container terminals at each of the Ports of Melbourne, Botany (Sydney), Brisbane and Fremantle

In addition to its stevedoring services, DP World Australia:
  • operates an empty container park in each of the areas surrounding the Ports of Brisbane, Melbourne and Botany,
  • has a 50% interest in a vehicle booking system, that container transport providers use for the purpose of collecting/delivering containers at several Australian ports.
  • operates a limited fleet of container transport trucks in Melbourne and Sydney.
DP World Australia is an indirect subsidiary of DP World Limited (DPW). DPW provides freight forwarding and contract logistics services in Australia.

Silk is an ASX listed port-to-door services provider offering warehousing, distribution and port logistics services. It operates 46 facilities across New South Wales, Victoria, Queensland, South Australia and Western Australia.

Silk’s operations are categorised into 2 divisions:
  1. port logistics: road transport of import and export containers to and from ports in Australia, in addition to ancillary services (such as fumigation, quarantine inspection, packing/unpacking services), and
  2. contract logistics: warehousing and distribution services. Warehousing services relate to receiving containerised freight, unpacking it, palletising it, storing it and then packing and dispatching it to the final destination. Distribution services refer to the transportation of goods from warehouses to delivery points, such as retail premises, factories or households.

Basin irrigation operator, Cadell, admits to breaching the Water Charge Rules

March 13, 2025
The ACCC has accepted a court-enforceable undertaking from Murray-Darling Basin irrigation infrastructure operator, Cadell Construction Joint Water Supply Scheme Inc (Cadell), after it admitted to breaching the Water Charge Rules.

Cadell provides water delivery services in Southern NSW to about 35 customers. The Water Charge Rules apply to infrastructure operators in the Murray-Darling Basin, including Cadell, and provide price transparency for infrastructure access and related water delivery services.

In November 2023, Cadell gave notice to its customers that it was more than doubling its fixed charges for access to its infrastructure. It also sought to backdate the increase to 1 July 2023 by adopting a schedule of charges with retrospective application. Cadell then issued invoices to its customers based on the increased rates.

Following an investigation by the ACCC, Cadell admitted that it had breached the Water Charge Rules by levying charges it was not entitled to levy on its customers.

“Under the Water Charge Rules, operators must properly notify their customers of changes to charging arrangements. Operators cannot adopt a new schedule of charges that purports to come into effect retrospectively,” ACCC Commissioner Mick Keogh said.

“This ensures that customers are aware ahead of time of the charges they may be liable to pay, as well as giving them the opportunity to consider their future liability to pay termination fees to the infrastructure operator.”

“By levying charges that were listed on a schedule of charges that was not in effect at the relevant time, Cadell has breached its obligations as a provider of rural water delivery services in the Murray-Darling Basin,” Mr Keogh said.

“This action should serve as a reminder to other water businesses, large and small, to be aware of and comply with their obligations under the Water Charge Rules that apply to them, or face ACCC action.”

Cadell has cooperated with the ACCC investigation, admitting that it breached the Water Charge Rules and providing a court enforceable undertaking to address the ACCC’s concerns in relation to its conduct. Cadell has undertaken not to engage in similar conduct in future.

A copy of the undertaking is available on the ACCC website.

Background

Cadell is a small, incorporated association based in Moama, NSW which owns and operates infrastructure for the delivery of water for the primary purpose of irrigation. Cadell is an irrigation infrastructure operator, which is a form of infrastructure operator under section 7 of the Water Act.

An infrastructure operator is an entity that owns or operates infrastructure for the storage, delivery or drainage of water for the purposes of providing a service to someone who does not own or operate the infrastructure. An irrigation infrastructure operator is an infrastructure operator that owns or operates water service infrastructure for delivering water for the primary purpose of irrigation.

Cadell levies fixed access charges and variable water delivery charges on its customers, as well as passing on to its customers the bulk water charges and water planning and management charges levied by WaterNSW.

The Water Charge Rules are made under section 92 of the Water Act and apply to infrastructure operators in the Murray-Darling Basin. The Water Charge Rules impose obligations on infrastructure operators which increase pricing transparency in the Murray-Darling Basin. They prohibit infrastructure operators from levying an infrastructure or planning and management charge unless the charge is specified in a schedule of charges which is in effect.

Under the Water Act, the ACCC is responsible for monitoring regulated water charges. It must also monitor and enforce compliance with the Water Charge Rules, and Water Market Rules. These rules are designed to free up water markets by reducing barriers to trade faced by irrigators and promoting pricing transparency and the economically efficient use of water resources and infrastructure assets.

The ACCC has issued guidance to help infrastructure operators in the Murray-Darling Basin understand their obligations under the Water Charge Rules.

Airports report record aeronautical revenues despite slower growth in passenger numbers

March 17, 2025
Australia’s four largest airports, Brisbane, Melbourne, Perth and Sydney, each reported their highest ever aeronautical revenues in 2023-24, the ACCC’s latest Airport Monitoring Report shows.


The 24.3 per cent increase in revenues to $2.6 billion occurred despite the four major airports collectively handling fewer passengers than before the pandemic. While domestic and international passengers grew by 13.7 per cent to 114.6 million since 2022-23, passenger numbers remained 4.7 per cent below 2018-19 levels.

“The increase in aeronautical revenues in 2023-24 was driven in large part by the continued recovery in international passenger numbers, which rose by 32.1 per cent at the four airports monitored in our report,” ACCC Commissioner Anna Brakey said.

“Domestic passenger numbers also grew by 6.7 per cent.”

Sydney, Brisbane and Melbourne airports also substantially increased their operating profits from aeronautical activities in 2023-24.

“Sydney Airport was once again clearly the most profitable of the four major airports for aeronautical services in 2023-24, both in aggregate and on a per-passenger basis,” Ms Brakey said.

In 2023-24 Sydney Airport recorded an aeronautical operating profit of $570.5 million, which represented a 20.2 per cent return on its aeronautical assets. Sydney Airport advised that both its aeronautical revenues and operating profits in the year were inflated by back-payments received during the 2023-24 financial year from its contractual agreements with airlines. The agreements started on 1 July 2022, but the terms were not agreed to until the 2023-24 financial year.

Brisbane and Melbourne airports reported aeronautical operating profits of $194.7 million and $198.9 million respectively, despite Brisbane Airport catering to far fewer passengers than Melbourne Airport. Both airports reported a 64.1 per cent increase in aeronautical operating profit in 2023-24.

Perth Airport was the only monitored airport to report a fall in aeronautical profits, down by 29.1 per cent to $70.7 million after a significant increase in security and depreciation expenses.

Car parking profits and ‘landside access’ revenues up
Operating profits from car parking grew for all four airports in 2023-24. Brisbane Airport made the largest profits, increasing by 21.1 per cent to $113.4 million. Melbourne Airport made an operating profit of $108.1 million from car parking, followed by Sydney Airport with $95.6 million and Perth Airport with $70.7 million.

All four monitored airports reported operating profit margins above 60 per cent for the second year in a row for their car parking operations.

“Car parking remains a very profitable business for the monitored airports as they report strong demand for parking,” Ms Brakey said.

“Brisbane Airport made an operating profit of 76.6 cents for every dollar of revenue it collected from car parking.”

Sydney Airport was the most expensive for 30 to 60 minute parking and parking for up to 24 hours at the terminal, while Melbourne Airport was the cheapest in both categories.

Long-term parking at a distance from the terminal booked online was most expensive at Perth and Sydney airports and cheapest at Melbourne Airport.

“To save money, motorists are encouraged to book online, if possible, instead of paying the drive-up rates, and should consider using free waiting zones at the airports,” Ms Brakey said.

Revenues from landside transport access services, such as rideshare operators, taxis and buses, grew by 18 per cent to $69.6 million, as vehicle numbers rebounded. All four airports continued to report a growth in rideshare services.

Airports maintain their ‘good’ quality of service rating, despite falling satisfaction from airlines
All four airports maintained an average overall rating of ‘good’ for the quality of service and facilities in 2023-24.

These results were mainly due to high ratings by passengers, continuing consistent trends over the last 10 years.

Ratings by airlines generally fell, and all four airports received only a ‘satisfactory’ result. The most common airline concerns related to aircraft parking facilities, baggage facilities, common user check-in facilities, aerobridges and public amenities.

“The airports all maintained their ‘good’ rating for quality of service, which is based on surveys of passengers and airlines, as well as objective measures such as the number of check-in kiosks per passenger,” Ms Brakey said.

“However, the falling satisfaction from airlines indicates the airports have some work to do.”

Airports have recommenced investment after Covid
After years of relatively little investment due to the pandemic, the airports have invested $985.1 million in aeronautical facilities in 2023-24, a figure set to increase in coming years.

Melbourne airport’s $502.3 million investment accounted for more than half the total investment in aeronautical assets in 2023-24. This included work on runway overlays, taxiways and terminals, such as the replacement of passenger screening equipment as well as works to resurface the north-south runway and replace the lighting system.

Other major projects underway, or recently announced, include new runways for Melbourne and Perth, new terminals for Perth and Brisbane, upgrades to terminals in Brisbane, Sydney and Melbourne.

A new airport will also open at Western Sydney in 2026.

“While the four major airports held back on investment during the pandemic period, this is starting to change now there is more certainty around demand for travel,” Ms Brakey said.

“These significant capital works should help increase capacity at our major airports, leading to more flight options for travellers.”

Background
Under direction from the Australian Government, the ACCC monitors the prices, costs and profits of aeronautical and car parking services at Australia’s four largest airports. The ACCC also monitors the quality of these services under the Airports Act.

The possible ratings for airport quality of services are ‘very poor’, ‘poor’, ‘satisfactory’, ‘good’ or ‘excellent’.

The ACCC measures operating profit by earnings before interest, taxes and amortisation (EBITA). Operating profit margin is EBITA as a percentage of revenue.

Aeronautical operations are those that directly relate to providing aviation services, including runways, aprons, aerobridges, departure lounges and baggage handling equipment.

Safety switch: Date set for Average Speed Camera trial

March 16, 2025
Average speed cameras will be switched on to warning mode for light vehicles in two key regional locations from 1 May, the nSW Government has announced.

The trial, a recommendation from the 2024 NSW Road Safety Forum, will see the NSW Government flick the switch on cameras which measure a 15km stretch of the Pacific Highway between Kew and Lake Innes and cameras on the Hume Highway which measure a 16km stretch between Coolac and Gundagai to capture speeding light vehicles.

These two stretches have been chosen based on several factors, including known crash history. There were a combined total of six fatalities and 33 serious injuries between 2018 and 2022 at these locations.

In NSW average speed cameras only enforce speeding offences for heavy vehicles, however data shows that in the past five years (2018-2022) almost 80% of all fatalities and serious injuries across all existing 31 average speed camera lengths in NSW did not involve a heavy vehicle.

NSW is unique in that it’s the only place known to use these cameras for just a subset of vehicles. Most other Australian jurisdictions either use Average Speed Cameras for all vehicles or plan to do so in the future. Studies from around the world have shown that average speed enforcement for all vehicles leads to significant reductions in crash-related injuries and fatalities.

The trial will have a two-month warning letter period for light vehicle drivers caught speeding on both lengths of road before it is switched to full enforcement mode. From 1 July, those detected speeding will face fines and demerit point penalties. Existing enforcement of heavy vehicle offences at these sites will be unaffected by the trial.

A comprehensive communications campaign will begin to roll out before the warning letter period to help alert motorists to the trial.

Road signs will notify all drivers that their speed is being monitored by the cameras on the trial stretches, giving them the opportunity to adjust their speed as needed.

The average speed camera trial builds on other road safety initiatives introduced by the Minns Labor Government, including:
  • seatbelt enforcement by the existing mobile phone camera detection network
  • removing a loophole to force all motorists driving on a foreign licence to convert to a NSW licence within six months
  • the demerit return trial that rewarded more than 1 million drivers for maintaining a demerit-offence-free driving record during the second year of the trial
  • doubling roadside enforcement sites used for mobile speed cameras, with the addition of 2,700 new locations where a camera can be deployed. Enforcement hours will remain the same
  • hosting the state’s first Road Safety Forum with international and local experts
  • signed National Road Safety Data Agreement with the Commonwealth
Minister for Roads, John Graham said:

“We know that speed remains our biggest killer on the road, contributing to 41 per cent of all fatalities over the past decade.

“Studies from around the world show that using average speed enforcement cameras for all vehicles reduces the road toll, and road trauma.

“We know the trial will be a change for motorists in New South Wales, so it will be supported by community and stakeholder communications. All average speed camera locations have warning signs installed.

Minister for Regional Transport and Roads, Jenny Aitchison said:
“Regional NSW is home to a third of the population but is where two-thirds of all road deaths happen.

“With the majority of road trauma occurring in our regions we have chosen two regional locations to test the impact these cameras could have on road safety for all road users.

“I know this trial will be a change, particularly for regional people who travel through the areas where these two camera lengths are in place, which is why we are committed to ensuring that the community is aware of what we are doing.

“We will have a communications strategy in place including the use of print, radio and social media as well as variable messaging signs and mobile billboards to help communicate the trial details to drivers and riders.

“We will also have clear warning signs installed before the enforcement sites, but most importantly we will have a 60 day warning period in place so that people have an opportunity to adjust their driving behaviour before they receive a penalty.”

Background
  • Enforcement of average speed is generally considered a fair form of enforcement as drivers demonstrate intentional and consistent speeding behaviour over a long length of road and/or time, not only at a single point.
  • Research conducted in New South Wales in 2024 found that 68 per cent of respondents thought that average speed cameras were important in making New South Wales roads safer.
  • A 2015 study in Norway found that average speed cameras cut deaths and serious injuries by 49%. Similarly, a 2016 study in the United Kingdom showed a 36% reduction in fatal and serious injury crashes with the use of average speed cameras.
  • Average speed cameras in NSW have cut fatalities and serious injuries from crashes involving heavy vehicles. There was a reduction on fatalities and serious injuries from crashes involving heavy vehicles at average speed camera locations of about 50%, when data from the five years before they were installed is compared to the five years after installation.
  • The Road Transport Act 2013 (the Act) was amended in October 2024 so that average speed cameras can enforce speeding by all vehicle types.
  • The trial will run for 14 months in total. (2 months in warning mode, 12 months in enforcement)
  • Warning mode will begin on 1 May, enforcement mode will begin on 1 July.
  • The NSW Government will report back to Parliament on the outcomes of the trial in 2026, consistent with legislative changes made in late 2024.

Less than 1% of the world’s biggest radio telescope is complete – but its first image reveals a sky dotted with ancient galaxies

The first image from an early working version of the SKA-Low telescope, showing around 85 galaxies. SKAO
Randall WaythCurtin University

Part of the world’s biggest mega-science facility – the SKA Observatory – is being built in outback Western Australia.

After decades of planning, countless hours of work, and more than a few setbacks, an early working version of the telescope has captured its first glimpse of the sky.

Using 1,024 of what will eventually be 131,072 radio antennas, the first SKA-Low image shows a tiny sliver of sky dotted with ancient galaxies billions of light-years from Earth.

This first snapshot shows the system works, and will improve dramatically in the coming months and years – and starts a new chapter in our exploration of the universe.

A glimpse of the universe

The SKA-Low telescope is currently under construction on Wajarri Yamaji Country in Western Australia, around 600 kilometres north of Perth. Together with the SKA-Mid telescope (under construction in South Africa), the two telescopes will make up the world’s largest and most sensitive radio observatory.

SKA-Low will consist of thousands of antennas spread across a vast area. It is designed to detect low-frequency radio signals from some of the most distant and ancient objects in the universe.

The first image, made using just 1,024 of the planned 131,000 antennas, is remarkably clear, confirming that the complex systems for transmitting and processing data from the antennas are working properly. Now we can move on to more detailed observations to analyse and verify the telescope’s scientific output.

Bright galaxies, billions of years old

The image shows a patch of the sky, approximately 25 square degrees in area, as seen in radio waves.

Twenty-five square degrees is an area of sky that would fit 100 full Moons. For comparison, it would be about the area of sky that a small apple would cover if you held it at arm’s length.

Photo showing dots of white on a black background.
The first image from an early working version of the SKA-Low telescope, showing around 85 galaxies. SKAO

The dots in the image look like stars, but are actually some of the brightest galaxies in the universe. These galaxies are billions of light-years away, so the galaxies we are seeing now were emitting this light when the universe was half its current age.

They are so bright because each of these distant galaxies contains a supermassive black hole. Gas orbiting around black holes is very hot and moves very quickly, emitting energy in X-rays and radio waves. SKA-Low can detect these radio waves that have travelled billions of light years across the universe to reach Earth.

The world’s largest radio telescope

SKA-Low and SKA-Mid are both being built by the SKAO, a global project to build cutting-edge telescopes that will revolutionise our understanding of the universe and deliver benefits to society. (SKA stands for “square kilometre array”, describing the initial estimated collecting area of all the antennas and radio dishes put together.)

My own involvement in the project began in 2014. Since then I, along with many local and international colleagues, have deployed and verified several prototype systems on the path to SKA-Low. To now be part of the team that is making the first images with the rapidly growing telescope is extremely satisfying.

A complex system with no moving parts

SKA-Low will be made up of 512 aperture arrays (or stations), each comprised of 256 antennas.

Unlike traditional telescopes, aperture arrays have no moving parts, which makes them easier to maintain. The individual antennas receive signals from all directions at once and – to produce images – we use complex mathematics to combine the signals from each individual antenna and “steer” the telescope.

Photo of many Christmas-tree like antennas in an open field.
The SKA-Low telescope uses arrays of radio antennas (called stations) to create images of the universe. SKAO / Max Alexander

The advantages and flexibility of aperture arrays come at the cost of complex signal processing and software systems. Any errors in signal timing, calibration or processing can distort the final image or introduce noise.

For this reason, the successful production of the first image is a key validation – it can only happen if the entire system is working.

The shape of the universe and beyond

Images showing a patch of sky with increasingly more dots in it.
As SKA-Low grows, it will see more detail. Simulations show the full telescope may detect up to 600,000 galaxies in the same patch of sky shown in the first test image. SKAO

Once completed, SKA-Low promises to transform our understanding of the early universe.

The antennas of the full telescope will be spread across an area approximately 70 kilometres in diameter, making it the most sensitive low-frequency radio array ever built.

This unprecedented sensitivity to low-frequency radio signals will allow scientists to detect the faint signals from the first stars and galaxies that formed after the Big Bang – the so-called “cosmic dawn”. SKA-Low will be the first radio telescope capable of imaging this very early period of our universe.

It will also help map the large-scale structure of the universe. We expect the telescope will also provide new insights into cosmic magnetism, the behaviour of interstellar gas, and the mysterious nature of dark matter and dark energy.

The sensitivity and resolution of SKA-Low gives it a huge discovery potential. Seven out of the top 10 discoveries from the Hubble Space Telescope were not part of the original science motivation. Like the HST, SKA-Low promises to be a transformative telescope. Who knows what new discoveries await?

What’s next

SKA-Low’s commissioning process will ramp up over the course of the year, as more antenna arrays are installed and brought online. With each additional station, the sensitivity and resolution of the telescope will increase. This growth will also bring greater technical challenges in handling the growing complexity and data rates.

By the end of 2025, SKA-Low is expected to have 16 working stations. The increased volume of output data at this stage will be the next major test for the telescope’s software systems.

By the end of 2026, the array is planned to expand to 68 working stations at which point it will be the the most sensitive low-frequency radio telescope on Earth.

This phase will be the next big test of the end-to-end telescope system. When we get to this stage, the same field you see in the image above will be able to comprehensively map and detect up to 600,000 galaxies. I’m personally looking forward to helping bring it together.The Conversation

Randall Wayth, SKA-Low Senior Commissioning Scientist and Adjunct Associate Professor, Curtin Institute of Radio Astronomy, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

You’ve heard of the Big Bang. Now astronomers have discovered the Big Wheel – here’s why it’s significant

The Big Wheel alongside some of its neighbours. Weichen Wang et al. (2025)
Themiya NanayakkaraSwinburne University of Technology

Deep observations from the James Webb Space Telescope (JWST) have revealed an exceptionally large galaxy in the early universe. It’s a cosmic giant whose light has travelled over 12 billion years to reach us. We’ve dubbed it the Big Wheel, with our findings published today in Nature Astronomy.

This giant disk galaxy existed within the first two billion years after the Big Bang, meaning it formed when the universe was just 15% of its current age. It challenges what we know about how galaxies form.

What is a disk galaxy?

Picture a galaxy like our own Milky Way: a flat, rotating structure made up of stars, gas and dust, often surrounded by an extensive halo of unseen dark matter.

Disk galaxies typically have clear spiral arms extending outward from a dense central region. Our Milky Way itself is a disk galaxy, characterised by beautiful spiral arms that wrap around its centre.

An artist impression of the Milky Way showcasing the dusty spiral structures similar to The Big Wheel.

Studying disk galaxies, like the Milky Way and the newly discovered Big Wheel, helps us uncover how galaxies form, grow and evolve across billions of years.

These studies are especially significant, as understanding galaxies similar to our own can provide deeper insights into the cosmic history of our galactic home.

A giant surprise

We previously thought galaxy disks form gradually over a long period: either through gas smoothly flowing into galaxies from surrounding space, or by merging with smaller galaxies.

Usually, rapid mergers between galaxies would disrupt the delicate spiral structures, turning them into more chaotic shapes. However, the Big Wheel managed to quickly grow to a surprisingly large size without losing its distinctive spiral form. This challenges long-held ideas about the growth of giant galaxies.

Our detailed JWST observations show that the Big Wheel is comparable in size and rotational speed to the largest “super-spiral” galaxies in today’s universe. It is three times as big in size as comparable galaxies at that epoch and is one of the most massive galaxies observed in the early cosmos.

In fact, its rotation speed places it among galaxies at the high end of what’s called the Tully-Fisher relation, a well-known link between a galaxy’s stellar mass and how fast it spins.

Remarkably, even though it’s unusually large, the Big Wheel is actively growing at a rate similar to other galaxies at the same cosmic age.

The Big Wheel galaxy is seen at the centre. In striking contrast, the bright blue galaxy (upper right) is only about 1.5 billion light years away, making the Big Wheel roughly 50 times farther away. Although both appear a similar size, the enormous distance of the Big Wheel reveals its truly colossal physical scale. JWST

Unusually crowded part of space

What makes this even more fascinating is the environment in which the Big Wheel formed.

It’s located in an unusually crowded region of space, where galaxies are packed closely together, ten times denser than typical areas of the universe. This dense environment likely provided ideal conditions for the galaxy to grow quickly. It probably experienced mergers that were gentle enough to let the galaxy maintain its spiral disk shape.

Additionally, the gas flowing into the galaxy must have aligned well with its rotation, allowing the disk to grow quickly without being disrupted. So, a perfect combination.

An illustration of how a massive spiral galaxy forms and evolves over billions of years. This evolutionary path is similar to real-world galaxies like Andromeda, our closest spiral galaxy neighbour, which also developed distinct spiral arms similar to the Big Wheel.

A fortunate finding

Discovering a galaxy like the Big Wheel was incredibly unlikely. We had less than a 2% chance to find this in our survey, according to current galaxy formation models.

So, our finding was fortunate, probably because we observed it within an exceptionally dense region, quite different from typical cosmic environments.

Besides its mysterious formation, the ultimate fate of the Big Wheel is another intriguing question. Given the dense environment, future mergers might significantly alter its structure, potentially transforming it into a galaxy comparable in mass to the largest ones observed in nearby clusters, such as Virgo.

The Big Wheel’s discovery has revealed yet another mystery of the early universe, showing that our current models of galaxy evolution still need refinement.

With more observations and discoveries of massive, early galaxies like the Big Wheel, astronomers will be able to unlock more secrets about how the universe built the structures we see today.The Conversation

Themiya Nanayakkara, Lead Astronomer at the James Webb Australian Data Centre, Swinburne University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

ASIC puts payday lenders on notice they may be breaching the law

Jeannie Marie PatersonThe University of Melbourne and Nicola HowellQueensland University of Technology

Late last week, corporate watchdog the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) issued a warning to lenders that provide high-fee small-amount loans – known as payday lenders – that they may be breaching consumer-lending laws.

Trying to provide effective protections to borrowers of these small loans is fiendishly difficult. People in financial hardship turn to payday loans, even though they are expensive. Lenders can charge high fees for such loans but may change products to avoid regulation.

If access to payday loans dries up, borrowers in need are likely to turn to other products. And so the cycle begins again.

The regulator’s report might be a prompt to government to think about other strategies.

What is payday lending and why is it a concern?

Payday lending is the name commonly given to loans of small amounts (under A$2,000) for short periods of time (16 days to one year) that promise quick credit checks and don’t require collateral.

They are called payday loans because the original idea was borrowers would pay them back when they got their next pay cheque. But often that is not how it works, and borrowers struggle to repay.

Payday lenders offer fast cash, but there are strings attached.

ASIC said the total value of small and medium loans provided to consumers in 2023–24 was $1.3 billion. An earlier study by Consumer Action Law Centre found 4.7 million individual payday loans were written over three years to July 2019.

Why do borrowers use (expensive) payday loans?

Small, short-term loans like payday loans have been around for a long time – and in part, they respond to a reality that, for many people, their income is not sufficient to give them buffers.

Payday loans can be used by borrowers who don’t have savings or credit cards to pay for one-off unexpected bills – a broken fridge, an emergency medical appointment or even utilities bills. But they can also be used to meet daily living expenses.

There are limited other practical options – for some types of bills, there are hardship schemes, but these are not always well-known. For one-off expenses, there are low and no-interest loan schemes but they can be quite restrictive. Free financial counselling may also help, but knowledge and access can be an issue.

Stacks of coins and a calculator on a desk
Payday lenders have been moving customers into bigger loans that are harder to repay. Doucefleur/Shutterstock

Why were new laws dealing with payday loans introduced?

Payday lenders have typically charged very high fees. In 2013, concerns about the high cost of payday loans led to specific provisions to limit the fees that could be charged.

Nonetheless, regulators and consumer advocates remain concerned these kinds of loans lock borrowers into debt spirals because they keep accumulating and that lenders manage to avoid many of the restrictions.

Further reforms in 2022 introduced a presumption a loan is unsuitable if the borrower has already taken out two payday loans in the preceding 90 days. The reforms also prohibit payday lenders from offering loans where the repayments would exceed a prescribed proportion of a borrower’s income.

What did ASIC say?

ASIC said it found a trend of payday lenders moving borrowers who previously might have borrowed relatively small amounts ($700 to $2,000) to medium-sized loans ($2,000 to $5,000), which are not subject to the same consumer protections.

The regulator said small loan credit contracts fell from 80% of loans in the December quarter of 2022 to less than 60% of loans by the August 2023 quarter.

It said it was concerned by this approach and reminded lenders they were still subject to the reasonable lending regime. This effectively means not lending amounts that would be unsuitable for borrowers.

Why are payday lenders moving consumers to larger loans?

It’s a concern that lenders change products to avoid restrictive rules. But it is not altogether surprising.

One response from increasing restrictions on one form of credit might be that lenders decide to focus on other, less restricted, products like medium-sized loans – this is what ASIC seems to have found.

This is problematic if those larger loans are not meeting consumers’ needs and objectives (for instance, if they only needed a smaller amount), or complying with the loan would cause substantial hardship. It’s important to remind lenders that the responsible lending obligations apply to medium size loans, and for ASIC to take enforcement action where appropriate.

What might be a better approach?

The ASIC report highlights the increasing complexity of the National Consumer Credit Act regime – with the standard obligations complemented by specific and unique rules for a range of credit products. These include small amount credit, standard home loans, credit cards, reverse mortgages, and Buy Now Pay Later.

It’s worth thinking about whether a better strategy might be to go back to a simpler approach, where one set of rules applied to all consumer credit products. Regulatory exceptions and qualifications are minimised.

If access to payday loans becomes more restrictive, borrowers are likely to turn to other products. This means ASIC should also be looking at other products that are used to provide short-term small loans. These are likely to include buy now pay later schemes and pawn broking.

Buy now pay later products are subject to their own regulations, including responsible lending obligations. But pawn brokers aren’t covered by the Consumer Credit laws and are subject to little regulatory scrutiny. This is also something that should change.

We also need to consider whether there are financial inclusion options not dependent on lenders out to make a profit from borrowers struggling with the cost of living.The Conversation

Jeannie Marie Paterson, Professor of Law (consumer protections and credit law), The University of Melbourne and Nicola Howell, Senior lecturer, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week Three March 2025 (March 10 - 16)

Education Minister wishes 380,000 students good luck as NAPLAN testing starts 

Wednesday March 12, 2025

NAPLAN testing begins today for at least 380,000 NSW students in Years 3, 5, 7 and 9. Over the next nine days of testing students in those cohorts across approximately 3,100 primary and high schools will sit the NAPLAN tests.

NAPLAN tests the knowledge and skills that students learn and apply in the classroom every day, assessing writing, reading, conventions of language and numeracy.

Student achievement will once again be measured against the four proficiency levels – Needs Additional Support, Developing, Strong, Exceeding – which set reasonable expectations of a student’s knowledge and skills at the time of testing.

Over the past week the NSW Education Standards Authority (NESA) has been working closely with the Australian Curriculum, Assessment and Reporting Authority (ACARA) to ensure schools in northern NSW are supported to begin NAPLAN testing when they are ready to do so.

Affected schools in the region have been contacted and are being given support regarding testing. The anticipated start date for affected schools is Monday 17 March.

Any school that remains non-operational for the remainder of this week will be contacted by NESA and offered additional advice and support.

ACARA will provide access to school and student results for reading, conventions of language and numeracy early in Term 2 – around four weeks after the test period ends.

Deputy Premier and Minister for Education and Early learning said:

'I want to acknowledge that for large areas of NSW this has been a challenging few days because of ex-Tropical Cyclone Alfred and the NSW Government’s priority has been the safety of our students.

'NESA has provided affected schools with the reassurance that as they become operational, support is available to help them start testing.

'All the best to students sitting the NAPLAN tests from today.

'NAPLAN is only one aspect of each school’s assessment program that will contribute to a teacher’s insight into their student’s educational progress.

'NAPLAN does help inform how well young Australian students are developing literacy and numeracy skills that provide the critical foundation for other learning.'

Manly Warringah Sapphires Claim 2025 HeartKids Cup

Manly Warringah Sapphires Opens HeartKids Cup 2025 Champions!  L-R Sue Gill, Charlotte Craig, Eloise Egan, Mardi Aplin, Audrey Little, Eugenie Little, Kiara Bloor, Mel Clarke, Erin, Chelsea Mann, Latika Tombs (C), Allegra McDonald, Jemma Donoghue. Photo: Clusterpix.

The Manly Warringah Sapphires Opens team has emerged victorious in the 2025 HeartKids Cup, setting an exceptional standard for the upcoming Netball NSW Premier League season.

Their thrilling grand final victory, secured by just one goal on the whistle, was a testament to their resilience and skill.

Netball NSW proudly hosted the 2025 HeartKids Cup, an event dedicated to raising awareness and funds for HeartKids, a non-profit organization supporting those affected by childhood heart disease in Australia. Held on the 1st and 2nd of March at Sydney Olympic Park’s Netball Central, the tournament featured all 10 Netball NSW Premier League franchises in a highly competitive preseason event.

The HeartKids Cup was founded by Netball NSW Performance and Pathways General Manager Mardi Aplin, whose son Carter was born with a rare and complex heart condition. In 2012, Mardi channelled her passion for netball and her family's journey, including significant financial and emotional challenges, into a meaningful initiative to raise awareness and funds. 

Since then, The HeartKids Cup has raised thousands and grown significantly from its inaugural match between Orange and Baulkham Hills.

2025 marked the first year The HeartKids Cup partnered with Premier League as the official preseason tournament. 

Both of our Sapphires teams were thrilled to participate in and contribute to such an important initiative and both teams delivered strong performances, over two intense days of competition in challenging conditions, gaining valuable confidence heading into Round 1.

Congratulations to the Sapphires, and all participating teams for their outstanding efforts, and a heartfelt thank you to everyone who contributed to making the 2025 HeartKids Cup a resounding success.

 

Pittwater's Early Aviators Among First Australians to Fly: + Some Early Stuntwomen 

In the early days of aviation, aircraft required the continuous attention of a pilot to fly safely. As aircraft range increased, allowing flights of many hours, the constant attention led to serious fatigue. An autopilot is designed to perform some of the pilot's tasks.

The first aircraft autopilot was developed by Sperry Corporation in 1912. The autopilot connected a gyroscopic heading indicator, and attitude indicator to hydraulically operated elevators and rudder. (Ailerons were not connected as wing dihedral was counted upon to produce the necessary roll stability.) It permitted the aircraft to fly straight and level on a compass course without a pilot's attention, greatly reducing the pilot's workload.

Lawrence Sperry, the son of famous inventor Elmer Sperry, demonstrated it in 1914 at an aviation safety contest held in Paris. Sperry demonstrated the credibility of the invention by flying the aircraft with his hands away from the controls and visible to onlookers. Elmer Sperry Jr., the son of Lawrence Sperry, and Capt. Shiras continued work on the same autopilot after the war, and in 1930, they tested a more compact and reliable autopilot which kept a U.S. Army Air Corps aircraft on a true heading and altitude for three hours.

In 1930, the Royal Aircraft Establishment in the United Kingdom developed an autopilot called a pilots' assister that used a pneumatically spun gyroscope to move the flight controls.

The autopilot was further developed, to include, for example, improved control algorithms and hydraulic servomechanisms. Adding more instruments, such as radio-navigation aids, made it possible to fly at night and in bad weather. In 1947, a U.S. Air Force C-53 made a transatlantic flight, including take-off and landing, completely under the control of an autopilot. Bill Lear developed his F-5 automatic pilot, and automatic approach control system, and was awarded the Collier Trophy in 1949.

An autopilot system is sometimes colloquially referred to as "George" (e.g. "we'll let George fly for a while"; "George is flying the plane now".). The etymology of the nickname is unclear: some claim it is a reference to American inventor George De Beeson (1897 - 1965), who patented an autopilot in the 1930s, while others claim that Royal Air Force pilots coined the term during World War II to symbolize that their aircraft technically belonged to King George VI.

One of the things autopilot made possible was the people who became known as 'wing walkers' - those who would perform stunts on, or around, the early aeroplanes.

After the end of World War 1, when pilots came home with adrenaline still coursing through their bodies from living life on the edge, they wanted to continue flying and sought a way to do so and still eat. After finding the means to buy a plane they would travel from town to town and offer rides to curious spectators, earning them the nickname "barnstormers" because they would often land at a local farm and negotiate with the owners to use their fields as makeshift runways for staging air shows. 

During the “roaring 20s”, many daredevil pilots made a living by captivating crowds with breath-taking feats across Australia, the United States and Canada. 

The ultimate risk-takers of this time were the wing walkers, who fearlessly performed feats while perched on the wings of aircraft.

In this photo two women, Gladys Roy and Ivan Unger, are playing tennis on the wings of an airplane that is traveling at an altitude of 1,000 meters. This stunt happened over the city of Los Angeles in 1925. 

Ivan Unger and Gladys Roy after the monumental performance, 1925

In fact, they didn't really play tennis. They just acted like they were playing tennis on the wing of the biplane. At that time the biplane's speed was not too fast so wing walking was often carried out by daredevils.

Pictures of them playing tennis on the biplane wing quickly spread around the world through the press, the picture made them famous and brought them fortune. Even today people are still selling the photo on the internet.

Here in Australia it appeared in a news periodical that featured images and included another early aeronautical stuntman alongside it:

THE ONUS ON THE PILOT

—Steady flying is necessary for this type of dare devil tennis, Gladys Roy, of Los Angeles (U.S.A.), Wanted a new thrill, and soon found a steel-nerved partner in lvan Unger. An expensive game. There it no way of retrieving a ball when it bounces out of court.

THE ONUS ON THE PILOT (1925, December 17). The Sun News-Pictorial (Melbourne, Vic. : 1922 - 1954; 1956), p. 12. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article274876580

AMERICA'S THRILL MANIA reached new heights when Al. Johnson, one of Hollywood’s stuntsmen, rode a bicycle 3000 feet above the ground. He is mounting the machine preparatory to releasing himself from the ropes hanging from the 'plane. A parachute on his back opened when he dropped

News (1925, December 17). The Sun News-Pictorial (Melbourne, Vic. : 1922 - 1954; 1956), p. 12. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article274876585

Obviously Al Johnson didn't need an auto-pilot - others were flying the plane he performed his stunt from.

Although Australia had its own fair share of early pilots who tried to make a living out of flying around the country offering joy-flights to those who could afford them, here this was done more in order to advance aviation itself - introducing Air Mail for instance, and later, the Royal Flying Doctor Service which would eliminate the isolation of the outback and save the lives of people living in Australia's 'outback'.

See December 2024 PON report: Australian Government ensures future of Royal Flying Doctor Service + George Repin's 'Pedal Radio and the Royal Flying Doctor Service'


Pittwater's Early Aviators

Pittwater has a few connections with Australian firsts in the field of aviation; Bilgola's Walter Oswald Watt and Bungan's Cooinoo owners, who had a connection to South Australian pilots Keith Smith and Ross Smith. Sir Keith Macpherson Smith, KBE (20 December 1890 – 19 December 1955) was an Australian aviator, who, along with his brother, Sir Ross Macpherson Smith KBE (4 December 1892 – 13 April 1922) , Sergeant James Mallett (Jim) Bennett and Sergeant Walter (Wally) Shiers, became the first people to fly from England to Australia.

William Adams built Cooinoo at Bungan and his son  Major A. Barton Adams had an association with the Smiths. William Adams Ltd. were the agents for Vickers-Vimy in Australia during the historic 1919 flight from England to Australia. This company provided the plane they flew in. They landed in Sydney on February 14th 1920 but, between when they reached Darwin in December 1919 and then, problems with the aircraft saw Adams heading to Queensland in January 1920 to sort them out at the request of Ross. 

Prior to the fliers heading south to collect the £10,000 cheque from W.M.Hughes as their prize for successfully completing this flight in under 30 days, they were in Sydney for a few days and so he may have been a guest at 'Cooinoo' for some relaxation.

This would be the third Bungan Beach family W. M. Hughes was associated with as friends over a long time - Alfred Yewen, Francis Gellatly, and now the Adams through this historic flight. 

However, they were preceded by Bilgola Beach gentleman Walter Oswald Watt attained his Royal Aero Club certificate, no. 112, on 1 August 1911, becoming the first Australian citizen so qualified. 

AUSTRALIAN PILOT Captain Walter Oswald Watt, of the New South Wales Scottish Rifles, has been awarded a pilot's certificate for proficiency in aviation. AUSTRALIAN PILOT. (1911, August 3). The Argus (Melbourne, Vic. : 1848 - 1956), p. 8. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article11604771

Mr Watts continued his passion for planes, setting up as a civilian flyer in Australia on his return in November 1911 and publicly declaring that the time was "rapidly approaching when an aero corps [would] have to be inaugurated" as part of the country's "military defence scheme". He also recommended manufacturing foreign-designed aircraft under licence in Australia, which did occur here after the second world war. 

In April 1912 he purchased a property at Bilgola, subsequently named ‘Bilgola Cottage’ but named then, possibly due to simple typo, ‘Balgowlah’ from Henry Leddon Jones. Here he liked living simply, enjoying the beach, fishing, swimming and entertaining guests who remarked on the contrast of the bare essentials kept in this cottage compared to the opulent ‘society lifestyle’ he lived elsewhere. 


Bilgola House pic postmarked 17 November 1914. Photo: ABHS

Allen, Allen and Hemsley had a long association with being solicitors in Sydney, and Australia for that matter, and one of their sons, and a frequent visitor to Bilgola, and Pittwater for that matter, was Arthur Wigram Allen. The Allen Family albums, largely photographed by this gentleman, and digitised by the State Library of New South Wales, hold a record of Pittwater places from Rocky Point, Church Point, Bayview, to Mona Vale, Newport, Careel Bay and Palm Beach dating from 1909. There are also several Manly, Long Reef and Narrabeen photographs among this collection.

Their frequent visits to Bilgola were not an accident - they were attendees at his funeral and clearly had a long friendship with Col. Watts, stretching over years. Arthur Wigram Allen's son, Arthur Denis Wigram Allen(1894-1967), was an aviator too, who served in France in 1916 and so would have known Watt. 

A small insight:



Sunday August 3rd, 1913 'W.H Rothe and I and Aunty (?) Rothe went to Barrenjoey this afternoon. This is taken on the hill above Bilgola where we had tea.' Album 62 Photographs of the Allen family 11 May 1913 - 15 October 1913 Image No.: a3291037h, courtesy State Library of NSW

Sunday, 8th September, 1907; Jack and I motored to Oswald Watts' at Wivenhoe near Camden (41 miles), Mrs Wilson and Mrs Rhoda Anderson came with us. We had a very nice day getting back at 6 p.m. 






Wivenhoe - various views of the house. Items: a2883025h to a2883029h. All from Album 40: Photographs of the Allen family, 6 July 1907 - November 1907, Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales

Walter was clearly a man who worked hard and played hard and liked life in the raw. An alleged affair that began in 1911(December!) with a then 19 year old much admired dancer Ivy Schilling, was continued here and led the end of his marriage. 

THE WATT  DIVORCE CASE. 
MISS IVY SCHILLING AND THE RESPONDENT. 

Sydney, June 28. The Watt divorce suit was again before Mr. Justice Gordon to-day. The case was one in which Muriel Maud Watt, formerly Williams, petitioned for the dissolution of her marriage with Walter Oswald  Watt on the ground of the misconduct of the respondent. The petition set out that the petitioner was married on September 27, 1902, to Walter Oswald Watt, the respondent, at Toorak, Melbourne, according to  the rites of the Church of England; that the petitioner was born at Kenly, Toorak,  Victoria; that her husband had been guilty  of misconduct with some woman or women unknown to the petitioner at Sydney and  Melbourne; and that her husband had been guilty of misconduct with Ivy Schilling at Sydney between December 18, 1911, and  July 1, 1912. The petitioner asked for the dissolution of the marriage and the custody of the child, James Oswald, issue of the marriage.  When the case was called on Mr. Whitfeld said he proposed to call as a witness Henry Leddon Jones.  

His Honor-I suppose the other side is aware that this evidence is being given?

Mr. Whitfeld-Yes, Mr. Milner Stephen was informed yesterday.

Henry Leddon Jones said he lived in Palm Grove, on the Barrenjoey road, near Newport. He met with an accident and could not attend the court. The witness said he formerly owned Balgowlah, and the respondent purchased it from him in April last year. The witness lived there formerly, and used to let portion of the cottage to fishing parties. One Friday night Watt and Miss Schilling arrived after mid-night and roused the witness. They were there one night, and the rest of the party arrived on the Saturday. There were eight rooms and they all had single beds. Next morning he passed Watt's room. The door was open, and he was in bed. The lady occupied the room opposite. He never saw any impropriety. His Honor said be would deliver judgment to-morrow. THE WATT DIVORCE CASE. (1913, June 27). The Advertiser(Adelaide, SA : 1889 - 1931), p. 10. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article5417553

WATT DIVORCE SUIT.
VISIT TO WEEK-END COTTAGE.

Mr. Justice Gordon, in the Sydney Divorce Court, on June-26, beard the conclusion of the evidence in a case in winch Muriel Maud Watt, formerly Williams, petitioned for the dissolution of her marriage with Walter Oswald Watt, on the ground of alleged misconduct.

The Court was asked by petitioner to find whether, her husband had been guilty with some woman or women unknown to petitioner at Sydney and Melbourne; and whether her husband had been guilty with a woman known as Ivy Schilling at Sydney, between December 18. 1911, and July 1, 1912, '

Henry Leddon Jones said that he lived at 'Palm Grove," on the Barrenjoey-road, near Newport. He formerly owned "Balgowlah," and the respondent purchased it from him in April last year. Witness lived there formerly, and used to let portion of the cottage to fishing parties.

Mr. Whitfield (for petitioner).-Did you ever see Mr. Watt there?
Witness.-Yes....WATT DIVORCE SUIT. (1913, July 5). The Australasian (Melbourne, Vic. : 1864 - 1946), p. 34. from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article143294016 

Of Ivy: 'her most widely reported exploit outside the theatre occurred in 1911, when she saved a well-known surfer, Tommy Walker, from drowning at Manly Beach..' (From: pandora.nla.gov.au/pan/131760/20120120-0944/www.nla.gov.au/story-3.pdf)

Ivy went to England to pursue her career in 1914, not remarrying until 1932 (a Harvey Street surgeon). 

'Toby' left Australia and went to Egypt, spending several months, where he purchased and practised flying a Blériot XI monoplane. While there he met leading French aviators including Louis Blériot and Roland Garros. Thinking that Britain would not be involved in a European war, he offered his services and his plane to the French and became an ordinary soldier in the Aviation Militaire section of the French Foreign Legion. He was awarded the Légion d'honneur and the Croix de Guerre, and given the brevet rank of captain.

SYDNEY AIRMAN HONOURED 

CAPTAIN OSWALD WATT, WHO HAS BEEN PERSONALLY DECORATED BY GENERAL JOFFRE WITH THE LEGION OF HONOUR

Captain Oswald Watt, of Sydney, - a son of the late Mr. J.. B. Watt, M.L.C., and a nephew of Mr. , Walter C. Watt, director of the firm of Messrs. Gilchrist, Watt, and Sanderson. He went home to England about two years ago and studied aviation, afterwards returning to Australia. When the war broke out he proceeded to France and Joined the French flying corps.

The "Echo de Paris" recently published the following account of an adventure by Captain Watt:

"On Sunday afternoon one of our aeroplanes, piloted by Captain Watt, who had Captain Chapltrel as his observer, came to grief near B--, when at an altitude of 1800 metres, and at a distance of five or six kilometers from our trenches. Thanks to the coolness of the aviators they succeeded in landing without further ado, between the French and German trenches; but, as these trenches were not more than 100 metres apart, they were forced to submit to a pitiless hall of bullet:)and shells. The aeroplane was dcstroyed, but the two aviators found shelter behind a hayrick, and In this perilous situation they awaited the cessation of the enemy's fire. In course of time the hayrick caught fire, and thanks to the cover which the smoke gave them they were able to find their way back to our' lines." SYDNEY AIRMAN HONOURED. (1915, February 20). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 11. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article15561061

Above: 1914-15, in his French uniform 


Oswald in 1915 wearing his French foreign legion pilot’s uniform with the Legion d’Honneur medal and the Croix de Guerre (cross of war) plus palms. Photo: ABHS

Although considered by some sources an avid Francophile Watt always proclaimed his antipodean connection while serving France, painting a kangaroo on the nose of his plane, which he named Advance Australia. Considered a no-nonsense type, he once introduced himself to a British pilot with the words "I am an Australian and I haven't got any manners".

Above:  Watt's Farman biplane "Advance Australia", c.1915, In Walter Oswald "Toby" Watt photographs, 1914-1915. Coll. No. 2008.045. Repository: McFarlin Library, Department of Special Collections and University Archives, University of Tulsa. 2933 E. 6th St. Tulsa, Oklahoma 74104-3123, USA

       

Above: Same plane flying 

Above: In Winter kit .


''ADVANCE AUSTRALIA"—CAPTAIN OSWALD WATT THE SYDNEY AVIATOR IN FRANCE. (1916, June 3). The Mirror of Australia (Sydney, NSW : 1915 - 1917), p. 9. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article104645816

In 1916 he transferred to the newly formed Australian Flying Corps, with the rank of captain and command of B Flight, No.1 Squadron, then stationed in Egypt. In September he was promoted major and took command of No.2 Squadron which was being formed in Egypt. The new squadron was sent to England (Tetbury) for training in early 1917 and arrived on the Western Front in September. He kept three Australian squadrons in France throughout the war to end all wars. 

Charles Bean on visiting No.2 Squadron after the battle of Cambrai, where Watt became famous for leading his squadrons on daring low level strafing attacks, recorded his impressions of its work: "They are winning themselves a magnificent name, this first Australian fighting squadron … It is Watt who has worked them up to this remarkably high level of conduct and general tone"

As the squadron commander Watt worked long hours, rising at 5 a.m. to give moral support to his dawn patrols; according to Bean, the heavy fighting at Cambrai had left Watt "very wan…he fell asleep after dinner". In February 1918 Watt—by then a lieutenant-colonel—was promoted to command the four squadrons (Nos. 5, 6, 7 and 8) of the Australian training wing at Tetbury, Gloucestershire, England. He excelled as a leader who inspired his crews with his ideals of service. 

The novelist W. J. Locke visited him after the Armistice and noted "there was not one who … did not confide to me his pride in serving under a leader so distinguished'. A pilot later opined that as well as having "courage, determination, and an immense capacity for work", Watt possessed "the greatest factor in leadership, a genius for endearing himself (without conscious effort) to all who served under him".

At the end of the war Colonel Watt was presented by those who served under him with a magnificent miniature aeroplane in silver, a trophy of which he was very proud. In January 1919 Mr Watt was appointed O.B.E. He brought his wing back to Australia in the Kaisar-i-Hind (‘Empress of India’; a P&O liner requisitioned as a troopship which Lawrence of Arabia also sailed home in: http://www.ssmaritime.com/Kaiser-I-Hind.htm). 

Watt and his fellow airmen arrived home in June 1919. 

On his return he was elected president of the New South Wales section of the Australian Aero Club. After the war he lobbied politicians for improved safety measures in civil aviation and was well known for his generosity to former A.F.C. comrades and his efforts to find them employment. In 1920 he was offered the position of controller of civil aviation, but declined because of business commitments: he was a partner in Gilchrist, Watt & Sanderson Ltd, the family shipping firm, and a director of the Australian Alum Co., the Great Britain Tin Mining Co., the Sogeri Para Rubber Co. and Art in Australia Ltd. 

'Toby' Watt drowned at Bilgola Beach, one of his favourite refuges, on 21 May 1921. He was only 42 years old. This Obituary in the Sydney Morning Herald gives a great overview of his life:

COLONEL WATT.
DROWNED NEAR NEWPORT
SPLENDID WAR RECORD.

Colonel Walter Oswald Watt, late of the Australian Flying Corps, and a director of the firm of Messrs. Gilchrist, Watt, and Sanderson, Ltd., was found drowned at Bilgola Beach, about a mile north of Newport, on Saturday morning.

Colonel Watt was staying at his week-end residence there, and went down to the beach alone, evidently for the purpose of collecting wood. He had taken off his bath robe, which he was wearing over his bathing costume, and this, together with his towel, was found on the beach. A number of sticks were piled in a heap close by. These were close to a point where a number of slippery rocks run down to the water's edge, and not at the place where Colonel Watt usually entered the water when swimming. 

When the body was examined on Saturday afternoon a bruise was found at the back of the head and a cut in the middle of the forehead. There were also some scratches on one cheek, and these signs suggested that Colonel Watt slipped on the rocks referred to, and fell, striking his head. It is believed that the fall stunned him, and that he was drowned in comparatively shallow water, into which he rolled after the fall.

Mr. Sydney Jones, a caretaker at Colonel Watt's residence, was the first to notice the body floating in the water. He hurried to Newport to obtain assistance. From there some fishermen proceeded in a boat, and re-covered the body. Constable Grant, of Mona Vale, and Mr. Bulfin made strenuous efforts to restore animation, but it was realised from the beginning that there was no hope of success, and after half an hour's work they had to admit failure. Dr. Richards, of Narrabeen, pronounced life extinct.

Colonel Walter Oswald Watt, O.B.E., was the youngest son of the late Mr. John Brown Watt, M.L.C., who came to Australia in 1842, and who, in 1851, founded the shipping firm of Messrs. Gilchrist, Watt, and Company. Colonel Watt was born at Bournemouth, England, on February 11, 1878. His early schooling was interfered with seriously by illness and by a burning accldent which he met with in 1890. In 1899, however, he obtained a third class in the Natural Science Tripos at Cam-bridge. He left Trinity College in the same year, and came to Sydney early in 1900. Two years later he married Miss Muriel Williams, daughter of Mr. Justice Williams, of Victoria. He left a son, aged 15 years, who is now at Wellington College, England.  

It was in aviation that Colonel Watt achieved his greatest distinction. He was, in fact, one of the first in Australia to take it up seriously. He started flying at Salisbury in 1911, and gained his pilot's certificate there. The Royal Aero Club's certificate was issued to him on July 5, 1911, and it was the first certificate of its kind to be issued to any Australian.

After gaining his certificate Colonel Watt returned to Australia, but did not engage further in flying until the winter of 1913-14, when he went to Egypt, and while there bought a Bleriot monoplane. While in Egypt he made the acquaintance of most of the noted French airmen of the day, including Messrs. Bleriot, Vedrines, Conneau, Garros, Louis Noel, Guillaux, and others, most of whom later on did excellent work in the Great War.

Colonel Watt was at this time anxious to become thoroughly proficient in the art of flying, which was still practically in its infancy. He therefore proceeded to France, and entered Bleriot's factory on a six months' apprenticeship. Before he was able to complete this period the war suddenly broke out, and threw Europe into a fever of excitement. France declared war on August 2— two days before Great Britain—and on the same day Colonel Watt offered his services to the French Government, expressing his willingness to serve in any capacity. At the same time he handed over his monoplane to the French Government as a free gift.

His services were readily accepted by the French Government. This was regarded as a great compliment and an excellent testimony to the value of his services as an aviator, as at that time there were only seven foreigners who were allowed to serve with the French army. He was one of the most popular pilots in the French army, and, for the first 18 months of the war, he flew regularly every   second day, and met with the greatest possible success.

An indication of the courage with which he tackled his task was given by the fact that on one occasion, after securing information of the utmost importance to the French army, his aeroplane was hit no fewer than 36 times, and he succeeded in getting back to the French lines. The deed for which the late Colonel Watt gained the Legion of Honour was a particularly striking one. He had been forced to land midway between the French and German lines. He and his observer immediately came under a heavy fire from the enemy's trenches, and, after disentangling themselves from their machine, had to run a distance of 300 yards, still under the enemy's fire. They succeeded in reaching the French lines safely, and the information which they brought back proved to be of the greatest possible value. Some little time afterwards the late Colonel Watt was awarded the Croix de Guerre, to which were subsequently added three of the highly-coveted palm leaves. These were personally presented to Colonel Watt by General Joffre.

In the French Army Colonel Watt remained a poilu, but enjoyed the titular rank of "captain," his pay, however, being ½d per day. This was due to the fact that he was not a naturalised French subject, which was a necessary condition if he desired to take command of a French squadron. The French Government realised that an officer of Colonel Watt's calibre was being wasted in the inferior rank which he was compelled to hold. They therefore suggested that he should join the Australian Flying Service, which had just been formed. Colonel Watt followed this ad-vice, and was sent to Egypt with the rank of major. After being second in command for some time, he took the No. 2 Squadron to England. On September 21, 1917, he flew his squadron of 24 machines across the Channel to France, and arrived without a mishap. The type of machine used by this squadron was the D.H.5.

The record of Colonel Watt's squadron during the following nine months in France was one which has seldom, if ever, been excelled. They were a happy family. Many of the pilots   were killed, but the squadron gained a large number of D.S.Os., Military Crosses, and other decorations. 

In 1917 Colonel Watt was appointed to command the new training wing at Tetbury, Gloucestershire. He hoped to take the wing to France, but in this he was disappointed.

He was able, however, to keep the three Australian squadrons in France well supplied with brilliant pilots. The wing at Tetbury was the last word in efficiency, and only those who visited the headquarters of the two aerodromes which comprised the wing could realise the remarkable spirit which prevailed. At the end of the war Colonel Watt was presented by those who served under him with a magnificent miniature aeroplane in silver, a trophy of which he was very proud. He brought his wing back to Australia in the Kaisar-i-Hind, which arrived here in June, 1919, Colonel Watt being officer in charge of the troopship. Since resigning his command, Colonel Watt's interest in those who served with him remained unabated, and he was constantly endeavouring to aid those who had served with him and to see that they were given a fair start in civil life. Last year he was offered the position of Controller of Civil Aviation, but was compelled to decline it owing to business calls. He was also invited to stand for Parliament, but again declined.

The late Colonel Watt was president of the Australian Aero Club, and vice-president of  the United Service Institution. He was also a partner in the firm of Messrs. Gilchrist, Watt, and Co., and a director of Messrs. Gilchrist, Watt, and Sanderson. Ltd., the Australian Alum Company, the Sogeri Para Rubber Company, and several other commercial enterprises.

Colonel Watt was a brother of the late Mr. William Holden Watt, who died in 1909, and of Mr. Ernest Watt, of Elizabeth Bay-road. His three sisters are Mrs. William Caldwell, of Scotland, Mrs. Gordon Caldwell, of Sur-rey, and Mrs. Bethune, of Scotland.

Mr. E. J. Hart, hon. secretary of the Australian Aero Club, has been asked to make arrangements for a military funeral. He stated last night that permission had been obtained for uniform to be worn. The funeral will take place at St. Jude's churchyard, Randwick, at 4 p.m. to-day. Members and ex-members of the Australian Flying Corps Royal Air Force, and Australian Aero Club will form a guard of honour. They will assemble at the churchyard at 3.30 p.m., and re port to a senior officer.  COLONEL WATT. (1921, May 23). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 8. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article15950786


Death of Colonel Watt — Empire Sunday in Sydney

Right: The LATE COLONEL OSWALD WATT, D.S.O., L. de H., C. de G., O.B.E.

COLONEL . OSWALD WALTER WATT, who served throughout the war, and had a most distinguished aerial record, was drowned at Bilgola Beach, near Newport, on Saturday morning. The news ''created general regret, for he was exceedingly popular, especially among the men who had served with him in France and Egypt. 

Colonel Watt was staying at his week-end residence at Bilgola, the only other occupant of the house being the caretaker. He was accustomed to have a swim every morning, and on this occasion he went off to the beach as usual with his towel on his arm and his dressing-gown covering his bathing

suit. It is believed that he was engaged in collecting wood brought in by the tide, and that, slipping on the rocks, he was stunned, and fell into the water. The caretaker, noticing the body floating, hurried to Newport for assistance, and some fishermen, who went out in a boat, recovered the body. Colonel Watt was a director of the firm of Messrs. Gilchrist, Watt, and Sanderson, Ltd., which was founded in 1851 by his father, the late Mr. John Brown Watt, M.L.C. 

He was born at Bournemouth, England, in 1878, and after a successful scholastic career at Cambridge University came to Sydney in 1900. Two years later he married Miss Muriel Williams, daughter of Mr. Justice Williams, of Victoria. He left a son, aged 15 years, who is now at Wellington College, England. 

His magnificent work in the war is well known. First, he served as an aviator with the French army, and was awarded both the Legion of Honour and the Croix de Guerre. Subsequently he joined the Australian Flying Service in Egypt as major, and soon afterwards took the No. 2 Squadron to England, flying his squadron of24 machines across the Channel to France. The record of that squadron was a magnificent one.

In 1917 Colonel Watt was appointed to command the new training wing at Tetbury, Gloucestershire. He returned to Australia in June, 1919, in charge of the troopship Kaiser-i-Hind. The funeral took place on Monday with military honours.

COLONEL WATT'S WEEK-END RESIDENCE AT BILGOLA BEACH. (below)

The Colonel is believed to have slipped, on the rocks a the right, and to have been stunned by the fall. His body was found some little distance out

Death of Colonel Watt —Empire Sunday in Sydney. (1921, May 25). Sydney Mail (NSW : 1912 - 1938), p. 15. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article159038798 

 COLONEL WATT'S WEEK-END RESIDENCE AT BILGOLA BEACH. The Colonel is believed to have slipped, on the rocks at the right, and to have been stunned by the fall. His body was found some little distance outDeath of Colonel Watt —Empire Sunday in Sydney. (1921, May 25). Sydney Mail (NSW : 1912 - 1938), p. 15. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article159038798 

Walter Oswald Watt was buried with full military honours. Members of the AFC, Royal Air Force, and Australian Aero Club formed a guard of honour at the service, one of the largest in Randwick's history, which also included representatives of the Royal Australian Navy and Australian Army. Among the tributes was a floral wreath from an anonymous group of French admirers, and another that was dropped by parachute from a low-flying plane. His ashes were interred in the family vault at St Jude's churchyard, Randwick; the epitaph on his gravestone reads; "A great man and a great soldier".


Weatherboard cottage ‘Tallamalla’ at Bilgola Beach, courtesy State Library of NSW Image No.: a105043h ca. 1900-1927 from Album: Sydney & Ashfield : Broadhurst Post Card Publishers

Opportunities:

Youth Week creative arts competition: ACYP

To celebrate Youth Week, the NSW Advocate for Children and Young People (ACYP) are running a creative arts competition for children and young people aged 12-24, who live in NSW. 

This competition is their chance to celebrate everything that makes them unique, strong and the future. That’s why this year’s theme is interactive, and children and young people are able to add their own quality, such as 'I am proud', 'I am strong', 'I am awesome.' 

They want you to create an art piece that shows them:

  • Who you are
  • Your skills
  • Your best qualities
  • What you're most proud of. 

What can you create?

Children and young people can submit any of the below, including:

  • Drawing
  • Painting
  • Sculpture
  • Collage
  • Digital art
  • Photography

Who can enter?

Children and young people aged 12-24, who live in NSW. 

The details

Submissions will be grouped in three age categories:

  • 12-15 years
  • 16-19 years
  • 20-24 years

What are the prizes?

There will be a 1st, 2nd and 3rd place chosen for each of the 3 age groups. All winners will get a 6 month membership to Skillshare and the following prizes:

  • 1st place: iPad 10 Gen
  • 2nd place: $300 voucher for Eckersley’s or Officeworks
  • 3rd place: $200 voucher for Eckersley’s or Officeworks

Competition deadline

Submissions close Sunday, 13 April 2025, at 11:59pm.

Find out more here: www.acyp.nsw.gov.au/youth-week-art-competition-2025

NSW Youth Week 2025

NSW Youth Week 2025 is taking place from 9 to 17 April.

Council's list of 2025 events, ranging from FREE up to $79.00 are listed at:  www.northernbeaches.youth-week

Youth Week is an opportunity for young people across NSW to come together in their local communities.

Councils, youth organisations and schools work with young people to host free activities, events and competitions!

If you live in NSW and are aged between 12 and 24, you can get involved and celebrate Youth Week by:

  • attending live events
  • showcasing your talents
  • taking part in competitions
  • using your voice to advocate for things young people want in your local community
  • having fun!

What is the Youth Week 2025 theme?

This year, the youth week theme is about:

  • celebrating every young person’s unique strengths
  • recognising your individual and collective power as our current and future influencers, leaders and decision makers.

So tell us who you are, your skills, your best qualities or what you are most proud of @youthweeknsw.

I am______________.


We are the future, and the future is now!

Follow @youthweeknsw and @acyp and get involved in the Youth Week competitions for a chance to win some prizes!

2025 Game Changer Challenge

Entries for the Game Changer Challenge 2025 are now open. Learn more about this year's challenge and enter your school now.

Find out more at: education.nsw.gov.au/schooling/schooling-initiatives/game-changer-challenge/about-the-game-changer-challenge

What is the Game Changer Challenge?

The Game Changer Challenge is the NSW Department of Education’s award-winning design thinking competition.

Open to public schools across the state the challenge centres on discovering solutions for a real-world, wicked problem by applying classroom learning.

Game Changer Challenge 2025

Entries for the Game Changer Challenge are now open. Enter your details in the form using your @education.nsw.gov.au login.

What is a wicked problem?

A wicked problem is a social or cultural problem that’s difficult or impossible to solve, normally because of its complex and interconnected nature.

Wicked problems push us to think outside the box, fostering innovation and creativity. The process of addressing these challenges can lead to breakthroughs in technology, policy and social norms.

Many wicked problems are related to environmental sustainability. By addressing this as a big issue, we can develop more sustainable living practices and build communities that are more resilient to changes and challenges.

Engaging with wicked problems empowers individuals and communities to take action and make a difference. It encourages young people to play an active role in their community and future.

The 2025 wicked problem: Ensure sustainable futures for all.

The 2025 priority areas are: Planet, People, Places.

Inspired by the United Nations Sustainable Development Goal No. 12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns

The United Nations defines sustainability as “meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.”

Sustainability is about balance. It’s about protecting our Planet, empowering our People, and caring for the Places we live, learn, and grow.

This year, teams will explore innovative ways to create a more sustainable future by tackling real-world challenges. Whether it’s rethinking how we empower people, use resources, reducing waste, or building more sustainable communities, this is your opportunity to make a lasting impact.

What is design thinking?

Design thinking is a human-centred process to solving complex problems. Empathy and collaboration are at the heart of design thinking.

The five-step process starts by encouraging problem solvers to walk in the shoes of those experiencing the 'problem' to gain a deeper insight into the challenges and issues they face (empathy).

This knowledge is then used to develop a clear problem statement (define), work on solutions (ideate), turn these solutions into tangible products (prototype) and then see whether the solution will work (test).

Design thinking is not a linear process. With each stage you make new discoveries that require you to rethink and redefine what you have already done.

Design thinking brings our head, heart and hands together to find innovative solutions to complex problems.

This process can be used over and over again, for small or complex problems.

A guide to Game Changer Challenge 2025

What's new in 2025

The 2025 Game Changer Challenge is bigger, bolder, and more impactful than ever before, with a new program design that will involve more students and extend the challenge’s reach across the state. All teams who register and work through Stage 1: Research will progress to Stage 2: Design, ensuring more students get more design experience.

This year, teams will produce a design portfolio that will track their design journeys from beginning to end, with a video pitch being submitted at the end of Stage 2 to be judged by industry experts. 20 teams will progress to the grand final.

Here’s how it works:

Step 1: Enter your school

Enter your details and receive the Game Changer Challenge 2025 resources. Access the form using your @education.nsw.gov.au login. Resources are available from Term 1, Week 6.

Step 2: Build your team

Teams consist of 5 students and 1 teacher per team. Supervising teachers can be from any subject area. The primary category is for students from Years 3 to 6, the secondary category is for students from Years 7 to 11.

Schools can have more than one team, providing each student team member is different. One teacher can oversee multiple teams.

Step 3: All teams work through the Stage 1 handbook and prepare your design portfolio

Access the teacher handbook on our GCC2025 Teacher Hub and guide your team through the first stages of the challenge.

The handbook guides you and your team through:

  • The Wicked Problem
  • GCC framework and principles
  • GCC 2025 schedule
  • Design portfolio submission process

All teams must prepare an online design portfolio after working through the playbooks to progress to Stage 2.

Step 4: Submit a design portfolio

Design portfolio due Thursday 29 May 2025 (Term 2, Week 5).

Step 5: All teams work through the design sprint livestream and prepare their video pitch

All teams who have submitted a design portfolio in Stage 1 will gain access to the design sprint livestream in Term 3, Week 4.

Teams will ideate, refine, and start building their solution. This year the design sprint will be an on-demand video where all teams will have 2 weeks to design a solution and produce a video pitch. Teams will continue to track their design thinking journeys in their design portfolio to using the Stage 2 templates provided. These design portfolios and video pitches will be judged by a panel of industry partners and NSW Department of Education staff.

Step 6: Grand final

20 teams participate in the grand final event hosted at the department's Parramatta office in Term 4, Week 5.

At the grand final teams create and finalise their prototype and present their solutions to judges and industry partners at the Ideas Expo.

Find out more, along with links to forms etc., at: education.nsw.gov.au/schooling/schooling-initiatives/game-changer-challenge/about-the-game-changer-challenge

Contact us

Do you have a specific question or need more detail about this year’s challenge? Send an email to GCC@det.nsw.edu.au

Learner drivers benefit as more resources become available online  

As the Driver Knowledge Test online heads toward 200,000 users in its first 12 months, many learner drivers are set to get behind the wheel for the first time. To help supervising drivers prepare and teach safe driving, Transport for NSW has launched a new free online resource. 

The Supervising Learner Drivers online learning resource is now available online and provides better access to parents, guardians and other full licensed drivers wishing to supervise learner drivers to help them supervise and teach learner drivers about safe driving before taking the driving test. 

Transport for NSW, in conjunction with local councils, has been delivering free face-to-face workshops ‘Helping Learner Drivers Become Safer Drivers’ across the state for over two decades to support supervising drivers. 

Executive Director Road Safety Regulation at Transport for NSW, Duncan Lucas, said now offering the learning resource online as well is a natural step towards more accessible road safety education, after the successful launch of the Driver Knowledge Test online last year.   

“Learning to drive is a big milestone and the role of supervising learner drivers often falls on parents, guardians and other full licensed relatives.  

“We want to support supervising drivers in understanding their responsibilities and to be able to provide safe and constructive feedback when they take their son, daughter, friend, or relative on the road to complete their logbook hour requirements,” Mr Lucas said.  

The online resource features five modules that cover a range of topics including what is involved in being a supervising driver, issues facing young drivers, how the NSW Graduated Licensing Scheme works, the importance of learner driver experience, lesson planning, dealing with stress, how to develop safe solo driving, where to go for more information and how to share the roads safely with heavy vehicles, motorcycles, bicycle riders and pedestrians.    

“For people in regional areas or those juggling work and other commitments, attending in-person workshops can be challenging,” Mr Lucas said. 

“With the learning resource now available online, supervising drivers will have a flexible and convenient option to ensure they can access critical road safety information and training from the comfort of their homes without having to travel long distances or sacrifice work hours. 

“I encourage all parents, carers and supervisors who are helping novice drivers complete their 120 driving hours to also access the new Supervising Learner Drivers online resource, for practical tips on how to stay safe and get the most out of driving practice.  

“I also encourage young learner drivers under 25 years to complete structured driving lessons under the ‘3 for 1’ scheme and enrol in the Safer Drivers Course to increase their knowledge and implementation of safe driving, with the bonus of getting additional supervised hours credited to their log book,” Mr Lucas said. 

Learners who complete a structured driving lesson with a licensed driving instructor can credit triple the time of their lesson to their log book under the ‘3 for 1’ scheme. Learners with 50 hours in their log book (excluding 3 for 1 bonus hours) who complete the Safer Drivers Course can credit an additional 20 hours to their log book.  

The resource can be completed any time at the supervising driver’s convenience and is available on the Centre for Road Safety website www.transport.nsw.gov.au/roadsafety/young-drivers/supervising-learner-drivers

NSW History Awards 2025: Submissions are now open

The Awards acknowledge the contribution of historical research to our culture and communities, and to society at large.

All works must have been first published, broadcast or screened and made publicly and commercially available between 1 April 2024 and 31 March 2025.

A total of $85,000 in prize money will be awarded across six categories.

Administered by the State Library, in association with Create NSW, the NSW History Awards will offer prizes in six categories this year:
  • Australian History Prize ($15,000)
  • General History Prize ($15,000)
  • New South Wales Community and Regional History Prize ($15,000)
  • Young People’s History Prize ($15,000)
  • Digital History Prize ($15,000)
  • The Anzac Memorial Trustees Military History Prize ($10,000)
A discounted early-bird entry fee is available until Thursday 13 March at 5pm!

All entries close at on Thursday 3 April at 5pm. Find more information via the link below. 


History Week 2025 Theme and Event Registrations

Announcing the History Council of NSW's theme for History Week 2025: Water Stories!
And...HCNSW are very excited to announce Event Registrations are now open for History Week, earlier than ever before!

From the caring for water practices of First Nations people to non-Indigenous transformations of creeks and rivers, and the building of dams, there is an abundance of histories of water waiting to be ‘tapped’ and told.

Members are invited to stage online or in-person events. Your event will form part of the HCNSW’s media campaign and be promoted in the History Week 2025 Program Event Calendar on our website.
Registrations for History Week events are now open via the link below

For all History Week inquiries, please contact programs@historycouncilnsw.org.au

A little bit more about Water Stories:
Water is fundamental to life. It also underpins our histories. From floods to droughts, from oceans to creeks, rivers and wetlands, our pasts are bound up with the ebbs and flows of water.

History Week 2025 will engage with stories of how water was cherished, contained, diverted, contaminated, looked after and shared, or withheld.

The theme invites History Council members to dive into their water stories.
  • 🛥️ What happens to communities when water is absent or when it is destructive? How did people in the past use water to travel and trade?
  • 🌊 How do waterways connect, or disconnect, communities?
  • 🐠 How important is water in cultures of sport, fishing, and play as well as the economy?

NSW Training Awards: 2025 entries are now open

The Awards honour and reward the achievements of students, teachers, training organisations and employers.

Get recognised and share your vocational success for the NSW Training Awards 70th anniversary. Don't delay, enter today.

  • Individual Awards entries close 14 March 2025 
  • Organisation Award entries close 2 May 2025

To find out more and nominate, please visit; https://education.nsw.gov.au/skills-nsw/nsw-training-awards

Racing for a Cause: Manly Inflatable Boat Race 2025

Member for Manly, James Griffin has called on the community to get behind one of the Northern Beaches’ most outrageously fun charity events, the 2025 Manly Inflatable Boat Race.

Awarded ‘Community Event of the Year’ at the 2016 Australia Day Awards in Manly, the Manly Inflatable Boat Race is once again gearing up to take over Manly & Shelly Beach on Sunday 30 March this year, with waves of colour, chaos, and community spirit.


Since its inception, the Manly Inflatable Boat Race has raised over $300,000 for charity. The event will see competitors paddle from Shelly Beach to raise funds for the Manly Adolescent and Young Adult Hospice (AYAH) Australia’s first dedicated young adult’s hospice, and cancer research charity Tour de Cure. 

“The Manly Inflatable Boat Race is an epic event and one which showcases the very best of Manly. I encourage everyone to get involved and make a splash for a fantastic cause,” Mr Griffin said.

With over 500 participants and thousands of spectators expected, the 2025 edition promises to be as wild as ever. Registration and float pumping will take place from 7:30am at South Steyne, near Manly Surf Club, with the actual race being held at Shelly Beach at 10:00am.

Founder and organiser Denver Bevan expressed his own excitement for the event. “The Manly Inflatable Boat Race is a highlight on the Sydney calendar because it’s just so much fun! Race-goers love the thrill of paddling through the waves in crazy, colourful inflatables, and the spectators get a front-row seat to all the mayhem. It’s a fantastic day at the beach for all ages,” Mr Bevan said.

Service Manager at AYAH Tayia Yates welcomed the support, saying the funds raised on the day would make a profound difference. 

“Supporting the Manly Inflatable Boat Race is an opportunity to contribute to a vital cause, offering respite and care to those who need it most. We encourage everyone to participate in this unique community event to help raise funds towards the AYAH and assist us in creating a lasting impact on the families and young individuals in our care.” Ms Yates said

The concept of the Manly Inflatable Boat Race is simple:
  • Pick your wackiest fancy dress costume (the crazier, the better!)
  • Bring your inflatable of choice - anything from rubber duckies to pink flamingos, sea monsters, or pool ponies!
  • Join in the 1km paddle adventure from Shelly Beach, around the Manly Life Savers buoys, and back to shore.
  • Rules? There are none! First to the finish line wins!
In a generous showing of support, 4 Pines Brewing Co have been announced as the major sponsor of this year’s event, with General Manager Adam Dearing declaring that he was ‘stoked to come on board as a major sponsor this year to help bring this fabulous charity event back to life after Covid.” The Boathouse Shelly Beach, Budgy Smuggler and OnlineProjects have also thrown their support behind the Race as key event partners. 

To purchase tickets and for any further inquiries, please visit the Manly Inflatable Boat Race website at manlyinflatableboatrace.com.au

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Ball

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. a solid or hollow spherical or egg-shaped object that is kicked, thrown, or hit in a game. 2. a spherical object or mass of material; "a ball of wool". 3. Historical a solid non-explosive missile for a firearm. 4. (in cricket) a delivery of the ball by the bowler to the batter. 5. the rounded protuberant part of the foot at the base of the big toe. 6. the rounded protuberant part of the hand at the base of the thumb.

Also - Noun: 7. a formal social gathering for dancing.

Verb

1. squeeze or form (something) into a rounded shape.

From: Middle English (first recorded in place names and surnames, in the sense ‘a rounded hill’): related to Middle Dutch and Dutch bal, Old High German bal, German Ball, Old Norse bǫllr, also related to Latin follis ‘bellows’. Further: "round object, compact spherical body," also "a ball used in a game," c. 1200, probably from an unrecorded Old English *beal, *beall (evidenced by the diminutive bealluc "testicle"), or from cognate Old Norse bollr "ball," from Proto-Germanic *balluz (source also of Dutch bal, Flemish bal, Old High German ballo, German Ball), from word root *bhel- (2) "to blow, swell." 

The meaning "testicle" is from early 14c. (compare ballocks). Ball of the foot is from mid-14c. The meaning "rounded missile used in warfare" is from late 14c. The meaning "a game played with a ball" is from mid-14c. The baseball sense of "pitch that does not cross the plate within the strike zone" is by 1889, probably short for high ball, low ball, etc. Ball-point pen is by 1946. Ball of fire when first recorded in 1821 referred to "a glass of brandy;" as "spectacularly successful striver" it is attested from c. 1900. Many phrases are from sports: To have the ball "hold the advantage" is from c. 1400. To be on the ball is from 1912; to keep (one's) eye on the ball in the figurative sense is by 1907, probably ultimately on golf, where it was oft-repeated advice. Figurative use of ball in (someone's) court is by 1956, from tennis.

Ball (as in dance event held)

From: late 16th century (in Scots, denoting a dance): from French bal ‘a dance’, from Old French baler ‘to dance’, from late Latin ballare ‘to dance’; perhaps related to Greek ballizein ‘to dance’. Further; "dancing party, social assembly for dancing," 1630s, from French, from Old French baller "to dance," from Late Latin ballare "to dance," from Greek ballizein "to dance, jump about," literally "to throw one's body" (ancient Greek dancing being highly athletic), from word root *gwele- "to throw, reach." The extended meaning "very enjoyable time" is American English slang from 1945, perhaps 1930s in African-American vernacular. 

Compare Balloon: 

Noun

1. a small coloured rubber bag that is inflated with air and then sealed at the neck, used as a child's toy or a decoration. 2. a large bag filled with hot air or gas to make it rise in the air, typically one carrying a basket for passengers.

Verb

1. swell out in a spherical shape. 2. to quickly increase in size, weight, or importance: 3. British;  (with reference to a ball) lob or be lobbed high in the air.

From: late 16th century (originally denoting a game played with a large inflated leather ball): from French ballon or Italian ballone ‘large ball’.

History of Balloons

Humans have intentionally filled bladders, especially actual animal bladders, with air since prehistory. In Ancient Greece, these had a number of recorded uses. By the 18th century, people were inflating balloons of cloth or canvas with hot air and sending it aloft, the Montgolfier brothers going so far as to experiment with first animals in 1782, and then, when altitude did not kill them, human beings in 1783.

The first hydrogen-filled gas balloon was flown in the 1790s. A century later the first hydrogen-filled weather balloons were launched in France.

The first modern rubber balloons on record were made by Michael Faraday in 1824. He used these to contain gasses he was experimenting with, especially hydrogen. By 1825 similar balloons were being sold by Thomas Hancock, but like Faraday's they came disassembled, as two circles of soft rubber. The user was expected to lay the circles one on top of the other and rub their edges until the soft, gummy rubber stuck, leaving the powdered inner part loose for inflation. Modern, preassembled balloons were being sold in by the early 20th century.

Hot air balloons, San Diego, California. Picture: Jon Sullivan

Friday essay: Miles Franklin’s other brilliant career – her year as an undercover servant

Kerrie DaviesUNSW Sydney

In the Miles Franklin archive in the State Library of New South Wales there are two brown, cloth-bound volumes, titled, “When I was Mary-Anne, A Slavey”. The thick, handwritten pages are amended with glued paper inserts copied from the missing diary the author of My Brilliant Career kept for roughly a year between April 1903 and April 1904.

In an accompanying summary, on which Franklin based her 1904 letter to the Bulletin about the experience, she wrote:

Some people wonder what domestic servants have to complain about […] No one could understand the depth of the silent feud between mistress and maid without, in their own person, testing the matter …

There is a picture of Franklin in the archive too, dressed in her “get up”: a black-and-white tunic and apron, with a lacy parlour cap pinned atop her piled-up brunette hair. The photograph, taken in a studio in Melbourne, is captioned “yr little mary-anne”. She beckons you into her impersonation.

Along with the letters Franklin wrote or received during the year, the summary and photo authenticate her little known upstairs–downstairs experiment in Sydney and Melbourne, which she details in the manuscript. She cooked in flammable kitchens, plunged her hands into steaming washing up, and swept the dust that scattered behind her employers’ shoes.

In today’s Instagram culture, it is improbable that a celebrity like Franklin could work incognito and not be recognised. But this was the Edwardian era of the early 1900s, when a photograph was a special occasion and names were known more widely than faces. Franklin loved that a lady she’d once met at a government reception unknowingly flung her coat at her when she opened the door, and that she stoked the fire while guests discussed My Brilliant Career.

Bronte of the bush

Aged 21, Franklin dazzled Australia with her debut novel. Published in 1901, My Brilliant Career inspired young women to write to her about their own frustrations and dreams. She denied her novel was autobiographical, to little effect. She was compared to novelist Charlotte Bronte and to Marie Bashkirtseff, the Russian–Parisian teen artist who declared in her memoir, “I am my own heroine”.

Despite Franklin’s later fervent wish that My Brilliant Career’s heroine, Sybylla Melvyn, would be forgotten, the book endured. It became a feminist literary classic, and in 1979 a film, produced by Margaret Fink and directed by Gillian Armstrong. Today, her cultural touchstone continues with her bequest of the Miles Franklin Literary Award and recent stage adaptations of My Brilliant Career. The Stella literary prize is named in her honour, after her first given name, Stella Maria Sarah Miles Franklin.

Franklin’s iconic success is, however, misleading. Like many authors, she experienced fame and acclaim, but minimal royalties, in part due to an unfair contract for colonial authors with her Edinburgh publisher, William Blackwood and Sons. Books were also a luxury during the punishing Federation drought, which lasted from 1895 to 1902.

Franklin could have married. Her grandmother took every opportunity to remind her she was expected to wed. “Have you found anyone you like better than yourself?” she archly asked.

Instead, she disappeared into undercover journalism.

Stunt girl reporters

Franklin was likely inspired by the “gonzo” women journalists known as “girl stunt reporters”, who disrupted male-dominated journalism in the late 19th and early 20th centuries.

To prove their journalistic chops, they risked their safety and health to go undercover and expose factory exploitation and illegal abortion clinics. Most famously, New York reporter Nellie Bly feigned hysteria to gain admission to the city’s public women’s mental health institution for ten days in 1887. Their stories captivated audiences, as much as their daring.

American journalist Elizabeth Banks transported the trend to London, where she worked as a servant, leaving her poodle, Judge, with a friend. Her reports in “In Cap and Apron” for the Weekly Sun caused a sensation, and Banks’ memoir Autobiography of a Newspaper Girl was reviewed in Australia in late 1902 and early 1903.

Apart from Catherine Hay Thomson’s investigation of Kew Asylum and Melbourne Hospital in 1886, the “stunt girl reporter” only noticeably appeared in Australia in 1903.

That year, the fledgling New Idea magazine published a series of undercover articles, including about experiences such as working in a tobacco factory and applying for domestic service at an employment agency. Unlike Franklin, the New Idea journalist stopped there, while Franklin spent a full, gruelling year as a servant.

The “servant question” was an ideal local investigation. The newly federated Australia was growing due to the wool industry – “on the sheep’s back”. But in the cities, factories were an alternative engine for young women’s employment rather than domestic service. Fretting “mistresses” complained about the dearth of remaining girls available.

Servants retorted that if they were treated better, perhaps they would stay. One suggested scandalously that mistresses should give references about how they treat servants to prospective hires, pre-dating contemporary suggestions that owners and agencies should prove their fitness as landlords to tenants.

The debate around “the servant question” exposed Australia’s myth of equality. Franklin’s family was no exception. While drought drove her parents off their farm, Stillwater, to a plot in Penrith (then a rural town outside Sydney), they were cultured and educated. Franklin’s wealthy grandmother ran a station in the Snowy Mountains, on which Franklin based the elegant homestead, Caddagat, in My Brilliant Career. A governess or nurse was acceptable, she wrote in her accompanying summary to her manuscript, but “a servant raised considerable horror among my circle”.

Franklin was undeterred. As well as a new writing project, she needed money and a roof if she wanted to live in the city rather than at home. Suffragette Rose Scott, who called Franklin her “spirit child”, invited her to stay. But while Franklin appreciated the support, at times Rose was suffocating.

Revealing the independent streak that would define her life, Franklin wrote, “it was imperative I get work to sustain myself”.

‘This suppression!’

Franklin’s real servant pseudonym was “Sarah Frankling”, a play on her middle name and her surname. “Mary-Anne”, at the time a well known slang name for servants, was only used for the manuscript, to hide identities.

Franklin’s live-in domestic servant positions included kitchen maid, parlour maid and “general” servant. She worked in a terrace she dubbed a “cubby house”, an upmarket boarding house, a harbourside villa, a wealthy merchant home, and mansions in Sydney and Melbourne. Franklin stayed a maximum of two months at each post for a year in total, after which she planned to write.

Senator and High Court judge Richard Edward O’Connor and his large family were her most high-profile employer. Their mansion, Keston, which is close to the prime minister’s Sydney residence, Kirribilli House, and the boarding house around the corner survive, as does the terrace, near Bronte in the city’s eastern suburbs. All are now apartment buildings.

Keston House, Kirribilli, was home to Miles’ most high-profile employer. City of Sydney Archives

In the manuscript, Franklin recounts that she rapidly lost weight and felt her spirit become “suppressed” by the monotony and tiring nature of servant work. Depending on the number of staff and her duties, she hand-rolled heavy, wet clothes through a washing mangle; served pre-breakfast tea and toast in bed, which she thought was an obscene indulgence; cooked and served full hot breakfasts and dinners daily; waited on guests in the boarding house’s dining room, nicknamed “the zoo”; cleaned the guest rooms and parlours; and helped at high-society balls. She kept fires burning in winter and sweated through heavy housework and cooking in summer.

The hours were brutal. She usually woke at dawn, and only finished after the evening dinners were served, or if she was a kitchen maid, after she cleaned the mess away. Not all her employers offered a luxurious whole afternoon off per week. She worked through burns sustained on the job, and was brought to tears by a mistress who ordered her to change her carefully arranged hair. The house’s Irish cook opined that the mistress was threatened by Franklin’s “toy figure” and “fairy face”.

As the months passed at different employers, fatigue turned to anger, and loneliness to friendships with fellow servants. It is heartening to see a snobby young Franklin mature and change as she rubbed tired elbows with those she previously saw as beneath her status. She cheekily flirted with a lovestruck tradie, just as she traded Shakespearian quips with an intrigued young naval officer staying at the posh boarding house.

When Scott learned Franklin was working as a servant, she chided her for not refusing the conditions as an example to others. However, Franklin knew any insolence or objection meant instant dismissal, ruining her research and current livelihood.

Scott also misread Franklin’s long-term goal – writing the servant book. In her diary, Franklin recorded what she could not say out loud. She cynically noted that “to be sensitive would be unfortunate” for a servant. “The maid must not want for pleasure,” Franklin warned, “because she will have no time to gratify it”. Be presentable but not too pretty, she advised; be polite but not so fancy or fussy to refuse tiny, “ill-aired” servant quarters next to the laundry.

The servant year confirmed her lifelong views of marriage as stifling. Echoing My Brilliant Career, Franklin vented her feminist frustration in the diary entries. She wrote of the terrace’s “Mistress”: “sooth, when a woman of ordinary intelligence gives the whole of her time, brain and energy to the running of a miniature establishment”.

As for the husband, an irritated Franklin wrote that he was “boss of his own backyard and lord of his little suburban dining room”.

Biographers brush over servant year

Biographies of Miles Franklin have largely followed the traditional “cradle to grave” of her life, in which the critical servant year has been brushed over like a quick sweep of the biographical floor. One of Franklin’s first biographers, Marjorie Barnard, dismissed Mary-Anne as of little interest.

Jill Roe, author of the epic biography Stella Miles Franklin, read the existing Mary-Anne draft manuscript, describing it in her book as Franklin’s “social experiment”. Yet even Roe is succinct about Mary-Anne, compared to other years in Franklin’s eventful life. Roe lists Franklin’s known servant employers, admires her pluck and commiserates over it not being published due to concerns she had defamed her employers. (Franklin’s pseudonyms for her employers were chiffon thin, so easily identifiable.)

There were other intractable problems too with the manuscript, though Franklin may have edited another draft before submitting it for publication. The existing draft is overlong, unwieldy and inconsistent in its point of view. Franklin switches between “I” and later, “Mary-Anne”, as if she fully collapses into her servant life.

Despite her failure to find a publisher for her manuscript, Franklin continued her journalism. She began writing for the Sydney Morning Herald, which suited her fast writing style, and helped her earn money with a pen.

In 1908, Franklin joined the women’s trade union movement and advocated for working women, all the while working on her own novel, writing and resisting the status quo of the Edwardian era. She finally returned to literary acclaim with the award-winning All That Swagger in 1936, a colonial saga of a pioneering family, and another historical series she wrote under the pseudonym “Brent of Bin Bin”.

Upon her death in 1954, tributes reported that “Australian literature lost one of its great figures”.

The ‘servant question’ remains

Franklin’s investigation of the servant question now seems quaint. Appliances have changed from washing mangles and melting iceboxes to sleek stainless steel and glossy white machines that beep and hum in the background.

Yet demand for service remains. “Servants” are still in our lives; they just answer to an app rather than a bell. They clean our houses while we are out, or they are chefs on call who cook meals delivered by mobile waiters on electric bikes and scooters who brave traffic as they dash to door to door. Uber and Dido chauffeurs compete to pick us up from wherever we happen to be.

The exploitation remains, too. At the extreme, the Sri Lankan Embassy in Canberra has been ordered to pay $117,000 in back wages to its domestic servant, paid 90 cents an hour. More broadly, Fair Work last year moved to protect gig workers in the share economy, recognising its endemic lack of rights and risks.

Since Franklin’s Mary-Anne, low-wage service work has been revisited periodically by writers interested in social justice. In 1933, inspired by Jack London, George Orwell chronicled the months he spent impoverished and doing menial jobs in Down and Out in Paris and London.

In 2001, Barbara Ehrenreich published the acclaimed Nickel and Dimed, about working and living on minimum wage. Elisabeth Wynhausen wrote an Australian version, Dirt Cheap: Life at the wrong end of the job market in 2005. Alexandrea J. Ravenelle brought the history full circle in 2019 with her collected stories of 80 gig economy workers in her book, Hustle and Gig. All these authors had similar conclusions to Franklin: low-wage service work is grinding and exploitative.

At its core, the servant question hasn’t changed at all since Franklin’s investigation over a hundred years ago.


Miles Franklin Undercover by Kerrie Davies is published by Allen & UnwinThe Conversation

Kerrie Davies, Senior Lecturer, School of the Arts & Media, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Miles Franklin is dressed as a maid

"Yr. little / Mary Anne" -- signature on lower edge of the photograph. "Stella Miles Franklin, 1902. Authoress of My Brilliant Career & many other books (also wrote as "Brent of Bin Bin" E.O'Sullivan / This picture was taken when Miles was about 20." -- in pencil in Miss O'Sullivan's hand on the reverse.

Miles Franklin, author - portrait, 1902 / Cole's Studio Book Arcade. Item: SLNSW_FL3239206, courtesy State Library of NSW

Miles Franklin, author - portrait, [1901] / Rozelle, Auburn St. Goulburn. Item: SLNSW_FL3238490, courtesy State Library of NSW

The rate of sports betting has surged more than 57% – and younger people are betting more

Ferdi BothaThe University of Melbourne

Australia already has the highest gambling losses globally. Now, new data show that between 2015 and 2022, the number of Australian men involved in sports betting has increased substantially. And for younger men, the rate of betting has surged more than 60%.

The latest data from the comprehensive Household, Income and Labour Dynamics in Australia (HILDA) Survey shows that in 2015, 5.9% of all men bet on sports. By 2022, 9.3% of men did. This represents a 57.6% increase in seven years. And among men who gamble, almost a quarter bet on sports, up from 14% in 2015.

The HILDA survey follows about 17,000 people every year and collects information on various aspects of their lives. The survey asked several questions in 2015, 2018, and 2022 related to gambling – including gambling types, spending, and gambling harm.

As more men gamble on sports, spending on sports betting has also risen. In December 2022 prices, men’s typical average self-reported monthly spend sports betting climbed from A$85.95 in 2015 to almost $110 in 2022.

The rising trends in sports betting are especially concerning given evidence gambling is strongly associated with undesirable consequences such as poor socialfinancial and psychological outcomes.

Younger people are betting more

Underlying the increase in sports betting are notable differences across age groups, shown in the figure below.

The increase in sports betting over this period occurred mainly among younger Australians. In fact, the rate of sports betting jumped by between 62% and 66% in men aged 18 to 44.

Because younger people tend to gamble more online than in venues like a casino or the pokies, aggressive online advertising on social media and the use of betting apps make sports betting easier and more accessible.

In all three survey years, the prevalence of sports betting is lower among older age groups, especially people aged 45 and older. In 2022, for example, 2.7% of Australians 65 and older reported betting on sports, whereas 14.9% of people aged 25–34 did.

Gambling harm is becoming worse

There are also worrying trends regarding gambling harm.

Gambling harm is measured using the Problem Gambling Severity Index, which is constructed from responses to nine questions about the frequency of gambling-related risks or harms over a 12-month period. Respondents’ gambling behaviours are then classified as either “non-problem”, “low-risk”, “moderate-risk” or “high-risk”.

Among those men engaged in at least some sports betting, the proportion reporting high-risk gambling problems grew from 6.3% in 2015 to 8.7% in 2022. Based on 2022 population estimates from the Australian Bureau of Statistics, this suggests that among male sports gamblers, just over 105,000 are high-risk gamblers – a significant minority.

And while more young men engage in sports betting, younger age groups are also increasingly likely to experience gambling harm. In 2022, almost one in five of all Australian men aged 18 to 34 reported at least some gambling harm.

What can be done?

Gambling behaviours are based on self-reported data so tend to be under-reported. The estimates reported in this article, although higher than existing estimates, are likely even higher in reality.

Living in the same household as a high-risk gambler negatively affects the health and well-being of other people in the household. The adverse effects of high-risk gambling therefore extend indirectly to many other Australians beyond the gambler.

The significant increase in sports gambling advertisements has coincided with more (especially younger) people engaging in this gambling type. Exposure to such advertising encourages earlier initiation of sports betting and more extreme betting behaviours.

Sports betting is done almost entirely online and younger people encounter advertising mostly online. This is one reason why younger groups are more at risk and why urgent intervention is required.

Initiatives to completely ban gambling advertisements have been proposed. Such measures have support from the public and from advocacy groups.

The findings reported here underscore the urgent need to protect younger Australians and in particular men, who are at greatest risk of gambling harm. To do so requires a reversal of the rising trend in sports betting. Banning sports betting advertising is one effective way this can be achieved.The Conversation

Ferdi Botha, Senior Research Fellow, Melbourne Institute: Applied Economic & Social Research, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Fragments of a million-year-old face found in Spain shed new light on ancient human migrations

The newly found fossil (right) alongside a mirrored reconstruction (left). Maria D. Guillén / IPHES-CERCA / Elena Santos / CENIEH
Laura Martín-FrancésMonash University

In a system of caves in the Atapuerca Mountains in Spain, nearly 50 years of systematic archaeological excavations have unearthed evidence of increasingly ancient human occupation.

The result of this systematic work has yielded human traces stretching from the Bronze Age to hundreds of thousands of years into the past – before modern humans like us (Homo sapiens) even existed.

In new research published in Nature, our team shares another find from Atapuerca: the earliest human remains ever found in Western Europe. We discovered fragments of face bones from a species of extinct human previously unknown in this region, dating from between 1.2 million and 1.4 million years ago.

Sima del Elefante

Back in 2022, during our annual field season, our team unearthed a series of bone fragments from a cave called Sima del Elefante (Pit of the Elephant). The fragments are from the left side of the mid-face of an adult human.

In 2008, a human jawbone more than 1.1 million years old had been found at the same site. The new fragments were found around two metres deeper than the jawbone, which suggests they are even older.

Since the discovery, our team has spent more than two years meticulously studying the remains. We wanted to find out which species of ancient human they belonged to, and understand the lives and environment of these long-extinct cousins.

Which species does the face belong to?

Evidence from the Gran Dolina site, not far from Sima del Elefante, has shown that a species of ancient humans known as Homo antecessor once populated the Atapuerca region. Direct dating of H. antecessor fossils has shown they lived in the region around 850,000 years ago.

Maps of Atapuerca showing a network of caves with various sites including Sima del Elefante labelled.
Since the 1960s, archaeologists have uncovered evidence of ancient human occupation in a network of caves at Atapuerca in northern Spain, listed as a UNESCO World Heritage Site. UtaUtaNapishtim / Wikimedia

The first question we asked about the new face fossil was whether it belonged to H. antecessor. This species had a relatively modern-looking face: quite vertical, rather than the strongly sloping shape often seen in older species.

The shape of our new face bones was not a match for H. antecessor, so what could it be?

We compared the remains to those of other earlier hominin groups, including ones from the Dmanisi site in the Republic of Georgia, which have been dated to around 1.8 million years ago. The Sima del Elefante face differs from the Dmanisi hominins, especially in the area around the nose.

However, it does share some similarities with Homo erectus, the first human species to spread from Africa to Asia, beginning around 2 million years ago, and now also found in Western Europe. The similarities include the lack of a projecting nose and the forward-projection of the midface.

However, key details about the Sima del Elefante face are still missing. For now, we are classifying it as Homo aff. erectus, which means it appears to be closely related to H. erectus but lacks some defining features.

Beyond the hominin fossils

At Sima del Elefante, we recovered stone tools and the remains of animals alongside the hominin fossils. The marks of use on the tools as well as the cut marks found in the animal remains suggest that this species practised butchery in the cave.

We also know, thanks to pollen and the remains of small animals, that the ancient humans lived in an environment dominated by a humid forest landscape.

Photo showing stone tools.
Evidence of stone tools was also found near the ancient face fossil at Sima del Elefante. Nature / Maria D. Guillén / IPHES-CERCA

Our discovery opens new possibilities for understanding the origins and population dynamics of the earliest human settlements in Western Europe.

From the fossils at Dmanisi, we know that hominins had left Africa at least 1.8 million years ago. Now, the Sima del Elefante finding tells us that within a few hundred thousand years, hominins had made it to the westernmost part of Europe. What’s more, the shape of their faces had evolved during that time.

The finding also raises questions about whether there were two populations of different hominins living in the Atapuerca region at the same time. Did H. antecessor and H. aff. erectus coexist? Or had H. aff. erectus died out by the time H. antecessor arrived?

If the latter is true, what drove one species to extinction while another flourished? In this second scenario, we need to consider the factors behind both the extinction of the species and their dispersal.

Earlier research has suggested that hominin populations were strongly affected by climate and other environmental conditions. Hominins may have spread into Europe when conditions were kind, and died out when the climate became less hospitable.

There is still much work ahead of us. Year after year, we return to Atapuerca to continue unearthing evidence that pieces together the story of our origins. Each new discovery is a step forward in understanding our past.The Conversation

Laura Martín-Francés, Postdoctoral Fellow, PalaeoDiet Research Lab, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Philly Roller Derby league turns 20 - here’s how the sport skated its way to feminism, anti-racism and queer liberation

Early members of Philly’s roller derby league face off in a match circa 2005-2006. Jeff Fusco/The Conversation U.S.CC BY-ND
Colleen EnglishPenn State

For 20 years, Philly Roller Derby skaters, who go by names like Woolly Slammoth, TrailBlazeHer and Reba Smackentire, have jammed and blocked their way around oval skating rinks in the spirit of feminism, anti-racism, body positivity and queer liberation.

When the Philly league joined the Women’s Flat Track Derby Association in 2005, it was one of the first, following the Texas Rollergirls in Austin and leagues in Portland, Oregon; Chicago; New York; and other cities. The WFTDA, which governs flat-track roller derby, had formed just one year prior with a goal of “revolutioniz[ing] the role of women in sports.”

Primarily organized by women, the association takes an explicitly feminist position and welcomes anyone who is of a “marginalized gender.” This includes cisgender women as well as all transgender, intersex and two-spirit individuals. Intersex people have chromosomes and/or reproductive organs that do not fit into a binary male or female classification, while two-spirit refers to members of Indigenous cultures who identify as having both a masculine and feminine spirit.

I’m a kinesiology professor who studies philosophic and historical perspectives of sport – especially women’s sport. I have a particular fondness for roller derby, which started in the U.S. in 1935.

In some ways, roller derby’s reinvention as a revolutionary feminist sport in the 21st century isn’t that surprising. After all, women have been included as, at minimum, equal participants since the sport’s beginning.

Three roller skaters in red uniforms face four skaters in blue uniforms with a referee in the background
The Passyunk Punks, in red, compete against the Germantown Loose Cannons, in blue, during the 2024 home team season. @winterrosefoto/Philly Roller DerbyCC BY-SA

Feminist roots

Seeds of roller derby’s feminist roots can be traced to its earliest version: the Transcontinental Roller Derby.

This endurance-sport fad of the Great Depression featured pairs of skaters accumulating miles as they skated laps around a track, following imaginary routes across the country. American sportswriter Frank Deford perpetuated the apocryphal story of Leo Seltzer’s invention of roller derby. Seltzer, an entertainment entrepreneur and promoter of walkathons, supposedly scribbled the basics of the sport on a tablecloth at a Ricketts restaurant in Chicago in the spring of 1935.

Whatever the truth of that story, what is true is that in August 1935, spectators gathered in the air-conditioned Chicago Coliseum to watch 25 pairs of skaters set off to travel 3,000 miles – the approximate distance of a cross-country trek from New York to San Francisco – all while never leaving the city.

Seltzer organized the event, which featured man-woman duos skating thousands of laps around a banked track while the crowd followed their fictional cross-country progress on a large electronic map. More than a month after they started, Bernie McKay and Clarice Martin completed the race in 493 hours and 12 minutes.

, organizing Transcontinental Roller Derby events in cities like Cincinnati, New York, St. Louis, Indianapolis and Miami. In May 1937, roller derby made its way to the Philadelphia Arena on Market Street.

Newspaper article with illustration of women skating around a track
A 1937 article in the Mount Carmel Item newspaper describes the new sport of roller derby. Mount Carmel Item, 1937

In all of those cities, skaters completed what the Chicago Tribune called an “imaginary cross-country dash”, sometimes covering up to 100 miles per day. Early on, the pairs skated for 10 to 12 hours daily. Eventually, skaters spent only the event hours on the track, usually starting at 7 p.m. or 8 p.m. and finishing at midnight or 1 a.m. Teams alternated skaters – women skated against women and men against men – in 15-minute turns. In some locations, cots were set up on the inside of the track, giving alternating skaters a place to rest.

Seltzer saw women as an untapped sports audience who could bolster the success of his endeavor. He , selling “Ladies Day” tickets, and dispersing discounted tickets to businesses frequented by women customers.

Seltzer believed that women spectators would be drawn to women skaters. This, in part, drove him to ensure a place for women in the roller derby. Few opportunities for women existed in traditional sports at that time. When women did participate in sport, many had to deal with commentary about their appearance and a focus on their beauty rather than their athletic accomplishments.

This was the case with roller derby too. For example, one Chicago Tribune reporter wrote that a 1935 leader of the roller derby was “the blonde in the cerise tights, and a right pretty gal she is” – without ever mentioning her name.

Female skater in red uniform lies on ground under wooden board as woman skater in black uniform tries to pass
Roller derby skater Yolanda Trevino of the Eastern Warriors falls to the ground under a board as a member of the Brooklyn Bombers skates past her during a match at the Philadelphia Arena in 1970. Jack Tinney via Getty Images

Paying the price

Despite the participation of women since its beginning, roller derby has certainly not been a total bastion of feminist progress.

Even when challenging gender norms, women skaters were objectified. Their appearance was used to market the sport in promotional photographs. Skaters like , whose photo advertised the opening of roller derby to Indianapolis Star readers in 1937, posed in their uniforms, but without the tights and pads worn during the event.

Roller derby in the 1970s, ‘80s and '90s featured strong, tough women skaters. But as communications professor Heidi Mau and I wrote in a chapter of “Sportswomen’s Apparel in the United States,” the uniforms during that era were typically tight with low-cut zippers. Organizers of roller derby – and its competitors like RollerGames and RollerJam – embraced stereotypical ideas about femininity and beauty and sexualized women skaters.

The inclusion of women also signaled to some that roller derby was not a legitimate sport – something that haunts it to this day.

Skaters pictured from behind participate in parade and wear rainbow accessories
Philly Roller Derby members skate in the 2024 Philly Pride parade. Jon Dilks/Philly Roller DerbyCC BY-SA

Historian Michella Marino, in her comprehensive history of the sport, says that women roller derby skaters “paid a price” for doing something subversive in challenging gender norms. That price, she writes, is that sports media relegated them to the level of “spectacle,” which led to the belief that the sport was illegitimate precisely because women competed on the same level as men.

Sports columnists in the 1930s emphasized that roller derby was a dramatic spectacle, calling it a “,” an “insane indoor sport” that was about “putting on a show.”

Women skaters today approach roller derby with a feminist, do-it-yourself attitude. The modern leagues were created by women who wanted to skate and didn’t want to wait for someone else to start a team. The Women’s Flat Track Derby Association now boasts over 400 leagues on six continents.

Today’s roller derby draws spectators of all types. Tickets typically go for about $15. Some audiences come for the Riot Grrrl, or feminist punk, personas of the skaters, and are rewarded with fast-paced, high-contact skating. Others see it as a cheap family outing, and leagues advertise themselves as family friendly. Some leagues now have co-ed youth leagues, like the Junior Brawlstars of the Philly Roller Derby.

Other leagues have branched out beyond women’s flat-track roller derby, like the Penn Jersey Roller Derby in Camden, New Jersey - also founded in 2005. Home to the Devils and Hooligans, Penn Jersey competes in flat and banked track versions of the sport and even includes a team competing in the Men’s Roller Derby Association.

Still, roller derby remains unabashedly feminist, a sport that encourages women to subvert gender norms while they skate to athletic success.The Conversation

Colleen English, Associate Professor of Kinesiology, Penn State

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

3D printing will help space pioneers make homes, tools and other stuff they need to colonize the Moon and Mars

3D printing could make many of the components for future structures on Mars. 3000ad/iStock via Getty Images Plus
Sven BilénPenn State

Throughout history, when pioneers set out across uncharted territory to settle in distant lands, they carried with them only the essentials: tools, seeds and clothing. Anything else would have to come from their new environment.

So they built shelter from local timber, rocks and sod; foraged for food and cultivated the soil beneath their feet; and fabricated tools from whatever they could scrounge up. It was difficult, but ultimately the successful ones made everything they needed to survive.

Something similar will take place when humanity leaves Earth for destinations such as the Moon and Mars – although astronauts will face even greater challenges than, for example, the Vikings did when they reached Greenland and Newfoundland. Not only will the astronauts have limited supplies and the need to live off the land; they won’t even be able to breathe the air.

Instead of axes and plows, however, today’s space pioneers will bring 3D printers. As an engineer and professor who is developing technologies to extend the human presence beyond Earth, I focus my work and research on these remarkable machines.

3D printers will make the tools, structures and habitats space pioneers need to survive in a hostile alien environment. They will enable long-term human presence on the Moon and Mars.

An astronaut holding a wrench poses for the camera.
NASA astronaut Barry Wilmore holds a 3D-printed wrench made aboard the International Space Station. NASA

From hammers to habitats

On Earth, 3D printing can fabricate, layer by layer, thousands of things, from replacement hips to hammers to homes. These devices take raw materials, such as plastic, concrete or metal, and deposit it on a computerized programmed path to build a part. It’s often called “additive manufacturing,” because you keep adding material to make the part, rather than removing material, as is done in conventional machining.

Already, 3D printing in space is underway. On the International Space Station, astronauts use 3D printers to make tools and spare parts, such as ratchet wrenches, clamps and brackets. Depending on the part, printing time can take from around 30 minutes to several hours.

For now, the print materials are mostly hauled up from Earth. But NASA has also begun recycling some of those materials, such as waste plastic, to make new parts with the Refabricator, an advanced 3D printer installed in 2019.

Manufacturing in space

You may be wondering why space explorers can’t simply bring everything they need with them. After all, that’s how the International Space Station was built decades ago – by hauling tons of prefabricated components from Earth.

But that’s impractical for building habitats on other worlds. Launching materials into space is incredibly expensive. Right now, every pound launched aboard a rocket just to get to low Earth orbit costs thousands of dollars. To get materials to the Moon, NASA estimates the initial cost at around US$500,000 per pound.

Still, manufacturing things in space is a challenge. In the microgravity of space, or the reduced gravity of the Moon or Mars, materials behave differently than they do on Earth. Decrease or remove gravity, and materials cool and recrystallize differently. The Moon has one-sixth the gravity of Earth; Mars, about two-fifths. Engineers and scientists are working now to adapt 3D printers to function in these conditions.

An illustration of an astronaut looking at a base camp on Mars.
An artist’s impressions of what a Mars base camp might look like. peepo/E+ via Getty Images

Using otherworldly soil

On alien worlds, rather than plastic or metal, 3D printers will use the natural resources found in these environments. But finding the right raw materials is not easy. Habitats on the Moon and Mars must protect astronauts from the lack of air, extreme temperatures, micrometeorite impacts and radiation.

Regolith, the fine, dusty, sandlike particles that cover both the lunar and Martian surfaces, could be a primary ingredient to make these dwellings. Think of the regolith on both worlds as alien dirt – unlike Earth soil, it contains few nutrients, and as far as we know, no living organisms. But it might be a good raw material for 3D printing.

My colleagues began researching this possibility by first examining how regular cement behaves in space. I am now joining them to develop techniques for turning regolith into a printable material and to eventually test these on the Moon.

But obtaining otherworldly regolith is a problem. The regolith samples returned from the Moon during the Apollo missions in the 1960s and 70s are precious, difficult if not impossible to access for research purposes. So scientists are using regolith simulants to test ideas. Actual regolith may react quite differently than our simulants. We just don’t know.

What’s more, the regolith on the Moon is very different from what’s found on Mars. Martian regolith contains iron oxide –that’s what gives it a reddish color – but Moon regolith is mostly silicates; it’s much finer and more angular. Researchers will need to learn how to use both types in a 3D printer.

See models of otherworldly habitats.

Applications on Earth

NASA’s Moon-to-Mars Planetary Autonomous Construction Technology program, also known as MMPACT, is advancing the technology needed to print these habitats on alien worlds.

Among the approaches scientists are now exploring: a regolith-based concrete made in part from surface ice; melting the regolith at high temperatures, and then using molds to form it while it’s a liquid; and sintering, which means heating the regolith with concentrated sunlight, lasers or microwaves to fuse particles together without the need for binders.

Along those lines, my colleagues and I developed a Martian concrete we call MarsCrete, a material we used to 3D-print a small test structure for NASA in 2017.

Then, in May 2019, using another type of special concrete, we 3D-printed a one-third scale prototype Mars habitat that could support everything astronauts would need for long-term survival, including living, sleeping, research and food-production modules.

That prototype showcased the potential, and the challenges, of building housing on the red planet. But many of these technologies will benefit people on Earth too.

In the same way astronauts will make sustainable products from natural resources, homebuilders could make concretes from binders and aggregates found locally, and maybe even from recycled construction debris. Engineers are already adapting the techniques that could print Martian habitats to address housing shortages here at home. Indeed, 3D-printed homes are already on the market.

Meanwhile, the move continues toward establishing a human presence outside the Earth. Artemis III, now scheduled for liftoff in 2027, will be the first human Moon landing since 1972. A NASA trip to Mars could happen as early as 2035.

But wherever people go, and whenever they get there, I’m certain that 3D printers will be one of the primary tools to let human beings live off alien land.The Conversation

Sven Bilén, Professor of Engineering Design, Electrical Engineering and Aerospace Engineering, Penn State

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Formula One drivers face temperatures up to 50°C. High tech racing suits help keep them cool

Jay Hirano/Shutterstock
Carolina Quintero RodriguezRMIT University

Motorsport fans are getting their first taste of racing this year, with the opening grand prix of the 2025 Formula One (F1) season starting in Melbourne today.

But it’s not just the cars people should be watching. In a sport where milliseconds determine champions and conditions push the human body to its limits, drivers’ racing suits have evolved from a simple fire protection tool to a sophisticated performance tool.

In fact, today’s F1 suits represent something of a technological revolution that could determine who stands on the podium.

Driving at 300km/h in 50°C for two hours

F1 drivers compete at nearly 300 kilometres per hour while enduring cockpit temperatures of up to 50°C.

In case of an accident, they are required to wear multilayer fireproof clothing, including long underwear, a balaclava, gloves, and a helmet. But this can severely restrict the body’s natural cooling mechanisms.

Research has found that during races in extreme heat, skin temperature quickly rises from normal levels (32–33°C) to over 38°C, with hands and forehead sometimes exceeding 39°C.

This isn’t just uncomfortable for drivers. It also increases the risk of dehydration, muscle cramps, cognitive impairment, heat exhaustion and heat stroke.

Developers of driving suits therefore have a challenging job. They must design garments that provide maximum fire protection while also allowing drivers to maintain peak cognitive and physical performance for roughly two hours in extreme heat.

A driver-centred approach to design

Fire protection remains the primary function of racing suits. Because of this, flame-resistant synthetic materials such as nomexoxidized polyacrylonitrile and polybenzimidazole are used for the suit. Wool is also prevalent in the inner layers, because of its flame-resistant characteristics.

But racing suits are also now designed to improve driver comfort and movement.

For example, the racing suits of motorsport company Alpinestars, which supplies the McLaren F1 team, feature pre-curved sleeves and legs that match the natural driving position. This reduces the energy drivers expend fighting against their clothing.

Alpinestars’ suits also have minimal seams around the elbow joints. This increases flexibility and eliminates pressure points during the continuous small steering adjustments drivers make throughout a race. The suits also have elasticated inserts and multiple panels around the elbow which reduces material bunching at this crucial joint.

Sportswear company PUMA, which supplies the Ferrari and Aston Martin F1 teams with driving suits, adopt similar features in their driving suits.

But this attention to joint mobility extends beyond elbows.

F1 suits are flexible and loose fitting around the arms. They also incorporate elasticated panels in the lower back region and seamless shoulder epaulettes. This means the suits move naturally with the driver and minimise resistance.

Adjustable features such as elasticated waists and belts allow drivers to personalise their suits. They can also request specific modifications, such as where ventilation openings are placed, based on their individual comfort needs.

The result is a racing suit that functions as a second skin, tailored precisely to each driver’s body and movements.

Cooling the elbows

Racing suit manufacturers have also developed advanced approaches to keep drivers cool as well as safe.

Research has demonstrated that advanced fabrics with improved air permeability (how air passes through the fabric) and breathability (how moisture and heat passes through the fabric), as well as reduced thickness, could reduce core temperature rise by 40% compared to thicker and tighter types of materials.

Fabric manufacturers have engineered breathable fabrics for the suit and inner layers. Product developers also strategically place ventilation zones and internal cooling systems with technology that draws moisture away from the skin in the suits to help drivers manage their core temperature

These thermal management features are carefully tailored to different body regions.

For example, knowing that elbows experience a 6–7°C temperature increase during racing, suit designers make the suit thinner in this region to improve air flow and use materials capable of adjusting their thermal properties to temperature.

The impact of these design innovations goes beyond basic comfort. They translate directly to competitive advantage. When body heat is better managed, drivers can think more clearly and have better reaction times.

The road ahead

The development of racing suits continues to accelerate, with several emerging technologies promising even better performance and safety.

Reflective elements are showing particular promise for thermal protection by reducing the rate of skin temperature increase compared to conventional racing suits.

Wearable technology built into the fabrics of suits can also monitor drivers’ physiological changes, and help predict performance changes and enhance safety during racing.

The emerging popularity of electric racing series such as Formula E is also changing the environmental challenges drivers face.

Electric cars generate far less heat and noise than traditional race cars. This shift may prompt a reevaluation of suit requirements. It may potentially allow for designs that prioritise driver comfort and performance over heat management, while maintaining their fire safety properties.

The next time you watch a F1 race, look beyond the fancy aerodynamics and engine performance. Observe who emerges from their cockpit looking relatively fresh after two long hours of driving. The competitive advantage might not be in the car alone. It might be woven into the fabric protecting the driver inside the car.The Conversation

Carolina Quintero Rodriguez, Senior Lecturer and Program Manager, Bachelor of Fashion (Enterprise) program, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How the colour of St. Patrick’s Day went from blue to green

Since 1962, the Chicago River has been dyed green for St. Patrick’s Day. Scott Olson/Getty Images
Bryan McGovernKennesaw State University

St. Patrick’s Day usually conjures images of partying, Catholicism, Irish nationalism and, perhaps most famously, the color green: green clothes, green shamrocks, green beer and green rivers.

So my students are often surprised when I tell them that St. Patrick’s Day was once a solemn feast day when you’d be far more likely to see the color blue. In fact, there’s even a color known as St. Patrick’s blue.

‘True blue’

Historians don’t know much about St. Patrick. But they believe he was born in the fifth century as Maewyn Succat.

He wasn’t Irish; rather he was born in Wales, the son of a Roman-British official. He was, however, captured by Irish pirates and enslaved in Ireland. After six years he went back to Britain but returned to Ireland as one of the missionaries to convert Irish pagans to Christianity. At some point he adopted the Latin name Patricius. In the 10th century, the first evidence of St. Patrick being a beloved figure in Ireland emerged.

In the early 17th century, Luke Wadding, an Irish priest, persuaded the Catholic Church to make March 17 a feast day for St. Patrick.

Stained glass window of bearded man wearing a green robe standing against a blue backdrop.
St. Patrick wasn’t born in Ireland, but he did missionary work there. Wikimedia CommonsCC BY

Back then, feast days were far from raucous affairs: Catholics typically went to Mass and then had a quiet dinner at home to celebrate. Other denominations, including Anglicans and Lutherans, recognized the day as well. But any commemorations would include the color blue. The Dublin Evening Post reported that in a 1785 St. Patrick’s Day ceremony in Dublin, a group of men identifying themselves as patriots “marched in a grand procession round the garden, dressed in true blue, and carrying along with them a number of curious pageants.”

Constance Markievicz, who fought in the 1916 Easter Rebellion for independence and was the first minister of labour in the Irish Free State, maintained that blue was “the old colour of Ireland.” To connect the past to the nationalist movement, she used blue as the background for the Irish Citizen Army’s flag.

In 1934, Irish politician W.T. Cosgrave asserted that blue is “in perfect, traditional, national accord with our history and in close association with the most revered and venerated memory of our patron Saint.”

Out with the old, in with the new

Since the 12th century, Ireland had been a colony of Great Britain. Like the American Colonists who rebelled against the British crown, a group of rebels called the United Irish launched an insurrection in 1798 in a quest for independence.

Led mostly by middle-class Protestants and in coordination with some Catholics, the United Irish adopted the “wearing of the green” to represent Irish nationalism and their fight against British imperialism.

The rebellion failed, and the British government made Ireland part of the United Kingdom in 1801 to prevent future revolutions. The government also bestowed greater rights to Protestants over Catholics.

Ireland became more sectarian over the course of the 19th century, and nationalism became more associated with Catholicism. In some ways, the two became interchangeable.

With nationalism ascendant and Catholics outnumbering Protestants, green was widely embraced, particularly since it had been worn by the United Irish.

Green crosses the pond

Before the 1840s, most Irish immigrants to America had been Protestants, many of whom had been the descendants of Scottish settlers in Ulster and would later become known as the Scots Irish. Like those that would succeed them, they celebrated St. Patrick’s Day to commemorate their connection to Ireland.

In the earliest recorded American celebration of the day, banquets toasting Ireland and St. Patrick took place in Boston in 1737. By the 1760s, annual parades were being held in New York and on the island of Montserrat to celebrate Irish culture and identity.

Drawing of Uncle Sam holding a green Irish flag and an American flag.
Irish immigrants to the U.S. were eager to profess their embrace of the nation’s republican ideals. Transcendental Graphics/Getty Images

Irish immigration to the new world increased dramatically after the Great Hunger of the 1840s, when the potato crops failed and over 1 million indigent Catholics arrived in the U.S. Facing discrimination from American Protestants who claimed they were more loyal to the pope than to the U.S., they viewed St. Patrick’s Day as a link to the history and culture of Ireland. Celebrations were a badge of pride and dignity, and they called for Irish independence to demonstrate they, too, believed in republican principles.

Irish nationalist groups active in the U.S. – the FeniansClan na Gael and, later, Irish Northern Aid – participated in these American St. Patrick’s Day parades, proudly wearing green to demonstrate their nationalism and the connection to past nationalist groups such as the United Irish.

In Ireland, however, St. Patrick’s Day remained a solemn day of observance with little revelry. The Irish government didn’t recognize St. Patrick’s Day as a public holiday until 1903, and the first parade in Dublin wasn’t held until 1931. Even pubs remained closed on March 17 until 1961.

Since 1922, when 26 of the 32 counties of Ireland became semi-independent, the tricolor flag of Ireland has been the official flag. Green represents the Catholics, orange represents the Protestants, and the white in the middle symbolizes peace. Yet green remains the color associated with St. Patrick’s Day and Ireland throughout the world, largely due to the Catholic diaspora and its association with nationalism.

However, blue still plays a symbolic role in Ireland: Since 1945, the flag representing the president of Ireland has a gold harp with a dark blue background – the color known as St. Patrick’s blue. The Conversation

A small, dark blue flag with a gold harp on it is affixed to the hood of a black car.
The Irish presidential flag flies from the car of Ireland’s president. Artur Widak/NurPhoto via Getty Images

Bryan McGovern, Professor of History, Kennesaw State University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Three memorable ways the COVID pandemic shaped Black music – five years on

Prostock-studio/Shutterstock
Joy WhiteUniversity of Bedfordshire

Five years ago, at the start of 2020, I was looking forward to the publication of my book, Terraformed: Young Black Lives in the Inner City and eagerly anticipating a long-awaited holiday to Jamaica.

But by February, as reports of a virus called COVID-19 began to mount up, the holiday was cancelled. At that stage, like many of us, I had read reports of this virus from China that was spreading through the rest of the world – but I did not fully take in what the impact of this would be. I watched news stories of Italians singing on balconies and carried on with my daily routine.

And then in March 2020, lockdown. Time changed shape as we searched for ways to fill our days without the usual markers of work, family and leisure. Allowed outside for a mere one hour per day, for many of us, Black musical forms offered a way to pass the time. In a period of social isolation, it also connected us with each other.

We shared our lives online in different time zones, experiencing an inter-generational, planetary enjoyment of musical forms and formats. Geographical and sonic borders became blurred, porous and fuzzy. Of the many sonic moments during early pandemic time (March 2020-December 2021), three stand out for me.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


1. The #DontRushChallenge

In April 2020, the #DontRushChallenge was started by a group of Black girls who were in lockdown at Hull University.

Featuring a soundtrack by Nottingham-based rap duo Young T & Bugsey (Ra’chard Tucker and Doyin Julius), it became a viral sensation on TikTok. Over the course of two to three weeks tens of thousands of videos were made and shared on social media.

The Don’t Rush challenge video by Young T & Bugsey ft. Headie One.

The #DontRushChallenge involved people transforming themselves from casual clothes into a more glamorous outfit for a night out – a night out that was never going to happen.

From NHS doctors to, Turkish cabin crew, to the US military the #DontRushChallenge provided a source of lightheartedness and joy.

2. Verzuz

As a counter to the lack of live music events, veteran US music producers Swizz Beatz and Timbaland launched the Verzuz “battle sessions”. Two comparable music artists from Black music traditions (mainly hip hop and RnB) played songs from their music catalogue in an alternating fashion.

Each contest was live streamed on different platforms, including Instagram, Apple TV and Triller. As the audience we watched, commented and then offered our opinion on who had won the “battle”. Participants included Erykah Badu, Brandy, Patti LaBelle, Ludacris, Nelly and Gucci Mane.

Swizz Beatz and Timbaland face off in a Verzuz battle.

In May 2020 Jamaican reggae artists Beenie Man and Bounty Killer presented a dancehall clash version. I tuned in along with half a million fans from around the world. I was in online company with musicians, footballers and actors.

In a socially distanced performance, without a live audience and through different time zones, we shared 90 minutes of community, as we moved through various musical genres (reggae, dancehall, soul, RnB and EDM) finishing up with many of their classic hits.

3. Lovers rock on the Southbank

When restrictions eased in May 2021, we were allowed back outside in groups again but music venues were not fully open. So in July 2021, I was excited to attend a free lovers rock concert on the Southbank in London.

Dennis Bovell dee-jayed, while Carroll Thomson, Janet Kay and Victor Romero Evans sang lovers rock classics. It was a strange experience with no singing in the audience, no dancing and having to remain seated and order drinks from your table. The “live” experience had changed dramatically, as events had to be booked in advance, spontaneity a thing of the past.

In July 2022, I was finally able to travel to Jamaica. In the years that had elapsed since my previous visit, there had been many changes, including the rising popularity of afrobeats. I stepped into a new sonic landscape with Pheelz (Finesse) and the Jamaican version of the track from dancehall artist Ding Dong.

By sharing music online and in a socially distanced landscape, it was possible to reconnect with people outside of our immediate setting.

Although fire emojis in the comments are not an adequate replacement for a live musical experience, in uncertain, unprecedented pandemic time, “musicking” became more important than ever. The term, coined by musicologist Christopher Small, covers the acts of playing, listening, singing and dancing to music. I have extended it to include the online challenges that provided a connection to our social lives.

My eclectic selection of sonic events, discussed in more detail in my latest book, Like Lockdown Never Happened: Music and Culture during Covid, is a gesture towards how we used contemporary Black musical expression to break COVID’s pervasive muffling of everyday life.The Conversation

Joy White, Senior Lecturer in Applied Social Sciences, University of Bedfordshire

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.


Payday super a win for all Australians: COTA Australia

March 14, 2025
The release of payday super laws for consultation today represents a crucial step forward to ensuring all Australians can retire with dignity, says COTA Australia, the country’s leading advocacy for older people.

“These laws will tackle the $5 billion annual shortfall in unpaid super that leaves 2.8 million workers short-changed,” said Patricia Sparrow, Chief Executive of COTA Australia.

“We’ve long called for super to be paid on payday—not quarterly—and we’re pleased to see the Federal Government taking action to make this a reality by 2026.”Ms Sparrow highlighted that unpaid super hit vulnerable workers hardest, particularly those in insecure jobs and women who already face significant retirement income gaps.

“Unpaid super is money workers are legally entitled to. Every day it goes unpaid, Australians are losing out on their own retirement savings, missing the benefits of compound interest that could make a real difference later in life.

“This is a no-brainer reform. It benefits workers by ensuring they get paid what they’re owed and helps businesses by simplifying super payments and reducing red tape.

“With Australians living longer, we need a superannuation system that supports people throughout retirement. Paying super on payday is a fundamental step towards that goal.”

“While this won’t fix every challenge in our retirement income system, it’s a major step forward in ensuring Australians can retire with dignity,” Ms Sparrow said.

Consulting on payday super draft legislation

Friday March 14, 2025
The Australian Government will require super to be paid on payday to protect and grow the retirement incomes of millions of Australians.

The Government is releasing draft legislation to implement this reform which will ensure workers earn more, keep more of what they earn, and retire with more as well.

From 1 July 2026, employers will be required to pay their employees’ super at the same time as their salary and wages.

This will tackle the scourge of unpaid super directly. While most employers do the right thing, the Australian Taxation Office estimates $5.2 billion worth of super went unpaid in 2021–22.

Payday super will make it easier for employers to manage their payroll by paying super at the same time as salary and wages. The new law will also streamline the way super is paid by employers to make it easier to meet their obligations.

The Superannuation Guarantee charge is being redesigned so that workers are fully compensated for any delay in receiving their super. Employers will also be prompted to rectify unpaid super quickly and face increasing penalties for longer, larger and repeated failures.

This change will strengthen Australia’s superannuation system and help deliver a more dignified retirement to more Australian workers, in line with the objective of super.

By switching to payday super, a 25‑year‑old median income earner currently receiving their super quarterly and wages fortnightly could be around $6,000 or 1.5 per cent better off at retirement.

The Government invites submissions on the draft legislation with consultation closing on 11 April 2025.

For more information on the public consultation process, visit the Treasury website. Submissions can be made to paydaysuper@treasury.gov.au 

To read all associated documents please visit Payday super – exposure draft

Independent MPs are elected for a reason – hung parliaments may be precisely what voters want

Mark KennyAustralian National University

Signing off his 26-year parliamentary career three years ago, the retiring Labor MP Joel Fitzgibbon lamented a power imbalance that allowed the majority party routinely to railroad the national legislature.

In a refreshingly frank valedictory speech, the former minister claimed the House of Representatives had become nothing more than a rubber stamp for executive government.

And he criticised the practice of compelling MPs to vote in blocs, irrespective of their own judgement:

not only do governments typically hold the numbers; they are using them more ruthlessly within their party structures […] party discipline is strangling our democracy in an era when the world is changing so dramatically.

Voters apparently share his unease. The combined primary vote share of the Labor-Coalition duopoly has been declining since the 1980s from around 90%, to around 68%. The remainder is going to minor parties and independents.

Now, successive opinion polls suggest both major parties are likely to fall short of the 76 seats required for a simple majority. And Fitzgibbon has fretted in The Australian that the primary threat to national politics and governance may come from voters themselves. That is, if they should have the temerity to install crossbench MPs beyond the discipline of the two major parties.

Labor and Coalition supporters alike are now shaking in their boots, as are the parties of government. Of course, the minor parties have the champagne on ice, relishing the chance to hold the country to ransom. The Greens are salivating.

Holding the country to ransom? Salivating? It’s as if the voters have no deliberative intent.

What’s changed for Fitzgibbon? Perhaps this is nothing more than the familiar slouch into conservative chauvinism to which so many ex-parliamentary Labor men succumb.

The rightward drift of progressively-striped former legislators is a well-worn path, with names like Graham Richardson, Stephen Loosely, Gary Johns and John Black springing to mind.

Teal threat

Less openly canvassed are the unconscious gender biases, and the major party self-interests that are driving them.

One answer to “what’s changed?” is the electoral embrace of the Teals – seven conspicuously competent professional women defiantly occupying once blue-ribbon Liberal seats. These new MPs (six of whom came in at the last election) were successful because voters wanted to break free of the suited duopoly and the limited solutions it proffers.

While hardly radical, they have been outspoken on climate change policy, corruption in public administration, and the absence of serious structural taxation reform. To old-guard politicos for whom traditional binaries dominate, their needling from the crossbenches may seem almost insolent.

Their presence, which involved circumnavigation of the established party “meritocracies”, is viewed by many in the major parties as an existential threat to the two-party system. Yet it is the widely perceived mediocrity of the two-party dominance that is their very attraction to voters.

Denying people power

Fitzgibbon is hardly the first to hyperventilate about the perils of a hung parliament where crossbench MPs may have a role in assuring confidence and supply numbers to one side or the other. But his solution to this alleged problem is novel to the point of bizarre.

Despite calling Australia’s system “hyper-partisan”, he proposes that Anthony Albanese and Peter Dutton might collude ahead of the election in order to agree

that whoever has the most seats post-election will be guaranteed supply and confidence for 18 months hence.

Leaving aside that the independent MPs are in fact, independent, Fitzgibbon’s fix flies in the face of the very chamber whose dwindling primacy he formerly eulogised. That is, he proposes an arrangement between two opposing blocs that would pre-emptively close out non-major party MPs, despite their authority deriving from the people.

This is not to say the question of any crossbench intentions in a hung parliament situation are beyond the limits of public conjecture. But a preventative neutering of their participation in the construction of a parliamentary majority (should it come to that) is a drastic and potentially counter-representative act.

Hung parliaments can work

Unlike many democracies, Australia has limited experience of minority governments at the national level.

The only recent example was the aforementioned Gillard-Rudd term (2010–2013). Notwithstanding leadership turbulence, a record number of bills were passed, despite the sense of numerical precarity and the need for clause-by-clause negotiation with cross bench MPs.

Legislating 561 bills – much higher than the previous Labor term – it also encountered higher resistance from the Coalition opposition, with 22% of bills opposed outright. Important legislative reforms included

And many more.

That parliament’s reputation proved the old adage that history is written by the winners. By repealing the carbon price and hobbling other priorities, the subsequent Abbott government and its media enablers were able to depict the 44th parliament as extreme and dysfunctional.

It was neither.

Two-party cartel

In the current parliament, Teals like Allegra Spender have shown more interest in bold tax reform, while others like Zali Steggall have pushed harder on climate change and truth in political advertising.

It cannot be known which of the current crop of crossbench MPs will be re-elected or whether there will be more. But the trend in successive elections suggests Australians are tiring of the old parties and are looking for other options.

Suggesting clever tricks to freeze out these voters smacks of desperation and worse, cartelism. It is likely to hasten the demise of blocs which only recently combined to write new election campaign finance laws that give them the edge.

Voters are awake to this.The Conversation

Mark Kenny, Professor, Australian Studies Institute, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Newspapers cannot justify running Clive Palmer’s Trumpet of Patriots ads as freedom of speech

Denis MullerThe University of Melbourne

The publication by the Newcastle Herald of a political advertisement by Clive Palmer’s Trumpet of Patriots party stating “there are only two genders – male and female” has provoked a backlash that has seen the advertisement removed from the paper’s online edition.

The publisher, Australian Community Media, has apologised for printing it in the first place. The ad also ran on the front page of The Age on March 12.

This raises a question about freedom of speech, particularly political speech.

There are three reasons why this advertisement does not deserve the protection of the free-speech principle.

The first is that it is factually wrong. The second is that it attacks people for an attribute of birth, and the third is that it is unjustifiably harmful, being calculated to arouse prejudice for political gain.

It is factually wrong because there are people in the community who are trans or gender-diverse. The Royal Children’s Hospital in Melbourne has a Gender Service clinic to assist children and adolescents in this situation. It states on its website that being trans or gender-diverse is seen as part of the natural spectrum of human diversity.

The clinic’s website also draws attention to the risk of harm to these often vulnerable young people. It states that they experience considerably higher rates of depression, anxiety, self-harm and attempted suicide compared with their cisgender peers because of their experiences of stigma, discrimination, social exclusion, bullying and harassment.

More generally, the British philosopher A. C. Grayling has developed a scheme for assessing harm arising from prejudice against people on the grounds of certain attributes.

In his scheme, he identifies what he calls attributes of birth: race, nationality, skin colour, gender, sexual orientation and disability among them. This provides valuable guidance about the attributes that deserve the most robust protection.

It is not necessary for the editor of a newspaper to be familiar with any of this in order to see that an advertisement of the kind published in the Newcastle Herald was totally indefensible. All that had to be done was to substitute race or skin colour for gender and ask: would we publish such an advertisement?

On top of that, since 1984 Australia has had a Sex Discrimination Act, the latest iteration of which makes it an offence to discriminate against a person on the grounds of gender identity or intersex status, making it clear that these are protected attributes under the law.

Australian Community Media said it has checks in place for political advertising, “but on this occasion the process failed and the advertisement was not reviewed before publication”.

The obvious question is, why not? Even at face value the advertisement is factually wrong as a matter of general knowledge, which would be as good a starting point as any for making a decision about whether to publish it.

The ad goes on to say: “We must stop confusing children in schools. Give them a safe and normal environment to grow and develop in and let them decide who they are when they become adults.”

This is the purest humbug. It pretends to stand for the protection of all children from “confusion”, while exposing some children to the risk of serious harm.

Nor can the ad be defended as a statement of opinion. It is unambiguously purporting to be a statement of fact.

At The Age, journalists reportedly wrote a formal letter of complaint to management after discovering the same ad was booked for the front page of that paper on Wednesday March 12.

However, The Age and News Corp newspapers have published other Palmer ads that have aroused indignation. On March 7, the front page of the Age carried an ad that read: “We don’t need to be welcomed to our own country.” On March 11 the front page ad said: “Too much immigration destroys infrastructure.”

Race is clearly an undertone in both of these, but they are directed at practices and policies, not at people’s personal attributes. In this way, they are categorically different from the ad about gender.

In no civilised country is the right of free speech absolute, although political speech enjoys a high degree of protection.

The point at which, by convention as well as law, democracies draw the line at free speech is the point where the speech does harm to others.

These limitations are derived from the harm principle developed by that champion of free speech, John Stuart Mill, in On Liberty. It remains a relevant standard even in the coarsened political atmosphere in which we live.

The fact that certain views may arouse indignation or even anger in others is not on its own a ground for suppressing them. Where unjustifiable harm is done, however, the law and ethics step in.


Correction: The article originally stated that the ad about there being “only two genders” was scheduled to run in The Age but cancelled. In fact it ran on the front page on March 12.The Conversation

Denis Muller, Senior Research Fellow, Centre for Advancing Journalism, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

AvPals Term 1 2025


Avalon Computer Pals (AVPALS) helps Seniors learn and improve their computer skills. It is a not for profit organisation run by volunteers. 


Started in 2000 it now has 20+ trainers and many hundreds of students. At a really low cost (about $50 a school term) they can provide one-to-one training on most matters connected with computing and related technologies like mobile phones and digital cameras. From the smallest problem (how to hold the mouse!) to much more serious matters, there is a trainer who can help.

We offer “one to one” personal tuition or special short courses in the training rooms under the Catholic Church in Avalon. Training is conducted Monday to Friday from 9am to 4pm. For more information visit AVPALS web site www.avpals.com or phone 02 8064 3574

Keep up to date on our Facebook page

Find out more at: www.avpals.com

Seniors Festival 2025: Local events

The Manly to Barrenjoey Seniors Festival celebrates and recognises seniors for the role they play and the contributions they make to our local community.

The official Festival theme for 2025 is ‘Time to Shine!'

The Festival will run from Monday 3 March to Sunday 30 March 2025, corresponding with NSW Seniors Festival which runs from 3 to 16 March.

An events programme is now available to peruse with some great options to get you out and about and even some exercise classes run online so you can do those at home.

Some are free, others have a small fee.
Have a look and book in early before those with limited places fill up. 

Profile of the Week Judith Friezer 
Avalon Beach lady Judith Friezer, a 90 year old mum of four, has been a prolific home writer for 40 years, and finally published her first book, “Wilma’s Secret”, for a younger audience of readers.

The book is about a teenage girl who finds an old trunk belonging to her great grandma, and soon discovers she is also a witch.

Judith will have a book launch at her local Avalon bookshop, Bookoccino on April 6th 3-4 pm!

Wilma’s Secret is the story of a young girl who finds an old tin trunk, containing her great grandmother's belongings. Wasn’t she once a Witch? And where did she disappear to? Teenage Wilma discovers hidden treasures inside the trunk and struggles to understand and use them to their full power. All the while attempting to keep them a SECRET from her pesky brother and worried parents. But why is the West Wind trying to stop her in her learning quest?
Will she ever unravel the real secret that lays buried inside? 

Judith C. Friezer (Gale) was born in Western Australia 1935, Jude has led an amazing life. She travelled the world as an air hostess, then again as a life explorer. She also worked as a nurse, a beauty product salesperson, an entrepreneur, even a marriage celebrant. All through that time, she was also a devoted wife, a fantastic mother to 4 boys, and an avid bush gardener. She still is. 

Hidden inside though, Jude has always been a writer! 
Judith has been prolific in her output: countless pages of typed, handwritten, or scrawled poems and short stories; her kaleidoscopic biography is a multi-tomed epic that is still expanding…. yet despite this avalanche of creativity, this is her first published book! 

Judith lives at Avalon and will soon share this tale, 20+ years in the making, with all the aspiring witches (and warlocks) out there.
This week a chat with Judith, with HUGE thanks to her son Robert Gale for his help with this Issue's Profile of the Week.

Bookoccino Carpark Polis: 2025 Election

Bookoccino Carparks are a series of events that will run over the next 4 weeks focussing on the matters that may be important to you and the policies of those who have nominated as a candidate for Mackellar in the 2025 Australian election.

Those who have nominated for Mackellar so far are:
  • Dr. Sophie Scamps, Independent and incumbent member
  • James Brown, Liberal Party
  • Jeffrey Quinn, Labor Party
  • Ethan Hrnjak, Australian Greens
No others have advised the news service they are standing for the seat as yet.

Prime Minister Albanese is expected to announce the date for the 2025 election after a Budget is handed down on March 30.

You can peruse the list and reserve a place at any of these upcoming Bookoccino Carparks events via:  trybooking.com/eventlist/bookoccinoevents

Modest Age Pension rise as some scrimp to survive

National Seniors Australia (NSA) says the Age Pension increase from March 20 of $4.60 a fortnight for singles and $7 a fortnight for couples is not enough for pensioners in poverty who continue to scrimp to survive.

NSA Chief Executive Officer Mr Chris Grice said while the new fortnightly rate, which takes the Age Pension to $1149 for singles and $1732.20 for couples combined, reflects lower inflation of 2.5%, it simply isn’t enough for those in poverty.

“Cost-of-living pressures continue to force major living changes for some pensioners from buying powdered milk to living on credit and having to return to work or work more,” Mr Grice said.

“While the government has done good work to make healthcare more affordable with PBS medicines capped for five years, today’s news will be disheartening for pensioners choosing between putting petrol in the car or groceries in the trolley, delaying dental visits or visits to the doctor. 

These are the everyday decisions and realities of pensioners with limited savings. The Age Pension is clearly not enough.

“Pensioners who rent struggle particularly hard. Research shows, after accounting for essentials such as food, health, and transport, a single pensioner has less than $300 per week to spend on rent. NSA’s own research suggests even pensioners who own their home feel as though the Age Pension is inadequate.” 

To help ease cost-of-living pressures for Age Pensioners, NSA recommends:
  • Exempting employment income from the Age Pension Income Test to Let Pensioners Work
  • Introducing a Pensioner Concession Card+ to provide additional concessions and supports for pensioners with limited means
  • Providing a one-off increase to the Age Pension of $10 per day for a single pensioner and $15 per day for couples.
“More must be done to support seniors doing it tough,” Mr Grice said.

“It’s time government stops punishing pensioners who need and want to work and exempt employment income from the Age Pension income test. This will not only enable pensioners to better support themselves but also go a long way to help attract and retain desperately needed workers. 

“Government could also introduce a new targeted Pensioner Concession Card to provide much-needed help with essentials such as energy, council rates, and medicines for low-income pensioners – some of the most vulnerable members of our community

New research highlights social impacts of COVID five years since pandemic declared

Five years since the World Health Organisation declared a pandemic on March 11, new research released by National Seniors Australia (NSA) shows the long-term impacts of Covid on seniors’ social connectedness.

NSA Head of Research Dr Diane Hosking said while life has returned to normal for many people with social distancing, restrictions, and face masks no longer a part of everyday life, for some seniors, life has changed forever when it comes to social connections as revealed by the latest National Seniors Social Survey.

"COVID changed and challenged how all Australians lived and conducted their daily lives, especially older Australians who were more at risk and urged to take extra precautions with many still cautious to socialise for some time after restrictions lifted,” Dr Hosking said.

"In terms of the disruption COVID posed to social connections, around half the 5000 people surveyed said their relationships had bounced back (48%), and another quarter said there was no disruption in the first place (23%).

"Many reported maintaining relationships via phone, video-conferencing, or similar methods. Sadly, another 7% said
they had very few or no connections prior to COVID.

“Of the remaining respondents, most (14%) said they had regained their connections, but COVID had permanently changed how they connect now. Some saw loved ones less often, having gotten out of the habit. Others remained cautious about socialising given the risk posed by the virus even today.

“Around a tenth (9%) said they had been unable to regain their social connections, but a third of those had made new ones instead.”

The research reveals connections had been lost by groups shutting down because of the pandemic, loved ones disagreeing about COVID measures, or people dying from the illness, among other reasons.

“Long periods of personal distancing and lockdowns have changed the way people interact with one another. While most people have regained their connections, others have changed how they connect with others permanently,” Dr Hosking said.

“Later life can bring new challenges to staying connected. Older people may stop working, ending a regular element of our social lives. Our friends and partners are more likely to pass away at older ages, leaving us grieving, lonely and sometimes completely alone. If our own bodies become less capable, or if we find ourselves caring full time for a dependent person, we can lose the capacity to meet with those we love. The list goes on.

“If there is anything we have learned from the pandemic, it is the importance of staying connected to others for mental and physical wellbeing. Staying connected evokes feelings of belonging, being loved, cared for, and valued.

These are intrinsic needs for everyone, especially older Australians who can be at increased risk of loneliness.”

The research also explored older Australians barriers to getting out, level of loneliness, and level of contentment with how they spend their time. 


Two of the best ways to respond to people with dementia who think they are in a different time or place

LightField Studios/Shutterstock
Alison PilnickManchester Metropolitan University

Approximately one quarter of hospital beds in acute wards – wards for patients who need close care for a sudden or severe medical conditions – are occupied by someone living with dementia in the UK.

The sights, sounds and smells of a hospital environment, and the lack of familiar carers, can be a significant challenge for people with dementia. Many healthcare staff feel that they do not have sufficient training to care well for them.

This can lead to some staff using less effective communication methods to reduce distress and anxiety in dementia patients. Some carers, for example, might try to “correct” patients with dementia who seem confused about their surroundings or may use therapeutic lying – when lies are told to alleviate the distress of a patient with dementia – to avoid upsetting patients further. Our research shows that there are two approaches that are more effective.

Managing competing realities

Dementia affects people’s abilities to use language, to understand other people’s use of language and to remember things. One common challenge is the presence of competing realities, where the person with dementia is oriented to a different time or place. These competing realities are often grounded in the person’s previous experience of a career or family role. For example, they may believe a parent is coming to take them home, or that they need to leave urgently to pick up their own child from school.

Managing these competing realities can be difficult for carers in any setting. It is particularly difficult in an acute ward, where staff may know little about the background of a patient admitted for treatment for an urgent medical need such as a fracture or infection. Competing realities can be a major source of distress for a person with dementia, who might not recognise where they are or that they have any medical need, and can’t understand why they are not simply able to leave when they ask.

Over recent years, my colleagues and I have been using video recordings of everyday ward interactions to identify the communication challenges that occur when caring for people with dementia.

We have developed training in communication skills focused on specific challenges. For example, dealing with refusals of medically necessary care, responding to talk that is hard to understand and closing interactions effectively. Most recently, we have focused on dealing with competing realities and the distress that these can cause.

Responding effectively

We found there are four ways in which staff tend to respond, but that only two of these are effective in addressing distress.

The first way is to confront or challenge the patient’s reality. For example, telling a person who believes they are at home that they are actually in hospital. It is understandable why staff might do this, but we found that it does not usually lead to agreement, and instead can make distress worse.

The second way is to go along with the patient’s reality. For example, by agreeing that a deceased family member such as a parent or spouse will be coming to visit or collect the patient later. While this might work as a short-term strategy, it is time-limited because the promised event will never happen. This can ultimately make distress worse. Wider debates on “therapeutic lying” to people with dementia suggest it should only be done if carefully thought out and planned, and only then as a last resort.

The third way is to find some aspect of the patient’s reality that is shareable, without fully entering into it. For example, if a patient says their (deceased) father is coming to collect them, a member of healthcare staff might ask “Do you miss your dad?” This avoids lying, but responds to the emotional tone of the patient and enables a sharing of feelings.

For a person worried they have left a child or a pet alone at home, a healthcare professional might say “Your neighbour is looking after everything at home”. This provides general reassurance without confirming or challenging the specifics. For a patient who repeatedly asks to go home because they do not recognise their medical need, asking “What would you be doing if you were at home?” can identify a need or desire – such as having a cup of tea, a walk, or watching the TV – which could be met in the hospital environment.

Redirecting a Dementia Sufferer | Louis Theroux: Extreme Love - Dementia | BBC Studios.

Alternatively, staff used diversions. The topic of conversation can be shifted away from the issue that was causing distress, towards something else they could engage the person with.

This sometimes drew on the immediate environment – the view out of the window, for example. Sometimes they proposed an alternative activity, such as walking to a day room, or getting a drink. When no other possibilities were available, they sometimes asked the person with dementia a question that could lead into a different conversation.

These approaches are relevant for carers in any setting. Even in the context of a busy, pressured environment where carers may know very little about a person, the small differences in the way they communicate can have a profound effect on the care and wellbeing of those living with dementia.The Conversation

Alison Pilnick, Professor of Language, Health and Society, Manchester Metropolitan University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Saturn now has 274 moons – but exactly what makes something a moon remains unclear

Dione, one of Saturn’s 274 moons, viewed with Saturn and its rings in the background. NASA / JPL / Space Science Institute
Laura Nicole DriessenUniversity of Sydney

Earlier this week, Saturn gained a whopping 128 new official moons, as the International Astronomical Union recognised discoveries from a team of astronomers led by Edward Ashton at the Academia Sinica in Taiwan. The sixth planet from the Sun now has a grand total of 274 moons, the most of any planet in the Solar System.

The discovery has raised a lot of questions. How do you spot moons, and why hadn’t anybody seen these ones already? Doesn’t Jupiter have the most moons? What are they going to call all these moons? Are there more out there? And what exactly makes something a moon, anyway?

Counting moons

These new discoveries cement Saturn’s place as the winner of the Solar System’s moon competition, with more confirmed moons than all of the other planets combined. But it hasn’t always been this way.

Jupiter’s four largest moons – Io, Europa, Ganymede and Callisto – were the first ever discovered orbiting another planet. They were spotted by Galileo Galilei more than 400 years ago, in 1610. Saturn’s first known moon, Titan, was discovered by Dutch astronomer Christiaan Huygens 45 years later.

The new batch of 128 moons was discovered by stacking images from the Canada France Hawaii telescope. Some of Saturn’s other moons were discovered by space voyages, and some during what are called “ring-plane crossings”.

When the Voyager 1 spacecraft passed by Saturn, it took images that were used to discover the moon Atlas. The Cassini Mission later discovered seven new Saturnian moons.

A ring-crossing is where Saturn’s rings seem to disappear from our point of view here on Earth. This is when Saturn is at just the right angle so we’re looking at the rings exactly side-on (that is, when we can only see the edge of the rings).

Titan was discovered during a ring-plane crossing, and so were 12 other moons. Saturn’s rings will be edge-on twice in 2025, in March and November.

The moon race

From 2019 to 2023, Jupiter and Saturn were fighting for first place in the moon race.

In 2019, Saturn surpassed Jupiter with the discovery of 20 new moons. This took the count to 82 for Saturn and 79 for Jupiter.

Just a few years later, in February 2023, Jupiter took the lead with 12 new moons, beating Saturn’s 83 moons at the time. Only a short time later, still in 2023, the same astronomers who discovered the recent 128 moons discovered 62 moons orbiting Saturn. This placed the ringed planet firmly in the lead.

Elsewhere in the Solar System, Earth has one moon, Mars has two, Jupiter has 95, Uranus has 28 and Neptune has 16, for a total of 142 moons. We only need to discover ten more moons around Saturn to give it double the number of all the other planets combined.

Regular or irregular?

The newly discovered moons are all small. Each one is only a few kilometres across. If something that small can be a moon, what really counts as a moon?

NASA tells us “naturally formed bodies that orbit planets are called moons”, but even asteroids can have moons. We crashed a spacecraft into an asteroid’s moon in 2022. Earth has had a few mini-moons, some only a couple of metres in size. The line of what is and isn’t a moon is a bit hazy.

Moons orbiting planets in the Solar System can be either “regular” or “irregular”. The new moons are all irregular.

Regular moons are formed around a planet at the same time as the planet itself forms. Irregular moons are thought to be small planets (planetesimals) that are captured by a planet as it finishes forming. They are then broken into pieces by collisions.

Regular moons tend to orbit their planets in nice, circular orbits around the equator. Irregular moons typically orbit in big ovals further away from planets, and at a range of angles. Saturn has 24 regular moons and 250 irregular moons.

Studying these moons can tell us about how moons form, and reveal clues about how the Solar System formed and evolved.

Saturn’s rings are made of small chunks of ice and rock. Astronomers think they formed out of pieces of comets, asteroids and moons that were torn apart by Saturn’s gravity.

So for Saturn in particular, irregular moons can tell us more about the formation of its beautiful rings.

What’s in a name?

Names of astronomical objects are governed by the International Astronomical Union (IAU). Originally, all moons in the Solar System were given names from Greco-Roman mythology.

But the large number of moons, particularly of Saturn and Jupiter, means the IAU has expanded to giants and gods from other mythology. And it’s all about the details. If binary moons are discovered, they are required to be given names of twins or siblings.

Saturn’s first seven moons were given numbers instead of names. In 1847, John Herschel named them after the Greek Titans. After they ran out of titans and Greek mythological giants, they expanded the naming system to include Inuit and Gallic gods and Norse giants.

Discoverers get to suggest names for moons, and the names they suggest are given priority by the IAU. In the past, there have been competitions to name new moons of Jupiter and Saturn.

With 128 new moons for Saturn, it might take a while to come up with names that follow the IAU rules. Maybe we’ll even see the addition of different mythologies. We’ll have to wait and see. Until then, each moon has a name made of a string of numbers and letters, such as “S/2020 S 27”.

Will we find more moons?

Without a solid definition of what a moon is, it’s hard to say when (or if) we will ever finish finding them. Everyone agrees we shouldn’t call every single chunk of rock in Saturn’s rings a moon, but exactly where to draw the line isn’t clear.

That said, there is probably a limit to the number of moon-like objects astronomers are likely to want to add to the list. Edward Ashton, who led the discovery of the new moons, doesn’t think we’ll be finding too many new moons until our technology improves.The Conversation

Laura Nicole Driessen, Postdoctoral Researcher in Radio Astronomy, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What can you do if your child is being bullied?

MPIX/Shutterstock
Deborah GreenUniversity of South Australia and Barbara SpearsUniversity of South Australia

Bullying is one of the top concerns Australian parents have about their children’s health.

Unfortunately about one in four Australian students between Year 4 and Year 9 report being bullied at least every few weeks.

The federal government has recently set up a six month “rapid review” to look at what schools are doing and how best to address bullying.

But what can you do if your child is being bullied at school?

What is bullying?

Recognising a child is being bullied and knowing what to do about it can be difficult for parents.

It’s important to understand what is and isn’t bullying. Bullying is about deliberately using power and status to repeatedly cause distress to, or control another person.

It is not usually a “one off” (although cyberbullying can involve a single post/image, which may be viewed many times or reposted over a long period of time).

It can involve repeated verbal, physical and/or social behaviours (on and offline) intended to cause physical, social and/or psychological harm.

Younger children tend to use more physical forms of bullying. Older children may use more subtle forms of covert and manipulative bullying, which harms social relationships. This can include excluding someone from a group and spreading rumours.

What are the signs a child is being bullied?

Look out for any unexplained changes in your child.

This may include physical injuries, a change in their participation in school or other activities or shifts in friendships. Your child may also be more anxious and nervous, withdrawn or angry.

You know your child best, but directly asking how their friendships are going, may be met with resistance. So if you want to talk about it, a more casual approach may be a better first step. This could include in the car after school/sport or walking together somewhere.

A child sits on a couch, covered in pillows
A child who is being bullied may become more anxious or withdrawn. Pixabay/ PexelsCC BY

What if your child says they are being bullied?

Children may not want to tell anyone they are being bullied out of fear of things getting worse.

But if and when they do tell, it is often to a parent before friends or the teacher/school.

For parents, hearing your child is being bullied is confronting.
But try to stay calm and resist any urges to trivialise, ridicule, blame, get angry or downplay what is being reported. For example, don’t dismiss it as other kids “just being bitchy/nasty”.

Remember no one chooses to be victimised and it takes courage for a child to report and share what has happened. Listen for the emotion in their voice to know how to connect with them. Are they scared, nervous and/or angry?

Let your child know it’s not OK for this to happen, and that it is not their fault. This validates your child’s feelings. Let them know you support them and are going to help.

A woman holds a girl's hand.
If your child tells you they are being bullied, try and stay calm. Fizkes/ Shutterstock

What can you do next?

Talk with your child about what to do next.

They may ask you not to go to the school because they are worried it will make things worse for them. Let them know you are taking responsibility for dealing with this now. This means letting the school know, so you can work together to address it.

Gather evidence demonstrating this may not be an isolated incident: what has happened, when, where and over how long. Keep a record of what your child has shared with you, especially images or posts if the bullying is happening online.

How to work with the school

Research shows it is crucial for parents and schools to work together to address all forms of bullying. This means both parties are taking responsibility and sharing all relevant information to stop the bullying and support the victimised child.

Before you formally notify the school, read the school’s anti-bullying policy, so you know what to expect the school to do.

When you come to report your concerns, clearly and calmly tell your child’s story of being bullied. Provide evidence and a timeline to the teacher in writing.

Ask when you can expect a response about what will be done. Check back in and ask for a progress report.

Schools should outline the steps they will take once it has been reported. This includes how long the investigation will take, when they will get back to you, and what they are putting in place to protect your child.

Keep trying

If you don’t find initial responses timely or transparent, you may choose to escalate the matter to the next level.

This could mean speaking to the school principal or a more senior teacher, or eventually contacting your state’s department of education or school’s government body (for non-government schools).

If you need more information, you and your child can get support from Kids Helpline and Youth Law Australia. The eSafety Commissioner also has specific advice about cyberbullying.

You can also find more tips on the federal government’s Bullying No Way Website and its Student Wellbeing Hub.The Conversation

Deborah Green, Senior Lecturer, UniSA Education Futures, University of South Australia and Barbara Spears, Adjunct Professor of Education and Social Development, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Beloved beaches were washed offshore by Cyclone Alfred – but most of this sand will return

Javier LeonUniversity of the Sunshine Coast

For many people, the most visible impact of Cyclone Alfred was the damage big waves and storm surge did to their local beaches.

Beaches in southeast Queensland and northeast New South Wales are now scarred by dramatic sand cliffs, including the tourist drawcard of Surfers Paradise.

Sand islands off Brisbane – Bribie, Moreton and North Stradbroke – protected the city from the worst of the storm surge. But they took a hammering doing so, reducing their ability to protect the coastline.

The good news is, the sand isn’t gone forever. Most of it is now sitting on sandbars offshore. Over time, many beaches will naturally replenish. But sand dunes will take longer. And there are areas where the damage will linger.

Why did it do so much damage?

Cyclone Alfred travelled up and down the coast for a fortnight before crossing the mainland as a tropical low. On February 27, it reached Category 4 offshore from Mackay. From here on, the cyclone’s intense winds whipped up very large swells.

By the time the cyclone started heading towards the coast, many beaches had already been hit by erosion-causing waves. This meant they were more vulnerable to storm surge and further erosion.

As Alfred moved west to make landfall, it coincided with one of the the year’s highest tides. As a result, many beaches have been denuded of sand and coastal infrastructure weakened in some places.

Timelapse showing the coastal erosion caused by ex-Tropical Cyclone Alfred, looking north from Surfers Paradise to The Spit. UNSW Water Research Laboratory/City of Gold Coast

Which beaches were hit hardest?

Areas south of the cyclone’s track have been hit hardest, from the Gold Coast to the Northern Rivers.

Some beaches and dunes have significantly eroded. Peregian Beach south of Noosa has lost up to 30 metres of width.

Erosion cliffs, or “scarps”, up to 3 metres high have appeared on the Gold Coast. It exposed sections of the last line of coastal defence – a buried seawall known as the A-line, constructed following large storms in the 1970s.

Up and down the Gold Coast, most dunes directly behind beaches (foredunes) have been affected by storm surge of up to 0.5 metres above the high tide mark and eroded. Even established dunes further inland have been eroded.

beach erosion on sunshine coast
Up to 3 metre high dune erosion scarps have appeared along the Sunshine Coast. Javier LeonCC BY-NC-ND

Where did the sand go?

In just a week, millions of tonnes of sand on our beaches seemingly disappeared. Where did it go?

Beaches change constantly and are very resilient. As these landforms constantly interact with waves and currents, they adapt by changing their shape.

When there’s a lot of energy in waves and currents, beaches become flatter and narrower. Sand is pulled off the beaches and dunes and washed off offshore, where it forms sandbars. These sandbars actually protect the remaining beach, as they make waves break further offshore.

Dunes form when sand is blown off the beach on very windy days and lands further inland. Over time, plants settle the dune. Their roots act to stabilise the sand.

Healthy dunes covered in vegetation are normally harder to erode. But as beaches are washed away during large storms and the water level rises, larger waves can directly attack dunes.

The tall erosion scarps have formed because dunes have been eaten away. In some areas, seawater has flooded inland, which may damage dune plants.

Graphic of beach erosion during a storm
The ConversationCC BY-SA

Most sand will return

As coastal conditions return to normal, much of this sand will naturally be transported back ashore. Our beaches will become steeper and wider again.

It won’t be immediate. It can take months for this to occur, and it’s not guaranteed – it depends on what wave conditions are like.

Some sand will have been washed into very deep water, or swept by currents away from the beaches. In these cases, sand will take longer to return or won’t return at all. Dunes recover more slowly than beaches. It may take years for them to recover.

Australia’s east coast has one of the longest longshore drift systems in the world, where sand is carried northward by currents to eventually join K'Gari/Fraser Island.

Can humans help?

Sand will naturally come back to most beaches. It’s usually best to let this natural process take place.

But if extreme erosion is threatening buildings or roads, beach nourishment might be necessary. Here, sand is added to eroded beaches to speed up the replenishment process.

Other options include building vertical seawalls or sloping revetment walls. These expensive methods of protection work very well to protect roads or buildings behind them. But these engineered structures often accelerate erosion of beaches and dunes.

We can help dunes by staying off them as much as possible. Plants colonising early dunes are very fragile and can be easily damaged. Temporary fencing can be used cheaply to trap sand and help dunes recover. Re-vegetating dunes is an efficient way of reducing future erosion.

How can we prepare for next time?

The uncertainty on Cyclone Alfred’s track, intensity and landfall location kept many people on edge, including at-risk communities and disaster responders. This uncertainty puts many scientists under enormous pressure. Decision-makers want fast and clear information, but it’s simply not possible.

In Australia, almost 90% of people live within 50km of the coast. In coming decades, the global coastal population will grow rapidly – even as sea level rise and more intense natural disasters put more people at risk.

As the climate crisis deepens, rebuilding in high-risk areas can create worse, more expensive problems.

Communities must begin talking seriously about managed retreat from some areas of the coast. This means not building on erosion-prone areas, choosing not to defend against sea incursion in some places and beginning to relocate houses and infrastructure to safer heights inland.

Decision-makers should also consider deploying nature-based solutions such as dunes, mangroves and oyster reefs to reduce the threat from the seas.

Technology has advanced rapidly since Cyclone Zoe made landfall in this region in 1974. We can track weather systems from satellites, get up-to-date weather and wave forecasts on our phones and use drones to see change on beaches and dunes.

But these technologies only work if we use them. The Gold Coast has the world’s largest coastal imaging program. But most other coastal regions don’t conduct long-term monitoring of dunes and beaches. Without it, we don’t have access to data vital to protecting our beaches and communities.The Conversation

Javier Leon, Associate Professor in Physical Geography, University of the Sunshine Coast

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How ocean giants are born: tracking the long-distance impact and danger of extreme swells

Strong waves originating from the North Pacific batter the promenade in Viña del Mar, Chile, on December 29 2024. Getty Images
Tom ShandUniversity of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

Late last year, a massive ocean swell caused by a low pressure system in the North Pacific generated waves up to 20 metres high, and damaged coastlines and property thousands of kilometres from its source.

Two years earlier, another storm system southeast of New Zealand also whipped up massive waves, with the swell reaching as far as Canada, battering Pacific island coasts along the way.

These storms, and the swells they create, are facts of nature. But while we understand a lot about the extraordinary forces at work, we can still do more to predict their impact and coordinate global warning systems.

How big waves are born

Waves are made by wind blowing over a water surface. The longer and stronger the wind blows, the more energy is transferred into those waves.

As well as an increase in wave height, sustained high wind speeds generate waves with a longer period – that is, the distance or time between successive wave crests. Oceanographers refer to the mix of wave heights and periods (and to some extent directions) as a “sea” state.

Once the wind stops blowing, or the sea moves away from the wind that is generating it, the waves become swell and start to separate. The longest-period waves move fastest and shorter-period waves more slowly.

Most waves resulting from a storm have periods of 12–16 seconds, with the individual waves travelling at speeds of 60–80km per hour.

But very large storms with high, sustained winds can generate waves with periods of more than 20 seconds. These waves travel much faster, over 100km per hour in the open ocean, and their energy (which travels more slowly than individual waves) can cover 1,500km in 24 hours.

Ocean waves, particularly long-period swells, lose very little energy as they travel. And unless they collide with an island and break, they are capable of travelling great distances.

By comparison, shorter period waves take much longer to travel and lose more energy. If they encounter a wind field moving in another direction, this also removes energy and reduces their height.

But sometimes, a particularly strong storm system can generate long-period waves with enough energy to travel across the Pacific, reaching shores thousands of kilometres away.

A unique characteristic of such long-range swells is that individual waves contain a lot more energy than shorter-period local waves. They grow to greater heights as they “shoal” in shallow water, and can hit shorelines and structures with greater force, causing more damage and danger.


Waves are generated by wind blowing over water with the distribution of energy changing dependent on their stage of evolution. CC BY-NC-ND

The ‘Code Red 2’ swell

The “Code Red 2” swell was a good example of this in action. It was generated by a massive storm system southeast of New Zealand in July 2022. The “significant wave height”, or average of the largest third of the system’s waves, reached 13 metres. Individual waves were up to twice this height.

The storm system was unusual due to very strong southerly winds blowing northweard from near Antarctica for over 2,000km. This resulted in long-period (20 second) swells moving north into the Pacific Ocean.

The swell first reached Tahiti, where waves closed most of the south-facing coast, prompting a Code Red warning. This was only the second such warning since 2011 (hence its name), and resulted in massive waves at the Teahupo'o surf break, location of the 2024 Olympic surfing event.

The swell also caused flooding along the south coast of Rarotonga and other Pacific Islands before continuing north across the equator to reach the south coast of Hawaii – 7,000km from where it was generated.

Due to their direction and very long period, large waves reached places they don’t usually affect, literally crashing weddings and breaking over houses. The swell then carried on to hit the Californian coast some 10,000km away, and eventually reaching Canada more than a week after it was initially generated.


Tracking the July 2022 Code Red II swell across the Pacific. CC BY-NC-ND

The ‘Eddie’ swell

More recently, the 2024 “Eddie” swell was generated from an extremely intense low pressure system in the North Pacific in December 2024. Waves near the centre of the storm reached heights of 20 metres, with a 22-second period.

The resulting swell hit Hawaii first, where waves were large enough to run the Eddie Aikau Big Wave Invitational at Waimea Bay, a surfing event that requires such large waves it has only been run 11 times in its 40-year history (and which gave the swell its name).

This extreme swell then reached California 3,000km away, where it also generated giant surf, damaged boats in coastal marinas and caused part of the Santa Cruz wharf to collapse.

Due to its very long period, the swell was able to continue southward, still with a lot of energy. It reached the north coast of Ecuador and Peru, 8,500km from where it began, where it destroyed fishing boats. And it finally hit Chile, 11,000km from its source, where it closed ports and inundated coastal promenades.

These coasts typically receive large southwest swells. But this rare, long-period north swell was able to reach normally protected north-facing sections of coast, causing uncharacteristic damage.


Tracking the December 2024 Eddie swell across the Pacific. CC BY-NC-ND

Predicting local impacts

It can be difficult to sound warnings for these types of long-period waves, as they are generated so far from the affected shorelines they are missed by local forecasters and emergency managers.

Global wave models such as those driven by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s National Centers for Environmental Prediction are capable of predicting and tracking these swells but require a more nuanced approach to predicting local impacts.

New early warning systems are being developed that take global wave forecasts and downscale them to take into account the shape of the local coastline. The wave information is then combined with predictions of tide and storm surge to give warnings of when coastal impacts may occur.

These systems will give emergency managers, ports and coastal infrastructure operators – and the public – better information and more time to prepare for these damaging wave events.The Conversation

Tom Shand, Honorary Senior Lecturer, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Fresh fruit down, junk food up: our modelling suggests Australians’ diets will get worse by 2030

Farknot Architect/Shutterstock
Matthew RyanCSIRO and Gilly HendrieCSIRO

The age-old saying “you are what you eat” rings true – diet quality affects our health from the inside out. While a healthy diet can improve health and wellbeing, a poor diet increases the risk of chronic health conditions such as obesity, diabetes and heart disease.

But Australians’ diets appear to be getting worse, not better. Our new modelling study suggests by 2030, our diets will comprise almost 10% less fruit, and around 18% more junk food. This puts us further away from national targets for healthy eating.

A public health priority

A healthy diet is a priority area of the National Preventive Health Strategy. This strategy sets clear goals to improve diet quality by 2030, including increasing fruit and vegetable intake, and reducing consumption of discretionary or “junk” food.

Junk foods (such as cakes, chips, chocolate, confectionery, certain takeaway foods and sugary drinks) are high in saturated fat, salt and sugar, and should only be consumed occasionally and in small amounts.

The preventive health strategy stipulates adults should be consuming two servings of fruit per day and five serves of vegetables, and should be reducing discretionary foods to less than 20% of total energy intake.

Currently, we’re sitting well short of these targets.

We wanted to know whether we might be able to achieve these goals by 2030. So we combined unique data on Australians’ diets with predictive models to map out how our diets are likely to change by 2030.

The CSIRO Healthy Diet Score survey has been running since 2015. This survey uses short questions to measure intake of the five healthy food groups, including fruit and vegetables, as well as discretionary foods. The questions ask about how often people eat certain foods, and how much they eat, to determine an individual’s average daily consumption.

We analysed data from more than 275,000 people who completed this survey between 2015 and 2023. We used predictive modelling techniques called generalised linear models to forecast future diet trends against the national targets. We also broke our findings down by sex and age.

What we found suggests we’re heading in the wrong direction.

A senior couple shopping in a fruit market.
Our research analysed data from more than 275,000 Australians. NDAB Creativity/Shutterstock

Fruit intake down, junk food up

Overall, we found fruit consumption is declining. On average, Australians were eating 0.1 fewer serves of fruit in 2023 than they did in 2015. If this trend continues, we expect a further 9.7% decrease in the average serves of daily fruit to 1.3 serves per day by 2030, well below national targets.

While vegetable consumption appears steady at around 3.7 serves per day, this is well below the recommended daily intake of 5 serves per day.

Concerningly, we are also seeing an increase in consumption of discretionary foods. Average daily intake increased by 0.7 serves between 2015 and 2023, with a further 0.8 serve increase predicted by 2030 (an 18% rise). That’s a 1.5 serve (40%) increase in just 15 years.

We can’t put an exact figure on how junk food intake stacks up against the targets, because we looked at serves per day, while the targets are about the proportion of total energy. However, the figures we identified constitute significantly more than 20% of total energy intake.

Things look worse for women. By 2030, women are predicted to be eating 13.2% less fruit and 21.6% more discretionary foods compared to 2023. For men, our predictions suggest a 4.8% decrease in fruit intake and a 19.5% increase in junk foods.

Despite a greater change in women, men are still predicted to be eating more discretionary foods by 2030 (6.3 serves per day for men versus 4.6 for women).

For Australians aged 30 and above, both fruit and vegetable intake are declining. Adults aged 31–50 have the lowest reported fruit and vegetable intake, but the largest change is in adults 71 and older. For these older Australians, we estimate a 14.7% decrease in fruit consumption and a 6.9% decrease in vegetable consumption by 2030. That’s equivalent to a decrease of 0.5 serves of fruit and 0.2 serves of vegetables since 2015.

A man eating a burger in a restaurant.
Junk food intake is on the rise among all age groups. Estrada Anton/Shutterstock

Discretionary food intake is on the rise in all age groups, but particularly in younger adults.

However, young Australians (18–30 years) may be eating more discretionary foods, but they’re also the only ones eating more healthy food as well. Both fruit and vegetable consumption are increasing for young Australians, with our modelling suggesting a 10.7% and 13.2% respective rise in average serves per day by 2030.

Although this is a positive sign, it’s not enough, as these projections still put young Australians below the recommended daily intake.

Some limitations

Our modelling helps us to understand diet trends over recent years and project these into the future.

However, the research doesn’t tell us what’s driving the worrying trends we’ve observed in Australian diet quality. There are likely to be a variety of factors at play.

For example, many Australians understand what a “healthy balanced diet” is, but what we eat could be affected by social and personal preferences.

It could also be related to cost of living and other pressures which can make fresh food harder to obtain. Also, the area where we live can influence how easy or hard it is to make healthy food choices.

Understanding the root causes behind these changes is a vital area of future research.

In terms of other limitations, our study only focused on the diet quality of Australian adults and didn’t investigate trends is children’s diets.

Also, we only looked at fruit, vegetables and junk food in this study. But we are currently studying changes in the whole diet, taking in other food groups as well.

What can we do?

Australian diets are going in the wrong direction, but it’s not too late to correct the path. We need to ensure all Australians understand what constitutes a healthy diet, and can afford to maintain one.

While no one person, sector or organisation can do this alone, by working together we can put a greater focus towards eating a healthy diet. This includes reviewing policy around the availability and price of fresh fruits and vegetables, as well as looking at our own plates and swapping the junk food for healthier options.

Danielle Baird, a Team Leader in Nutrition and Behaviour at CSIRO, contributed to this article.The Conversation

Matthew Ryan, Postdoctoral CERC Fellow, Human Health, CSIRO and Gilly Hendrie, Research Scientist, Human Health, CSIRO

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

First wind, then rain. Next come the mozzies – here’s how to reduce your risk of bites and infections

Cameron WebbUniversity of Sydney

While some parts of southeast Queensland and northern New South Wales are still on alert for flooding, others are starting the difficult clean-up process as flood waters recede.

Stagnant water after floods provides the perfect breeding ground for mosquitoes. So as you clean up, remember to empty containers of water and other reservoirs around your house and yard such as water-filled boats, trailers and other large objects. Get rid of debris that may be collecting water too.

This year, mozzies are carrying the usual viruses we want to avoid, such as Ross River virus, but the potentially deadly Japanese encephalitis virus has also been detected in parts of New South Wales and Queensland.

Will more mozzies mean more disease?

In February 2020, floods in northern NSW boosted mosquito activity and increased cases of mosquito-borne diseases caused by Ross River and Barmah Forest viruses in subsequent months.

But while flood waters may boost mosquito numbers, outbreaks of disease don’t always follow. Hurricanes in North America have been associated with increased mosquito populations but few outbreaks of disease.

In Australia too, there are few examples of mosquito-borne disease outbreaks after cyclones – with a notable exception. After Tropical Cyclone Zoe made landfall in 1974, we had one of the one of the biggest outbreaks of Murray Valley encephalitis virus later in the year.

Warmer weather helps drive big mosquito populations, and the forecast predicts a warmer-than-normal autumn. So health authorities are on the lookout for outbreaks of disease.

Scientist inspecting a mosquito trap
Health authorities in Queensland and NSW are monitoring activity of mosquitoes and mosquito-borne pathogens. A/Prof Cameron Webb (NSW Health Pathology)

Japanese encephalitis is already active

Somewhat dry conditions in the summer of 2024-25 have meant mosquito populations in many regions of eastern Australia have remained well below average.

But cases of Japanese encephalitis virus have been widely detected in VictoriaNSW and Queensland – in mosquitoespiggeries and feral pigs.

Humans have also been infected. Cases are rare but the disease can be serious, with symptoms ranging from fever, headache, and vomiting through to disorientation, coma, seizure and brain swelling. One person has died of the virus this year.

Japanese encephalitis virus first arrived in southeastern Australia over the summer of 2021-2022. That followed extensive flooding across the Murray Darling Basin thanks to the arrival of La Niña. At the time, there were phenomenal numbers of mosquitoes that continued over subsequent years as the above average rainfall continued.

In the summer of 2022-23, a significant outbreak of Murray Valley encephalitis was also linked to ongoing flooding. This disease has similar symptoms to Japanese encephalitis and can also be fatal.

Mosquito numbers this summer have only been a fraction of what was recorded during those seasons influenced by La Niña. The activity of Japanese encephalitis in 2024-25 has scientists scratching their heads, as it goes against the commonly held theories that greater mosquito numbers combined with increased waterbird activity (typically following flooding) drive greater transmission of viruses such as Japanese and Murray Valley encephalitis.

Fortunately, there is no evidence of these viruses along the coast of southeast Queensland through to northern NSW.

But regions where the virus has already been active, such as Darling Downs in Queensland and Moree in NSW, may see substantial rainfall as a result of ex-Tropical Cyclone Alfred.

Predicting outbreaks is incredibly difficult and relies not just on mosquito activity but also on on the dynamics of the the wildlife hosts that carry these viruses

But unpredictable mosquito-borne disease combined with extreme weather is not a good mix.

Don’t forget about Ross River virus

While not life threatening, disease caused by Ross River virus can be severely debilitating with joint pain and fatigue lasting many weeks or months.

Thousands of cases of infection are reported across the country each year, including in urban areas of southeast Queensland and northern NSW.

Concerns about Ross River diseases were already raised with heavy rain and flooding in northern Australia this summer. Case numbers often peak at the end or summer and early autumn. So there is potential for greater activity in the coming months.

Other mosquito-borne pathogens, such as Barmah Forest virus, may also be circulating and may cause cases of mild disease but these occur far less commonly than those due to Ross River virus infection.

Protect yourself while cleaning up

If you’re out cleaning up after the storms, try to avoid mosquito bites.

Cover up with long-sleeved shirts, long pants and covered shoes for a physical barrier against mosquito bites.

Use topical insect repellents containing DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Be sure to apply an even coat on all exposed areas of skin for the longest-lasting protection.

For those living or working in regions of QueenslandNSW and Victoria at risk of Japanese encephalitis, a safe and effective vaccine is available.

The Conversation

Cameron Webb, Clinical Associate Professor and Principal Hospital Scientist, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Labor is promising a national food security strategy – but there’s no mention of Australians who are going hungry

Liesel SpencerWestern Sydney University

Australia’s food security is on the political agenda, with Labor flagging a new national strategy if it is re-elected for a second term.

“Feeding Australia” would build-in ways to make the agricultural sector more resilient. This industry focus is important, but it is only part of what the plan needs to achieve. Food security is about more than just food production and supply chains.

We also need the strategy to deal with chronic long-term food insecurity, which is defined by the United Nations as a lack of consistent access to adequate, safe and nutritious food.

According to food relief charity Foodbank, too many Australians simply don’t have enough to eat because of ongoing poverty and the cost-of-living crisis.

An abundance of food, but not enough to eat

Genuine food security means all Australians have consistent access to healthy food to meet their dietary needs and food preferences.

This is not the same thing as our farmers producing enough to hypothetically feed the whole country. In fact, we already do that, and more, with food exports sustaining a further 60 million people overseas.

Despite this abundance, not everyone has access to a fair share of food. Foodbank’s 2024 Hunger Report found 48% of Australians earning less than A$30,000 a year are food insecure, up 5% from 2022. Overall, the charity estimates almost one in three Australian households are either moderately or severely food insecure.

We have to rely on survey data from charities and researchers to understand the extent of Australia’s food security problem because no government has formally measured food insecurity in Australia since 2011. Evidence-based policy needs reliable data, so the national strategy should include a commitment to regularly measure people’s access to food.

Vulnerable Australians

Some groups of Australians are more vulnerable to food insecurity. These include single parents, homeless and older people, and people from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds. University students are also at higher risk.

The impact of the pandemic, compounded by the cost-of-living crisis, is even causing problems for some two income households with mortgages. Some in this group are experiencing food insecurity for the first time according to Foodbank.

A 2023 federal parliamentary report on food security made 35 recommendations. They include specific measures to improve household food security, such as:

  • investigating the feasibility of a school meals program

  • developing basic cooking skills as part of school curriculum

  • assisting community projects for local food systems

  • improving food security in remote and First Nations communities.

However the Feeding Australia strategy announcement makes no mention of these.

Remote challenges

Food insecurity is more prevalent and severe in remote regions, especially in many Indigenous communities, where high grocery prices and a lack of fresh food make putting healthy produce on the table a daily challenge.

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese recently announced a federal scheme to ensure the cost of 30 essential items in remote stores is on par with city prices for the same items. This is part of a just-released federal ten-year strategy to improve food security in First Nations communities.

While these measures are welcome, the Feeding Australia plan must heed the particular challenges faced by First Nations people when it comes to sustaining healthy diets.

No overarching strategy

It all comes back to a lack of coordinated approach to feeding the nation. Australia continues to lag the rest of the world in food security policy.

The Economist’s Global Food Security Index measures 113 countries across a range of indicators including affordability, availability and quality.

Australia scores a flat zero in the category of policy commitments to food security and access, compared with a global average of 47.1%. This rating was based on the lack of a national food security strategy and whether the government is responsible and can be held accountable for food security.

Food cuts across many government portfolios. Therefore, central responsibility for all aspects of national food security should rest with a Ministry of Food – which was recommended by the 2023 parliamentary inquiry.

This would bring all the threads together under one responsible department to lift our performance to an international standard.

Disasters and external threats

Shock-proofing the agriculture industry is another urgent objective of the Feeding Australia plan. Consistent and reliable supplies provided by farm production and transport networks are a critical part of national food security.

Crisis events that disrupt food supply, such as extreme weather events and global conflicts, also pose real threats to food security.

Australia needs a strategy that covers these risks and targets the entire supply chain from the farm gate to the dinner table.The Conversation

Liesel Spencer, Associate Professor, School of Law, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Woolly mice are a first step to resurrecting mammoths, but there’s a very long way to go

Benjamin TaponQueen Mary University of London and Alex de MendozaQueen Mary University of London

US biotechnology company Colossal Laboratories and Biosciences has a radical proposal: it wants to resurrect the woolly mammoth from extinction. In a preprint paper published on March 4, scientists at Colossal report making a significant step towards this objective. They genetically modified the DNA of mice to give them mammoth-like traits in their hair shape, colour and length.

By testing out their methods in a familiar laboratory animal, the researchers can make sure they work before applying them to Asian elephants – the closest living relatives of the mammoth.

De-extinction is an idea which, if successfully implemented, would allow us to bring back any species from the dead. It means that no animal could go truly extinct as long as we can obtain its DNA.

However, mammoths were heavily adapted to a cold climate and a biome – an area with specific climate, vegetation and animal life – that no longer exists.

The Siberian habitats once roamed by the creatures – known as the mammoth steppe – are significantly warmer today. Many of the animals and plants they lived among have also disappeared, and the regions are now home to new ones that never lived alongside the mammoth.

Attempts to reintroduce woolly mammoths in our modern tundras could therefore prove difficult, and have untold repercussions on the current ecosystem. Against a background of climate change, these tundras are only going to get warmer and less suitable for an animal like the mammoth.

Nevertheless, Colossal is pushing ahead with efforts to recreate these striking creatures. Asian elephants diverged from mammoths around 6.7 million years ago and share over 95% of their DNA. Colossal plans to bridge this gap by transforming the genomes of Asian elephants to make them more like those of woolly mammoths.

Scientists have obtained high-quality woolly mammoth DNA sequences from carcasses preserved in Siberian permafrost. These genomes (the full complement of DNA in the cell) have allowed scientists to compare the genes that differ between the mammoth and the Asian elephant.

Multiplex editing

In order to generate their beauty prize-worthy mice, Colossal’s scientists used a range of highly advanced genome editing techniques to modify the sequence of DNA in the mouse. Regions of mouse DNA can be changed so they resemble genes in other organisms, such as a woolly mammoth.

These techniques are known collectively as multiplex editing and include the best known method, Crispr-Cas9. Multiplex genome editing gives scientists the ability to target and affect several genes at once (up to seven at a time in this case).

The scientists modified ten genes in total in their mice, in different combinations. Interestingly, only three were changed to resemble genes found in the woolly mammoth. The other seven had been previously identified to cause hair variation in mice, and produce traits somewhat similar to those found in mammoth hair. Although these are not mammoth gene variants, modifying them demonstrates the team’s ability to edit several genes at once through multiplex editing.

Woolly mammoth
The environment once roamed by mammoths has long disappeared. Matis75 / Shutterstock

Two of the three mammoth-associated genes (Krt27 and Tgfa) have previously been linked to hair texture, based on comparisons with Asian elephants. Another gene, Fabp2, is thought to have facilitated efficient fat metabolism in mammoths – a presumed evolutionary adaptation to cold.

Modifying the Krt27 and Tgfa hair genes in mice led to a change in texture, making some hairs longer and rougher and others wavier and zigzaggy. The fact these gene modifications produced physical traits seen in mammoth hair provides a way of verifying the genes are indeed associated with changes in hair pattern, and therefore contribute to the mammoth’s distinctive woolliness. But editing the mice so they had the Fabp2 gene variant from mammoths led to no observable physical difference.

Of the seven mouse-identified genes modified by the researchers, one (a variant of the Mc1r gene) led to the shiny blond coat colour. At least one mammoth carcass dug up from the Siberian permafrost has a similar coat colour, so the change is certainly evocative of these ice age creatures.

A much bigger task

Although this is an exciting study into an area of research with incredible potential, there are a few limitations to keep in mind. While Asian elephants are the closest thing we currently have to mammoths, it would take a lot more than a few tweaks to hair length and squiggliness to meaningfully make a mammoth out of an elephant.

While George Church, the Harvard genetics professor who founded Colossal, claims that modifying 65 genes in Asian elephants will accomplish this goal, the reality is likely to be more complicated.

Indeed, the fact that editing the Fabp2 gene – associated with fat metabolism in mammoths – led to no observable difference in the mice is one example of the many gaps in our understanding of mammoth genetics. Put another way, this shows that we have some way to go to fully understand the causal relationship between genes and phenotype – the visible characteristics in a living organism.

Increasing the number of simultaneously targeted genes from seven to 65 could also introduce various unintended consequences, including accidentally modifying unintended DNA regions similar to the target sequence (known as the off-target effects of genome editing). It also remains difficult to achieve changes in all genes at once; here too, scaling up from seven to 65 will pose a noteworthy challenge.

On top of this, even if Colossal manages to make all 65 gene changes in their Asian elephants, there are likely to be many more differences between mammoth and elephant genomes that have not yet been identified. These include genes involved in behaviour, and in regions of the genome that dictate when genes are switched on or off. While mice are an extremely well studied experimental organism, elephants are less well characterised.

As a proof of concept, this research is fascinating, although it remains to be seen whether Colossal’s goal of creating an elephant-mammoth hybrid by 2028 is achievable. It would be more likely to generate a mammoth-like Asian elephant than something exactly like the ice age creature.

Finally, it is worth considering the end goal of this branch of research. Mammoths went extinct only 4,000 years ago, but at this point they had already been pushed into a fraction of their initial range – restricted to a tiny surviving population on Wrangel island in the Russian Arctic.

Another of Colossal’s objectives is to bring back the thylacine, a carnivore that once lived in Tasmania. Given it went extinct due to active hunting in the 20th century, the thylacine should at least still have suitable habitat.

However, if the goal is simply to counteract extinction, more sustainable efforts to avoid future extinctions might be better than expensive genetic engineering. De-extinction cannot replace efforts to preserve the one planet we have, and all the living organisms we share it with.The Conversation

Benjamin Tapon, PhD student, Queen Mary University of London and Alex de Mendoza, Senior Lecturer In Bioinformatics, Queen Mary University of London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Fighting fungal nail infections: simple steps for healthier toenails

Kletr/Shutterstock
Craig GwynneCardiff Metropolitan University

Even celebrities aren’t immune from foot-related issues such as the dreaded thickened toenail. Actor Danny DeVito, former basketball player Shaquille O'Neal and Guardians of the Galaxy star Chris Pratt have all posted photos of their poorly pinkies online over the past couple of years.

Thickened and discoloured toenails can be caused by a variety of issues, from ill-fitting shoes or trauma from stubbing your toe, to ageing and psoriasis (a chronic skin condition). Often, though, they’re caused by a fungal infection.

Fungal nail infections may seem embarrassing, but they’re actually very common. Also known by the scientific name onychomycosis, fungal nails affect around 10% of people worldwide, climbing to 50% in older adults.

These infections most often affect the toes, causing nails to thicken, crumble and become discoloured. The effect isn’t just cosmetic, though. Fungal nails can cause paronychia – pain and inflammation of the skin around the nail – making everyday activities more challenging.

Fungal nail infections are most often caused by dermatophytes – the fungi that feed on keratin, the protein that gives nails their strength. Yeasts and moulds can also cause the condition.

Sharing communal spaces like gymshot tubsswimming pools and changing rooms increases your exposure to fungal spores. Then, tiny cracks or injuries from everyday wear or poor footcare can allow these organisms to invade the nail – typically through gaps between the hard nail plate and the underlying nail bed.

Older age, weakened immune systems, diabetes and poor circulation make nails more brittle and less resilient to infection. Closed shoes and sweaty feet create ideal growth conditions.

However, a few simple daily habits can help prevent fungal nail infections:

1) Dry your feet thoroughly after each shower or swim – this makes your toenails less inviting to fungi.

2) Choose shoes made from breathable materials and wear moisture-wicking socks to help keep your feet dry.

3) Ensure a good shoe fit and protect your nails during activities to maintain nail health.

4) Wear flip-flops in public areas like pools, gyms and communal showers to limit exposure to fungal spores.

But even if you follow all these measures, a fungal nail infection can still happen. If you develop a crumbly, discoloured nail, how should you treat it?

Home remedies and medication

Applying Vicks VapoRub to the affected nail is a popular home remedy. But while there may be lots of personal success stories on social media, there’s scant scientific evidence to support these claims.

As far as I can see, only two small clinical trials have tested the product’s effectiveness on fungal nails. One pilot study found that 83% of people showed some improvement, with nearly 28% achieving both a laboratory-confirmed cure and visibly clearer nails after 48 weeks. And another study in people living with HIV reported similar improvements after 24 weeks.

Vicks VapoRub contains ingredients with antifungal properties, including eucalyptus oil, camphor and menthol. The product may also oxidise when exposed to air and sunlight, producing a mild bleaching effect that brightens the nail.

However, it’s important to note this product is licensed as a cough suppressant and topical analgesic (a medication applied directly to the skin to relieve pain in muscles and joints), not as a treatment for fungal nail infections. So, while the research findings may sound promising, larger, more rigorous studies are needed to confirm its effectiveness as a standalone therapy.

Alternatively, oral medications are available by prescription and can clear the infection in 50–80% of cases over several months. But they require regular monitoring for side-effects and potential drug interactions, so may not be suitable for everyone.

Topical treatments like paint-on nail lacquers are another option for mild cases affecting one or two nails. These treatments tend to have fewer side effects compared with oral medications, but often struggle to penetrate the nail bed. As a result, it can take six-to-12 months to see improvement as the nail grows out.

Laser therapy is an emerging treatment that uses high-energy light to heat the nail and kill the fungus, while leaving surrounding tissue unharmed. Early studies suggest several laser therapy sessions may lead to clearer nails, but the long-term benefits remain uncertain – and this treatment can be costly due to the need for repeated sessions.

A combined approach that pairs oral medication with topical treatments and regular nail cutting tackles the problem from multiple angles. This method has shown promising results in clearing infections more effectively, particularly when several nails are affected.

Simple lifestyle changes

Fungal nail infections are a widespread condition, influenced by factors like moisture, age, immune status and nail trauma. Simple lifestyle changes can greatly reduce the risk. Advances in treatments, from oral and topical medications to laser and combined approaches, offer hope for healthier nails.

Bear in mind, though, it can be a challenge to tell the difference between thickened nails caused by trauma from footwear, and those caused by a fungal nail infection. So, someone with thick, discoloured nails might home-treat with topical products, mistakenly thinking they have a fungal toe infection. But in fact, they will only see improvement once they remove the cause of the trauma – a podiatrist can diagnose this condition accurately.

In all cases, if you continue to struggle with fungal nail infections, consider seeking medical advice from a specialist. This should ensure you can step confidently into each new day.The Conversation

Craig Gwynne, Senior Lecturer in Podiatry, Cardiff Metropolitan University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A late start, then a big boom: why it took until 1975 for Australians to finally watch TV in colour

Youtube/Austvarchive
Stephen GaunsonRMIT University

Some 50 years ago, on March 1 1975, Australian television stations officially moved to colour.

Networks celebrated the day, known as “C-Day”, with unique slogans such as “come to colour” (ABC TV), “Seven colours your world” (Seven Network), “living colour” (Nine Network) and “first in colour” (0-10 Network, which later became Network Ten). The ABC, Seven and Nine networks also updated their logos to incorporate colour.

For most viewers, however, nothing looked much different. The majority owned a black and white TV, while a coloured broadcast required a colour TV set.

Advertisers were initially reluctant to accept the change, which required them to re-shoot black and white commercials with colour stock at a significantly higher cost.

Many reasoned viewers were still watching the ads in black and white. And initially this assumption was correct. But by nine months later, 17% of Australian homes had a colour receiver. This rose to 31% by July 1976.

By 1978, 64% of Melbourne and 70% of Sydney households owned colour TV sets, making Australia one of the world’s fastest adopters of colour TV.

According to the Federation of Australian Commercial Television Stations (FACTS) annual report for 1975–76, colour TV increased overall viewership by 5%, with people watching for longer periods.

The 1976 Montreal Olympics also led to an increase in TV sales, with the colour broadcast shared between the ABC, Seven and Nine.

Highlights from the Montreal 1976 Olympic Games marathon event.

A late start

With the United States introducing colour TV from 1954, it’s peculiar that Australia took so long to make the transition – especially since conversations about this had been underway since the 1960s.

In 1965, a report outlining the process and economic considerations of transitioning to colour was tabled in parliament.

Feedback from the US highlighted problems around broader acceptance in the marketplace. Colour TV sets were expensive and most programs were still being shot in black and white, despite the availability of colour.

Networks were the most hesitant (even though they’d go on to become one of the most major benefactors). In 1969, it was estimated transitioning to colour would cost the ABC A$46 million (the equivalent of $265,709,944 today) over six years.

The federal government, led by then prime minister Robert Menzies, decided to take a cautious approach to the transition – allowing manufacturers, broadcasters and the public time to prepare.

The first colour “test” broadcast took place on June 15 1967, with live coverage of a Pakenham country horse racing event in Victoria (although few people would have had coloured TV sets at this point).

Other TV shows also tested broadcasting in colour between 1972 and 1974, with limited colour telecasts aired from mid-1974. It wasn’t until March 1975 that colour TV was being transmitted permanently.

‘Aunty Jack Introduces Colour’ was a one-off television special of The Aunty Jack Show, broadcast on the ABC on February 28 1975.

The cinema industry panics

Australia’s involvement in the Vietnam War created further urgency to televise in colour. With the war ending in April 1975, Australians watched the last moments in colour.

Other significant events broadcast in colour that year included the December federal election, in which Malcolm Fraser defeated Gough Whitlam after the latter was dramatically dismissed as prime minister on November 11.

With the public’s growing interest in colour TV, local manufacturers began lobbying for higher tariffs on imports to encourage domestic colour TV production.

In the mid 1970s, a new colour set in Australia cost between $1,000 and $1,300, while the average full-time annual income was around $8,000. Still in the throes of a financial recession, customers began seeking out illegally-imported colour TV sets – which were appearing at car boot markets across the country.

British childrens show The Wombles came to Australian screens shortly after colour TV was introduced.

The government also created an advertising campaign warning the public of scammers who would offer to convert black-and-white TVs to colour. These door-to-door “salesmen” claimed to have a special screen which, when placed over a TV, would magically turn it colourful.

By 1972, the estimated cost of upgrading broadcasting technology to colour had reached $116 million. The cinema industry, in a panic, even questioned whether colour TV could damage a viewer’s eyesight.

The industry had previously suffered huge losses in cinema attendance with the introduction of black-and-white TV from 1956. Cinemas had a monopoly on colour and were petrified over what the introduction of colour to television could do to their attendances.

Such fears were founded. In 1974 Australia had 68 million admissions to the cinema. By 1976, there were just 28.9 million admissions. Never again would yearly cinema admissions reach above 40 million.

But despite the complaints – from the cinema industry, advertisers, broadcasters and manufacturers – audiences were ready for colour. And any network that dared to program in black and white would subject itself to a barrage of annoyed viewers.

Colour TV was here to stay.The Conversation

Stephen Gaunson, Associate Professor in Cinema Studies, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Earth’s oldest impact crater was just found in Australia – exactly where geologists hoped it would be

Shatter cones formed by the impact in the Pilbara. Tim Johnson
Tim JohnsonCurtin UniversityChris KirklandCurtin University, and Jonas KaempfCurtin University

We have discovered the oldest meteorite impact crater on Earth, in the very heart of the Pilbara region of Western Australia. The crater formed more than 3.5 billion years ago, making it the oldest known by more than a billion years. Our discovery is published today in Nature Communications.

Curiously enough, the crater was exactly where we had hoped it would be, and its discovery supports a theory about the birth of Earth’s first continents.

The very first rocks

The oldest rocks on Earth formed more than 3 billion years ago, and are found in the cores of most modern continents. However, geologists still cannot agree how or why they formed.

Nonetheless, there is agreement that these early continents were critical for many chemical and biological processes on Earth.

Many geologists think these ancient rocks formed above hot plumes that rose from above Earth’s molten metallic core, rather like wax in a lava lamp. Others maintain they formed by plate tectonic processes similar to modern Earth, where rocks collide and push each other over and under.

Although these two scenarios are very different, both are driven by the loss of heat from within the interior of our planet.

We think rather differently.

A few years ago, we published a paper suggesting that the energy required to make continents in the Pilbara came from outside Earth, in the form of one or more collisions with meteorites many kilometres in diameter.

As the impacts blasted up enormous volumes of material and melted the rocks around them, the mantle below produced thick “blobs” of volcanic material that evolved into continental crust.

Our evidence then lay in the chemical composition of tiny crystals of the mineral zircon, about the size of sand grains. But to persuade other geologists, we needed more convincing evidence, preferably something people could see without needing a microscope.

So, in May 2021, we began the long drive north from Perth for two weeks of fieldwork in the Pilbara, where we would meet up with our partners from the Geological Survey of Western Australia (GSWA) to hunt for the crater. But where to start?

A wide view of a ruddy landscape under a blue sky with several 4WDs in the distance.
On the hunt for shatter cones in a typical Pilbara landscape with our trusted GSWA vehicles. Chris Kirkland

A serendipitous beginning

Our first target was an unusual layer of rocks known as the Antarctic Creek Member, which crops out on the flanks of a dome some 20 kilometres in diameter. The Antarctic Creek Member is only 20 metres or so in thickness, and mostly comprises sedimentary rocks that are sandwiched between several kilometres of dark, basaltic lava.

However, it also contains spherules – droplets formed from molten rock thrown up during an impact. But these drops could have travelled across the globe from a giant impact anywhere on Earth, most likely from a crater that has now been destroyed.

After consulting the GSWA maps and aerial photography, we located an area in the centre of the Pilbara along a dusty track to begin our search. We parked the offroad vehicles and headed our separate ways across the outcrops, more in hope than expectation, agreeing to meet an hour later to discuss what we’d found and grab a bite to eat.

A dirt track winding up the side of a hill.
Large hut-like shatter cones in the rocks of the Antarctic Creek Member at the discovery site. The rocks on the hilltop farthest left are basalts that lay directly over the shatter cones. Tim Johnson

Remarkably, when we returned to the vehicle, we all thought we’d found the same thing: shatter cones.

Shatter cones are beautiful, delicate branching structures, not dissimilar to a badminton shuttlecock. They are the only feature of shock visible to the naked eye, and in nature can only form following a meteorite impact.

Conical red rocks in a ruddy landscape with hills in the distance.
An approximately one metre tall shatter cone ‘hut’, with the rolling hills of the Pilbara in the background. Chris Kirkland

Little more than an hour into our search, we had found precisely what we were looking for. We had literally opened the doors of our 4WDs and stepped onto the floor of a huge, ancient impact crater.

Frustratingly, after taking some photographs and grabbing a few samples, we had to move on to other sites, but we determined to return as soon as possible. Most importantly, we needed to know how old the shatter cones were. Had we discovered the oldest known crater on Earth?

It turned out that we had.

There and back again

With some laboratory research under our belts, we returned to the site in May 2024 to spend ten days examining the evidence in more detail.

Shatter cones were everywhere, developed throughout most of the Antarctic Creek Member, which we traced for several hundred metres into the rolling hills of the Pilbara.

Our observations showed that above the layer with the shatter cones was a thick layer of basalt with no evidence of impact shock. This meant the impact had to be the same age as the Antarctic Member rocks, which we know are 3.5 billion years old.

Close-up of a red rock with lines across its surface.
Delicate shatter cones within rocks typical of the Antarctic Creek Member. Tim Johnson

We had our age, and the record for the oldest impact crater on Earth. Perhaps our ideas regarding the ultimate origin of the continents were not so mad, as many told us.

Serendipity is a marvellous thing. As far as we knew, other than the Traditional Owners, the Nyamal people, no geologist had laid eyes on these stunning features since they formed.

Like some others before us, we had argued that meteorite impacts played a fundamental role in the geological history of our planet, as they clearly had on our cratered Moon and on other planets, moons and asteroids. Now we and others have the chance to test these ideas based on hard evidence.

Who knows how many ancient craters lay undiscovered in the ancient cores of other continents? Finding and studying them will transform our understanding of the early Earth and the role of giant impacts, not only in the formation of the landmasses on which we all live, but in the origins of life itself.The Conversation

Tim Johnson, Professor, Geology, Curtin UniversityChris Kirkland, Professor of Geochronology, Curtin University, and Jonas Kaempf, Research Associate, Geology, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Retailers will soon need a licence to sell cigarettes. But more is needed to control the illegal trade

Ivan Semenovych/Shutterstock
Coral GartnerThe University of QueenslandHollie BendottiThe University of QueenslandKylie MorphettThe University of Queensland, and Michaela Estelle OkninskiThe University of Queensland

Dubbed “the tobacco wars”, the illegal trade in untaxed tobacco products is reportedly booming in Australia.

Some people see buying these cheap cigarettes as a way to save money. But as this week’s ABC Four Corners reported, it comes at great cost to the community, with fire-bombingsmurderserious crimes funded by illegal sales and a loss of crucial government funding for community services.

In all states and territories in Australia, retail outlets already or will soon need to have a licence to sell cigarettes.

But there aren’t restrictions on the number of licensed outlets.

And our new research shows the number of tobacconists, including those suspected of organised crime, is growing.

How many Australians smoke?

Australia has been a leader in tobacco control: introducing plain packaging, preventing most forms of tobacco advertising and promotion, and setting high tax rates to discourage people, especially youth, from buying tobacco.

These measures have helped reduce smoking to around one in ten people.

But tobacco use is still a leading cause of preventable disease in Australia.

Research suggests people who live in areas with a greater number of tobacco retailers are more likely to smoke. Having a greater number of tobacco retailers can reduce the price through competition and increase impulse buying, making it more difficult to quit smoking.

Disadvantaged areas of Australia have a higher number of tobacco retailers compared to wealthier areas.

Woman buys tobacco products
People who live in areas with more tobacco retailers are more likely to smoke. AustralianCamera/Shutterstock

Some tobacconists still target children

The Australian government recognises the need to reduce the availability of tobacco.

However, when we reviewed the tobacco control laws throughout Australia, we found there are no restrictions on the number of tobacco retailers or where they can operate. This increases the challenge of monitoring them.

There are also minimal restrictions on the types of retailers that can sell tobacco, or what other products specialist tobacconists can sell. People under 18 years are also allowed to enter specialist tobacconists without adult supervision.

This has led to examples such as toy stores selling tobacco, and tobacconists having window displays featuring toys and promoting confectionery. Some Australian tobacconists have even painted their shopfronts in children’s cartoon characters.

This makes tobacco easy to buy and makes it seem like a “normal” consumer product, rather than an addictive, deadly substance.

Tobacco retailer sometimes sell lollies as well.
Some tobacco retailers also sell confectionery. ArDanMe/Shutterstock

Retailers need licences – but these aren’t capped

Crimes related to selling untaxed tobacco illegally increased substantially from about 2018. There has also been an increase in the number of tobacconist stores. Between July 2022 and June 2023, we estimated the number of tobacconists in Queensland had risen by 18.5%.

Without tobacco retailer licensing, regulators do not have accurate records of who is selling tobacco, where it is being sold and they have fewer options for dealing with retailers who break the law.

The three most populated states (representing 77% of the Australian population) have not had a tobacco retailer licensing scheme until recently (Queensland, from September 2024) or are currently establishing a scheme (Victoria and New South Wales). All other states and territories had pre-existing licensing schemes.

But like all states and territories with current licence schemes, neither NSW or Victoria have capped the number of licences that will be issued.

Restrictions on the number and locations of tobacco licensees was recommended by the Victorian Public Accounts and Estimates Committee in response to an inquiry into vaping and tobacco controls, but this was not adopted.

Retailers need to adapt to low tobacco sales

Removing operators from the tobacco retailing sector who are illegally selling untaxed products is crucial to reducing the illicit tobacco trade and associated violence.

Some tobacconists have described a downturn in their business turnover as some customers switched to buying illegally supplied untaxed products. This has reduced their commercial viability.

However, tobacco sales have been in decline for many years also because adults are quitting smoking and fewer youth are starting. When the Australian government reaches its next target of less than 5% of the population smoking, tobacco retail sales will be even lower.

Tobacco outlet
Tobacco sales have been in decline for many years. Nils Versemann/Shutterstock

Retailers need to be prepared for a drop in their tobacco sales as fewer Australians smoke. They may also need government support to adapt their businesses. This could include advice on alternative products and services, or financial support to exit the industry, as was offered to tobacco growers in the 1990s.

A long-term alternative to tobacco retail

In the longer term, more reforms are needed to deal with the fundamental problems that arise from retail stores selling tobacco as a commercial product for profit.

One option is pharmaceutical-like regulation of tobacco. This would ensure everyone who buys it receives health education about the risks and advice on how to quit.

Another option is non-profit supply, such as has been used for supplying cannabis in other countries. This would see tobacco supplied through non-profit enterprises. Commercial tobacco companies would no longer be involved in marketing or promoting these products.

Expanding access to free help to quit smoking should also be a priority. More than 70% of smokers would like to quit within the next one to two years. They should be supported to do so.The Conversation

Coral Gartner, Director, NHMRC Centre of Research Excellence on Achieving the Tobacco Endgame, The University of QueenslandHollie Bendotti, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, School of Public Health and Thoracic Research Centre, The University of QueenslandKylie Morphett, Research Fellow, School of Public Health, The University of Queensland, and Michaela Estelle Okninski, Senior Principal Social Scientist - Law Research, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

5 years since COVID was declared a pandemic, we’re still poorly prepared for the next one

Anastasiia Chepinska/Unsplash
Sharon LewinThe Peter Doherty Institute for Infection and Immunity and Peter C. DohertyThe Peter Doherty Institute for Infection and Immunity

On March 11 2020, as COVID continued to spread rapidly around the globe, the World Health Organization (WHO) officially declared a pandemic.

More than 7 million people have since died from COVID. The virus, and the public health measures enacted to control it, have had far-reaching effects on societies around the world.

Five years on, the virus continues to circulate. But, thanks to vaccines and immunity acquired from infections, hospitalisations and deaths due to COVID are vastly less frequent than in previous years.

Meanwhile, long COVID continues to have a major impact on people’s lives. Estimates suggest more than 400 million people around the world have had or are currently living with long COVID.

At this point, Australia and the world must take the lessons of COVID – in areas from surveillance, to outbreak response, to vaccines and therapeutics – to be better prepared for the next pandemic.

Some areas we went right – and wrong

Our diagnostic laboratories across Australia were well prepared. Laboratories at the Doherty Institute diagnosed the first case of COVID in Australia and were the first to isolate and share the virus globally in early 2020.

At the same time, a national public health response was quickly put in place. This involved measures such as closing borders, setting up testing centres, and limiting gatherings.

But there are several areas where we could have mobilised more effectively.

During the early stages of the pandemic, there were, at times, challenges with sharing data as well as biological samples and the ingredients for COVID tests between the different states and territories.

For example, there are currently restrictions in place that limit sharing of virus strains between states and territories. But when a new strain emerges, many laboratories need access to it to evaluate their testing capabilities.

One recommendation from an independent 2024 review of the federal government’s COVID response was an Australian Centre for Disease Control. An interim version was launched in early 2024 and the Australian government is investing A$251.7 million in this important initiative.

The goal for the new centre for disease control will be to provide independent technical advice on infectious diseases to government. It will also facilitate rapid integration of data from all states and territories leading to a more unified response.

An empty Melbourne street in 2020.
Five years ago, we were about to enter COVID lockdowns. FiledIMAGE/Shutterstock

At the start of a pandemic, we need to understand everything about the new virus and at great speed. This needs systems in place in “peace time”, ready to be mobilised in “war time”.

Back in 2020, we had protocols ready for hospitalised patients and intensive care units to collect specimens and also start new clinical trials. But we were not prepared on many other fronts, for example to collect samples or study how COVID was transmitted in the community or in different key groups.

Every day counts at the start of a pandemic.

Harnessing medical technologies

Relatively recent technological advances in both diagnostics (RAT tests) and vaccine development (the use of messenger RNA, which gives our body genetic instructions to fight COVID) have put us in a strong position to be at the cutting edge in any pandemic response.

Moderna, one of the two companies that pioneered the mRNA vaccines, has established its Asia-Pacific headquarters in Melbourne. CSL, which made the AstraZeneca COVID vaccines in Australia and manufactures several other vaccines, has now incorporated mRNA in its repertoire.

This capability means Australians could have immediate access to mRNA vaccines in the event of another pandemic. We could also potentially manufacture these vaccines for low- and middle-income countries in our region.

But what if we can’t make an effective vaccine to fight a future pandemic? This is a situation we must be prepared for, as we’ve seen with infections such as HIV, where after 40 years of trying and billions of dollars spent, we still don’t have a vaccine.

In such a situation, we will need to rely on antiviral drugs. The way we currently make antiviral drugs takes significantly longer to develop than vaccines. And although we have some broad spectrum antiviral drugs, the most potent antivirals are very specific – meaning one drug treats only one type of virus.

To be better prepared for future pandemics, many groups around the world are working on developing a library of drugs that work against whole families of viruses that could cause the next pandemic.

Another approach is to develop totally new technologies that are fully tested for one virus, but can be easily adapted to a new virus. This approach could allow more rapid deployment, as the details of safety and dosing would already be understood.

This is one of the major goals of the recently launched Cumming Global Centre for Pandemic Therapeutics based at the Doherty Institute.

These ambitious efforts will require global collaboration, sharing resources and engagement of the private sector.

A senior man receiving a vaccination.
A COVID vaccine was developed very quickly, although its rollout came with challenges. hedgehog94/Shutterstock

Once we have a vaccine or drug that works, we need agreed systems in place to ensure widespread equitable access. We fell seriously short of this goal with COVID. Some low- and middle-income countries received vaccines months or years later than high income countries. For treatments, antivirals such as Paxlovid were never available in many countries.

This is one goal of an agreement led by the WHO, called the “pandemic accord”, to have member states agree on pandemic prevention, preparedness and response. But after years of discussion, there remains no binding agreement.

Preparing for the next pandemic

As COVID was (partly due to advances in technology) the most intensively studied pandemic in human history, we have a unique resource in the record of what happened to inform our response to any future pandemic.

And this is likely a matter of when, not if. New infectious disease outbreaks have continued to emerge over the past five years, including mpox, which was declared a public health emergency of international concern in July 2022 and again in August 2024.

Right now, there’s an outbreak of a new viral disease in the Congo, the origins of which have still not been identified.

We know bats, thought to be the source of the coronavirus behind the COVID pandemic, carry an enormous spectrum of viruses that potentially threaten us. But new pandemics can also arise through mosquitoes and close contact with other animals.

Pandemics are global, not national, problems. We are at a pivotal time where countries including Australia must step up their commitments to this global effort. This will need politicians to rely on the evidence and lessons learned from COVID as well as private and public investment.

Unfortunately, five years down the track, we still have a long way to go to be prepared for the next pandemic.The Conversation

Sharon Lewin, Melbourne Laureate Professor, University of Melbourne; Director, The Peter Doherty Institute for Infection and Immunity and Peter C. Doherty, Laureate Professor Emeritus, The Peter Doherty Institute for Infection and Immunity

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

  • Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week Two March 2025 (March 3 - 9)

Winner of the 2025 NAWIC NSW Executive Women’s Leadership Scholarship: Nicole Waterman, Engineer

March 6, 2025

The National Association of Women in Construction NSW (NAWIC NSW) has awarded a prestigious government sponsored $30,000 scholarship for women in property and construction to Engineer Nicole Waterman, Project Leader at Laing O’Rourke.

This NSW Women’s Week, the Minns Government is recommitting to gender equality and boosting women’s empowerment and advancement.

In particular, the government is focussed on increasing opportunities in the construction industry, proudly funding the 2025 NAWIC NSW Executive Women’s Leadership Scholarship.

The game-changing scholarship was created to recognise women who have made a significant impact on the construction industry and demonstrate potential as future leaders. It provides funding for executive level further education to equip senior women in the construction sector with the leadership skills to drive industry change.

The scholarship was awarded to Ms Waterman at the NAWIC NSW International Women’s Day lunch on Thursday 6 March 2025. 

As a talented engineer who has led teams of up to 250 people, Ms Waterman has contributed to the delivery of multi-billion-dollar infrastructure projects and championed women in the industry through mentoring and advocacy.

Ms Waterman is currently leading the TAP3 Footbridge Project at St Marys NSW, was Delivery Partner Lead on the $2 billion Western Tunnelling Package and played a key role in the Central Station upgrade for Sydney Metro.  

The scholarship will provide her career a boost, enabling her to enrol in the Massachusetts Institute of Technology Global Executive Academy in the United States. 

Previous scholarship recipients include 2023 winner Talia Keyes, General Manager for Design with Scentre Group and 2024 winner Jua Cilliers, Head of the School of Built Environment at UTS. 

To find out more about the Women in Construction program visit the Women in Construction webpage and the NAWIC NSW Scholarships webpage.

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education Steve Whan said:

“This scholarship is one of many NSW Government-led initiatives aimed at attracting and retaining women in the construction industry across NSW. Our objective is to cultivate a workforce that is both diverse and representative of the entire community.

“Congratulations to Nicole Waterman on securing this wonderful opportunity to enhance her skills and advance her career. The Minns Labor Government is delighted to support the professional growth of women like her.”

Minister for Women Jodie Harrison said:

“Congratulations to Nicole Waterman for being an inspiring leader.

“The NSW Government is committed to bringing about change in the construction industry by removing barriers and creating opportunities for women to succeed.

“It has the potential to change the career trajectory of the recipient and reflects the Minns Labor Government’s commitment to attracting and retaining women in construction.”

Infrastructure NSW Chief Executive, Tom Gellibrand said:

"We are thrilled to announce Nicole Waterman as the recipient of this year’s NAWIC NSW Executive Women’s Leadership Scholarship.

“Nicole’s dedication to the construction industry and her leadership in advocating for women in STEM make her an outstanding choice. This scholarship will further empower her to drive positive change and inspire future leaders in the industry.

“The NSW Government Women in Construction Program is proud to support this initiative and remains committed to promoting diversity and inclusion within the construction sector.”

NAWIC NSW Co-President, Taleah Stofka said:

“Nicole stood out for her strategic thinking, collaborative leadership and passion for the construction industry. She is a leader with deep technical expertise and site-based experience, a gift for communication, and an ability to inspire teams at scale. 

“The judges look for industry role models – leaders with a clear vision and commitment to giving back. Nicole is exactly that.

“This year’s scholarship saw a record-breaking number of applications, thanks to an expanded reach through our partnership with the NSW Government Women in Construction Program.”

Nicole is also a passionate advocate for increasing the participation of women in the engineering sector across all levels of responsibility and regularly presents at high schools to encourage girls to work in Construction and Science Technology Engineering Mathematics (STEM) careers. She is an Engineers Australia Sydney Division Committee member.

Nicole holds Bachelor’s Degrees in Architecture and Civil Engineering from the University of Newcastle and a Masters of Business Administration from La Trobe University. Nicole is a Fellow of Engineers Australia and a Registered Professional Engineer of Queensland.

Photo of Nicole supplied

 

CSIRO science ship has students sailing into future careers

CAPSTAN class of 2025 alongside RV Investigator in Hobart prior to departure. Image: CSIRO-Matt Marrison.

March 6, 2025

University students from almost every state and territory will gain invaluable at sea training – and potentially make some deep sea discoveries along the way over the next week.

Thirty university students and trainers from across Australia will get the training experience of a lifetime when they take to the seas for a circumnavigation of Tasmania aboard CSIRO research vessel (RV) Investigator.

The 10-day voyage is part of an innovative tertiary sea training program called CAPSTAN, the Collaborative Australian Postgraduate Sea-Training Alliance Network, which is being delivered in partnership with Australia's national science agency, marine science industries, universities and government.

The CAPSTAN program addresses a gap in how marine science education is delivered in Australia and will expose marine science students from 16 Australian universities to life and work onboard CSIRO's advanced ocean research vessel.

It offers a national approach to applied teaching and learning excellence in marine science and wider science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM) disciplines.

CAPSTAN Director, Dr Pier van der Merwe from the University of Tasmania's Institute for Marine and Antarctic Studies (IMAS), said the sea-going experience was invaluable for developing Australia's next generation of marine experts.

"Nothing compares with hands-on learning. For future marine scientists, this is where the action happens – where theory is put into practice and where concepts sink in because students can observe the ecosystem with their own eyes," Dr van der Merwe said.

"They can feel cold wind on their face and relate that to sea surface temperature data streaming into the ship, or experience the sun rise over the horizon and watch photosynthetically active radiation sensors detect that.

"Being at sea is where it all makes sense for marine science students."

The voyage will immerse students in the full suite of marine science operations, from atmospheric and oceanographic studies to surveys of deep-sea ecosystems and marine life.

Students will be involved in seafloor mapping and sediment sampling, and will also participate in the search for a historic shipwreck off the northwest coast of Tasmania.

Students will assist in a search for the wreck of the Empress of China, lost off NW Tasmania on 31 December 1888. Image: State Library of South Australia.

CAPSTAN Voyage Manager, Dr Ben Arthur from CSIRO, said students will get experience with RV Investigator’s multidisciplinary science systems, equipment and operations over the course of the voyage.

"CAPSTAN offers an incredible learning opportunity for students, and they’ll be involved in a wide range of operations to collect data and samples to support real-world research projects that address real-world challenges," Dr Arthur said.

"The training program is designed to be like the multidisciplinary research we deliver during each of our science voyages so that students get a wide exposure to science operations at sea.

"They'll get a bit of everything and even receive training in some traditional maritime skills such as knot tying."

The Deep Towed Camera, one of the scientific instruments students will deploy during the voyage. Image: Museums Victoria-Robert French.

CAPSTAN students' background studies range from biological and chemical oceanography to geoscience and engineering.

Women make up two thirds of students on the voyage.

CAPSTAN student, Kim Schwindke, said she was excited to have the chance to learn from and work alongside the other students, trainers, technicians and crew.

"With everyone on the voyage coming from such diverse backgrounds, and with the extensive experience from those onboard, it feels like a huge opportunity to bring together different disciplines and perspectives, and build relationships and shared knowledge," Ms Schwindke said.

"It really feels like that will be so powerful in shaping the future of our oceans."

The voyage is the first in the CAPSTAN program following the completion of a pilot program during 2017 to 2020.

Two more CAPSTAN training voyages are planned in the upcoming voyage schedules of RV Investigator, and the program lays the foundation for the further development of a national integrated training approach.

"We hope that students will 'seas the opportunity’ that CAPSTAN offers, and we look forward to seeing them leading research projects on RV Investigator and other research vessels in the years ahead," Dr Arthur said.

The CAPSTAN voyage departed Hobart on Saturday 8 March, will complete a circumnavigation of Tasmania over 10 days, and then finish back in Hobart on Monday 17 March.

The CAPSTAN program is a maritime education and training initiative of Australia's national science agency, CSIRO, the University of Tasmania's Institute for Marine and Antarctic Studies (IMAS) and the Australian and New Zealand International Scientific Drilling Consortium (ANZIC).

RV Investigator is part of the Marine National Facility, national collaborative research infrastructure funded by the Australian Government and operated by CSIRO on behalf of the nation.

CAPSTAN partners CSIRO and the Australian and New Zealand International Scientific Drilling Consortium (ANZIC) receive funding for this activity from the Australian Government through the National Collaborative Research Infrastructure Strategy (NCRIS).

Dr Georgia Nester – Voyage Chief Scientist said; 

"The CAPSTAN program is a rare and invaluable opportunity to mentor and train the next generation of marine scientists in an immersive research environment aboard RV Investigator.

"It goes beyond learning techniques—students are fully immersed in marine science, from designing research questions to working with advanced scientific equipment and analysis tools.

"This experience fosters collaboration, critical thinking and real-world problem-solving, equipping participants with the skills needed for a career at sea.

"As Chief Scientist, I'm excited to share my expertise in environmental DNA (eDNA) and deep-sea research while learning from the diverse perspectives of students and fellow researchers."

Dr Sarah Kachovich – Program Manager, Australian and New Zealand International Scientific Drilling Consortium (ANZIC) stated, 

"CAPSTAN is a rare and exciting opportunity that opens doors for participants, and we're proud to support it.

"This hands-on training gives students the skills and confidence to tackle vital research - not just for Australia, but on a global scale, preparing them to join and lead major scientific projects.

"It's equipping our scientists to explore not just our oceans, but the Earth beneath the oceans, to answer critical questions about our planet and our future."

Ms Toni Moate – Director, CSIRO Marine National Facility, said,

"The Marine National Facility not only enables incredible research to be conducted on board RV Investigator year-round, it inspires and supports training the next generation of marine researchers and technicians through programs like CAPSTAN.

"By bringing students on board, we broaden their horizons and provide them with hands-on experience which we hope is going to fuel their ongoing discovery.

"We're proud to be able to support this initiative and help cultivate the next generation of ocean stewards."

CAPSTAN offers an unrivalled training experience onboard RV Investigator for students and trainers. Image: CSIRO-Ben Arthur.

 

A Day in the Life: Marine Area Command - NSW Police Force

 

History this Issue: the Prospector Powder Hulk at Towler’s Bay

The Royal Australian Navy was not formed until 1911. Prior to then it was the Royal Navy (Britain) that found and then established Europeans in Australia. Vessels of the Royal Navy made frequent trips to the new colonies. In 1859, the Australia Squadron was formed as a separate squadron and remained in Australia until 1913. In 1865 the Colonial Naval Brigade or New South Wales Naval Artillery Volunteers was formed. Each of the six Australian colonies operated their own colonial naval force prior to Federation; these amalgamated in 1901 as the Commonwealth Naval Forces. The Royal Australian Navy (RAN) was established in 1911, and in 1913 the fleet steamed through Sydney Heads for the first time.

The major ports in the colony of New South Wales were Newcastle, Wollongong and Sydney. Other minor ports, such as Pittwater, were located on the north and the south coasts of the colony but were not defended by fixed fortifications or naval vessels although these did visit. Our Sydney area was divided into two districts for defence purposes, Port Jackson and Botany. The major functions of the naval forces in these two districts were the manning of some of the ordnance mounted at the forts, operation of the Examination Service and manning of the second class and auxiliary vessels. As the colony developed The Marine Board, Ordnance Stores and associated Maritime Industries were formed. These all worked together when required. Naval personnel who were unallocated were used as part of the colony’s reserve. When fully mobilised the naval forces of the colony were under the command of the General Officer Commanding the NSW Military Forces.

The local Vessels for Defence Purposes (NSW) of this era were: Thetis 327 tons, 10 knots, 168 tons coal, 7 days endurance; Ajax 373 tons, 11 knots, 228 tons coal, 9 1/2 days endurance; Hector 99 tons, 8 knots, 72 tons coal, 3 days endurance; Little Nell 84 tons, 93/4 knots, 18 tons coal, 18 hours endurance; Charybdis 109 tons, 8 knots, 102 tons coal, 4 days endurance; Ceres 154 tons, 10 knots, 96 tons coal, 4 days endurance; Juno 487 tons, 9 knots, 90 tons coal, 3 days endurance; Nemesis 15 tons, 11 knots, 12 tons coal; Orestes 194 tons, 11 knots, 96 tons coal, 4 days endurance; Gladys 9 tons, 11 knots; Carrington 10 tons, 9 knots; Mabel 7 tons, 8 knots; Premier 15 tons, 8 knots; Kate 15 tons, 11 knots; Ena 18 tons, 91/2 knots; Sol 7 tons, 8 knots; Ganymede 9 knots, 10 tons coal, 2 days endurance. (1)

Defences of Port Jackson [cartographic material] : supplement to the "Sydney Mail", July, 1877. MAP RM 1400. courtesy National Library of Australia.

In 1826 the first proposals for establishing a Gunpowder Magazine at Goat Island were discussed. Prior to this gunpowder was stored at Fort Philip (current site of the Sydney Observatory) and in an Ordnance Store (also known as the Commissariat Stores) at the west side of Circular Quay. A floating magazine was also employed at this time. On 31 December 1832 the Sydney Gazette stated:

"His Excellency the Governor, in company with the Master Attendant, and several other gentlemen, proceeded on Friday last to Goat Island, for the purpose of fixing on a proper spot to erect a powder magazine, the floating one being too small to contain one half the powder now in this Colony."

Powder Magazines were also known as Powder Hulks. A hulk is a ship that is afloat, but incapable of going to sea. The term most often refers to an old ship that has had its rigging or internal equipment removed, retaining only its float ability. A powder hulk was a hulk used to store gunpowder. These hulks were floating warehouses which could be moved as needed to simplify the transfer of gunpowder to warships. Their location, away from land, also reduced the possible damage or danger to people from an explosion.

Left: Circular Quay, circa 1875. Image No.: a2229010h, Courtesy State Library of NSW

In August 1836 an Act to ensure the Government's Officers of Ordnance oversaw private or merchants stocks of gunpowder was tabled. By January 1838 this notice appeared:

The whole of the powder has been landed into the magazine at Goat Island, from the powder hulk lately moored off the North Shore. This vessel will, we believe, be fitted up to receive the diving apparatus, shortly expected from England for the Engineer Department. Ship News. (1838, January 13). The Sydney Gazette and New South Wales Advertiser (NSW : 1803 - 1842), p. 2. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article2549492

A new Act to oversee the storage of all gunpowder ensured a safer environment in a pre-Crimean war nervous colony of Sydney;

No. XLVII. An Act for the Establishment of the Colonial Gunpowder Magazine lately erected on Goat Island. [28th December, 1852.]
WHEREAS the Gunpowder belonging to private individuals at Sydney has hitherto been stored in a Magazine belonging to Her Majesty's Imperial Government and under the charge of the Ordnance Storekeeper at Sydney by the consent of Her Majesty's Imperial Government and under the authority and subject to the provisions contained in an Act of the Governor and Legislative Council of New South Wales passed in the seventh year of the reign of the late King William the Fourth intituled " An Act for better regulating the keeping and carriage of Gunpowder" and subject to the provisions contained in a certain other Act of the said Governor and Council passed in the fifth year of the reign of Her present Majesty intituled " An Act to amend an Act intituled ' An Act for better regulating the keeping and carriage of Gunpowder' " And whereas Her Majesty's Government has required that such Gunpowder should be no longer kept in the said Gunpowder Magazine but has consented that a Magazine for the storage of Gunpowder belonging to the Colonial Government and to private individuals in the said Colony should be erected by the Colonial Government on the Island belonging to the Board of Ordnance known as Goat Island in the Harbour of Port Jackson to be under the control of the Governor for the time being of the said Colony but to be in charge of Her Majesty's Ordnance Store­keeper for the time being at Sydney And whereas a Colonial Gunpowder Magazine has been erected accordingly on the said Island at the expense of the Colonial Government And whereas it is expedient that such new Magazine should be established by law as the Magazine for storing Colonial Gunpowder and that proper officers should be appointed for that purpose and that all payments for the storage of Gunpowder therein should be required to be made to the said Colonial Government Be it therefore enacted by His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council thereof as follows :—
1. Such new Powder Magazine shall be under the control of the Governor for the time being of the Colony but in charge of Her Majesty's Ordnance Storekeeper at Sydney and proper and efficient officers and servants shall and may be provided and appointed by the
said Governor for the care and management of the said Magazine and the Powder therein under the general superintendence and charge of such Ordnance Storekeeper and the said Ordnance Storekeeper shall possess and exercise in respect of and in relation to such Colonial Magazine and of and to the storage of Gunpowder therein the same powers as were conferred upon him by the said recited Acts or cither of them.
2. All Gunpowder belonging to private individuals now stored in Her Majesty's Magazine at Goat Island shall be removed to and deposited in the said Colonial Magazine to be therein kept at and subject to the rents by the first of the said recited Acts imposed or such other rents as may from time to time be fixed and imposed but previous to such removal the packages and barrels containing such Gunpowder shall be examined and wherever such packages are found to be insecure the Gunpowder therein shall be removed at the expense of the owner thereof into secure and proper packages as provided by the said first recited Act in respect of Powder on its original removal from the ship or vessel in which the same may have been imported.
 Retrieved from; http://www.legislation.nsw.gov.au/sessionalview/sessional/act/1852-47a.pdf

An explosion of nitro-glycerine in Bridge street, Sydney in 1866, caused Henry Parkes to state a safer solution to such events must be found. The beginnings of storing powder or any explosives further from populated areas, already discussed, became more so. The full report presented later in March 1886 can be read here: EXPLOSION IN BRIDGE-STREET. (1866, March 23). Empire(Sydney, NSW : 1850 - 1875), p. 2. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article60594202

An old photograph found and published in 1932 gives a clearer picture:

BRIDGE-STREET IN '66. A Terrific Explosion. 

(BY J. ARNOLD CROCKETT.)
Bridge-street, city, presented a shell-shattered appearance soon after 6.30 p.m. on March4, 1866. Fortunately it was a Sunday evening, otherwise the terrific nitro-glycerine explosion which totally destroyed No. 17, the premises of Mollson and Black, ship brokers, would have resulted in fatal consequences. As it was, every pane of glass between Pitt and George streets was smashed; even the windows at the Mint (Macquarie-street) were shattered, while portion of a chair was hurled as far as Church Hill. Telegraph posts were torn down; dust and smoke ascended to a height of 150ft; the roadway was strewn with lead gutterings and large beams. A strong wind carried some of the firm's papers to St. Philip's Church. The explosion was heard at Miller's Point by a man who described it as resembling "a salvo from a man-o'-war." Opposite the scene of the disaster was a fruiterer's shop; the window was stove in, and the frightened proprietor took a fit. Few were aware of the dangerous properties of nitro-glycerine. The explosive was practically unknown in Australia. As the Melbourne "Argus" said: 
Probably not one in 20, even among educated people in the colonies, had ever heard of nitro-glycerine until the recent explosion Informed them that a liquid of that name Is an article of commerce, and that It possesses ten times the explosive power of gunpowder.

Thousands thronged the street. Intense interest was taken In the disaster. The "Herald" devoted a whole column to the incident-and they were columns in those days-small type few paragraphs, no centre titles, and none of the modern lay-out as we know it to-day.
An official inquiry was held. In a letter to the commissioners Henry Parkes (afterwards Sir Henry) said:
The character of the late catastrophe is so novel, and presents so many possibilities, and even probable dangers to life and property, that the Government hopes that the eminent scientific acquirements Included in the composition of your board will be employed to discover the true nature of the fatal agencies that are supposed to have caused it, and the best means of effectively affording security to society against the occurrence of similar calamities.

Alas for the "scientific acquirements" of the board's personnel, which included the genial Inspector-General of Police (Captain J.McLerie)  Far from being "eminent" it knew very little about nitro-glycerine, in fact, it was difficult to find anyone in Sydney who knew anything at all about this "new" explosive.

AN INTERESTING PHOTOGRAPH.
Of unusual interest is the splendid photograph that appears on this page. It is an exclusive print, and shows the site of the present business quarters of Burns, Philp, and Co., Ltd., of Tylors (Australia), Ltd., Smith and Lane, and Gibbs Bright and Co. Scottish House occupies portion of the site where the disaster took place, while the Exchange Hotel, though reconstructed, still remains where it did in 1866. 
BRIDGE-STREET IN '66. (1932, July 16). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 9. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article16903565

By December 1882 the floating magazines Pride of England and Behring together with the guardship Alacrity, had been established in what is now called Powder Hulk Bay, Seaforth, Middle Harbour. from A Night on the Powderhulks. George Champion OAM and Shelagh Champion OAM. May 2003.

The influx of prospectors looking for gold from 1860, an occupation which employed dynamite, as much as a prevalent and well founded threat from nations Britain was at war with sending vessels to the Pacific to annexe colonies, increased the need for armaments and their storage.

The Prospector was a Barque, 235 tons, her length was 123 ft and like many barques of this period which were commonly used as freighters, she had three masts. Built Scotland at Peterhead, 1863; reg. Newcastle, 5/1878, she was hit by a mud punt while moored at Newcastle wharf on May 2nd, 1884, near AA Company’s wharf, and her days of carrying everything and everyone to and fro from places as varied as the United States, Hong Kong and regular trips between Fiji and Otago, New Zealand, were over. At the time of her sinking she was carrying coal to Sydney from Newcastle. This photo below, although a barque 25 feet shorter then the Prospector, gives some indication of a cruder version of a Powder Hulk;

'Barque "Aladdin" - Launched as the Gun Brig "Mutine", H.M. Royal Navy, 1816. Sold out of the Service in 1842 and purchased by Mr. Charles Seal of Hobart Town in 1846. Remained in commission as a whaler until 1885 when she was purchased by the Tasmanian Government for use as a powder hulk. She was broken up at Hobart in 1902. Dimensions - Length - 98ft. Breadth - 23.4ft. Depth - 18.6ft.' Image 602986, courtesy State Library of Tasmania.

SINKING OF THE BARQUE PROSPECTOR. By TELEGRAPH., NEWCASTLE, FRIDAY.
This morning, about 7 o'clock, the Government steamer Ajax was coming down the blind channel of the harbour with a loaded mud punt in tow. As they neared the barque Prospector, lying at No. 2 staith, the punt did not answer the helm and ran into the barque, striking her about the fore rigging and sinking her in less than five minutes. She was nearly full of small coal for Sydney. She belongs to Mr. Mitchell, M.L.A., of Sydney; the water is now six feet up her foremast, and the tide is rising. The Marine Board inquiry is not yet commenced.
LATER.
The ketch Ada and the barque Prospector remain in the same positions at high tide this afternoon. The Prospector’s deckhouse was submerged nearly two foot. If the disaster had occurred 20 minutes earlier this morning the gang of coal-trimmers working below at that time must have been drowned, as she went down so suddenly.
 SINKING OF THE BARQUE PROSPECTOR. (1884, May 3). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 12. Retrieved from 
http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13570825

A NEW MEMBER FOR NEWTOWN. MR. JOSEPH MITCHELL, M.L.A.
(See portrait on page 498.) A week or two ago we gave a portrait and biography of Mr. Joseph Abbott, who had been elected one of the three members for Newtown in the Legislative Assembly of New South Wales. This week we publish the portrait of Mr. Joseph Mitchell, who has just been returned for Newtown in the place of Mr. W J. Foster, resigned. Mr. Mitchell was born in Cheshire (England) in 1840, and educated in Mason's Academy, in his native place, and arrived in Sydney in 1862. He was appointed inspector in the construction branch of the railway service on the southern line, and the main line of railway from Mittagong to Marulan was constructed under his supervision. He remained in this position for four years, and then took to contracting, which business he also followed for four years. During the last seventeen years, however, he has devoted his attention to the coal trade and shipping, his output having averaged about 3000 tons per week for a great part of this time. Mr. Mitchell is of an inquiring mind, and fond of travel, and has visited Spain, Italy, Russia, Turkey, and the United States of America. Some six or seven years ago he took a trip to China and Japan, and was much interested in what he saw in those countries; his observations leading him to the conviction that any large in-flux of the people of those countries into Australia would have very serious consequences for the white races. In 1883 Mr. Mitchell defeated Mr. Henry Copeland (who had accepted a portfolio as Minister of Works) and he represented Newtown in the Assembly for nearly three years, or until the Parliament was dissolved. He has always been a consistent free trader, and is always out-spoken, able, and willing to express an intelligent opinion on all public matters.
 A NEW MEMBER FOR NEWTOWN. (1888, March 10).Australian Town and Country Journal (NSW : 1870 - 1907), p. 13. Retrieved from 
http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article71095218

RAISING OF THE BARQUE PROSPECTOR. [BY TELEGRAPH, (FROM OUR OWN CORRESPONDENT.) NEWCASTLE, WEDNESDAY. The delay; in raising the barque Prospector was caused by a leak having been sprang through the deck beams, and the decks having sunk from 9 to l8 inches, some of the beams having been broken across. This opened the duck seams, and the water poured through. A large centri-fugal pump having been procured from. Sydney, operations were re-commenced on Tuesday night, at 11 o'clock, and at half-past 3 this morning till the water was got out. She was then left till high-water, at 10am. to-day, when she was taken in tow by the Drone and Adeline, and beached at Stockton, an anchor having been previously laid out for her there. Great credit is due to the divers, Messrs. Nicol, Beason, and Jones, for the manner in which they have executed all the works entrusted to them, including the placing of the props, and all other work under water. Owing to the flood in the river muddying the water the work had to be done in total darkness , in fact, literally speaking, at times they could hardly see their hands before their face. Mr. Hickson is about to call for tenders for the purchase of the barque as she now lies. RAISING OF THE MARQUE PROSPECTOR. (1884, July 10).The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 10. Retrieved May 3, 2013, from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13569306

THE question of the safe storage of dynamite and nitro-glycerine is still engaging the attention of the Colonial Treasurer. As he stated some days ago would be done, the barque Prospector, which became the property of the Government through a collision which caused the vessel to sink in the harbour of Newcastle, has been repaired, with the view of turning her into a dynamite hulk, and yesterday the vessel arrived in Sydney from Newcastle, and was towed to the Government dock at Cockatoo Island, where her docks will be caulked. When that has been done the explosives will be placed on board, and the vessel, with her stores, will be taken round to Broken Bay. In addition to this precaution, Mr. Dibbs intends to introduce into the legislative Assembly a bill to repeal the schedule of the present Gunpowder and Explosives Act, which fixes certain rates or charges for the lighterage end storage of explosives, and to substitute in lieu of this schedule a scale of charges to be fixed by the Governor and the Executive Council. Its object in this is to obtain the power to impose charges which will have the effect of materially reducing the importations of dynamite and other dangerous explosives. At present the charges imposed under the Act are not only too small to be any check upon the importations, but they ere not sufficient, by a very large sum, to meet the annual cost of maintaining the magazines. NEWS OF THE DAY. (1884, October 1). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 9. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article28370167

Ordnance and Barrack Department: Fitting up hulk "Prospector" as a Dynamite Magazine—further sum ... ... ... £630 10 2. from: No. XXVII. An Act to appropriate and apply out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund of New South Wales certain Sums to make good the Supplies granted for the Service of the Year 1880 and for the Year 1885 and previous Years. [25th October, 1886.] Retrieved from http://www.legislation.nsw.gov.au/sessionalview/sessional/act/1886-32a.pdf

Mr. GARRARD asked, without notice, when the hulk Prospector, now loading with dynamite at Goat Island, would be removed to a safe distance from the metropolis.
Mr. DIBBS said that the loading was nearly completed, and the hulk would probably be removed within 48 hours. PARLIAMENT OF NEW SOUTH WALES. (1884, November 26).The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 6. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13587033

WE learn that the hulk Prospector, with 6500 packages of dynamite and nitro-glycerinewill be towed away early this morning to a safe spot that has been selected in Broken Bay, where she will be stationed, with her dangerous cargo, out of harm's way. A proclamation will be issued defining the precincts of the vessel, which will be declared a magazine under the provisions of the Gunpowder and Explosives Consolidation Act. It will be remembered that Mr. Dibbs, in the Legislative Assembly on Wednesday afternoon, said those dangerous explosives should be removed within 48 hours, and from the above it will be seen that his promise will be fulfilled. NEWS OF THE DAY. (1884, November 28). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 7. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13584424

THE hulk Prospector, which has some 6500 packages of dynamite, &c on board, was towed to Broken Bay yesterday. NEWS OF THE DAY. (1884, November 29). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 13. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13573752

Above Right: The Thetis, Sydney's temporary pilot steamer from 1871 until 1877, Courtesy State Records New South Wales [4481_a026_000478]

BROKEN BAY-.Arrival  November 28, Thetis (s.), with powder hulk in tow(FROM BOARD AT TELEGRAPH OFFICE.). (1884, November 29). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 12. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13573739Putting those in Pittwater at a similar risk of being blown to bits didn't seem to come into account for a few more years yet. A proclamation was promptly published;

A Proclamation by His Excellency the Governor appeared in a supplement to the Government’s Gazette published yesterday, declaring and appointing the vessel Prospector to be a floating magazine for, the storage of explosives. The position of the vessel is thus defined:-"The said vessel shall be moored in the waters of the port of Broken Bay; that is to say, in a bight or bay on the western  Shore of Pittwater, known as Towler or Morning Bay, in about six fathoms of water, and about 375 yards from land north, south, and west of the said bay; and that the precincts thereof shall be as follows, viz., a distance of 20 yards from any part of the vessel : And I do hereby proclaim that the same shall be, on and after the date hereof, the precincts of the said floating magazine; "Any person entering such precincts without authority, and refusing to withdraw after being directed so to do by the Ordnance Storekeeper or other person under his authority, may be either forcibly removed or taken into custody for the purpose of being brought before the nearest Court of Petty Sessions, and will be liable to a penalty not exceeding £20. NEWS OF THE DAY. (1884, December 16). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 9. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article28365581

In 1885, some 200,000 people of a total Sydney population of 300,000 turned out to farewell a contingent of volunteers departing to support Britain's imperial war in the Sudan. Soon afterwards, Britain moved troops urgently to protect India's north-west frontier 'against the designs of the "Unspeakable Russian Bear"' in Afghanistan.  With 'Russophobia' rampant again, rumours circulated in Sydney that a Russian fleet intent of invading the colony was on its way. Under the blunt heading 'War', the Town and Country Journal explained that '[Russia's] tactics, it is believed, includes sending a flood of privateers, backed by a squadron, to loot the colonies'.
Dean Boyce, 'Defending colonial Sydney', Dictionary of Sydney, 2008, From HERE

Left: Circular Quay, Sydney, on March 3rd, 1885. Farewell the volunteers bound for Suakim in the Sudan, Charles Bayliss photo

By April all Sydney newspapers were filled with alarming reports and calls for action to defend the colony;

ARE WE READY? By SIR GALAHAD
The rumored approach of a Russian fleet, having for its object the invasion of Australia, is evidence of a danger that we have never yet had to contemplate. During the century of our life as a British country, no powder has been burned in anger in Australasian seas, and the rude shock of war's alarms is as unknown to Australians as though the millennium had arrived. But we are likely to be rudely awakened from this paradisaical condition, and before we are a month older may possibly hear the unwelcome roar of Russian cannon along our coast. As a matter of course, the capitals of the various colonies will be attacked first, and Sydney being so near the coast, will probably be selected as the initial point of attack. Melbourne is well protected by the Cerberus and her torpedo boats, while Adelaide has her new gunboat, the Protector. Hobart can well defend herself by torpedos ,the approach by river affording peculiar facilities for this mode of defence. " Fremantle, it is asserted, will be guarded by the Nelson, and in this case Sydney, having the most need of naval protection, will be left .absolutely defenceless. For, although the harbor of Port Jackson is probably amply defended with its double line of batteries and Bunkon torpedos, yet on the coastal side, save at the South Head and La Perouse, not a solitary gun could be brought to bear against a Hoot. Consequently a hostile fleet could lay to at its leisure, and bombard Sydney from tho safe shelter of Bondi or Maroubra bays, holding the city to ransom, or destroying it, as suited the sovereign will of its commander. Or again, a force could be landed at Coogee under cover of the ships, and seizing the water works, starve the city into submission. Under the circumstances, it is absolutely necessary that gunboats of a type suitable to deep-sea warfare should be obtained.

Right; Sailors of the HMS Nelson, Sydney Harbour c1885, Robert Hunt. Image No:  811060042 courtesy Macleay Museum. Below HMS Nelson on Sydney Harbour.

The Nelson alone would not be sufficient as, even if she could, hold a force at bay, there would be nothing to, prevent part of the fleet menacing Newcastle, the only other vulnerable city upon our coast: We can fairly request the British Government to grant this protection, having shown our patriotism in giving England help unasked. But to he of any value- it must be sent quickly, and therefore the news that the Australian squadron is to be strengthened is welcome indeed. The fact must be stared in the face that Sydney, to an ironclad squadron, even of no great strength, but armed with weapons of modern type, is absolutely defenceless. The old wooden hulks that were probably formidable in Nelson's time would be knocked into matchwood, without the power absolutely of striking an effective blow in return. On land our forces might do something in the way of defence, but on the briny we are literally at sea. Let us hope that England will, in her might, send us ships, otherwise a dread calamity may befall this fair city of Sydney. The ground for the camp at South Head has been picked, and is near the barracks there. The difference between camping in tho past and now will be that upon the arrival of the forces on their field they, will have to pitch their own tents, and will receive a good lesson in that important duty by so doing.
It is asserted that the Government proposes to organise a militia force of all males in the colony in the event of war breaking out between Britain and Russia. This would, of course, necessitate the calling together of Parliament again, to obtain the requisite authority. Consequent no doubt upon the alarming telegrams which have appeared, and have described the strained relations between Britain and Russia, events are happening which show that for some reason or another, the New South Wales Government shares "in the apprehensions that"' a hostile' attack might at any moment be rendered possible.. It was said that his Excellency the Governor had received a dispatch stating that war would be declared within 24 hours, but on this matter of course Ministers, when questioned, were silent. But on Monday a lengthy Cabinet Council was held which may, in fact, be called, and was by one Minister described as a " council of war," at which the question of making immediate arrangements for the defence of Sydney, Newcastle, and Botany, were under consideration. 

Ministers availed themselves of the presence and advice of General Scratchley, Captain Auckland, naval adviser to the Government, Lieutenant Arnold, torpedo instructor, Lieutenant Artley, torpedo officer of H.M.S. Nelson, permitted to come to Sydney for a few days .by Commodore Tryon, Colonel Roberts, Captain Hixson, E.N., and Captain P. B." Walker, of the local torpedo corps. A course of action was determined upon, and the necessary steps for carrying out the recommendations of the naval and military authorities commenced at once. All else that can be now effected will be completed within 10, days. The channels at all ports accessible to an enemy will be protected by torpedoes, and a complete torpedo defence for Sydney, Newcastle, and Botany will be completed within a few days. The wooden hulks now at Broken Bay and Middle Harbor are under orders to be towed to a place of safety at any moment . ARE WE READY?. (1885, April 4). Australian Town and Country Journal (NSW : 1870 - 1907), p. 15. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article71025921

THE DEFENCE OF THE COLONY. The Government are in possession of no other intelligence with regard to the probability of war than that derived from Reuter, which is to the effect that the Czar had left St. Petersburg for Moscow, and that war is inevitable. No such intimation has been received by the Government either from the Agent-General or the Imperial Government. The arrangements for the defences may be said to be now completed, all guns are in position, and the necessary steps have been taken to have all available forces under arms within 2 hours of the receipt of news that war has been declared. The dynamite ship has been removed from Pittwater, and the powder hulk is now being taken from Middle Harbour. Both vessels will be placed in safe and secluded spots. THE DEFENCE OF THE COLONY. (1885, April 29). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 9. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13587510

By the end of 1885 the powder hulk was taken back to Pittwater and tenders to ferry explosives to and from the Prospector were advertised from 1886;

TOWAGE of LIGHTERS to and from the PUBLIC MAGAZINES of FOWLER or 'TOWLER BAY, PITT-WATER (HAWKESBURY RIVER), and PORT JACKSON. 

NOTICE is hereby given that TENDERS will be received at this Office until noon of FRIDAY, the 20th instant, from persons willing to supply a Steamer (duly certificated by the Marine Board for sea-going purposes) capable of towing Lighters to and from the Port of Sydney and the Floating Magazine Station at Fowler or Towler Bay, Pittwater (Hawkesbury River), for a period of three calendar months from date of acceptance of contract, with the right reserved to the Government to renew for a further period of three calendar months, on conditions to be obtained at this Office. Each Tender must be accompanied by a marked cheque of £20, and in the case of the accepted tender this amount will be held as a guarantee for tho faithful performance of the service. Tenders to be addressed to the Under Secretary for Finance and Trade, and endorsed " Tender for Towage of Lighters." Advertising. (1886, February 24). The Sydney Morning Herald(NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 2. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13612312

TENDERS ACCEPTED.-J. H. Amora. Towage of lighters to and from the public magazines at Fowler or Towler Bay, Pittwater (Hawkesbury River) and Port Jackson at 5 (pounds) 15s per trip, and 7s 6d per. Extra for detention; Government Gazette. (1886, March 20). Australian Town and Country Journal (NSW : 1870 - 1907), p. 8. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article71074715

Captain Joseph Horatio Amora (1843-1904) was first Commodore and a founding member of the Sydney Amateur Sailing Club (formed 1872). He worked for a while as a ferry Captain for Charles Jeanneret , was manager of a fleet of steamers plying a trade between Sydney and Gosford and later was an acting Consul in Sydney for both the Netherlands and Chilean consulates within months of each other. The vessel he is recorded as captain of is the Albatross. The Albatross was a wooden steamship owned by Charles Jeanneret and built in 1883 by Ephriam Ward at Balmain. Of 84 tons, she was 83.6 x 9.6 x 4.8 feet in dimension and driven by 35hp steam engine manufactured by Shanks & Co. Albatross was frequently touted as the fast boat in the Sydney - Gosford trade. The Albatross was sold to Queensland.

The following announcements appeared in the Government Gazette issued yesterday afternoon -Appointments.-Mr. Joseph Horatio Amora is to be recognised as Acting Consul for the Netherlands at Sydney. GOVERNMENT GAZETTE. (1892, June 11). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 10. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13863917

The fast and favourite steamers ALBATROSS, DEFIANCE, and PROMISE leave daily (Sunday excepted) from King-street Wharf) at 8.30 a.m. and 1,30 p.m., No. 4 Jetty, 9 a.m. and 2p.m.; and from Gosford at 8.30 a.m. and 2 p.m., arriving in Sydney at 12.30 and 5 p.m.; at reduced fares-single, 8s; return, 4s Cd. . Goods at equally reduced rates, having an established agency at Gosford, shippers can be assured of safe delivery and care of goods shipped by-this line. Steward and stewardess accompany these steamers.  J. H. AMORA, Manager. Advertising. (1886, March 27). The Sydney Morning Herald(NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 1. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article28360771

Among the excursions proposed for the Easter holidays is one now being promoted by Captain R. R. Armstrong. Particulars are advertised this morning. The steamer Albatross, with Captain Amora in charge, has been chartered for the purpose, and it is proposed to form a party of from 20 to 80 gentlemen to visit Lord Howe Island, where there is abundance of shooting, fishing, and other sport. The trip will occupy 10 days, and the arrangements will allow a stay of five or six days on the island. NEWS OF THE DAY. (1886, April 16). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 7. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13643222

SHIPPING. ARRIVAL. May 18 - ALBATROSS. Government steamer, Captain J H Amora from Broken Bay 15th instant. SHIPPING. (1886, May 19). The Brisbane Courier (Qld. : 1864 - 1933), p. 4. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article4495392

Right: SS Defiance: Launched, 1881, a Rock Davis of Blackwall, NSW built ship. Her Gross weight was 64 tons, Dimensions: 82.80 x 16.20 x 6.80 (feet) Defiance was originally one of the fleet of Joubert ferries that ran on the Parramatta River  & Hunters Hill routes. Earlier in her career she appears on the Sydney to Gosford route along with Promise, Genista , Gosford and Charlotte Fenwick.

TOWAGE OF LIGHTERS TO AND FROM THE PUBLIC MAGAZINES AT BROKEN BAY AND PORT JACKSON.
NOTICE is hereby given that TENDERS will be received at this Office until Noon of TUESDAY', the 13th instant, from persons willing to supply a steamer (duly certificated by the Marine Board for sea going purposes capable of towing Lighters to and from the Port of Sydney and the Floating Magazine Station at Pittwater, Broken Bay, for a period of three calendar months from date of acceptance of contract, with the right reserved to the Government to renew for a further period of three calendar months, on conditions to be obtained at this office. Each Tender must be accompanied by a marked cheque of £20, and in the case of the accepted tender this amount will be held as a guarantee for the faithful performance of the service. Tenders to be addressed to tho Under-Secretary of Finance and Trade, and endorsed " Tender for Towage of Lighters." P. A. JENNINGS. The Treasury, New South Wales, 8th July. 1886.
 Advertising. (1886, July 10). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 5. Retrieved from 
http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13636181

In 1887 a report was prepared for the N.S.W.'s Government by Major-General Schaw on the Defence of the state and Pittwater was included:

THE DEFENCES OF NEW SOUTH  WALES - REPORT BY MAJOR-GENERAL SCHAW.
DEFECTIVE ORGANISATION. ARMING OF SYDNEY AND RE-ORGANISATION OF THE FORCES REQUIRED. .
The report of Major-General Schaw, who was appointed by the Government some months ago to inspect the defences of New South Wales, and to consider what further measures are necessary for security against any probable attacks to which the colony may be liable, was laid on the table of the Legislative Assembly by the Premier yesterday afternoon.  Sir Henry Parkes, in presenting the document to Parliament, mentioned that certain passages were omitted...
Broken Bay and Hawkesbury River.
" A hostile fleet, finding the defences at Port Jackson and Botany Bay too strong for them, might be induced to enter Broken Bay with the view of landing troops there. There is ample and safe anchorage for a large number of ships in this harbour, but the distance from Sydney is about 21 miles (or 12 miles from the head of the Pittwater Creek to Manly). This creek, however, is not navigable for large vessels, having a bar at the entrance, and the country between Broken Bay and the Hawkesbury River and Sydney is rocky, precipitous, and covered with scrub and forest, and quite impracticable for the march of troops, except on the two roads leading from the head of Pittwater to Manly Beach, and to the spit ferry over the Middle Harbour, or by the railway from the site of the bridge now under construction at "Dangar Island to Sydney. These lines of approach are so difficult and so easily defended that with the most ordinary precautions any small body of troops attempting to leach Sydney by these routes could be stopped and defeated with" ease. A large expedition would, in course of time, be able perhaps to force its way to Sydney; but the undertaking would be most arduous and prolonged, and its ultimate success would be most doubtful... To construct defences which would prevent an enemy’s warships from entering Broken Bay or landing troops there would be very expensive both in guns, mines, fortifications, and garrisons, for the waters are wide and deep. Such strong defences are, however, at present unnecessary, and all that I could now recommend would be to "construct a battery on Long Island over the tunnel leading to the bridge to the west of Dangar Island, and to station in wartime two gunboats and two torpedo-boats in these waters. The battery might be armed with two or three 80-pounders, as may be found best when the site is surveyed. The navigation here is so difficult that no large ships can manoeuvre freely, and these guns, with the gunboats and torpedo boats, should prevent any minor attack or a landing at the railway station or at Peat's Ferry above it. If a landing were effected at the head of Pittwater an enemy might pursue two routes, one along the beach to Brighton (Avalon), a point which infantry might also reach in fine weather by a landing on the ocean beach there, but which only leads to the Spit Ferry, where he would be stopped, or he might follow the road which leads into the Hornsby-North Willoughby-road, about 4 miles east of the former place. This road is very difficult, and offers numerous points of advantage where such an advance might easily be stopped by a very small force. In view, however, of the disadvantages before alluded to, connected with a landing being permitted, it might be advisable in wartime to extemporise a battery for two position guns and two machine guns at Rockhead, by Coasters' Retreat in Pittwater, to assist the gunboats in preventing any landing party from passing up Pittwater a battery in this retired position would not have to contend with the heavier guns carried by ships. These precautions, aided by a good system of outposts, with a strong reserve near Hornsby, should secure Sydney from any land attack on the north side. Although I have suggested two batteries to assist in the defence of these waters, I do not consider them as of first importance. The difficulties of an advance  from Broken Bay on Sydney are so great that no small force would attempt it ; and, as before stated, time must certainly be afforded for preparation in case a larger expedition were meditated, under such circum-stances the roads from Pittwater and from Peat's Ferry, as well as the railway, could be fortified so strongly that the task imposed on an enemy to force his way by these lines would be excessively onerous. The complete defence of this harbour against a strong attack could not be effected by a smaller armament than about the following :-49-in. howitzers, 38-in. B.L. guns, 4 C-in. ditto, 2 6-pr. Q.F., 4 rifle-calibre guns." These with submarine mines and Works would cost about £100,000, and would require a garrison of about 150 artillerymen and ... with naval accessories to man guard-boats. Such expenditure is clearly not needed at present....
THE DEFENCES OF NEW SOUTH WALES. (1887, December 2). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 11. Retrieved from 
http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13676270

The perceived threat, despite German battleships visiting Victoria during this same period and beginning to carry mail, saw a Royal Navy force requested from Britain and a new ship arrive in Sydney soon after as answer:

H.M.S. Calliope, which has been expected for several days past, moored to the Nelson's buoy in Farm Cove yesterday forenoon. She has come direct from Hong-kong under steam alone, a distance of about 6000 miles, which is a good indication of what she can do in the shape of cruising. She is quite a new ship, now on her first commission, has the latest description of ordnance, and is the most powerful offensive vessel in these waters. She left England in February last to join the China squadron, but on September 13 a cable message was received from the Admiralty ordering her to proceed to Sydney forthwith. A full description of the Calliope appears in another column. NEWS OF THE DAY. (1887, November 16). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 9. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13677518

Despite the Government of the day refusing to divulge where the defence of the colony, her armaments and powder hulks were, everyone seemed to know where the powder hulk at Pittwater was;

On the Towler's Bay side there are several residents who pull across the water to the wharf at Church Point and meet the steamer from Sydney or the coach from Manly, as the case may be. The dynamite powder hulk is moored in Towler's Bay, with residences on shore for the officers in charge. 

Mr. Robert Robinson has his residence of Raamah at the same place. Mr. Robinson informs me that he can grow to perfection such tropical fruits as bananas, guavas, ginger, mangoes, pineapples, Brazilian cherries, &c. This fact will demonstrate that there can belittle or no frost in this locality. 

Other residents of this side of the bay are Mr. F. Chave, Woodlands, who has a very nice orchard, mostly summer fruit ; Mr. E. C. Johnstone, who has a nice residence and orchard; Mr. A. Steffani is another prominent resident, while the residence of the firm of Flood and Oatley occupies a lovely peninsula in the quiet waters of the bay. Mr. Geo. Brown has a residence and an orchard in the neighbourhood, and there is also a small church and cemetery at Church Point. Manly to Broken Bay. (1893, November 11). Australian Town and Country Journal (NSW : 1870 - 1907), p. 19. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article71191632

With a growing number of people in Pittwater, who shipped a lot of food into Sydney, as well as a focus to attract visitors, excursionists and holiday makers to the area, the powder hulk, and the distance between it and Sydney, began to shift a consensus to get rid of the Prospector:

Those merchants who deal in dynamite consider that they have just cause of complaint against the existing arrangements for the safe storage of that article at present dynamite is stored in hulk under the Government’s supervision in Broken Bay. Those desirous of replenishing their private magazines can only do so on two days of the week-on Tuesdays and Thursdays. Occasionally it so happens that owing to the heavy seas running along the coast it is found impossible to got supplies on those days, and vexatious delays result. As a case in point, it may be stated that dynamite was ordered for a certain Thursday about a fortnight or three weeks ago. Owing to the rough weather the order was not attended to, but it was promised without fail on the following Tuesday, which also turned out to be a boisterous day, so that it was only on the next Tuesday that the supplies arrived, leaving about 12 day s consecutive without there being any possibility of fulfilling customers' orders. Last Thursday was another of the frequent rough days, and supplies have been promised on Tuesday , but as the vessel has to go down on the day before, and as Monday is a holiday, merchants do not expect the fulfilment of the promise. Licensed private magazines are only allowed to carry small quantities under heavy penalties, so that these delays are often serious to mine-owners and those engaged in excavating operations, who naturally blame merchants for the delay. It has been suggested that the dynamite should be stored in Middle Harbour with the powder, or as there seems to be an objection to the two articles being stored together on the same hulk, another could be obtained and the delay thus obviatal. The storage of 3d per week per 30lb case is also deemed excessive. IMPORT MARKET. (1895, October 5). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 11. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article14019636

Sir Griffiths said that a deputation had waited upon the Minister for Justice, in the absence of the Premier, and had asked that the dynamite hulk in Broken Bay should be removed to a site nearer to the Hawkesbury, but still to be kept in the bay.  The reply which had subsequently been received from the department was that it was not desirable to remove the hulk from the bay. This was not considered to be an answer to the request of the deputation. THE DISTRIBUTION OF EXPLOSIVES. (1896, July 30). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 7. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article14060576

STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES.—Mr. Dugald Thomson, M.L.A., introduced a deputation to the Premier yesterday, which asked for an amendment of the regulations relating to the storage of explosives.  It was pointed out by Mr. Griffith (Dalgety and Co.) with regard to "high explosives," dynamite  cartridges used in mining, &c., that the hulk in which these articles were stored was in Broken Bay, near Newport, which meant a long journey  by sea. It was proposed that the hulk should be moved to Middle Harbour. 

Mr. Lyne at once said that he saw no objection to this being done, and the members of the deputation expressed themselves as being satisfied with the arrangement. It was further pointed out to the Premier that in Melbourne the charge for the storage of dynamite was one penny per case per week, whilst in Sydney, it was 3d per case per week. In South Australia and Queensland the charge was 1½d per case. Mr. Lyne said that the receipts of this department last year did not equal the expenditure by £1185. He promised, however, that he would look into the matter, with the view of seeing if any reduction in the charge could be made.  The Sydney Morning Herald. (1900, January 19). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 6. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article14233506

The Hon. Dugald Thomson won the New South Wales Legislative Assembly seat of Warringah in 1894. homson was a supporter of federation and won the House of Representatives seat of North Sydney at the 1901 election and held it to his retirement prior to the 1910 election. He was always a firm supporter of people in Pittwater and fought to build wharves on the estuary, much needed in a maritime focused almost roadless community, and was well known for addressing any issue on Maritime needs in parliament.

With the shifting of the Powder hulk from Pittwater to Middle Harbour (now called 'Powder Hulk Bay') the few acres of Ordnance Reserve at Towlers was sold to the newly formed Kuringgai Trust.

References:

1. COLONIAL DEFENCE 1855 - 1900. Retrieved from http://freepages.history.rootsweb.ancestry.com/~ausnavy/colonial_navy_defence.htm

Naval Historical Society of Australia: http://www.navyhistory.org.au/

The Naval Officers Club of Australia: http://www.navalofficer.com.au/home-2/

George Champion OAM and Shelagh Champion OAM. A Night on the PowderhulksMay 2003.

Dean Boyce, 'Defending colonial Sydney', Dictionary of Sydney, 2008, From HERE


Above - Powder Hulks at Middle Harbour (circa 1880-1890-1900) - Image No.: c071800017, from William J Macpherson Photographs, courtesy State Library of NSW

Visit: The Riddles of The Spit and Church Point: Sailors, Rowers, Builders and The Macphersons Of Wharriewood: The William Joseph Macpherson Albums


 The Powder Hulks, Middle Harbour.


Above: Some months ago the city was scared by the statement that powder enough was stowed in the magazines at Goat and Spectacle islands to reduce all our houses to ruins, and dynamite enough to make powder of the ruins. Ministers were importuned about the business, but they said it had always been so and it always would be so, or, at least they implied so much by their studied inaction. We' hurt

grown almost accustomed to the consciousness as well as the presence, of danger before it was' decided that some of the powder should be shifted. Many localities were spoken of, and at last one was chosen far up Middle Harbour, quite away from town -away also from the ordinary tracks of tourists. Yachts beat up sometimes and cruise about the old hulks, and with good wind venture even a little farther up the narrowing estuary ; but other life there is none. A little farther up that ' Artisans' College ' which is now amusing the Court and filling the daily pipers might be found; a little lower, some of the loveliest homes our harbour foreshore knows ; but immediately around the hulks nothing hut rocks and water and trees. An explosion could only wreck beauty, and beauty would rise again, we know. The powder is safer down there and the old hulks complete rather than mar the picture. | POWDER HULKS, MIDDLE HARBOUR. The Powder Hulks, Middle Harbour. (1883, June 16). The Sydney Mail and New South Wales Advertiser (NSW : 1871 - 1912), p. 1120. Retrieved fromhttp://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article162079372 

Millers Point, Sydney: ca. 1875-1885; Kent Street (foreground) including Captain Cook Hotel & Thomas Huntley butcher (corner of Miller's Road) ; Looking toward Simmons Point, Ballast Point & Long Nose Point (from left) ; Goat Island (right). Image No.: a089921, courtesy State Library of NSW.

Prospector Ordnance Magazine and Powder Hulk threads collected by A J Guesdon, 2013. 

Opportunities:

2025 Game Changer Challenge

Entries for the Game Changer Challenge 2025 are now open. Learn more about this year's challenge and enter your school now.

Find out more at: education.nsw.gov.au/schooling/schooling-initiatives/game-changer-challenge/about-the-game-changer-challenge

What is the Game Changer Challenge?

The Game Changer Challenge is the NSW Department of Education’s award-winning design thinking competition.

Open to public schools across the state the challenge centres on discovering solutions for a real-world, wicked problem by applying classroom learning.

Game Changer Challenge 2025

Entries for the Game Changer Challenge are now open. Enter your details in the form using your @education.nsw.gov.au login.

What is a wicked problem?

A wicked problem is a social or cultural problem that’s difficult or impossible to solve, normally because of its complex and interconnected nature.

Wicked problems push us to think outside the box, fostering innovation and creativity. The process of addressing these challenges can lead to breakthroughs in technology, policy and social norms.

Many wicked problems are related to environmental sustainability. By addressing this as a big issue, we can develop more sustainable living practices and build communities that are more resilient to changes and challenges.

Engaging with wicked problems empowers individuals and communities to take action and make a difference. It encourages young people to play an active role in their community and future.

The 2025 wicked problem: Ensure sustainable futures for all.

The 2025 priority areas are: Planet, People, Places.

Inspired by the United Nations Sustainable Development Goal No. 12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns

The United Nations defines sustainability as “meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.”

Sustainability is about balance. It’s about protecting our Planet, empowering our People, and caring for the Places we live, learn, and grow.

This year, teams will explore innovative ways to create a more sustainable future by tackling real-world challenges. Whether it’s rethinking how we empower people, use resources, reducing waste, or building more sustainable communities, this is your opportunity to make a lasting impact.

What is design thinking?

Design thinking is a human-centred process to solving complex problems. Empathy and collaboration are at the heart of design thinking.

The five-step process starts by encouraging problem solvers to walk in the shoes of those experiencing the 'problem' to gain a deeper insight into the challenges and issues they face (empathy).

This knowledge is then used to develop a clear problem statement (define), work on solutions (ideate), turn these solutions into tangible products (prototype) and then see whether the solution will work (test).

Design thinking is not a linear process. With each stage you make new discoveries that require you to rethink and redefine what you have already done.

Design thinking brings our head, heart and hands together to find innovative solutions to complex problems.

This process can be used over and over again, for small or complex problems.

A guide to Game Changer Challenge 2025

What's new in 2025

The 2025 Game Changer Challenge is bigger, bolder, and more impactful than ever before, with a new program design that will involve more students and extend the challenge’s reach across the state. All teams who register and work through Stage 1: Research will progress to Stage 2: Design, ensuring more students get more design experience.

This year, teams will produce a design portfolio that will track their design journeys from beginning to end, with a video pitch being submitted at the end of Stage 2 to be judged by industry experts. 20 teams will progress to the grand final.

Here’s how it works:

Step 1: Enter your school

Enter your details and receive the Game Changer Challenge 2025 resources. Access the form using your @education.nsw.gov.au login. Resources are available from Term 1, Week 6.

Step 2: Build your team

Teams consist of 5 students and 1 teacher per team. Supervising teachers can be from any subject area. The primary category is for students from Years 3 to 6, the secondary category is for students from Years 7 to 11.

Schools can have more than one team, providing each student team member is different. One teacher can oversee multiple teams.

Step 3: All teams work through the Stage 1 handbook and prepare your design portfolio

Access the teacher handbook on our GCC2025 Teacher Hub and guide your team through the first stages of the challenge.

The handbook guides you and your team through:

  • The Wicked Problem
  • GCC framework and principles
  • GCC 2025 schedule
  • Design portfolio submission process

All teams must prepare an online design portfolio after working through the playbooks to progress to Stage 2.

Step 4: Submit a design portfolio

Design portfolio due Thursday 29 May 2025 (Term 2, Week 5).

Step 5: All teams work through the design sprint livestream and prepare their video pitch

All teams who have submitted a design portfolio in Stage 1 will gain access to the design sprint livestream in Term 3, Week 4.

Teams will ideate, refine, and start building their solution. This year the design sprint will be an on-demand video where all teams will have 2 weeks to design a solution and produce a video pitch. Teams will continue to track their design thinking journeys in their design portfolio to using the Stage 2 templates provided. These design portfolios and video pitches will be judged by a panel of industry partners and NSW Department of Education staff.

Step 6: Grand final

20 teams participate in the grand final event hosted at the department's Parramatta office in Term 4, Week 5.

At the grand final teams create and finalise their prototype and present their solutions to judges and industry partners at the Ideas Expo.

Find out more, along with links to forms etc., at: education.nsw.gov.au/schooling/schooling-initiatives/game-changer-challenge/about-the-game-changer-challenge

Contact us

Do you have a specific question or need more detail about this year’s challenge? Send an email to GCC@det.nsw.edu.au

Learner drivers benefit as more resources become available online  

As the Driver Knowledge Test online heads toward 200,000 users in its first 12 months, many learner drivers are set to get behind the wheel for the first time. To help supervising drivers prepare and teach safe driving, Transport for NSW has launched a new free online resource. 

The Supervising Learner Drivers online learning resource is now available online and provides better access to parents, guardians and other full licensed drivers wishing to supervise learner drivers to help them supervise and teach learner drivers about safe driving before taking the driving test. 

Transport for NSW, in conjunction with local councils, has been delivering free face-to-face workshops ‘Helping Learner Drivers Become Safer Drivers’ across the state for over two decades to support supervising drivers. 

Executive Director Road Safety Regulation at Transport for NSW, Duncan Lucas, said now offering the learning resource online as well is a natural step towards more accessible road safety education, after the successful launch of the Driver Knowledge Test online last year.   

“Learning to drive is a big milestone and the role of supervising learner drivers often falls on parents, guardians and other full licensed relatives.  

“We want to support supervising drivers in understanding their responsibilities and to be able to provide safe and constructive feedback when they take their son, daughter, friend, or relative on the road to complete their logbook hour requirements,” Mr Lucas said.  

The online resource features five modules that cover a range of topics including what is involved in being a supervising driver, issues facing young drivers, how the NSW Graduated Licensing Scheme works, the importance of learner driver experience, lesson planning, dealing with stress, how to develop safe solo driving, where to go for more information and how to share the roads safely with heavy vehicles, motorcycles, bicycle riders and pedestrians.    

“For people in regional areas or those juggling work and other commitments, attending in-person workshops can be challenging,” Mr Lucas said. 

“With the learning resource now available online, supervising drivers will have a flexible and convenient option to ensure they can access critical road safety information and training from the comfort of their homes without having to travel long distances or sacrifice work hours. 

“I encourage all parents, carers and supervisors who are helping novice drivers complete their 120 driving hours to also access the new Supervising Learner Drivers online resource, for practical tips on how to stay safe and get the most out of driving practice.  

“I also encourage young learner drivers under 25 years to complete structured driving lessons under the ‘3 for 1’ scheme and enrol in the Safer Drivers Course to increase their knowledge and implementation of safe driving, with the bonus of getting additional supervised hours credited to their log book,” Mr Lucas said. 

Learners who complete a structured driving lesson with a licensed driving instructor can credit triple the time of their lesson to their log book under the ‘3 for 1’ scheme. Learners with 50 hours in their log book (excluding 3 for 1 bonus hours) who complete the Safer Drivers Course can credit an additional 20 hours to their log book.  

The resource can be completed any time at the supervising driver’s convenience and is available on the Centre for Road Safety website www.transport.nsw.gov.au/roadsafety/young-drivers/supervising-learner-drivers

NSW History Awards 2025: Submissions are now open

The Awards acknowledge the contribution of historical research to our culture and communities, and to society at large.

All works must have been first published, broadcast or screened and made publicly and commercially available between 1 April 2024 and 31 March 2025.

A total of $85,000 in prize money will be awarded across six categories.

Administered by the State Library, in association with Create NSW, the NSW History Awards will offer prizes in six categories this year:
  • Australian History Prize ($15,000)
  • General History Prize ($15,000)
  • New South Wales Community and Regional History Prize ($15,000)
  • Young People’s History Prize ($15,000)
  • Digital History Prize ($15,000)
  • The Anzac Memorial Trustees Military History Prize ($10,000)
A discounted early-bird entry fee is available until Thursday 13 March at 5pm!

All entries close at on Thursday 3 April at 5pm. Find more information via the link below. 


History Week 2025 Theme and Event Registrations

Announcing the History Council of NSW's theme for History Week 2025: Water Stories!
And...HCNSW are very excited to announce Event Registrations are now open for History Week, earlier than ever before!

From the caring for water practices of First Nations people to non-Indigenous transformations of creeks and rivers, and the building of dams, there is an abundance of histories of water waiting to be ‘tapped’ and told.

Members are invited to stage online or in-person events. Your event will form part of the HCNSW’s media campaign and be promoted in the History Week 2025 Program Event Calendar on our website.
Registrations for History Week events are now open via the link below

For all History Week inquiries, please contact programs@historycouncilnsw.org.au

A little bit more about Water Stories:
Water is fundamental to life. It also underpins our histories. From floods to droughts, from oceans to creeks, rivers and wetlands, our pasts are bound up with the ebbs and flows of water.

History Week 2025 will engage with stories of how water was cherished, contained, diverted, contaminated, looked after and shared, or withheld.

The theme invites History Council members to dive into their water stories.
  • 🛥️ What happens to communities when water is absent or when it is destructive? How did people in the past use water to travel and trade?
  • 🌊 How do waterways connect, or disconnect, communities?
  • 🐠 How important is water in cultures of sport, fishing, and play as well as the economy?

NSW Training Awards: 2025 entries are now open

The Awards honour and reward the achievements of students, teachers, training organisations and employers.

Get recognised and share your vocational success for the NSW Training Awards 70th anniversary. Don't delay, enter today.

  • Individual Awards entries close 14 March 2025 
  • Organisation Award entries close 2 May 2025

To find out more and nominate, please visit; https://education.nsw.gov.au/skills-nsw/nsw-training-awards

Racing for a Cause: Manly Inflatable Boat Race 2025

Member for Manly, James Griffin has called on the community to get behind one of the Northern Beaches’ most outrageously fun charity events, the 2025 Manly Inflatable Boat Race.

Awarded ‘Community Event of the Year’ at the 2016 Australia Day Awards in Manly, the Manly Inflatable Boat Race is once again gearing up to take over Manly & Shelly Beach on Sunday 30 March this year, with waves of colour, chaos, and community spirit.


Since its inception, the Manly Inflatable Boat Race has raised over $300,000 for charity. The event will see competitors paddle from Shelly Beach to raise funds for the Manly Adolescent and Young Adult Hospice (AYAH) Australia’s first dedicated young adult’s hospice, and cancer research charity Tour de Cure. 

“The Manly Inflatable Boat Race is an epic event and one which showcases the very best of Manly. I encourage everyone to get involved and make a splash for a fantastic cause,” Mr Griffin said.

With over 500 participants and thousands of spectators expected, the 2025 edition promises to be as wild as ever. Registration and float pumping will take place from 7:30am at South Steyne, near Manly Surf Club, with the actual race being held at Shelly Beach at 10:00am.

Founder and organiser Denver Bevan expressed his own excitement for the event. “The Manly Inflatable Boat Race is a highlight on the Sydney calendar because it’s just so much fun! Race-goers love the thrill of paddling through the waves in crazy, colourful inflatables, and the spectators get a front-row seat to all the mayhem. It’s a fantastic day at the beach for all ages,” Mr Bevan said.

Service Manager at AYAH Tayia Yates welcomed the support, saying the funds raised on the day would make a profound difference. 

“Supporting the Manly Inflatable Boat Race is an opportunity to contribute to a vital cause, offering respite and care to those who need it most. We encourage everyone to participate in this unique community event to help raise funds towards the AYAH and assist us in creating a lasting impact on the families and young individuals in our care.” Ms Yates said

The concept of the Manly Inflatable Boat Race is simple:
  • Pick your wackiest fancy dress costume (the crazier, the better!)
  • Bring your inflatable of choice - anything from rubber duckies to pink flamingos, sea monsters, or pool ponies!
  • Join in the 1km paddle adventure from Shelly Beach, around the Manly Life Savers buoys, and back to shore.
  • Rules? There are none! First to the finish line wins!
In a generous showing of support, 4 Pines Brewing Co have been announced as the major sponsor of this year’s event, with General Manager Adam Dearing declaring that he was ‘stoked to come on board as a major sponsor this year to help bring this fabulous charity event back to life after Covid.” The Boathouse Shelly Beach, Budgy Smuggler and OnlineProjects have also thrown their support behind the Race as key event partners. 

To purchase tickets and for any further inquiries, please visit the Manly Inflatable Boat Race website at manlyinflatableboatrace.com.au

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Challenge

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. a call to someone to participate in a competitive situation or fight to decide who is superior in terms of ability or strength. 2. a call to prove or justify something. 3. Medicine; the administration of an immunogenic or infectious agent to an animal or person, in order to study the resulting immune response or measure the efficacy of a vaccine.

Verb

1. invite (someone) to engage in a contest. 2. dispute the truth or validity of. 

From: Middle English (in the senses ‘accusation’ and ‘accuse’): from Old French chalenge (noun), chalenger (verb), from Latin calumnia ‘calumny’, calumniari ‘calumniate’.

Noun: early 14c., chalenge, "something one can be accused of, a fault, blemish;" mid-14c., "false accusation, malicious charge; accusation of wrong-doing," also "act of laying claim" (to something), from Anglo-French chalenge, Old French chalonge "calumny, slander; demand, opposition," in legal use, "accusation, claim, dispute," from Anglo-French chalengier, Old French chalongier "to accuse, to dispute". The accusatory connotations faded 17c. The meanings "an objection" in law, etc.; "a calling to fight" are from mid-15c. The sense of "difficult task" is established as a meaning by 1954.

Verb: c. 1200, "to rebuke," from Old French chalongier "complain, protest; haggle, quibble," from Vulgar Latin calumniare "to accuse falsely," from Latin calumniari "to accuse falsely, misrepresent, slander," from calumnia "trickery" (see calumny). From late 13c. as "to object to, take exception to;" c. 1300 as "to accuse," especially "to accuse falsely," also "to call to account;" late 14c. as "to call to fight." Also used in Middle English with a sense of "claim, take to oneself." 

Calumny: noun: calumny; plural noun: calumnies  1. the making of false and defamatory statements about someone in order to damage their reputation; slander. 2. a false and slanderous statement. Verb (formal) verb: calumny; 3rd person present: calumnies; past tense: calumnied; past participle: calumnied; gerund or present participle: calumnying1. slander (someone). Origin; late Middle English: from Latin calumnia.

Compare Calamity

Noun: calamity; plural noun: calamities. 1. an event causing great and often sudden damage or distress; a disaster.

Origin: late Middle English (in the sense ‘disaster and distress’): from Old French calamite, from Latin calamitas.

Calamity Jane

Martha Jane Canary (May 1, 1852 – August 1, 1903), better known as Calamity Jane, was an American frontierswoman, sharpshooter, and storyteller. In addition to many exploits, she was known for being an acquaintance of Wild Bill Hickok. 

James Butler Hickok (May 27, 1837 – August 2, 1876), better known as "Wild Bill" Hickok, was a folk hero of the American Old West known for his life on the frontier as a soldier, scout, lawman, cattle rustler, gunslinger, gambler, showman, and actor, and for his involvement in many famous gunfights. He earned a great deal of notoriety in his own time, much of it bolstered by the many outlandish and often fabricated tales he told about himself. Some contemporaneous reports of his exploits are known to be fictitious, but they remain the basis of much of his fame and reputation.

Late in her life, she appeared in Buffalo Bill's Wild West show and at the 1901 Pan-American Exposition. She is said to have exhibited compassion to others, especially to the sick and needy. This facet of her character contrasted with her daredevil ways and helped to make her a noted frontier figure. She was also known for her habit of wearing men's attire.

William Frederick Cody (February 26, 1846 – January 10, 1917), known as Buffalo Bill, was an American soldier, bison hunter, and showman. One of the most famous and well-known figures of the American Old West, Cody started his legend at the young age of 23. Shortly thereafter he started performing in shows that displayed cowboy themes and episodes from the frontier and Indian Wars. He founded Buffalo Bill's Wild West in 1883, taking his large company on tours in the United States and, beginning in 1887, in Europe. He was born in Le Claire, Iowa Territory (now the U.S. state of Iowa), but he lived for several years in his father's hometown in modern-day Mississauga, Ontario, before the family returned to the Midwest and settled in the Kansas Territory. Buffalo Bill started working at the age of 11, after his father's death, and became a rider for the Pony Express at age 15. During the American Civil War, he served the Union from 1863 to the end of the war in 1865. Later he served as a civilian scout for the U.S. Army during the Indian Wars. While he was initially awarded the Medal of Honor in 1872 for his actions in the Indian Wars, he was among 910 recipients to have the award rescinded in 1917. Congress reinstated the medals for Cody and four other civilian scouts in 1989.

Much of the information about the early years of Calamity Jane's life comes from an autobiographical booklet that she dictated in 1896, written for publicity purposes. It was intended to help attract audiences to a tour she was about to begin, in which she appeared in dime museums around the United States. Some of the information in the pamphlet is exaggerated or even completely inaccurate.

Calamity Jane was born on May 1, 1852, as Martha Jane Canary (or Cannary) in Princeton, within Mercer County, Missouri. Her parents were listed in the 1860 census as living about 7 miles (11 km) northeast of Princeton in Ravanna. Her father Robert Wilson Canary had a gambling problem, and little is known about her mother Charlotte M. Canary. Jane was the eldest of six children, with two brothers and three sisters.

In 1865, the family moved by wagon train from Missouri to Virginia City, Montana. In 1866, Charlotte died of pneumonia along the way, in Blackfoot, Montana. After arriving in Virginia City in the spring of 1866, Robert took his six children to Salt Lake City, Utah. They arrived in the summer, and Robert supposedly started farming on 40 acres (16 ha) of land. The family had been in Salt Lake City for only a year when he died in 1867. At age 14, Martha Jane took charge of her five younger siblings, loaded their wagon, and took the family to Fort Bridger, Wyoming Territory, where they arrived in May 1868. From there, they travelled on the Union Pacific Railroad to Piedmont, Wyoming.

In Piedmont, Jane took whatever jobs she could find to provide for her large family. She worked as a dishwasher, cook, waitress, dance hall girl, nurse, and ox team driver. Finally, in 1874, she claimed she found work as a scout at Fort Russell. During this time, she also reportedly began her occasional employment as a prostitute at the Fort Laramie Three-Mile Hog Ranch. She moved to a rougher, mostly outdoor and adventurous life on the Great Plains.

Her Nickname

Jane was involved in several campaigns in the long-running military conflicts with Native Americans. Her claim was that:

It was during this campaign [in 1872–73] that I was christened Calamity Jane. It was on Goose Creek, Wyoming where the town of Sheridan is now located. Capt. Egan was in command of the Post. We were ordered out to quell an uprising of the Indians, and were out for several days, had numerous skirmishes during which six of the soldiers were killed and several severely wounded. When on returning to the Post we were ambushed about a mile and a half from our destination. When fired upon, Capt. Egan was shot. I was riding in advance and on hearing the firing turned in my saddle and saw the Captain reeling in his saddle as though about to fall. I turned my horse and galloped back with all haste to his side and got there in time to catch him as he was falling. I lifted him onto my horse in front of me and succeeded in getting him safely to the Fort. Capt. Egan, on recovering, laughingly said: "I name you Calamity Jane, the heroine of the plains." I have borne that name up to the present time.

"Captain Jack" Crawford served under Generals Wesley Merritt and George Crook. According to the Montana Anaconda Standard of April 19, 1904, he stated that Calamity Jane "never saw service in any capacity under either General Crook or General Miles. She never saw a lynching and never was in an Indian fight. She was simply a notorious character, dissolute and devilish, but possessed a generous streak which made her popular."

Cabinet photograph captioned in the negative, Calamity Jane, Gen. Crook's Scout. An early view of Calamity Jane wearing buckskins, with an ivory-gripped Colt Single Action Army revolver tucked in her hand-tooled holster, holding a Sharps rifle.  File:Calamity Jane by CE Finn, c1880s-crop.jpg: imprint of C.E. Finn, Livingston, Mont. derivative work: Innisfree987 - This file was derived from: Calamity Jane by CE Finn, c1880s-crop.jpg: 

A popular belief is that she instead acquired the nickname as a result of her warnings to men that to offend her was to "court calamity". It is possible that "Jane" was not part of her name until the nickname was coined for her. It is certain, however, that she was known by that nickname by 1876, because the arrival of the Hickok wagon train was reported in Deadwood's newspaper, the Black Hills Pioneer, on July 15, 1876, with the headline: "Calamity Jane has arrived!"

Another account in her autobiographical pamphlet is that her detachment was ordered to the Big Horn River under General Crook in 1875. She swam the Platte River and travelled 90 miles (140 km) at top speed while wet and cold in order to deliver important dispatches. She became ill afterwards and spent a few weeks recuperating. She then rode to Fort Laramie in Wyoming and joined a wagon train headed north in July 1876. The second part of her story is verified. She was at Fort Laramie in July 1876, and she did join a wagon train that included Wild Bill Hickok. That was where she first met Hickok, contrary to her later claims, and that was how she happened to come to Deadwood. - From Wikipedia

What can you do if you’ve started uni and you don’t like it?

Neon Wang/Unsplash
Catherine StephenUniversity of WollongongBrandon W. SmithUniversity of Wollongong, and Christopher PattersonUniversity of Wollongong

More than 260,000 students across Australia are going to university for the first time.

Some come to university to pursue a passion, others to discover one, and some aren’t quite sure why they’re here. Whatever their reason, it can take time to adjust and feel comfortable at uni, and some students decide studying is not for them. In their first year, around 14% of Australian students will choose to leave.

What do you do if you get to uni and it isn’t quite what you expect?

Expectations versus reality

The transition from high school to university can be a big adjustment, especially for Year 12 students who are used to structured learning and clear guidance. Suddenly, you’re managing a new timetable, deadlines, and navigating new places and possibly new subjects on your own.

While university social clubs and campus activities can help you settle in, your first year at university can be a lonely time. You are away from familiar school friends and in classes full of people you don’t know.

Mature-aged students (anyone over 21) face their own challenges when life experience does not always translate to confidence in academic skills.

Juggling study, work and personal commitments isn’t easy. Fitting university in around other life pressures can feel overwhelming.

Student walking on university campus
University is often more independent than high school, which can be a big change for students. Neon Wang/Unsplash

Seek out support

Each university will have slightly different offerings around student support.

If you are finding the academic work difficult, ask if there are academic writing supports or library research supports available.

If you are worried about your funds, ask about financial counselling.

Also seek out on-campus mental health or counselling supports if you you are feeling particularly stressed about your situation.

Can you change your degree or subjects?

If you’re not enjoying yourself, try to work out exactly what it is you don’t like: is it university itself? Is it your course? Or just a particular subject?

If your current degree isn’t working, you could consider switching degrees or the mix of subjects you are studying. Switching to another degree or discipline may come with credit for prior study. Remember, no learning is ever wasted, and many skills are transferable. You can talk to your university admissions team to see what’s possible.

Or perhaps part-time study would be a better option for you. This is very common among uni students. Only 40% complete their degree within four years.

Universities often allow up to ten years for a bachelors’ degree, so you have time to rethink and adjust. Chat with an academic advisor or student services to understand your options.

If university isn’t working at all, remember there are many other options post-school. This includes vocational education and training courses (some of which are free) that provide practical skills, geared towards a job. It is OK to change your mind.

Key dates to know

Timing is important. You need to be aware of the “census date” for your particular uni. This is the deadline when your fees are locked in.

Before then, you can drop courses without financial or academic penalties.

Think of the time before the census date as a “try-before-you-buy” period. While dates vary between universities, the first few weeks give you a chance to experience course content and decide if it’s the right fit for you.

Remember you are going through a big change – so go easy on yourself. And speak to academic, career, and wellbeing supports at your university if you think you need to make a change.The Conversation

Catherine Stephen, Lecturer, School of Nursing, University of WollongongBrandon W. Smith, Associate Lecturer, School of Nursing, University of Wollongong, and Christopher Patterson, Associate Professor, School of Nursing, University of Wollongong

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Sick of pie charts for your uni, school or work projects? Here are 5 other options

Master1305/Shutterstock
Nicole WhiteQueensland University of Technology

Whether it’s for a work meeting or a class assignment, presenting data to others is a common task on our to-do list.

We use data to make decisions on our health, finances and the world we live in, yet finding the best ways to communicate data without boring your audience can be daunting.

However, there are some tried and true techniques to getting your message across effectively.

First, you need to boost your data literacy – which includes learning about the different kind of charts and how to use them.

What is data literacy?

Data literacy is the ability to “plot” and present complex data in a way that’s easy to digest. There is even a branch of statistics focusing on the best way to present data.

It’s one of the most desired skills in the workplace, yet a 2020 survey found only one in five employees across nine different countries (including Australia) believe they are data literate.

With seemingly countless options available, choosing the right chart is challenging, and the wrong choice can influence how data is interpreted.

Passing on the humble pie

Pie charts are often the first pick when it comes to presenting data with different categories, such as age group or blood type. These categories are represented as slices, with the size of each slice proportional to the amount of data.



Doughnut charts, a close relative of the pie chart, work the same way but are shown with a hole in the middle.



As delicious as they sound, these charts should be consumed in moderation.

Pie charts present data in a circular pattern, making it difficult to make comparisons when there are many groups, or when groups are similar in size. They can also misrepresent data entirely, especially when data add up to over 100%.

Here are some alternatives to pie charts that sound just as tasty, but are easier to digest.

Bar charts

Bar charts summarise data across different categories, but present them next to each other. This makes it easier to compare several categories at once.

Here is an example from the Australian Bureau of Statistics showing the different generations from the last census.



Waffle charts

Waffle charts are a good option for data organised by categories.

They present data in a grid, with each unit representing a fixed number. This is useful for presenting both large and small percentages that are difficult to compare side-by-side.



We can clearly see most people eat meat from the figure.

However, a bar chart would make comparing less common diets difficult. With a waffle chart, we can see 4% of people surveyed are vegan, while 2% are pescetarian.

Histograms

Data often represent different measurements, such as height and weight, or time taken to write an article.

Histograms also present data with bars but, unlike bar charts, are used for data collected as numbers, or numerical data.

This chart type is used to show how a set of numbers are spread out, and can be useful in seeing which numbers occur more often than others.

It’s tempting to simplify data by fitting them into categories, but this can sometimes hide interesting facts.

The example below shows the body mass index (BMI) of a group of people as a bar chart.



It’s easy to lose information when trying to simplify BMI into categories, especially among people who may be obese.

Each category in the bar chart could easily be misunderstood as representing BMI as similar ranges. However, if we look at the histogram, BMI for obese people can be as high as 70.



A doctor using this data would need to take into account that someone with a BMI of 60 may need a different treatment method compared to someone with a BMI of 30.

Line charts and scatterplots

Other chart types for numerical data, such as line charts and scatterplots, allow us to explore how different measurements are related to one another.

Line charts are used to visualise trends over time, such as stock prices and weekly flu cases.



In contrast, scatterplots show how two different measurements collected on the same subject are related.

While scatterplots summarise trends, they sometimes show unusual results that would go unnoticed if measurements were charted separately.

For example, the figure below compares life expectancy and health expenditure in different countries.



If we’re only looking at health expenditure, people from the United States would appear healthier as the US spends the most money on health care per person.

Presenting this information along with life expectancy tells a different story.

Keep it simple and avoid ‘chart junk’

It is always tempting to add more information.

“Chart junk” refers to extra information such as excess labels, 3D effects or even different types of data in the same chart.


A chart filled with junk like 3D modeling and multiple data.
Example of a chart filled with ‘junk’. ResearchGateCC BY

This makes them more difficult to read and can distort the data, and is usually a sign your data is too complicated. You’re better off using multiple charts to tell the full story.

As Coco Chanel once said, “simplicity is the keynote of all true elegance”.

Keep these words in mind and choose a chart that keeps it simple without compromising style, content and detail.The Conversation

Nicole White, Associate Professor of Statistics, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The female explorers who braved the wilderness but were overlooked by the history books

Ferryland lighthouse near Labrador in the Canadian Arctic, an area mapped by Mina Hubbard in 1905. Nagel Photography
Sarah LonsdaleCity St George's, University of London

In the summer of 1905, a young Canadian widow, Mina Hubbard, set out on an expedition to map the northeastern corner of Labrador, from Lake Melville up to Ungava Bay, an inlet of the Arctic Ocean. It was an unusual challenge for a former nurse who had left school at 16.

Her husband, Leonidas Hubbard, had died in this same harsh environment two years earlier. Mina, 35, intended to complete his work.

Although she faced physical dangers on the 600-mile journey – starvation, bears, freezing rivers and rapids – her greatest antagonists were the reporters and editors of the male-dominated outdoors press of early 20th-century north America.

The popular Outing magazine, for whom Leonidas Hubbard had written, was the most excoriating. Its editor, Caspar Whitney, thundered in an editorial that “the widow” should not be in the wilderness, let alone speak about it.

The wild was no place for a white woman, especially one accompanied by First Nation (Native American) guides. This was not long after she had given an interview to another paper.

Mina Hubbard black and white photo of woman striding towards camera
Mina Hubbard in northern Labrador.

Other newspapers described her as a grief-stricken hysteric. This was the only explanation they could find for her decision to go on such a long and arduous journey. When she was 300 miles into her expedition, having found the source of the Naskaupi River, the New York Times reported on its front page that she had given up, beaten back by hardship and privations.

old newspaper cutting woman explorer gives up
New York Times. CC BY-NC-ND

Instead the paper claimed that a man, an explorer called Dillon Wallace who was also in northern Labrador, was “pushing forward beyond any white man’s previous track”. In fact, Hubbard had neither given up, nor had Wallace caught up with her. She would reach Ungava Bay several weeks before his party. But it fitted the dominant narrative of the time: that the wilderness was no place for a woman.

I explore the idea of what the wild is, and of its being a gendered space, in my new book, Wildly Different: How Five Women Reclaimed Nature in a Man’s World. From ancient myths such as Ulysses or Gilgamesh, to the present where research shows that women face harassment and othering even on remote Antarctic bases, the wild has for centuries been a site of heroic male adventuring and rugged exploration.

Studies show that even in modern hunting societies, while women tend forest plots and hunt small game near the village or camp, it is the men who go away, often for many days, to hunt for big game and status.

Myths from across the world have told listeners and readers that women who stray beyond the city wall, village paling or encampment are either supernatural, monsters, or have been banished for perceived sins against society.

In the Greek myth of Polyphonte, the young girl who refuses to follow the correct gender role to become a wife and mother, and wants instead to hunt in the forest, is treated to a terrible punishment from the gods. She is tricked into falling in love with a bear-turned-man and gives birth to two bestial children. She and her sons are then transformed into flesh-eating birds.

In a more recent echo of the media coverage of Mina Hubbard’s journey, in Kenya in the 1980s and 1990s, the environmental activist Wangari Maathai was attacked and belittled. She even had a curse put on her for planting trees in forests earmarked for development by the country’s then president, Daniel arap Moi, and for challenging Moi’s plans to build a skyscraper in one of Nairobi’s last green spaces.

At the height of Maathai’s confrontation with President Moi, the Daily Nation newspaper repeated criticism of both Maathai and her Green Belt Movement organisation. Headlines included: “MPs condemn Prof Maathai” and “MPs want Maathai movement banned”. Her crime? Wanting to slow disastrous desertification and soil erosion, and to empower rural women by planting 30 million trees.

When British mountaineer Alison Hargreaves was killed in the Himalayas in 1995, reporting focused on her being a mother and wife. Historical newspaper records I found during my research roundly accused her of abandoning her primary role of caring for her children.

The Sunday Times called her “A mother obsessed”, while the Independent led with the headline, “Dangerous ambition of a woman on the peaks”. The Daily Telegraph headline read, “A wife driven to high challenges”. Readers’ letters were even more critical, branding her as selfish and irresponsible.

A novelty nail file

Women who have received neutral or positive coverage for their work have tended to have novelty value, or had accomplished a feat so extraordinary that their being a woman was part of the narrative.

woman collects 42,000 insects - old newspaper clipping
CC BY-SA

The entomologist Evelyn Cheesman spent decades collecting insects on Pacific islands, from the Galapagos to New Guinea. Her work led to support for a biological dividing line between different ecosystems in the New Hebrides to be named Cheesman’s Line, and her contribution to science was a great novelty for the newspaper press.

Her months-long, arduous expedition to Papua New Guinea in the early 1930s earned her the headline in the now defunct UK News Chronicle, “Woman collects 42,000 insects”.

After Cheesman published her memoir in 1957, detailing four decades of exploration, the headline in the newspaper Reynolds News announced: “Woman trapped in giant spider’s web”. The sub-head simply statesd, “saved by her nail file”.

More broadly, my research disappointingly concludes that over 100 years on, women explorers and scientific fieldworkers are still represented as unusual or out of place in the wild. These media narratives are dangerous as they feed into social attitudes that put women at risk and cause them to change their behaviour outdoors by avoiding isolated places, especially beyond daylight hours, for example.

Studies show that women (and black and hispanic) hikers in the US are more afraid of being attacked by men than by bears or other wild animals. Women’s outdoor groups, and campaigners such as Woman with Altitude and the Tough Girl podcast are working hard to counter this narrative, encouraging women to enjoy the beauties and discoveries still to be made in the world’s most rugged and remote places.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 40,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Sarah Lonsdale, Senior Lecturer in Journalism, City St George's, University of London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why you should revisit the classics, even if you were turned off them at school

Johanna HarrisAustralian Catholic University

Throughout my school years I had an exuberant, elderly piano teacher, Miss Hazel. She was one of five daughters (like me) and, like many young women of her generation, had never married her sweetheart because he did not return from the war.

Her unabashed gusto for life and infectious, positive outlook left an indelible impression upon me. So too did the memorable fact that Miss Hazel read Jane Austen’s Pride and Prejudice from beginning to end once every year.

As a younger girl I wondered about the ways Pride and Prejudice could be so important to a woman in her eighties that she would want to read it annually. Was it to do with Austen’s depiction of a family with five daughters, or to relive an endearing love story?

Since those years I have seen, more through lived experience than through academic study, just how deeply meaningful the reading of classic books, like Pride and Prejudice, can be.

Cover of Pride and Prejudice
Penguin

I no longer simply read this book for Elizabeth Bennett’s love story, but for the finely crafted replication Austen gives us of human character, with all its flaws. Hers are imaginary yet imaginably real situations, all depicted with humour and a sensitively calibrated dose of sympathy for even the most unlikeable literary figures.

The clergyman Mr Collins, Elizabeth’s distant cousin and her rejected suitor, was always repellent for his obsequiousness but I see more readily now his self-serving nature cloaked in altruism. The haughty snobbery of Darcy’s aristocratic aunt, Lady Catherine de Bourgh, hints at a deeper layer of sadness and fragility only rereading can illuminate.

Box-ticking and speed

When we’re at school or university we may read for speed. I remember managing my reading of Ann Radcliffe’s 432-page gothic romance The Romance of the Forest to work out how many pages per hour I would need to read across a weekend in order to finish the novel before my university tutorial. (It was an ungodly ratio and I don’t recall much of the novel.)

Cover of The Romance of the Forest
Goodreads

Or we may read for the tick-box exercise of writing for assessment requirements: accumulating knowledge of a novel’s original metaphors, descriptions that best capture a prescribed theme (“belonging” or “identity”), or of poetry by which we can demonstrate a grasp of innovative metre.

But how and why do we reread classic books, when we are not constrained by class plans or prescribed exam themes. And why should we?

‘Like a graft to a tree’

Rebecca Mead’s The Road to Middlemarch offers a compelling exploration of one writer’s five-yearly revisitation of George Eliot’s masterpiece, Middlemarch.

Mead first read the novel at school, and Eliot’s subtitle to the novel, “A Study of Provincial Life”, captured precisely what Mead was trying to escape at that time: provinciality.

Eliot’s central character, Dorothea Brooke, captivated Mead as an unconventional intellectual heroine yearning for a life of meaning and significance. Mead marked out important moments with a fluorescent pen, such as when the intellectual and spiritual inadequacies of Dorothea’s husband, Casaubon, dawn upon her. Mead writes, quoting Eliot:

‘Now when she looked steadily at her husband’s failure, still more at his possible consciousness of failure, she seemed to be looking along the one track where duty became tenderness […]’ These seemed like things worth holding on to. The book was reading me, as I was reading it.

Cover of Middlemarch
Penguin

This idea of books “reading us” can sound like an odd animism. But books can prompt us to reflect on our own lives, too. Eliot makes Middlemarch almost compulsory to reread later in life: the idealism of youth captures the young reader, while the novel’s humour becomes more sympathetic as we age. To reread a novel like Middlemarch is to trace the ways we too have experienced idealism turn to illusion, or have seen the restless pursuit of change turn to a retrospective gratitude and a recognition of grace.

Our ability to acknowledge new depths of meaning in our own lives and to recognise within ourselves a subtler sympathy for the lives of others can be articulated almost as precisely as lived experience itself. As Mead says, “There are books that grow with the reader as the reader grows, like a graft to a tree.”

Feeling for Lear

The same can be said of Shakespeare. As young readers, we won’t necessarily capture the full vision King Lear offers us of the tragicomic paradoxes sometimes presented by old age. The play depicts the loss of power and control over one’s life and decision-making, the tender fragility of family relationships when the care of aged parents is suddenly an urgent question and the madness that can prevail when an inheritance is at stake.

Cover of King Lear
Penguin

Some of these things might abstractly be understood when taught to us in the classroom, but they are far more powerfully seen when revisited after we have lived a little more of that imaginably real life ourselves.

As students we might have squirmed with discomfort at the literal blinding of Lear’s loyal subject the Earl of Gloucester (the horror of witnessing a visceral, grotesque injury).

But as we age it is the tragedy of moral blindness that lingers, making the final scene so extraordinarily moving: “Do you see this? Look on her. Look, her lips. Look there, look there,” Lear pleads, as if to say that Cordelia, lifeless in his arms, still breathes.

Does he really see her lips quiver? Does he really believe she lives? Is this some consolation with which he dies or is it delusion? Lear’s heart is broken. So is mine.

Each time I revisit this final scene, the grief of Lear as a father is profoundly felt, but my heart is broken even more so by his continuing blindness; his vision (what he thinks he sees) is desperate, untrue, and ultimately meaningless.

Sites of discovery

When we read we inhabit imaginary worlds and each time the reading can be different. Philip Davis, a professor of literature and psychology has written,

Rereading is important in checking and refreshing that sense of meaning, as the reader goes back and re-enters the precise language once again.

Davis points to an idea advanced by the novelist and philosopher Iris Murdoch, of the reader’s collection of special, memorable fragments, which serve as metaphors for the reader’s self-utterances, developed over time. These are “nascent sites for thinking and re-centring”.

This is a similar idea to the novelist and journalist Italo Calvino’s description in Why Read the Classics? of the way classic books “imprint themselves on our imagination as unforgettable” and “hide in the layers of memory disguised as the individual’s or the collective unconscious.”

Works of imaginative literature are not manuals for life, though they might along the way gift us with some wisdom; they are sites of discovery and rediscovery.

The classic works we are introduced to at school may establish such sites for thinking about ourselves and others, but it is in rereading them as we grow older that we can better see the ways we have grown as imaginative, moral beings.The Conversation

Johanna Harris, Associate Professor, Literature, Western Civilisation Program, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Democracy’s bad eggs: corruption, pork-barrelling and abuses of power

Yee-Fui NgMonash University

The question of how best to eliminate corruption has exercised the minds of philosophers as much as the practical drafters of legislation from Ancient Greek and Roman times.

Within the political sphere, the notion of “corruption” has fluctuated between broad and narrow conceptions.

The broad conception relates to the decay of institutions or of the stature of the individuals who comprise them. On the other hand, the narrow conception focuses on the abuse of public office for private gain.

There is also “grey corruption” – which involves questionable behaviour involving a breach of integrity standards that does not necessarily amount to criminal conduct.

This could include where a person has undue influence over a politician, such as by essentially buying that power through making large donations or hiring expensive lobbyists, particularly where it causes public officials to behave in corrupt ways.

However the notion is defined, it is clear the fight against corruption is one of the basic tasks of a liberal democracy, perhaps even of an effectively functioning civil society.

Corruption control is a pressing issue worldwide: the United Nations estimated the economic cost of corruption at 5% of global domestic product or $3.6 trillion annually.

Australia has had a number of major corruption scandals throughout its history. Corruption was rife in the colonial era, where wealthy landholders sought to influence parliamentarians with monetary bribes.

This has been followed by several major corruption scandals, such as the Fitzgerald inquiry, which revealed widespread police corruption involving illegal gambling and prostitution.

What are anti-corruption commissions?

Anti-corruption commissions are arguably the most significant tool developed in liberal democracies to fight corruption in recent times.

The first anti-corruption commission in Australia, the Independent Commission Against Corruption (ICAC), was established in New South Wales in 1988 by then premier Nick Greiner.

Infamously, a few years later, Greiner became the first premier to resign due to an ICAC investigation.

Over the next few decades, all states and territories have set up their own anti-corruption or integrity commissions.

In 2023, the Commonwealth followed suit with the introduction of the National Anti-Corruption Commission (NACC), a promise made by Anthony Albanese in the lead-up to the 2022 election after considerable pressure from the public and from within parliament.

As a result, Australia now has a comprehensive network of broad-based public sector anti-corruption agencies covering all levels of government – a significant development nationally and internationally.

Anti-corruption commissions are tasked with investigating serious and systemic corrupt conduct in government. This includes not just members of the House and Senate, but their staff and public servants.

In performing their functions, these commissions have strong coercive powers, equivalent to the powers of a royal commission. This includes the power to compel documents and witnesses.

Some anti-corruption commissions such as the NACC and NSW’s ICAC have the power to conduct public hearings if they believe it’s in the public interest. This increases transparency in government. But concerns have been expressed about reputational damage for those subject to investigations.

Anti-corruption commissions also have corruption prevention functions. They are tasked with educating the public about the detrimental effects of corruption on public administration.

Reports of anti-corruption commissions are often attended by significant media publicity, leading to public awareness of corruption in government.

Why are anti-corruption commissions needed?

It has become well accepted that effective anti-corruption institutions play an important role as institutions supporting constitutional democracy.

The state anti-corruption bodies have brought to light many indiscretions by politicians that would have otherwise remained hidden.

Without these commissions, corruption in the public sector can take root without us knowing about it. An anti-corruption agency is a powerful deterrent against improper behaviour.

Yet anti-corruption commissions tend to be unpopular within governments because they scrutinise government action. This means the a commission may expose improper conduct or corruption within their ranks.

It is common for governments hostile to anti-corruption commissions to attack them, including by reducing their powers or funding.

This is despite their integral role in our democracy. Alongside other oversight bodies such as the ombudsman (who investigates maladministration within government) and auditor-general (who performs audits of government expenditure), anti-corruption commissions form part of an intricate, interlocking integrity framework that monitors executive action.

Who watches the watchdogs?

A big question is about how we ensure anti-corruption commissions do not overstep their bounds. Given their broad coercive powers, how do we hold them to account?

From their inception, concerns have been expressed about the potential for anti-corruption bodies to infringe on civil liberties, and the possibility they may exceed or abuse their powers.

In Australia, anti-corruption commissions are subject to a strong system of accountability through parliaments and the courts. They report to dedicated parliamentary committees who scrutinise their actions and decisions. Complaints against anti-corruption commissions can be made to a dedicated inspectorate – an independent statutory officer who oversees their actions.

Anti-corruption commissions are also subject to judicial review by the courts to ensure they don’t exceed their legal boundaries. Court scrutiny occurs when a person investigated by an anti-corruption commission takes their grievance to court.

To be effective, anti-corruption commissions require strong powers and institutional independence. But this needs to be balanced with accountability and the protection of individual rights.

What is pork barrelling and what are some recent examples?

Pork barrelling involves governments channelling public funds to seats they hold or seats they would like to win from an opponent, as a way of winning voters’ favour. This means the money is used for political purposes, rather than proper allocation according to merit.

We have been inundated with pork barrelling scandals in recent years. This includes the car park rorts scandal, where 77% of the commuter car park sites selected were in electorates held by the then Coalition government, rather than in areas of real need with congestion issues.

This followed close on the heels of the “sports rorts” scandal. Minister Bridget McKenzie resigned from cabinet following allegations she had intervened in the sport grants program to benefit the Coalition government while in a position of conflict of interest.

My research has shown that pork barrelling is an intractable problem across multiple governments over many decades. It takes different forms based on electoral systems.

Australia has a single member electorate parliamentary system, which makes it more susceptible to pork barrelling than multi-member electorates such as Norway or Spain. The belief is that politicians who “bring home the bacon” for their constituents are electorally rewarded for doing so.

This means there are incentives for the central cabinet to strategically apportion benefits to marginal electorates to increase prospects of electoral success. There is also an incentive to bias the apportionment of funds towards the party in power.

In short, rorts scandals keep happening because governments believe that channelling money to marginal and government electorates will win them elections.

Potentially the NACC could investigate rorts scandals, but only where it amounts to serious or systemic corrupt conduct.

How do we fix the grants system?

At the federal level, we have sophisticated financial management legislation that provides a framework for grant rules. The Commonwealth grant rules provide a detailed set of guidelines that ministers and government officials must follow on grant application and selection processes.

However, there are significant loopholes in the rules. For example, the “car park rorts” scandal is not covered by these rules because it involves money being channelled through the states.

Also, there are no sanctions for breaching the rules. So ministers and government officials can break the rules without any repercussions.

To fix the system, we need to reform the rules about grants allocation and close the loopholes. We also need to impose punishment for breaching the rules.

It is imperative our grants administration system be reformed to ensure that taxpayer funds are protected from governmental abuse. If the ministerial discretion available in grants processes is improperly used, this can give rise to political favouritism and corruption.

How corrupt is Australia compared to other countries?

There is a public perception that a small elite is reaping large benefits in Australian society in terms of political influence and its flow-on dividends.

In Australia, the “game of mates” is flourishing. There’s now a revolving door in politics with many politicians, advisers and senior government officials leaving the public sector to become well-paid lobbyists.

Add to that the appointments of political “mates” to commissions, tribunals and cushy ambassadorships and the blatant misuse of parliamentary entitlements such as helicopter trips on taxpayer funds.

Political parties are also accepting millions of dollars in donations from lobbyists and others interested in influencing policy outcomes.

All of this adds to the perception that the system is rigged - and not in favour of the person on the street.

Australia has fallen steadily in Transparency International’s global corruption index, from 8th place in 2012 to 14th in 2024. But even so, Australia is the 14th-least corrupt country in the world, which is still a respectable ranking.

More alarming is the fact that one in 30 Australian public servants said in a survey last year they had seen a colleague acting in a corrupt manner.

The types of corruption witnessed included cronyism or nepotism (favourable treatment of friends or family members without proper regard to merit). Fraud, forgery, embezzlement and conflicts of interest were also reported.

In the 1980s, there were incidences of large-scale corruption that rocked the country, culminating in the Fitzgerald Inquiry in Queensland and the WA Inc Royal Commission in Western Australia. These scandals led to the resignations and imprisonments of various former ministers and officials.

Although we have not sunk to such depths since then, state anti-corruption commissions, such as the NSW ICAC, have uncovered various instances of corruption in recent years. The NSW ICAC’s inquiries have led to the resignations of several politicians, as well as the conviction of former Labor MP Eric Obeid.

Another classic case of corruption exposed by the ICAC led to the downfall of former Newcastle lord mayor, Jeff McCloy. McCloy famously bragged that politicians treated him like a “walking ATM” and admitted to giving two MPs envelopes of cash amounting to $10,000.

In Victoria, the Independent Broad-Based Anti-Corruption Commission’s (IBAC) revealed that a lobbyist funnelled suitcases of cash totalling more than $100,000 from a property developer to a councillor, under the guise of sham transactions.

These explosive scandals involving corrupt conduct by public officials have eroded public trust in politicians. But the exposure of these scandals by anti-corruption commissions have an important deterrent and educative effect on public officials and the broader public.

Our faith in government has been eroded by a lack of transparency and the perception that those in power are enjoying unfair benefits. The active investigations by robust institutions such as anti-corruption commissions will act as checks and balances on governmental power - and are key to a vibrant democracy.


This is an edited extract from How Australian Democracy Works, a new book from leading authors at The Conversation on all aspects of our political system and its history, out March 4.The Conversation

Yee-Fui Ng, Associate Professor, Faculty of Law, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘High agency’: what the science says about the latest tech buzzword

Caspar David Friedrich / The ConversationCC BY-SA
Katharine H. GreenawayThe University of Melbourne

In 218 BC, the Carthaginian general Hannibal crossed the Alps against the advice of his men, who claimed it was impossible. “Aut inveniam viam, aut faciam,” Hannibal is said to have replied: “I shall either find a way, or make one.”

Though apocryphal, Hannibal’s bold statement captures a trait much sought in the tech industry today: “high agency”. This means being able to positively influence yourself or the world around you.

Psychologists use a range of other terms to refer to this kind of trait — including perceived control, mastery, and efficacy. All of them boil down to being able to achieve the things you want, when you want.

Recognising agency

In the business world, the term high agency is used in much the same way as “disruptor”, “game-changer” and “self-starter” were before it. As you might expect from those comparisons, high agency is a catch-all phrase for people who see and take opportunities where others see roadblocks.

More than this, high agency describes a person who creates their own opportunities where there appear to be none.

High agency is beneficial in more than the professional sphere, however.

Research shows that feeling able to achieve important goals is a building block for motivation in most domains of life, including educationhealth and political action. This is because people who feel “in control” set higher goals, are more committed those goals, and exert greater effort to achieve those goals than people who feel “out of control”.

Agency differs by demographic, including factors such as age. Some research suggests people feel more in control of their life circumstances and outcomes in middle age than in old age.

Socioeconomic factors such as education, income and work history also play a role. Put simply, people who are “better off” feel more agentic.

Mental health seems to be both an outcome and a predictor of high agency. People who are less depressed feel more in control of their lives, and those who feel more in control are less depressed.

Rethinking agency

The concept of “high agency” is an amalgamation of, or an umbrella term for, a range of traits that psychologists have studied for decades. Related concepts include the prized “growth mindset” (the belief that one’s talents are developable rather than innate), “proactivity” (acting in advance of, rather than reacting to, situations), and the somewhat controversial “grit” (perseverance in the pursuit of long-term goals). Note, however, that some argue grit is just a rebranded version of the personality trait “conscientiousness”.

High agency, as the tech world sees it, appears to borrow from all these concepts, wrapped up in one convenient package. Agentic people are those who see possibility where others see barriers, take action rather than wait to be told what to do, and aren’t afraid to go after what they want.

These traits are also stereotypically associated with particular people in society: members of advantaged majority groups, such as men, those with high socioeconomic status, and white people.

In many ways, high-agency behaviour is an act of privilege. It involves trusting that others will react well to your efforts to try a new approach or disrupt the status quo.

The reality is that the way other people respond will depend at least in part on factors outside our control. This may be particularly true for less privileged people, who tend to see less opportunity to exert choice and influence the world due to the very real structural barriers they face. This means acting “high agency” may be a risk for some people: actions that see one person praised as a “game changer” could easily see another labelled a “troublemaker”.

Taken to an extreme, high agency could read as “alpha” – the kind of person who takes charge and is a natural leader. Alpha is a gendered term, most commonly applied with a suffix such as male, bro or dude.

The already male-dominated tech industry should be wary of baking gendered traits into personnel selection procedures. If high agency is understood to mean a certain type of person rather than just a type of personality, it could be a problem for equity, diversity and inclusion initiatives.

Realising agency

Given the rising value of high agency in professional settings – not to mention its personal emotional and motivational benefits – you might wonder how people can become more agentic.

Many proponents of high agency emphasise its value for looking at the world in a different way. So too it might be valuable to look at high agency in a different way: not what makes an individual agentic, but what are the conditions that allow agency to thrive.

Research shows that certain types of environments set people up for success. Environments that allow people to thrive are those that meet three basic psychological needs.

The first is the need for autonomy: the ability to freely choose what we do and when we do it. The second is the need for competence: the feeling of being capable of performing desired actions. Finally, there is the need for relatedness: the feeling of being connected to others.

These needs can be fostered by the work environment. (Google famously adopts similar motivational workplace practices.) People can also adapt themselves by “job crafting” to help create the conditions conducive to success.

While high agency may seem like an innate personality trait, emerging research suggests the people around us may be a powerful source of personal agency. People who are better able to influence their own outcomes are often those who can turn to, or recruit, others to help them achieve those outcomes.

Paradoxically, this means that “high agency” might not (just) be a quality of you personally, but a quality of the people around you.The Conversation

Katharine H. Greenaway, Associate Professor, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Bill Gates’ origin story describes a life of privilege, exposing the DNA of some of the tech industry’s problems

Dana McKayRMIT University

Bill Gates, cofounder of Microsoft, is one of the world’s richest men. He is also a highly controversial figure.

On one hand, he contributes to social, medical and environmental causes through his foundation, making grants worth more than US$77 billion ($A123 billion) from its inception to the end of 2023. On the other, he has confirmed associations with Jeffrey Epstein and was the subject of spurious COVID conspiracy theories.

Even Gates’ Microsoft days were controversial. Under his leadership, Microsoft became the first tech giant, but Gates has been repeatedly described as ruthlessboth personally and professionally.


Review: Source Code, My Beginnings – Bill Gates (Penguin)


He was accused by his late long-term friend and business partner Paul Allen, of canvassing ways to dilute Allen’s shares in Microsoft when the latter was undergoing treatment for lymphoma. Gates reportedly apologised to Allen, and they repaired their relationship, and were on good terms by the time Allen died.

Still, as a leader, his style has been characterised by some who worked with him in the 1980s and 1990s as bullying. (Gates’ spokesperson has denied he mistreated employees.)

Childhood

In Source Code, Gates sets out to tell his own story, and the story of the birth of the tech industry.

His parents were the children of hardworking strugglers. His father, Bill Senior, was educated as a lawyer on the GI bill; his mother, Mary, was, according to Gates, an innovative and engaged homemaker, who later shattered glass ceilings.

Born in 1955 Gates describes himself as the kind of kid his mother had to warn his preschool teachers about. He responded to not knowing how to fit in with other kids by becoming a class clown, and was pushed by his mother to relate to other adults.

Cover of Source Code

He was introduced to mathematics by his maternal grandmother, a Christian Scientist and a card sharp. She played assiduously with her grandchildren. She did not believe in losing to them deliberately. Through cards, Gates learned two key lessons: that you can learn the mathematics of a problem, and that practising a skill will hone it.

His relationship with his father was loving and respectful, but his relationship with his mother was more fraught. She encouraged him, but he resented her expectation that he live up to social mores so much that peace had to be brokered by a family therapist.

The privilege of private school

Gates was sent to a private school for boys, and his stories about Lakeside School in Seattle are probably the most engaging segment of the book. It was at Lakeside that he learned to apply himself academically, after his class-clown act failed to impress. There, he also met Allen, who would become co-founder of Microsoft, and got his hands on his first computer.

In the late 1960s and early 1970s, computer time was charged by the minute. Gates used lucky connections and his entreprenurial spirit to get a job coding, so he could do more of what he loved. This was how he clocked up 500 hours coding before he left high school, a mean feat even by today’s standards.

Gates describes a degree of freedom almost unimaginable in today’s regimented education system. He had access to the computer lab at all hours and was able to take an entire semester off to code.

He continued his elite education at Harvard. Eventually, he chose to major in applied mathematics, partly because it gave him some of the same freedom he had been accustomed to. He soon realised he was not the best at pure mathematics, as he had anticipated.

Gates again got early access to computers at Harvard. He used this access to build his first microprocessor software (“Micro-Soft”), with Allen, which he and Allen sold to a company called MITS in 1975.

He was sanctioned by Harvard for this project. Their computers were not supposed to be for commercial use. He was also bringing non-students into the lab.

At this point, aged 19, he decided to take a semester off to focus on his business.

But they stole my software!

In 1975 Gates went to work with MITS, the company that built the first desktop computer, where he expanded his software.

The first version of this software was literally stolen at a trade fair, reducing Microsoft’s profits and creating a rift between Gates and many of the hobbyists who were using this software

Gates believed that software should be paid for; many of the hobbyists believed software should be free and open source.

Gates describes the head of MITS, Ed Roberts, as loud and somewhat mercurial, an irony that is not lost as we read Gates’ letters to his friends and business partners, in whom he is frequently disappointed.

Eventually, the relationship with MITS broke down. MITS failed to meet the terms of its contract to promote and license Gates’s software.

The end of this contract left Gates free to sell his software to a range of companies, including Apple and Texas Instruments. A legal judgement confirmed MITS had not fulfilled its contract to Microsoft, and that Microsoft had full ownership of its software and the right to sell it. This judgement is probably the foundation of the for-profit software industry.

In early adulthood, Gates already showed little respect for other people and social norms. He describes subscribing to the ideology of the lone genius, being arrested for speeding (where the famous mugshot of him comes from), and even joyriding on parked bulldozers.

This section of the book is probably the least readable. It presents a limited account of an exciting time in computing. Steven Levy’s Hackers is a great alternative account.

The DNA of computer programs

The “source code” is the DNA of the computer programs we use. Gates’ book sets out the source code of Microsoft, as a company, and in many ways, of the tech industry as a business.

Gates created not just Microsoft, but arguably an entire industry: selling software. His book describes the unique set of personal characteristics that made him the right person for this (single minded focus, which Gates attributes to likely autism, and a willingness to ignore all other considerations to get the job done).

It also describes a lucky set of circumstances. Gates benefited from a legal education at his father’s knee, a family history of entrepreneurship, and early access to computers.

The book ends in the late 1970s just as this combination of circumstances is about to bear fruit and a full four years before the launch of Microsoft’s first operating system. It does not cover Microsoft’s heyday, nor Gates’ substantial philanthropic activities later in life.

It isn’t clear why Gates has written this book now. If it is to rehabilitate his image, he makes a poor job of it. He describes a life of consistent privilege and only acknowledges this privilege at the end of the book, which rings hollow.

He displays a profound belief that he has been right in his interactions with others, going so far as to describe his relationship with Steve Jobs at Apple as “sometimes rivalrous, sometimes friendly”, even though Apple famously sued Microsoft over the rights to the windows style of user interface we are all used to today.

There is little acknowledgement in the book even of the regrets he has expressed elsewhere, for example over his treatment of Paul Allen. There is little to dilute the impression that Gates was ruthless, though perhaps a later memoir may document changes later in life.

A male-dominated industry

While Gates’ focus and drive were clearly fundamental to the growth of the tech industry, this book also exposes the DNA of some of the tech industry’s problems.

He describes his father as a feminist, but his mother’s social expectations were a source of irritation to him, and he barely mentions his two sisters. He got his first access to computers at an elite boys’ school – a school where, notably, his best friend protested the integration of the sister school for fear it would reduce academic standards.

This school, and later Harvard (then another male bastion), were the source of all early Microsoft employees, sowing the seeds of today’s male-dominated industry, with all its attendant problems.

Gates’ attitude to property underpins Microsoft’s aggressive business practices. He was clearly prepared to borrow what isn’t his (bulldozers, computer lab time), but he is incensed by the theft of his intellectual property. This attitude is evident in the long history of Microsoft litigation.

The company has been repeatedly prosecuted for antitrust behaviour and sued for copyright infringement. Conversely, it aggressively pursued those it believes to be infringing, including, famously, a 17-year-old entrepreneur, who was probably not unlike Gates himself.

Gates doesn’t draw these connections. He is largely uncritical of his own path, only occasionally admitting he treated someone poorly.

Ultimately, his book is a useful insight into the source code of the tech industry, but not always in the ways Gates likely anticipates.The Conversation

Dana McKay, Associate Dean, Interaction, Technology and Information, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Environment Minister Tanya Plibersek has been taken to court over 11 threatened species. Here’s why

Carnaby’s Black Cockatoo. Imogen Warren/Shutterstock
Euan RitchieDeakin University

What do the Australian lungfishghost batsandhill dunnart and southern and central greater gliders have in common? They’re all threatened species that need a formal “recovery plan” – but do not have one.

Today, environmental group the Wilderness Society launched a case in the Federal Court against Environment Minister Tanya Plibersek, arguing she and successive environment ministers have failed to meet their legal obligations to create threatened species recovery plans.

Other species forming the basis of the case are Baudin’s cockatoo, the Australian grayling, Carnaby’s black cockatoo, red goshawk, forest red-tailed black cockatoo and the Tasmanian wedge-tailed eagle.

Many other species and ecological communities also don’t have recovery plans. If successful, the case would set a precedent compelling future environment ministers to meet their legal obligations and improve Australia’s dire conservation record. This is a significant moment for conservation in Australia – testing how accountable environment ministers are in preventing species extinctions.

Why do recovery plans matter?

Threatened species recovery plans lay out very clearly why species or ecological communities are in trouble and the actions necessary to save them. Once a plan is in place, it can directly benefit the species by tackling threats and safeguarding habitat.

Proposals such as a new farm, suburb or mining project can be assessed by the environment minister and rejected if they are inconsistent with recovery plans and place threatened species at increased risk of extinction. Recovery plans have helped dozens of species come back from the brink.

Under Australia’s national environmental laws, the environment minister must decide whether a recovery plan is required for a species or ecological community listed as threatened.

If a plan is ordered, it must typically be created within three years. But a 2022 Auditor-General’s report found just 2% of plans met this timeframe.

Recovery is possible, but plans are vital

Successive governments have failed to keep up with creating and implementing recovery plans in a timely manner. The perennial and chronic lack of funding for conservation means there’s little capacity to do the vital but time-consuming work of planning and recovery.

As a result, the federal government has increasingly shifted to offering conservation advices in place of recovery plans. Conservation advices can be produced and updated faster than recovery plans. This is useful if, say, a new threat emerges and needs a rapid response.

But there’s a key legal difference. When the environment minister is considering a project such as land clearing for new farmland or a mine, they need only consider any conservation advice in place. When a recovery plan is in place, the minister is legally obliged not to approve actions which are contrary to its objectives and would make the plight of a species or ecological community worse.

A conservation advice can be thought of more like a fact sheet without the same legal weight or accountability that recovery plans have.

In March 2022, the Morrison government scrapped recovery plans for 176 threatened species and habitats, despite thousands of submissions arguing against this.

After the Albanese government took power in May 2022, it pledged to end “wilful neglect” of the environment and to introduce stronger environmental laws. Sadly, this commitment has not been honoured.

ghost bats roosting
The range of northern Australia’s ghost bats has shrunk significantly. Ken Griffiths/Shutterstock

Why do we need recovery plans?

Australia’s species protection record is unenviable. Since European colonisation, more than 100 species have been driven to extinction and more than 2,000 species and ecological communities are listed at risk of suffering the same fate.

For a species to be considered threatened, its population has to have shrunk or meet other criteria putting it at risk of extinction. The severity of the decline and hence its extinction risk will determine how it’s categorised, from vulnerable through to critically endangered. Recovery plans lay out the research required to actually recover these species, meaning helping their populations to grow out of the danger zone.

A key role for these plans is to coordinate planning and action between relevant interest groups and agencies. This is especially important for species found across state and territory borders, such as the southern greater glider and the migratory swift parrot. The greater glider should have had a recovery plan in place since 2016, but does not.

Are individual plans still worthwhile?

Faced with so many species in need of protection and limited funding, prominent figures including former Environment Minister Peter Garrett have argued we should focus our efforts on protecting ecosystems rather than single species to make the best use of scarce funds.

But there is a deeper issue. Australia is one of the wealthiest nations in the world. It has the capacity to greatly increase conservation spending without impoverishing humans, and should do so for the benefit of the economy, culture and our health and wellbeing.

That’s not to say ecosystem protection isn’t worthwhile. After all, ecosystems are made up of species and their interactions with each other and their environment. You cannot have healthy species without healthy ecosystems and vice versa.

But if we focus only on protecting large expanses of wetland, forest and grasslands, we risk overlooking a key issue. Two species in the same ecosystem can be very differently affected by a specific threat (predation by foxes, for instance). Some species can even have conflicting management needs. For some species, invasive species are the biggest threat, while climate change and intensified fire regimes threaten others the most.

small furry marsupial dunnart.
The sandhill dunnart is one of 11 species listed in the court case. Kristian Bell/Shutterstock

Extinction is a choice

As Australia’s natural world continues to deteriorate, climate change deepens and worsening wildlife woes abound, these issues will no doubt be front of mind for many in the upcoming federal election.

It can be easy to see these trends as inevitable. But they are not – the collapse of nature is a choice. We have what we need for success, including traditional, ecological and conservation knowledge. What’s sorely needed is political will.

There were once fewer than 50 northern hairy-nosed wombats alive. Today, that number exceeds 400. When supported, conservation can succeed.

Almost all Australians want their government to do more to save our species. Let us hope whoever forms the next government takes up that challenge – even if it takes court cases to prompt action.The Conversation

Euan Ritchie, Professor in Wildlife Ecology and Conservation, School of Life & Environmental Sciences, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘I can’t be friends with the machine’: what audio artists working in games think of AI

Visual Generation/Shutterstock
Sam WhitingRMIT University

The Media, Entertainment and Arts Alliance, the union for voice actors and creatives, recently circulated a video of voice actor Thomas G. Burt describing the impact of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) on his livelihood.

Voice actors have been hit hard by GenAI, particularly those working in the video game sector. Many are contract workers without ongoing employment, and for some game companies already feeling the squeeze, supplementing voice-acting work with GenAI is just too tempting.

Audio work – whether music, sound design or voice acting – already lacks strong protections. Recent research from my colleagues and I on the use of GenAI and automation in producing music for Australian video games reveals a messy picture.

Facing the crunch

A need for greater productivity, increased turnarounds, and budget restraints in the Australian games sector is incentivising the accelerated uptake of automation.

The games sector is already susceptible to “crunch”, or unpaid overtime, to reach a deadline. This crunch demands faster workflows, increasing automation and the adoption of GenAI throughout the sector.

The Australian games industry is also experiencing a period of significant contraction, with many workers facing layoffs. This has constrained resources and increased the prevalence of crunch, which may increase reliance on automation at the expense of re-skilling the workforce.

One participant told us:

the fear that I have going forward for a lot of creative forms is I feel like this is going to be the fast fashion of art and of text.

Mixed emotions and fair compensation

Workers in the Australian games industry have mixed feelings about the impact of GenAI, ranging from hopeful to scared.

Audio workers are generally more pessimistic than non-audio games professionals. Many see GenAI as extractive and potentially exploitative. When asked how they see the future of the sector, one participant responded:

I would say negative, and the general feeling being probably fear and anxiety, specifically around job security.

Others noted it will increase productivity and efficiency:

[when] synthesisers started being made, people were like, ‘oh, it’s going to replace musicians. It’s going to take jobs away’. And maybe it did, but like, it also opened up this whole other world of possibilities for people to be creative.

A vintage keyboard.
There were once fears about what synthesisers would mean for musicians’ livelihoods. Peter Albrektsen/Shutterstock

Regardless, most participants expressed concerns about whether a GenAI model was ethically trained and whether licensing can be properly remunerated, concerns echoed by the union.

Those we spoke with believed the authors of any material used to train AI data-sets should be fairly compensated and/or credited.

An “opt-in” licensing model has been proposed by unions as a compromise. This states a creators’ data should only be used for training GenAI under an opt-in basis, and the use of content to train generative AI models should be subject to consent and compensation.

Taboos, confusion and loss of community

Some audio professionals interested in working with GenAI do not feel like they can speak openly about the subject, as it is seen as taboo:

There’s like this feeling of dread and despair, just completely swirling around our entire creative field of people. And it doesn’t need to be like that. We just need to have the right discussions, and we can’t have the right discussions if everyone’s hair is on fire.

The technology is clearly divisive, despite perceived benefits.

Several participants expressed concerns the prevalence of GenAI may reduce collaboration across the sector. They feared this could result in an erosion of professional community, as well as potential loss of institutional knowledge and specific creative skills:

I really like working with people […] And handing that over to a machine, like, I can’t be friends with the machine […] I want to work with someone who’s going to come in and completely shake up the way, you know, our project works.

The Australian games sector is reliant on a highly networked but often precarious set of workers, who move between projects based on need and demand for certain skills.

The ability to replace such skills with automation may lead to siloing and a deterioration of greater professional collaboration.

But there are benefits to be had

Many workers in the games audio sector see automation as helpful in terms of administration, ideation, workshopping, programming and as an educational tool:

In terms of automation, I see it as, like, utilities. For example, being a developer, I write scripts. So, if I’m doing something and it’s gonna take me a long time, I’ll automate it by writing a script.

These systems also have helpful applications for neurodivergent professionals and workers who may struggle with time management or other attention-related issues.

Over half of participants said AI and automation allows more time for creativity, as workers can automate the more tedious elements of their workflow:

I suffer like anyone else from writer’s block […] If you can give me a piece of software that is trained off me, that I could say, ‘I need something that’s in my house style, make me something’, and a piece of software could spit back at me a piece of music that sounds like me that I could go, ‘oh, that’s exactly it’, I would do it. That would save me an incalculable amount of time.

Many professionals who would prefer not to use AI said they would consider using it in the face of time or budget constraints. Others stated GenAI allows teams and individuals to deliver more work than they would without it:

Especially with deadlines always being as short as they are, I think a lot of automation can help to focus on the more creative and decision-based aspects.

Many workers within the digital audio space are already working hard to create ethical alternatives to AI theft.

Although GenAI may be here to stay, a balance between the efficiencies provided should not come at the cost of creative professions.The Conversation

Sam Whiting, Vice-Chancellor's Senior Research Fellow, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Who is Sean Baker, the indie filmmaker behind Oscar sweeper Anora?

Duncan CaillardAuckland University of Technology

Director Sean Baker has made history by becoming the first person to win four Academy Awards in the same night for the same film – Anora – taking home prizes for original screenplay, film editing, directing and best picture.

Anora centres on Ani (Mikey Madison), a Brooklyn sex worker entangled with Ivan (Mark Eydelshteyn), the immature son of a Russian oligarch. After Ivan disappears, Ani searches through New York with his handler Toros (Karren Karagulian) to find him.

Baker’s Oscars sweep capped off a string of wins over the past year, but surprised many pundits who expected three-and-a-half hour epic The Brutalist to take home the top prize.

He’s made the 97th Academy Awards one for the history books. So who is Sean Baker?

An indie film lifer

Baker has been a fixture of the international film festival circuit for more than a decade. His films are carefully researched character studies, often focused on sex workers, immigrants and low-income communities.

Baker maintains creative control by working with ultra-low budgets, often serving as writer, director and editor simultaneously. He often casts new or non-professional actors and prefers to shoot on location with natural light.

His breakout film Tangerine (2015) followed two transgender African American sex workers in Los Angeles. Tangerine grapples with the complicated lives of its characters but also celebrates their humour and friendships. The film was a technical milestone: shot entirely on the iPhone 5S by cinematographer Radium Cheung. The total estimated budget was just US$100,000.

Baker’s next film, The Florida Project (2017), was a portrait of low-income children living in cheap motels near Walt Disney World. The film playfully frames its characters’ difficult childhoods as colourful and ecstatic, drawing an outstanding performance from six-year-old star Brooklynn Prince in her first film appearance.

Red Rocket (2021) centred on a retired porn star returning to his Texas home town, but struggled at the box office amid the COVID pandemic.

Baker’s film budgets have increased gradually over time, but have still remained very small by Hollywood standards. The Florida Project was produced on a measly budget of US$2 million, while Anora cost just US$6 million. For context, the production of last year’s best picture winner Oppenheimer (2023) cost Universal Pictures about US$100 million (before marketing costs).

The high price of creative freedom

Anora premiered at the Cannes Film Festival in May 2024, where it won the coveted Palme d'Or.

The Palme d'Or is widely considered the most prestigious award in international art cinema – and has launched previous Oscar winners such as Parasite (2019), The Zone of Interest (2023) and Anatomy of a Fall (2023). These awards play an important role in marketing and financing films outside the studio system.

The realities of independent filmmaking are harsher than the glittering appearance of awards season. Independent filmmakers are often precariously employed and earn modest incomes from their work.

In a speech delivered at the Director’s Guild of America Awards earlier this month, Baker laid out the financial difficulties associated with working as an indie director:

It’s just simply not enough to get by on in today’s world, especially if one is is trying to support a family. I personally do not have children, but I know for a fact that if I did, I would not be able to make the movies that I make.

Fellow nominee Brady Corbet, who made The Brutalist with about US$10 million, faced similar challenges, saying in an interview with Vanity Fair that he had made nothing from his two previous films.

Little films on the big screen

Anora has arrived during a time of great upheaval in Hollywood. Studios and streaming giants are adjusting their business models to maximise profits.

Meanwhile, the industry is still recovering from strikes in 2023 by the Writers Guild of America and The Screen Actors Guild–American Federation of Television and Radio Artists, which shut down productions for months.

Hollywood has often turned to independent filmmakers in such moments of crisis. In the 1970s, independent filmmakers such as John Cassavetes, Roger Corman, George Lucas and David Lynch disrupted an industry that was stagnating after its Golden Age.

Today, distributors such as Neon (which distributed Anora) and A24 specialise in marketing independent films through careful awards campaigns and viral marketing strategies.

Baker’s win underscores the role of independent films — less constrained by commercial expectations — in shaping the industry’s future. By taking greater creative risks, his style of intimate filmmaking is a breath of fresh air in Hollywood’s stuffy, franchise-driven business model.The Conversation

Duncan Caillard, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, School of Communication Studies, Auckland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Ghosts of the radio universe’: astronomers have discovered a slew of faint circular objects

Some of the objects captured by ASKAP. Author provided
Miroslav FilipovicWestern Sydney UniversityAndrew HopkinsMacquarie UniversityLuke BarnesWestern Sydney University, and Nicholas TothillWestern Sydney University

Radio astronomers see what the naked eye can’t. As we study the sky with telescopes that record radio signals rather than light, we end up seeing a lot of circles.

The newest generation of radio telescopes – including the Australian Square Kilometre Array Pathfinder (ASKAP) and MeerKAT, a telescope in South Africa – is revealing incredibly faint cosmic objects, never before seen.

In astronomy, surface brightness is a measure that tells us how easily visible an object is. The extraordinary sensitivity of MeerKAT and ASKAP is now revealing a new “low surface brightness universe” to radio astronomers. It’s comprised of radio sources so faint they have never been seen before, each with their own unique physical properties.

Many of the ASKAP results presented here were obtained with one of its major observing programs called EMU (Evolutionary Map of the Universe). EMU is mapping the entire southern sky with an unprecedented sensitivity and will deliver the most detailed map of the southern hemisphere sky to date – a spectacular new radio atlas that will be used for decades to come.

EMU’s all-hemisphere coverage paired with ASKAP’s exceptional sensitivity, especially within the Milky Way, is what’s yielded so many recent discoveries.

Here’s what they’re teaching us.

Unstable stars

Kyklos (left) and WR16 (r). Author provided

The ghostly ring Kýklos (from the Greek κύκλος, circle or ring) and the object WR16 both show the environment of rare and unusual celestial objects known as Wolf-Rayet stars.

When big stars are close to running out of fuel, they become unstable as they enter one of the last stages of the stellar life cycle, becoming a Wolf-Rayet star. They begin surging and pulsing, shedding their outer layers which can form bright nebulous structures around the star.

In these objects, a previous outflow of material has cleared the space around the star, allowing the current outburst to expand symmetrically in all directions. This sphere of stellar detritus shows itself as a circle.

Exploded stars

Left to right clocwise: the supernova remnants Stingray 1, Perun, Ancora and Unicycle. Author provided

Stingray 1, PerunAncora and Unicycle are supernova remnants. When a big star finally runs out of fuel, it can no longer hold back the crush of gravity. The matter falling inwards causes one final explosion, and the remains of these violent star deaths are known as supernovas.

Their expanding shockwaves sweep up material into an expanding sphere, forming beautiful circular features.

The supernova remnant will be deformed by its environment over time. If one side of the explosion slams into an interstellar cloud, we’ll see a squashed shape. So, a near-perfect circle in a messy universe is a special find.

Teleios – named from the Greek Τελεɩοσ (“perfect”) for its near-perfectly circular shape – is shown below. This unique object has never been seen in any wavelength, including visible light, demonstrating ASKAP’s incredible ability to discover new objects.

The shape indicates Teleios has remained relatively untouched by its environment. This presents us with an opportunity to make inferences about the initial supernova explosion, providing rare insight into one of the most energetic events in the universe.

ASKAP EMU radio image of the Teleios supernova remnant. Author provided

At the other extreme, we can take an object and discover something entirely new about it. The Diprotodon supernova remnant is shown below.

This remnant is one of the largest objects in the sky, appearing approximately six times larger than the Moon. Hence the name: the animal Diprotodon, one of Australia’s most famous megafauna, a giant wombat that lived about 25,000 years ago.

ASKAP’s sensitivity has uncovered the object’s full extent. This discovery led to further analysis, uncovering more of the history and the physics behind this object. The messy internal structure can be seen as different parts of the expanding shell slam into a busy interstellar environment.

ASKAP radio image of Diprotodon, a supernova remnant. Green circle shows the previous measured size, and the yellow circle shows the new ASKAP measured size. Earth’s Moon size is shown in the top right for scale, and Diprotodon’s namesake is shown in the top left. Author provided

A cosmic mirror

Lagotis is another object that can show how new telescope data can reclassify previously discovered objects. The reflection nebula VdB-80 has been seen before, within the plane of our Milky Way galaxy. The light we see was emitted by nearby stars, and then reflected off a nearby cloud of gas and dust.

Lagotis, with its cloud of ionised hydrogen or HII region seen on the right. Author provided

However, with newly available ASKAP EMU data, we were able to discover an associated cloud of ionised hydrogen (known as an HII region, pronounced “aitch two”), where stellar energy has caused the gaseous matter to lose its electrons.

This HII region is seen to coexist with the reflection nebula, sharing the same stellar centre, and is created from the star pushing into a molecular cloud. This movement is akin to burrowing, so the object earned the name Lagotis after Macrotis lagotis, the Australian greater bilby.

Outside the galaxy

ASKAP and MeerKAT are also illuminating objects from outside our Milky Way galaxy – for example, “radio ring” galaxies. When we use visible light to look at the stars in this galaxy, we see a rather plain disk.

But in radio light, we see a ring. Why is there a hole in the middle? Perhaps the combined force of many exploding supernovas has pushed all the radio-emitting clouds out of the centre. We’re not sure – we’re looking for more examples to test our ideas.

Finally, LMC-ORC is an Odd Radio Circle (ORC), a prominent new class of objects with unfamiliar origins. Only being visible in radio light, they are perhaps the most mysterious of all.

A radio ring galaxy (left) and LMC-ORC (r). Author provided

The next generation

MeerKAT and ASKAP are revealing incredible insights into the low surface brightness universe. However, they are precursors for the Square Kilometre Array, an international collaborative endeavour that will increase the abilities of radio astronomers and reveal even more unique features of the universe.

The low-surface brightness universe presents many mysteries. These discoveries push our understanding further. Currently, the EMU survey using ASKAP is only 25% complete.

As more of this survey becomes available, we will discover many more unique and exciting objects, both new to astrophysics and extensions on previously known objects.


Acknowledgements: Aaron Bradley and Zachary Smeaton, Masters Research Students at Western Sydney University, made valuable contributions to this article.The Conversation

Miroslav Filipovic, Professor, Western Sydney UniversityAndrew Hopkins, Professor of Astronomy, Macquarie UniversityLuke Barnes, Senior Lecturer in Physics, Western Sydney University, and Nicholas Tothill, Associate professor, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

ABHS March 2025 Meeting

The next Avalon Beach Historical Society meeting will be held on Tuesday March 11, at 8 p.m. in the Annexe at Dunbar Park.

Part One:
Bill Goddard and Geoff Searl have been researching and compiling the history of the first private residence at Palm Beach. Albert Verrills built Sunrise Cottage in 1911 to accommodate the surveyors for the Barrenjoey Company Limited. Its early history is fascinating, and we have some great photos shared by the original owner's great-grandson.

Part Two:
Geoff Searl has just returned from an 11-day voyage from Darling Harbour to Hobart as one of the ‘voyage crew’ on the replica HMB Endeavour. Geoff managed to get some worthwhile photos and some amazing details on the ship, which members may find interesting.

Part Three:
If we don’t look like running overtime and into suppertime, we have dug out the ‘Skippy’ episode from 1967, which featured Avalon Beach. It will be screened over the October long weekend this year as a part of the celebrations of the centenary of the surf club. It’s bound to cause a few chuckles!

To assist you with your future planning, here are the dates of the meetings for this year:
  • Tuesday, 10 June
  • Tuesday, 9 September (AGM) and
  • Tuesday 9 December
Geoff Searl OAM
President Avalon Beach Historical Society

Woody Point Yacht Club 2025 AGM

Trophy awards and other constitutional necessities along with great food, drink and live music!

Saturday 5th April / 5pm 'til late
  • Lovett Bay Boatshed
  • Members free, non-members $50
  • All included: food + beverages
  • Live music: ‘Nothing Too Serious’
Free transport courtesy of Church Point Ferry Service:
4:00 Newport, 4:15 Church Point, 4:30 Bells Wharf, 4:45 Tennis Wharf,  First ferry home 10:15 pm, Last ferry home 11:15 pm

RSVP and pre-book tickets woodypyc.treasurer@gmail.com


NSW Government enables delivery of new MS Plus centre

A new health and wellbeing centre has opened its doors in a major boost for people living with progressive neurological conditions across the state.

MS Plus officially opened its new Lidcombe Wellbeing and Accommodation Precinct on Wednesday March 5, courtesy of a $16 million funding agreement with the NSW Government. 

The new centre at Betty Cuthbert Drive will provide important allied health and support services, including exercise physiology, physiotherapy, occupational therapy and dietetics, for people living with neurological conditions including multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, motor neurone disease, muscular dystrophy, epilepsy, dementia and strokes. 

The NSW Government provided MS Plus with a 8,900 square metre parcel of land to ensure it has a new permanent home to continue its important work. The $16 million funding was allocated to support the construction of the centre. 

The Lidcombe Wellbeing Centre includes eight therapy areas, a large multipurpose space for various activities; a purpose-built gym, lounge and café areas, a children’s play area, a sensory garden, landscaped outdoor spaces, and accessible parking, toilets, showers and lockers. 

For more information, visit the 80 Betty Cuthbert Drive, Lidcombe webpage. 

Minister for Lands and Property Steve Kamper said: 
“I am delighted that MS Plus has opened the doors to its new state-of-the-art wellbeing centre, which will provide critical care and support for so many in our community. 

“This is a great example of the work of Property and Development NSW, which has facilitated MS Plus’ access to land so that it can be put to best use for community benefit.” 

Minister for Disability Inclusion, Kate Washington said: 
“The NSW Government is proud to partner with MS Plus, helping deliver this impressive precinct which will make a real difference to people's lives. 

“By bringing together specialist services, accessible accommodation, and a strong network of support, it ensures more people with disability can live independently and with dignity.” 

MS Plus Chief Executive Officer John Blewonski said: 
“The Lidcombe Wellbeing Centre provides everything needed for vital connection, health and wellbeing in one place: a one-stop-shop for neuro and ageing support, and a place of solace, where patients are understood, and can be supported to live well. 

“We know that more people are being diagnosed with a variety of neurological conditions — often lifelong and requiring ongoing care. Living with a neuro condition can mean a lot of appointments, and being able to access multiple health professionals from one familiar, welcoming place is so important for people living in Sydney.”


Photos: MS Plus

Nominate a Volunteer Today: 2025 Awards

Nominations have now opened for the 2025 NSW Volunteer of the Year awards which recognise the outstanding efforts of the 4.3 million volunteers in NSW.

Member for Manly, James Griffin said volunteering is incredibly valuable to local communities, with a range of community groups including sporting organisations relying on the hard work of volunteers. 

“Volunteers contribute $178 billion to the NSW economy, and I know here locally, our community just wouldn’t work as it does, without the dedication of volunteers,” Mr Griffin said.

“In many ways, volunteers are the backbone of our communities, and that is particularly true in the Manly electorate.

“From our service clubs, emergency services, church groups, hospital auxiliaries and sporting clubs, there are those who work tirelessly to make our part of the world a better place to live.

“There are countless projects and initiatives in our electorate that simply would never have happened without the work of volunteers, and I sincerely thank everyone who sacrifices their time for the betterment of our communities,” Mr Griffin said.

“If you know someone who deserves to be recognised as part of the 2025 NSW Volunteer of the Year Awards, I encourage you to lodge your nomination promptly,” he said.

The NSW Volunteer of the Year Awards are an annual program aimed at recognising the incredible dedication, effort and community service of our state’s volunteers, volunteer leaders and volunteer teams.

Nominations for the 2025 awards are now open and close on Friday 23rd of May 2025.

To learn more about the awards, please visit The Centre for Volunteering website at The NSW Volunteer of the Year Awards - The Centre for Volunteering.

Wilma's Secret to Be Launched this April

Avalon Beach lady Judith Friezer, a 90 year old mum of four, has been a prolific home writer for 40 years, and finally published her first book, “Wilma’s Secret”, for a younger audience of readers.

The book is about a teenage girl who finds an old trunk belonging to her great grandma, and soon discovers she is also a witch.

Judith will have a book launch at her local Avalon bookshop, Bookoccino on April 6th 3-4 pm!

The news service will run more on this soon - but one for your diaries. Apparently the first 5 people that come dressed as a witch will get a free copy!

Wilma’s Secret
The story of a young girl who finds an old tin trunk, containing her great grandmother's belongings. Wasn’t she once a Witch? And where did she disappear to? Teenage Wilma discovers hidden treasures inside the trunk and struggles to understand and use them to their full power. All the while attempting to keep them a SECRET from her pesky brother and worried parents. But why is the West Wind trying to stop her in her learning quest?
Will she ever unravel the real secret that lays buried inside? 

Judith C. Friezer (Gale)
Born in Western Australia 1935, Jude has led an amazing life. She travelled the world as an air hostess, then again as a life explorer. She also worked as a nurse, a beauty product salesperson, an entrepreneur, even a marriage celebrant. All through that time, she was also a devoted wife, a fantastic mother to 4 boys, and an avid bush gardener. She still is. 

Hidden inside though, Jude has always been a writer! 
Judith has been prolific in her output: countless pages of typed, handwritten, or scrawled poems and short stories; her kaleidoscopic biography is a multi-tomed epic that is still expanding…. yet despite this avalanche of creativity, this is her first published book! 

Judith lives at Avalon and will soon share this tale, 20+ years in the making, with all the aspiring witches (and warlocks) out there. 

More soon!

When patients are harmed in hospital, issues aren’t always fixed to avoid it happening again

Pormezz/Shutterstock
Peter HibbertMacquarie University and Jeffrey BraithwaiteMacquarie University

Over the past two weeks, the media has reported several cases of serious “adverse events”, where babies, children and an adult experienced harm and ultimately died while receiving care in separate Australian hospitals.

When a serious adverse event occurs, hospitals investigate what happened and why, and propose recommendations to reduce the risk of similar harm occurring again.

About 1,600 patient safety investigations are undertaken each year. And the stakes are high. If not managed well, the hospital’s response can compound the psychological harm to the patient and their family. If lessons aren’t learnt, patient safety doesn’t improve.

Despite three decades of concerted effort, the rate of adverse events remains stubbornly high in Australia. One in ten people will experience harm associated with their hospital care.

What can be done to reduce this harm? There is no quick fix but our research shows improving hospital investigations can have a big impact. Here’s how this can be done.

What exactly are ‘adverse events’?

Thirty years ago, one of the first large-scale studies of the rates of harm to patients in Australian hospitals was published – the Quality in Australian Health Care Study.

Alongside subsequent studies in other countries, it found one in ten hospital admissions were associated with an “adverse event”. These included:

  • incidents with medications (such as administering the wrong dose or drug)

  • hospital-acquired infections (associated with surgery or intravenous lines)

  • physical or mental health deterioration which is not detected and managed in a timely way.

Some adverse events can lead to patients suffering serious or permanent physical disabilities and psychological trauma.

Clinicians involved in such events can also suffer significant psychological distress and grief.

How are they investigated?

When a serious adverse event occurs, hospitals form a team to undertake a patient safety investigation. The teams harness experts from the clinical specialties involved in the adverse event (such as emergency department or surgery) and health service safety personnel.

The investigation also informs “open disclosure” – information for the patient and family about why the adverse event occurred and what changes the health service intends to make to prevent a similar adverse event from happening again.

But our research has shown most recommendations in these investigations are unlikely to reduce harm to patients.

The complexity of health care, workforce shortages and broader pressures on the health system (such as an ageing population requiring more complex care) often work against health services effectively implementing recommendations.

So what can be done?

We are undertaking research with four state and territory governments (New South Wales, Victoria, Queensland and the Australian Capital Territory) to test these strategies and inform how they can be redesigned for safer care. Here’s what we’ve found so far.

A well-recognised problem with some investigations is their lack of specialised expertise in patient safety. The field is backed by robust research, yet often the people undertaking the investigations are experts in their clinical field, or in the running of a hospital, but not in safety science.

Added to that, the sheer complexity of health care makes the task of finding the factors that contributed to the harm and developing effective recommendations even more challenging.

Consider the contrast this has with biomedical sciences, such as developing new drugs or tests. These use large, specialist, independent research institutions with highly trained scientists. Yet patient safety problems, which are arguably as complex, are expected to be solved with fewer resources, using part-time staff with variable task-specific experience and training, at a local hospital.

Complex patient safety problems require appropriate investments in expertise and independence.

Findings of investigations tend not to be shared. This means learning remains local. Repeated investigations of the same type of adverse event may be undertaken at multiple hospitals, duplicating effort.

More sharing of adverse events by hospitals and health departments would reduce this duplication and make learning more efficient. Aviation does this well. If a commercial jet experiences a problem or near miss, the issue is shared so every airline knows about it.

If we did this, we could redesign hospital systems to support safer care. This could, for example, include standardising how medication information, such as the dose, is displayed on all hospital computer systems. Doctors going from one hospital to another would be less likely to make errors in prescribing medication, which is a common patient safety risk.

Thirty years after the rates of adverse events were first reported in Australia, patients and the broader public deserve to know that investigations are being conducted effectively and that strategies are being adopted to keep every hospital visit safer. The Conversation

Peter Hibbert, Honorary Professor, Australian Institute of Health Innovation, Macquarie University and Jeffrey Braithwaite, Professor, Health Systems Research and Founding Director, Australian Institute of Health Innovation, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The female explorers who braved the wilderness but were overlooked by the history books

Ferryland lighthouse near Labrador in the Canadian Arctic, an area mapped by Mina Hubbard in 1905. Nagel Photography
Sarah LonsdaleCity St George's, University of London

In the summer of 1905, a young Canadian widow, Mina Hubbard, set out on an expedition to map the northeastern corner of Labrador, from Lake Melville up to Ungava Bay, an inlet of the Arctic Ocean. It was an unusual challenge for a former nurse who had left school at 16.

Her husband, Leonidas Hubbard, had died in this same harsh environment two years earlier. Mina, 35, intended to complete his work.

Although she faced physical dangers on the 600-mile journey – starvation, bears, freezing rivers and rapids – her greatest antagonists were the reporters and editors of the male-dominated outdoors press of early 20th-century north America.

The popular Outing magazine, for whom Leonidas Hubbard had written, was the most excoriating. Its editor, Caspar Whitney, thundered in an editorial that “the widow” should not be in the wilderness, let alone speak about it.

The wild was no place for a white woman, especially one accompanied by First Nation (Native American) guides. This was not long after she had given an interview to another paper.

Mina Hubbard black and white photo of woman striding towards camera
Mina Hubbard in northern Labrador.

Other newspapers described her as a grief-stricken hysteric. This was the only explanation they could find for her decision to go on such a long and arduous journey. When she was 300 miles into her expedition, having found the source of the Naskaupi River, the New York Times reported on its front page that she had given up, beaten back by hardship and privations.

old newspaper cutting woman explorer gives up
New York Times. CC BY-NC-ND

Instead the paper claimed that a man, an explorer called Dillon Wallace who was also in northern Labrador, was “pushing forward beyond any white man’s previous track”. In fact, Hubbard had neither given up, nor had Wallace caught up with her. She would reach Ungava Bay several weeks before his party. But it fitted the dominant narrative of the time: that the wilderness was no place for a woman.

I explore the idea of what the wild is, and of its being a gendered space, in my new book, Wildly Different: How Five Women Reclaimed Nature in a Man’s World. From ancient myths such as Ulysses or Gilgamesh, to the present where research shows that women face harassment and othering even on remote Antarctic bases, the wild has for centuries been a site of heroic male adventuring and rugged exploration.

Studies show that even in modern hunting societies, while women tend forest plots and hunt small game near the village or camp, it is the men who go away, often for many days, to hunt for big game and status.

Myths from across the world have told listeners and readers that women who stray beyond the city wall, village paling or encampment are either supernatural, monsters, or have been banished for perceived sins against society.

In the Greek myth of Polyphonte, the young girl who refuses to follow the correct gender role to become a wife and mother, and wants instead to hunt in the forest, is treated to a terrible punishment from the gods. She is tricked into falling in love with a bear-turned-man and gives birth to two bestial children. She and her sons are then transformed into flesh-eating birds.

In a more recent echo of the media coverage of Mina Hubbard’s journey, in Kenya in the 1980s and 1990s, the environmental activist Wangari Maathai was attacked and belittled. She even had a curse put on her for planting trees in forests earmarked for development by the country’s then president, Daniel arap Moi, and for challenging Moi’s plans to build a skyscraper in one of Nairobi’s last green spaces.

At the height of Maathai’s confrontation with President Moi, the Daily Nation newspaper repeated criticism of both Maathai and her Green Belt Movement organisation. Headlines included: “MPs condemn Prof Maathai” and “MPs want Maathai movement banned”. Her crime? Wanting to slow disastrous desertification and soil erosion, and to empower rural women by planting 30 million trees.

When British mountaineer Alison Hargreaves was killed in the Himalayas in 1995, reporting focused on her being a mother and wife. Historical newspaper records I found during my research roundly accused her of abandoning her primary role of caring for her children.

The Sunday Times called her “A mother obsessed”, while the Independent led with the headline, “Dangerous ambition of a woman on the peaks”. The Daily Telegraph headline read, “A wife driven to high challenges”. Readers’ letters were even more critical, branding her as selfish and irresponsible.

A novelty nail file

Women who have received neutral or positive coverage for their work have tended to have novelty value, or had accomplished a feat so extraordinary that their being a woman was part of the narrative.

woman collects 42,000 insects - old newspaper clipping
CC BY-SA

The entomologist Evelyn Cheesman spent decades collecting insects on Pacific islands, from the Galapagos to New Guinea. Her work led to support for a biological dividing line between different ecosystems in the New Hebrides to be named Cheesman’s Line, and her contribution to science was a great novelty for the newspaper press.

Her months-long, arduous expedition to Papua New Guinea in the early 1930s earned her the headline in the now defunct UK News Chronicle, “Woman collects 42,000 insects”.

After Cheesman published her memoir in 1957, detailing four decades of exploration, the headline in the newspaper Reynolds News announced: “Woman trapped in giant spider’s web”. The sub-head simply statesd, “saved by her nail file”.

More broadly, my research disappointingly concludes that over 100 years on, women explorers and scientific fieldworkers are still represented as unusual or out of place in the wild. These media narratives are dangerous as they feed into social attitudes that put women at risk and cause them to change their behaviour outdoors by avoiding isolated places, especially beyond daylight hours, for example.

Studies show that women (and black and hispanic) hikers in the US are more afraid of being attacked by men than by bears or other wild animals. Women’s outdoor groups, and campaigners such as Woman with Altitude and the Tough Girl podcast are working hard to counter this narrative, encouraging women to enjoy the beauties and discoveries still to be made in the world’s most rugged and remote places.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 40,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Sarah Lonsdale, Senior Lecturer in Journalism, City St George's, University of London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Reform authority a must for a sustainable private health system: AMA

Friday March 7, 2025
The Australian Medical Association has launched the private health chapter of its federal budget submission in Perth today, calling for an independent Private Health System Authority to provide fit-for-purpose oversight of urgent reforms, and to ensure the system is meeting the expectations of the community.

AMA President Dr Danielle McMullen said the budget submission also calls for a mandated minimum payout by insurers of 90 per cent as a proportion of their premiums to encourage greater uptake of private health insurance.

“We’ve seen many devastating closures of private hospital services, and we are glad to see Health Minister Mark Butler this week call for a better funding deal for private hospitals to address these challenges, which we support,” Dr McMullen said.

“The AMA is also calling for a Private Health System Authority — an independent body dedicated to overseeing the sustainability and innovation of the sector while giving consumers the confidence in private health insurance products.

“Australia’s health system is one of the world’s best, in large part due to the critical balance between public and private healthcare, and we believe an independent authority is key to protecting that balance.”

The AMA’s private health budget submission provides costed proposals ahead of the federal election as the major parties contemplate their yet-to-be released private health election commitments.

Supporting the release of the submission in Perth today, AMA WA President Dr Michael Page said he was concerned with the state of private health in WA.

“We are seeing major financial challenges in our private hospitals leading to closures and reduced services," Dr Page said.

"Western Australian patients are finding it harder to get the care they need, and they will continue to suffer without meaningful reform.

"We support the Health Minister's call for an immediate and better funding deal for private hospitals, so patients can receive the comprehensive services expected from their private health insurance.”

While the AMA has welcomed the federal government’s recent efforts at reform through the Private Health CEO Forum, an authority would also address regulatory gaps in the current system, working as an “independent umpire” to ensure insurance products and services prioritise consumers over shareholders.

“Our health system relies on the private system, where the overwhelming majority of our elective surgery is done. Our public hospitals don’t have the spare capacity to cope with a deluge of urgent patients if the private system faulters,” Dr McMullen said.

“Australians deserve to know they are getting value from their insurance, as well as services when and where they need them. They deserve to know they will be able to access care in their community, see their preferred doctor and not simply be funnelled into a service preferred by their insurer.”

 

Onshore manufacturing to secure supply of IV fluids

March 5, 2025
The Australian Government has announced it is building Australia’s future by investing in an expansion of Australia’s onshore manufacturing capability for IV (intravenous) fluids, a medical supply of critical importance for surgical operations and hospital care, among other medical uses.

A $20 million investment will expand Australia’s largest and only onshore manufacturer of IV fluids, and deliver many more jobs at the Baxter Healthcare production facility in Western Sydney, helping to secure supply and shore up Australia’s sovereign capability of the critical hospital medicine.
 
Baxter Healthcare will match the investment with $20 million of its own, expanding local IV fluid production by at least 20 million units.

This investment will ensure from 2027, 80 million units are produced each year.
 
Australia began to see a shortage of IV fluids in early 2023, with the Therapeutic Goods Administration predicting that global supply issues are likely to continue during 2025.

In response to the shortage, the Government worked with local producers and suppliers to secure supply of over 22 million IV fluid bags and brought together a cross-jurisdictional Response Group that includes all states and territories, private hospital representatives and the primary care sector through the Australian Medical Association.

This $20 million investment in Australia’s sovereign capability in IV fluid production is part of a broader program of work to secure supply of this critical hospital medicine, which includes: a clinical review of their use in Australia to ensure the best use of IV fluids, and establishing a panel of suppliers to help reduce any future shortfalls.

The Hon Mark Butler MP, Minister for Health and Aged Care, stated on Wednesday:
“The Albanese Labor Government is building Australia’s future by ensuring that critical medicines and medical supplies are manufactured here in Australia, by Australians.

“This is an extraordinary investment in IV fluid production. 

"Our investment will now cover IV demand for Australia and we will no longer be hostage to overseas supply.
 
“Baxter Healthcare’s facility has been an important part of manufacturing in Western Sydney for 50 years, and this investment will help it expand to produce another 20 million IV fluid bags every year.

“It means more jobs, more bags of IV fluid, and less dependence on overseas production.”

Increase to the Home Care Package subsidy

March 5, 2025
The Federal Department of Health and Aged Care has announced it has increased the Home Care Package (HCP) subsidy from 1 March to help providers pass on the award wage increase for aged care nurses.

The Australian Government is supporting the Fair Work Commission’s final decision in the Aged Care Work Value Case for an increase to award wages for registered and enrolled nurses working in the aged care sector.

HCP providers who employ aged care nurses under the Nurses Award 2010 will need to: 
  • communicate with their nurses and implement these increases to award wages 
  • review their pricing, and if reasonable increases are required, discuss the increases with care recipients and gain their consent to the pricing increases and update their Home Care Agreements. 
For more information, please refer to the Aged Care Work Value Case – Nurses Decision Provider fact sheet

You can also provide your care recipients with the Aged Care Work Value Case – Nurses Decision Care recipient fact sheet.

Have your say: Remaking the retirement villages Regulation

Closes: March 12 2025
In NSW, retirement village operators are regulated by the Retirement Villages Regulation 2017 (the current Regulation), which supports the Retirement Villages Act 1999 (the Act).

The current Regulation will expire on 1 September 2025. Remaking the Regulation allows the NSW Government to consider feedback on how to improve, modernise and streamline the current laws.

The proposed Retirement Villages Regulation 2025 (proposed Regulation) makes significant changes to the asset management plan requirements for retirement villages. The updates aim to improve transparency for residents and reduce unnecessary administrative work for operators.

The key changes include:
  • reducing the amount of information that operators must record on the retirement villages asset register
  • requiring operators to prepare a 1-year capital maintenance report as part of the annual budget process, instead of a 3-year report
  • requiring operators to record the ‘remaining effective life’ of capital items instead of ‘effective life’.
The proposed Regulation also makes other minor changes to clarify the laws and improve how they operate, for example, by ensuring key information is disclosed in a form that is easier to understand and accessible.

Changes are described in detail in the:
Your feedback will help to ensure retirement village laws balance the rights of residents and support operators.


Have your say: Restrictive practices legislative framework

Experiences of people with disability and their supporter
Closes: March 14 2025

The Department of Communities and Justice is seeking feedback on a proposed new framework about using restrictive practices on people with disability.

We want the framework to reduce use of restrictive practices and stop them being used where this is possible.

Restrictive practices are interventions that restrict the rights or movement of a person to change their behaviour - when that behaviour is likely to place them or others in serious danger.

An example of a restrictive practice is using a medication to influence a person's behaviour rather than treat an illness. Another example is restricting where a person can go.

The Department of Communities and Justice has released a Consultation Paper on the proposed framework.

An Easy Read summary is available. If you would prefer you can also read the full Consultation Paper.

Tell us what you think
You can give your feedback by completing a survey here by Friday 14 March 2025:
  • Survey for people with a disability who have experienced restrictive practices in NSW
  • Survey for supporters - family, carers, guardians and any other supporters of people who experience restrictive practices in NSW
If you would like to provide feedback in another way, please:
  • Email: policy@dcj.nsw.gov.au to provide written or audio file feedback
  • Speak to a staff member by emailing: policy@dcj.nsw.gov.au to arrange a conversation
  • Post your written feedback to: Locked Bag 5000, Parramatta, NSW, 2124
Your feedback will help inform the NSW Government as to whether to pursue the reform.

Digital Luddites are rising. They want to democratise tech, not destroy it

Raffaele F CirielloUniversity of SydneyRick SullivanUniversity of Sydney, and Vitali MindelVirginia Tech

Have you ever been called a Luddite? We have – usually as an insult, rooted in a popular misconception that Luddites are anti-progress fanatics.

Nothing could be further from the truth. The original 19th century Luddites weren’t against technology. Rather, they resisted its oppressive use.

Their rebellion was violently suppressed. But their core critique lives on: technology should benefit all of humanity, not a privileged few.

Today, as Silicon Valley billionaires and United States president Donald Trump turbocharge corporate control of public digital infrastructure, this critique rings truer than ever.

In response, we are a seeing a growing surge of attempts to wrest back control of technology for democratic ends. This is a kind of “digital Luddism” which echoes past struggles against high-tech injustice.

The original Luddites

The Luddites were 19th century English textile workers who destroyed machinery threatening their craft and livelihoods. Historians call their tactics “collective bargaining by riot”. They were fighting against technologies that centralised power and stripped workers of dignity.

Luddite resistance was part of broader struggles for labour rights and socioeconomic justice.

For example, in 18th century France, silk weavers similarly revolted against mechanisation that devalued their craft.

Earlier, England’s Diggers and Levellers resisted the privatisation of communal lands. This foreshadowed today’s battles over corporate control of digital infrastructure.

The Luddites faced severe punishment, including imprisonment and even execution. Despite this, their legacy endures. Today, dismissing critics of Big Tech as “Luddites” repeats the mistake of conflating resistance to exploitation with fear of progress.

An engraving of a person wearing a black hat and blue polkadot gown, leading a group of people in an armed struggle.
The Luddite resistance in the 19th century was part of broader struggles for labour rights and socioeconomic justice. Working Class Movement Library catalogue

In the most extreme scenario, unchecked corporate power allied with monstrous government polices can lead to atrocities. In Nazi Germany, for example, Dehomag, a former subsidiary of computer giant IBM, provided data systems to the Nazis to track victims. Chemical company IG Farben also supplied Zyklon B gas for extermination camps. Many other companies profited from forced labour and funded the regime. This shows how complicity can make oppression more efficient.

Today, digital technologies are deepening inequalityeroding democracyundermining privacy, and concentrating power.

Digital technologies are also fuelling surveillance capitalism, the displacement of human workers by AI algorithms and the growth of monopolistic platforms.

Platforms and AI systems governed by “broligarchs” such as Elon Musk and Mark Zuckerberg are also shaping politics, culture, and beliefs globally.

Digital Luddism, also known as neo-Luddism, tackles these issues through three strategies: resistance, removal and replacement.

Resistance: blocking harmful systems

Technology is not inevitable — it’s a choice. Sustained collective action can counter corporate dominance and align tech with democratic values.

In 2018, more than 3,000 Google workers protested the company’s military AI contract, forcing it to adopt ethical guidelines. However, in February this year, Google expanded defence deals, showing how resistance must be sustained.

Three years later, Facebook whistleblower Frances Haugen exposed the harmful algorithms at the heart of the social media platform.

Then, in 2024, Amazon and Google staff also staged walkouts over a US$1.2 billion AI contract linked to Israeli military operations.

Creative industries are also fighting back. For example, in 2023 screenwriters and actors in Hollywood protested against AI replacing their roles. Similarly, Australia’s “right to disconnect” law reflects Luddite principles of reclaiming autonomy.

Non-profit organisations such as the Algorithmic Justice League and the Electronic Frontier Foundation empower digital rights advocates to take back control over digital spaces by exposing AI bias and through legal litigation.

Digital Luddism doesn’t reject innovation. It demands technology serve stakeholders, not shareholders.

Removal: dismantling entrenched power

Some systems are beyond reform, requiring direct intervention. Removal involves political action and legal regulation. It also involves public pressure to break monopolies or impose penalties on unethical corporations.

For example, the TraffickingHub petition has garnered more than two million signatories to hold adult website PornHub accountable for unethical or unlawful content. This has led financial institutions, such as Visa and Mastercard, to cut ties to the website. For more than 20 years, hacker collective Anonymous has carried out cyber-attacks on authoritarian regimes, extremists and corporations.

Digital Luddites can also lend a hand to the long arm of the law.

The European Union’s 2023 Digital Markets Act broke Apple’s app store monopoly. This sparked a surge in small EU developers.

Big Tech has also repeatedly faced huge fines and antitrust lawsuits. However, breaking up or nationalising these corporations remains rhetoric for now.

Replacement: building ethical alternatives

Proprietary corporate systems have long been challenged by free, open-source alternatives.

But digital Luddism isn’t just about using different tools. It’s about systemic change towards sustainable, transparent and user-controlled infrastructure.

After Elon Musk’s Twitter takeover, decentralised alternatives that let users control content flourished. For example, Bluesky grew from 1 million to more than 27 million users in one year.

The Australian government is also responding to a broader public demand for platform independence. For example, it has introduced policies aimed at enhancing people’s data rights. Its Digital Transformation Agency is also advocating for improved open data standards.

Open-source AI projects such as China’s DeepSeek and HuggingFace’s Deep Research now rival corporate models, proving open tech is a force to reckon with.

The original Luddites smashed machines. But the global nature of today’s digital infrastructure makes physical sabotage impractical. That’s why digital Luddism isn’t about smashing screens. Instead, it’s about smashing oppressive systems.The Conversation

Raffaele F Ciriello, Senior Lecturer in Business Information Systems, University of SydneyRick Sullivan, PhD candidate, University of Sydney, and Vitali Mindel, Assistant professor in Business Information Technology, Virginia Tech

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Just having a pet doesn’t help mental health – but pet-owners with secure relationships with their pets are less depressed

How emotionally close you are to your pet is not necessarily a good measure of how your relationship affects your well-being. Nattalia Nuñez/UnsplashCC BY-ND
Brian N. ChinTrinity College

For many people, pets provide unconditional love, companionship and a sense of security. But not all human-pet relationships are beneficial, and some may contribute to stress and anxiety rather than relief.

Psychologists have been studying attachment theory for decades. This framework explains how people form emotional bonds, seek closeness and manage separation. People with secure attachment tend to feel safe in relationships, while those with attachment anxiety may crave closeness but frequently worry about rejection or loss.

Just like with human relationships, people form attachment bonds with pets. Some form secure attachments, finding comfort in their pet and viewing them as a reliable source of companionship. Others experience anxious attachment, feeling excessive worry, distress and a heightened need for reassurance when separated from their pet.

In our recently published research, my research team and I found that attachment anxiety is strongly linked to depression symptoms among owners. This suggests that well-being isn’t just about having a pet, but about the quality of your bond.

Strong bonds aren’t always healthy bonds

My team and I set out to explore whether the way people bond with their pets has a measurable effect on their mental well-being.

We surveyed over 1,000 pet owners in the U.S. about their closeness to their pets; how often they engaged in activities like playing, cuddling or spending time together; and whether they felt secure or anxious in the relationship. We also measured symptoms of depression to examine how different characteristics of pet bonds might influence mental well-being.

Our results revealed a clear pattern: Higher pet attachment anxiety was the strongest predictor of depression symptoms. In other words, people who felt overly dependent on their pets, constantly worrying about being apart from them or whether their pet “loved” them back, were more likely to experience depression symptoms.

Dog sitting under table between the legs of two people, a dog bowl to the side
For mental health, emotional security in your relationship with your pet may matter more than how frequently you interact. Darwin Boaventura/UnsplashCC BY-ND

Surprisingly, simply feeling emotionally close to a pet was not enough to predict better mental health. While some may assume that a stronger bond with a pet automatically leads to greater well-being, our findings suggest that the quality of the attachment matters more than its intensity. People with secure pet relationships reported better well-being, while those with higher attachment anxiety experienced greater distress.

We also found that while frequent pet interactions were linked to stronger and more secure human-pet bonds, interaction frequency did not significantly predict mental health outcomes. This reinforces the idea that emotional security in the relationship, rather than just the frequency of interaction, is what truly matters for mental health.

Interestingly, people who owned both a cat and a dog reported more depression symptoms than those with only one type of pet. While our study did not determine the cause, one possibility is that managing multiple pets can add stress or increase the burden of caregiving.

How pet relationships shape your mental health

Our findings highlight that pet ownership is not a one-size-fits-all solution for mental health. The way people bond with their pets – whether they feel emotionally secure or experience anxiety in the relationship – may be just as important as pet ownership itself in shaping well-being.

Cat pressing paw against a person's palm
Your bond with your pet influences your well-being in many ways. Jonas Vincent/UnsplashCC BY-ND

This research also raises important questions about the role of emotional support animals and animal-assisted interventions. If pet ownership is going to be integrated into mental health care, it may not be enough to simply encourage pet companionship. Instead, the quality of the human-animal bond could be a key factor in whether pets provide comfort or contribute to emotional distress.

This study does not suggest that people should stop seeking emotional support from pets. Instead, it highlights how the way people bond with their pets can influence well-being in ways they may not always realize.

For those who rely on their pets for emotional support, recognizing these patterns may help foster a bond that feels reassuring rather than stressful. Pets can provide deep comfort, but caregiving comes with challenges, too. Reflecting on both the joys and responsibilities of pet ownership can help strengthen the human-animal bond, supporting the well-being of both pets and owners.The Conversation

Brian N. Chin, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Trinity College

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New free virtual health service opens to all of Sydney

March 4, 2025
Today, the Minns Labor Government announced it has expanded a new free virtual healthcare service to all Sydney residents.

Residents from Western Sydney, South West Sydney, Nepean Blue Mountains, Central Coast and the Illawarra Shoalhaven local health districts will be able to access free and safe virtual care for non-life threatening conditions, right from the comfort of their own home.

It is expected to save 85,000 people from an unnecessary wait in an emergency department each year.

This virtual care service will provide care for urgent but non-life threatening illnesses or injuries including:
  • Coughs, colds, fevers and flu;
  • Respiratory symptoms;
  • Vomiting and diarrhoea; or
  • Minor infections and rashes.
The service will be available between 8am and 10pm seven days a week for people aged 16 years and older.

You can access this service by phoning HealthDirect on 1800 022 222 where patients will first speak to a registered nurse who will assess your condition, and if appropriate, refer you to the virtual care service.

The service uses video conferencing technology to connect patients with a multidisciplinary team of clinicians, including doctors and nurses, where clinically appropriate.

Virtual care forms part of a broader range of measures to relieve pressure on the state’s busy EDs, including:
  • $100 million investment for a further two years to continue our urgent care services, providing a pathway to care outside of our hospitals for an estimated 114,000 patients;
  • $70 million over 4 years to expand emergency department short stay units to improve patient flow to reduce ED wait times by nearly 80,000 hours;
  • $15.1 million for an Ambulance Matrix that provides real time hospital data to enable paramedics to transport patients to emergency departments with greater capacity and reducing wait times;
  • $31.4 million over 4 years to increase Hospital in the Home across the state allowing over 3,500 additional patients each year to be cared for in their home rather than a hospital bed; and
  • $53.9 million to improve patient flow and support discharge planning by identifying patients early that are suitable to be discharged home with the appropriate supports in place.
Minister for Health Ryan Park stated:

“Today, we are announcing that virtual care for non-life threatening conditions will now be available to all residents across Sydney.

“This virtual care service is a free, convenient and safe way to access care right from the comfort of home.

“People from right across Sydney will be able to avoid for a wait for a GP or in a hospital through this expanded virtual care service.

“It will relieve pressure on our busy emergency departments by creating more alternative pathways to care outside the hospital.”

Eating disorders don’t just affect teen girls. The risk may go up around pregnancy and menopause too

Drazen Zigic/Shutterstock
Gemma SharpThe University of QueenslandAmy BurtonUniversity of Technology Sydney, and Megan LeeBond University

Eating disorders impact more than 1.1 million people in Australia, representing 4.5% of the population. These disorders include binge eating disorder, bulimia nervosa, and anorexia nervosa.

Meanwhile, more than 4.1 million people (18.9%) are affected by body dissatisfaction, a major risk factor for some types of eating disorders.

But what image comes to mind first when you think of someone with an eating disorder or body image concerns? Is it a teenage girl? If so, you’re definitely not alone. This is often the image we see in popular media.

Eating disorders and body image concerns are most common in teenage girls, but their prevalence in adults, particularly in women, aged in their 30s, 40s and 50s, is actually close behind.

So what might be going on with girls and women in these particular age groups to create this heightened risk?

The 3 ‘P’s

We can consider women’s risk periods for body image issues and eating disorders as the three “P"s: puberty (teenagers), pregnancy (30s) and perimenopause and menopause (40s, 50s).

A recent report from The Butterfly Foundation showed the three highest prevalence groups for body image concerns are teenage girls aged 15–17 (39.9%), women aged 55–64 (35.7%) and women aged 35–44 (32.6%).

We acknowledge there’s a wide age range for when girls and women will go through these phases of life. For example, a small proportion of women will experience premature menopause before 40, and not all women will become pregnant.

Variations in the way eating disorder symptoms are measured across different studies can make it difficult to draw direct comparisons, but here’s a snapshot of what the evidence tells us.

Puberty

In a review of studies looking at children aged six to adolescents aged 18, 30% of girls in this age group reported disordered eating, compared to 17% of boys. Rates of disordered eating were higher as children got older.

Pregnancy

During pregnancy, eating disorder prevalence is estimated at 7.5%. Almost 70% of women are dissatisfied with their body weight and figure in the post-partum period.

A pregnant woman sitting on a couch in a consultation room.
Pregnancy can represent a major change in identity and self-perception. Pormezz/Shutterstock

Perimenopause

It’s estimated more than 73% of midlife women aged 42–52 are unsatisfied with their body weight. However, only a portion of these women would have been going through the menopause transition at the time of this study.

The prevalence of eating disorders is around 3.5% in women over 40 and 1–2% in men at the same stage.

So what’s going on?

Although we’re not sure of the exact mechanisms underlying eating disorder and body dissatisfaction risk during the three "P"s, it’s likely a combination of factors are at play.

These life stages involve significant reproductive hormonal changes (for example, fluctuations in oestrogen and progesterone) which can lead to increases in appetite or binge eating and changes in body composition. These changes can result in concerns about body weight and shape.

These stages can also represent a major change in identity and self-perception. A girl going through puberty may be concerned about turning into an "adult woman” and changes in attitudes of those around her, such as unwanted sexual attention.

Pregnancy obviously comes with significant body size and shape changes. Pregnant women may also feel their body is no longer their own.

While social pressures to be thin can stop during pregnancy, social expectations arguably return after birth, demanding women “bounce back” to their pre-pregnancy shape and size quickly.

Women going through menopause commonly express concerns about a loss of identity. In combination with changes in body composition and a perception their appearance is departing from youthful beauty ideals, this can intensify body dissatisfaction and increase the risk of eating disorders.

These periods of life can each also be incredibly stressful, both physically and psychologically.

For example, a girl going through puberty may be facing more adult responsibilities and stress at school. A pregnant woman could be taking care of a family while balancing work and other demands. A woman going through menopause could potentially be taking care of multiple generations (teenage children, ageing parents) while navigating the complexities of mid-life.

Research has shown interpersonal problems and stressors can increase the risk of eating disorders.

A woman resting her head on the shoulder of another.
Body image concerns and eating disorders are not limited to teenage girls. transly/UnsplashCC BY

We need to do better

Unfortunately most of the policy and research attention currently seems to be focused on preventing and treating eating disorders in adolescents rather than adults. There also appears to be a lack of understanding among health professionals about these issues in older women.

In research I (Gemma) led with women who had experienced an eating disorder during menopause, participants expressed frustration with the lack of services that catered to people facing an eating disorder during this life stage. Participants also commonly said health professionals lacked education and training about eating disorders during menopause.

We need to increase awareness among health professionals and the general public about the fact eating disorders and body image concerns can affect women of any age – not just teenage girls. This will hopefully empower more women to seek help without stigma, and enable better support and treatment.

Jaycee Fuller from Bond University contributed to this article.

If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14. For concerns around eating disorders or body image visit the Butterfly Foundation website or call the national helpline on 1800 33 4673.The Conversation

Gemma Sharp, Professor, NHMRC Emerging Leadership Fellow & Senior Clinical Psychologist, The University of QueenslandAmy Burton, Lecturer in Clinical Psychology, University of Technology Sydney, and Megan Lee, Assistant Professor, Psychology, Bond University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

I’m a medical forensic examiner. Here’s what people can expect from a health response after a sexual assault

fizkes/Shutterstock
Mary Louise StewartUniversity of Sydney

An estimated one in five women and one in 16 men in Australia have experienced sexual violence.

After such a traumatic experience, it’s understandable many are unsure if they want to report it to the police. In fact, less than 10% of Australian women who experience sexual assault ever make a police report.

In Australia there is no time limit on reporting sexual assault to police. However, there are tight time frames for collecting forensic evidence, which can sometimes be an important part of the police investigation, whether it’s commenced at the time or later.

This means the decision of whether or not to undergo a medical forensic examination needs to be made quite quickly after an assault.

I work as a medical forensic examiner. Here’s what you can expect if you present for a medical forensic examination after a sexual assault.

A team of specialists

There are about 100 sexual assault services throughout Australia providing 24-hour care. As with other areas of health care, there are extra challenges in regional and rural areas, where there are often further distances to travel and staff shortages.

Sexual assault services in Australia are free regardless of Medicare status. To find your nearest service you can call 1800 RESPECT (1800 737 732) or Full Stop Australia (1800 385 578) who can also provide immediate telephone counselling support.

It’s important to call the local sexual assault service before turning up. They can provide the victim-survivor with information and advice to prevent delays and make the process as helpful as possible.

The consultation usually occurs in a hospital emergency department which has a designated forensic suite, or in a specialised forensic service.

The victim-survivor is seen by a doctor or nurse trained in medical and forensic care. There’s a sexual assault counsellor, crisis worker or social worker present to support the patient and offer counselling advice. This is called an “integrated response” with medical and psychosocial staff working together.

In most cases the victim-survivor can have their own support person present too.

Depending on what the victim-survivor wants, the doctor or nurse will take a history of the assault to guide any medical care which may be needed (such as emergency contraception) and to guide the examination.

Sexual assault services are always very aware of giving victim-survivors a choice about having a medical forensic examination. If a person presents to a sexual assault service, they can receive counselling and medical care without undergoing a forensic examination if they do not wish to.

Sexual assault services are inclusive of all genders.

Collecting forensic samples

Samples collected during a medical forensic examination can sometimes identify the perpetrator’s DNA or intoxicating substances (alcohol or drugs that might be relevant to the investigation). The window of opportunity to collect these samples can be as short as 12 hours, or up to 5–7 days, depending on the nature of the sexual assault.

In most of Australia, an adult who has experienced a recent sexual assault can be offered a medical forensic examination without making a report to police.

Depending on the state or territory, the forensic samples can usually be stored for 3 to 12 months (up to 100 years in Tasmania). This allows the victim-survivor time to decide if they want to release them to police for processing.

The doctor or nurse will collect the samples using a sexual assault investigation kit, or a “rape kit”.

Collecting these samples might involve taking swabs to try to detect DNA from external and internal genital areas and anywhere there may have been DNA transfer. This can be from skin cells, where the perpetrator touched the victim-survivor, or from bodily fluids including semen or saliva.

The doctor or nurse carrying out the examination do their best to minimise re-traumatisation, by providing the victim-survivor information, choices and control at every step of the process.

A nurse talking to two women.
The victim-survivor can usually have a support person with them. Monkey Business Images/Shutterstock

How about STIs and pregnancy?

During the consultation, the doctor or nurse will address any concerns about sexually transmitted infections (STIs) and pregnancy, if applicable.

In most cases the risk of STIs is small. But follow-up testing at 1–2 weeks for infections such as chlamydia and gonorrhoea, and at 6–12 weeks for infections such as syphilis and HIV, is usually recommended.

Emergency contraception (sometimes called the “morning after pill”) can be provided to prevent pregnancy. It can be taken up to five days after sexual assault (but the sooner the better) with follow-up pregnancy testing recommended at 2–3 weeks.

Things have improved over time

When I was a junior doctor in the late 90s, taking forensic swabs was usually the responsibility of the busy obstetrics and gynaecology trainee in the emergency department, who was often managing multiple patients and had little training in forensics. There was also usually no supportive counsellor.

Anecdotally, both the doctor and the patient were traumatised by this experience. Research shows that when specialised, integrated services are not provided, victim-survivors’ feelings of powerlessness are magnified.

But the way we carry out medical forensic examinations after sexual assault in Australia has improved over the years.

With patient-centred practices, and designated forensic and counselling staff, the experience for the patient is thought to be empowering rather than re-traumatising.

Our research

In new research published in the Australian Journal of General Practice, my colleagues and I explored the experience of the medical forensic examination from the victim-survivor’s perspective.

We surveyed 291 patients presenting to a sexual assault service in New South Wales (where I work) over four years.

Some 75% of patients reported the examination was reassuring and another 20% reported it was OK. Only 2% reported that it was traumatising. The majority (98%) said they would recommend a friend present to a sexual assault service if they were in a similar situation.

While patients spoke positively about the care they received, many commented that the sexual assault service was not visible enough. They didn’t know how to find it or even that it existed.

We know many victim-survivors don’t present to a sexual assault service or undergo a medical forensic examination after a sexual assault. So we need to do more to increase the visibility of these services.

The National Sexual Assault, Family and Domestic Violence Counselling Line – 1800 RESPECT (1800 737 732) – is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week for any Australian who has experienced, or is at risk of, family and domestic violence and/or sexual assault.The Conversation

Mary Louise Stewart, Senior Career Medical Officer, Northern Sydney Local Health District; PhD Candidate, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Alcohol and gambling firms donate to political parties multiple times. And new rules won’t stop them

Jennifer Lacy-NicholsThe University of Melbourne

Good quality information about when and how alcohol and gambling industries try to influence government decision making should be easily accessible. But in Australia, it’s not.

When we mapped the network of alcohol and gambling interests in Australia in our recent study, we revealed a complex web of memberships and partnerships.

We then used the latest data on political donations from the Australian Electoral Commission to show how these companies can “double donate”, or potentially donate more than twice. That’s once directly and via their often-multiple associations.

However, recent political donation reforms will not stop these kinds of multiple donations.

We’re concerned about the lack of transparency in these associations and political donations, and the potential for influencing public health policy on everything from gambling reform to alcohol labelling.

Hidden webs of influence

Understanding which companies are connected with alcohol and gambling associations can be challenging. This was immediately apparent when we mapped alcohol and gambling industry associations (such as Clubs Australia, which represents both community clubs and large pokies venues, or Alcohol Beverages Australia, which represents drinks manufacturers, distributors and retailers).

Just 75 (59.5%) of the 126 industry associations we identified disclosed their members or corporate partners.

When we documented the members and corporate sponsors of those 75 associations, we found a large and well-connected network.

Unsurprisingly, major alcohol and gambling companies were among the members and corporate sponsors. But these were in the minority. More than three-quarters (78.3%) were from other industries such as health, finance, construction, law, entertainment and telecommunications. Some of these were among the most well-connected organisations in the network.

The figure below shows the links between the most connected associations and corporate partners, using data from 2022.

The larger circles indicate more connections in the network (for example, associations with more partners). Circles of alcohol interests are blue, gambling is pink, industry associations are orange, and other industries are shown in grey. The lines show a direct link (for instance, between a company and industry association).

Network of interests
We revealed a large and well-connected network of alcohol and gambling associations. Author provided

We also investigated how transparent these relationships were. We mapped disclosures about two prominent groups: the hotels associations (which represent pubs and hotels) and the clubs associations.

Of the 658 relationships assessed, only 91 (13.8%) were transparently disclosed. Alcohol companies were the least transparent (disclosing none fully). Gambling companies fully disclosed only 19 relationships.

The figure below compares the number of disclosures from alcohol, gambling and other companies about their relationships with hotels and clubs associations.

On the left, we have industry sectors. On the right we have the clubs and hotels associations they partner with. In the middle we show how many of those relationships were fully, partially or not disclosed at all.

Map of disclosures for hotels and clubs associations
Here’s what hotels and clubs assocations disclosed. Author provided

Poor transparency is just the start

Poor transparency in membership of hotels and clubs associations makes it even harder to keep track of which companies are making political donations to which parties, and how much they’re donating in total.

Donations are often said to buy access to politicians, which can facilitate political influence. Companies who may not want to visibly support political parties can donate via intermediaries – in this case, associations that represent their interests. Depending on how many associations a company belongs to, companies can cultivate multiple access points to government.

This gives them more opportunities to influence politics – and perhaps oppose public policies that threaten their commercial interests.

These multiple access points are often opaque. The potential links between the thousands of donors in political donation data from the Australian Electoral Commission are not explicit. This makes it challenging for someone with limited time and resources to easily understand which company is giving money to which party, how much, and why. So much of the money in Australian politics is effectively hidden.

It was only through extensive data collection, cleaning and linking that we could map links between alcohol and gambling sectors. We then linked our dataset to the new data published by the Australian Electoral Commission on February 1.

If we look at just alcohol and gambling companies, we can see that several essentially “double donate”. They donate once directly and a second time (or more) indirectly via their associations.

We put together a simple visual below to show the flow of funds for the largest alcohol and gambling donors and associations in our dataset.

On the left we have the alcohol and gambling companies donating to political parties on the right. In the middle, we have have alcohol and gambling industry associations also donating to the political parties. The lines represent the financial connection between entities. The wider the lines, the more money we know is donated.

Political donations
Alcohol and gambling industry donations to political parties, 2023-24. Author provided

Why aren’t recent reforms enough?

The most recent donation reforms mean political donations over A$5,000 must be disclosed, and these must be disclosed monthly. However, these reforms are far weaker than originally proposed (real-time reporting, $1,000 disclosure cap). This potentially allows alcohol and gambling industries to influence government and hide it.

Our current political integrity safeguards are failing us. That’s because the reforms do not compel industry groups to disclose their members or funders. This potentially allows companies to donate to political parties under the radar.

This would be the case for the 51 organisations we found that did not have a list of members publicly available.

Better transparency – about donations, lobbyists, conflicts of interest and more – can help ensure government decision-making is not unduly influenced by vested interests.

With a federal election looming, it is important the public can trust policies from all sides of politics are free from undue influence.


Cara Platts from the University of Melbourne coauthored the academic paper on which this article is based, and contributed to this article.The Conversation

Jennifer Lacy-Nichols, Senior Research Fellow in Commercial Determinants of Health, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Nangs are popular with young people. But are they aware of the serious harms of nitrous oxide?

Lenscap Photography/Shutterstock
Julaine AllanCharles Sturt UniversityHelen SimpsonUniversity of WollongongJacqui CameronUniversity of Wollongong, and Kenny KorUniversity of Wollongong

Nitrous oxide – also known as laughing gas or nangs – is cheap, widely available and popular among young people.

Yet it often flies under the radar in public health programs and education settings. For example, it’s not included in the drug education curriculum in Australian schools.

In our new study, we spoke to young people (aged 18 to 25) who have used nitrous oxide. We found they were are unaware of its risks – even when they reported symptoms such as “brain fog” and seizures.

What is nitrous oxide?

Nitrous oxide is regularly used for sedation and pain relief in dentistry and childbirth.

The gas, which has no colour or flavour, is also used recreationally and is known as nangs, nos, whippits and balloons.

In fact, nitrous oxide has been used to get intoxicated since its creation in 1722, and wasn’t used in surgery until 1842. It can create a feeling of dissociation from the body, changes in perception and euphoria. This lasts about one minute.

In Australia, nitrous oxide is cheap and accessible. This is because the gas is also used in baking, for example to whip cream.

So, while it’s not legal to sell nitrous oxide for recreational use, the canisters or “bulbs” are widely available online via 24-hour delivery services.

People usually discharge the gas into a balloon or a whipped cream dispenser and then inhale. Nitrous oxide is intensely cold – minus 40 degrees Celsius.

A hand holding a balloon and a silver canister.
People inhale the gas using a balloon. Ink Drop/Shutterstock

How common is it?

We still don’t have much data about who uses nitrous oxide and how often. Compared to other drugs, there is minimal research on its recreational use.

However researchers believe it is becoming more common globally, especially among young people.

For example, in 2022, nitrous oxide was the second-most used controlled substance among 16–24 year olds in the United Kingdom after cannabis.

In January 2023, the Netherlands banned the sale and possession of nitrous oxide after 1,800 road accidents, including 63 fatal crashes, were linked to the drug in a three-year period.

The Global Drug Survey reported a doubling in nitrous oxide use between 2015 and 2021, from 10% of respondents to 20%. But this voluntary survey is not representative of all people who use drugs. While it is an indication of people’s nitrous oxide use, the picture remains patchy.

What are the health risks?

Nitrous oxide is not the most harmful drug people can use but that doesn’t make it safe.

Inhaling nitrous oxide has short-term health risks, including:

  • cold burns from the gas

  • injuries from falling over

  • nausea and dizziness.

Using a lot of nitrous oxide at one time can result in passing out (from lack of oxygen) and seizures. Calling an ambulance is necessary if this happens.

Longer-term health problems may include:

  • vitamin B12 loss (causing numbness of hands and feet and eventually paralysis)

  • urinary incontinence

  • strokes

  • memory loss

  • mental health conditions, including depression and psychosis.

The availability of much larger canisters (including flavoured varieties) is also linked to an increase in significant harms. These can deliver roughly 70 times the amount of nitrous oxide as traditional small canisters.

Larger bulbs allow people to consume more of the gas at one time and they often experience health problems more quickly as a result.

However, there is still limited knowledge about nitrous oxide in the health system. This means its health risks are often compounded because it is overlooked by those assessing medical conditions and because people deny using it.

Man's hands holding a large laughing gas canister.
Large gas canisters mean people consume a lot more nitrous oxide in one go. joshua snow/Shutterstock

Our research

During the first stage of our 2025 Australian study, we interviewed seven young people (aged 18 to 25) who had used nitrous oxide at least ten times.

While the number of interviewees was small, the stories they told were very similar.

They were either unaware of, or unconcerned about, the drug’s potential risks. This is despite their own experiences of psychological and physical problems.

They reported becoming unconscious, getting burns from the gas on their hands and faces, sores around the mouth and even having seizures.

Of particular concern to us was use before driving because people did not recognise the lingering effects of the gas on concentration.

Our study participants also spoke about “memory zaps” or “brain fog”. Regular use of nitrous oxide affected people’s ability to participate in work and study, with some saying it was also bad for their mental health.

These thinking problems are a concerning side effect. Yet it’s one that has not been adequately investigated.

The role of social media

Videos of young people using nitrous oxide can easily be found on social media. This not only points to its popularity but suggests social media could be a good place to reach young people with information about the drug and harm reduction.

In the second stage of our research we worked with 30 young people who used nitrous oxide to co-create harm reduction resources.

As a group, we developed videos, photos and text for our nitrous oxide specific social media accounts on Tik Tok and Instagram and for posts on various sub-reddits.

These describe ways to use the drug more safely. For example the “take a breath” messaging suggests breathing the nitrous oxide in for only ten seconds at a time to ensure enough oxygen. “Take a seat” advises sitting down while using nangs, to avoid injuries from falling.The Conversation

Julaine Allan, Professor, Mental Health and Addiction, Rural Health Research Institute, Charles Sturt UniversityHelen Simpson, Lecturer Criminology, Justice & Social Policy, University of WollongongJacqui Cameron, Associate Professor, School of Health and Society, University of Wollongong, and Kenny Kor, Senior Lecturer, Social Work, University of Wollongong

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Without change, half of Australian kids and adolescents will be overweight or obese by 2050

World Obesity Federation
Jessica KerrMurdoch Children's Research InstitutePeter AzzopardiMurdoch Children's Research Institute, and Susan M. SawyerThe University of Melbourne

Since the 1990s, the proportion of the world’s population who are overweight (with a body mass index of 25–30) or obese (with a body mass index of 30 or above) has doubled.

If current patterns continue, we estimate that by 2050, 30% of the world’s children and adolescents (aged five to 24 years) will be overweight or obese, according to our new research in The Lancet.

By 2050, we forecast that 2.2 million Australian children and adolescents will be living with obesity. A further 1.6 million will be overweight. This is a combined prevalence of 50% – and an increase of 146% between 1990 and 2050.

Already in 2017–18, excess weight and obesity cost the Australian government A$11.8 billion. The projected disease burden will add billions of dollars to these health costs.

So how did we get here? And most importantly, what can we do to turn this trajectory around?

It’s not just about health problems later in life

Living with obesity increases the likelihood of living with disability and dying at a young age.

Obesity doesn’t just cause health problems later in life. Living with obesity increases the chance of developing many serious diseases during childhood or adolescence, including fatty liver disease, type 2 diabetes and hypertension (high blood pressure).

Due to weight-related teasing, bullying and stigma, obesity can also cause problems with mental health, and school and community engagement.

Some of the negative health effects of obesity can be reversed if young people return to a normal weight.

But reducing your weight from an obese BMI (30-plus) to a normal weight BMI (18.5–25) is very difficult. As a result, 70–80% of adolescents with a BMI of 30 or above live their adult years with obesity.

So it’s important to prevent obesity in the first place.

How did this happen?

Obesity is often blamed on the individual child, parent or family. This is reflected in significant weight-based stigma that people in larger bodies often face.

Yet the rapidly changing patterns of obesity throughout the world reinforce the importance of viewing it as a society-level problem.

The drivers of the obesity epidemic are complex. A country’s increasing obesity rates often overlap with their increasing economic development.

Economic development encourages high growth and consumption. As local farming and food supply systems become overtaken by “big-food” companies, populations transition to high-calorie diets.

Meanwhile, our environments become more “obesogenic”, or obesity-promoting, and it becomes very difficult to maintain healthy lifestyles because we are surrounded by very convenient, affordable and addictive high-calorie foods.

Obesity arises from a biological response to living in these environments.

Some people are more negatively affected by living in these environments and gain more body weight than others. As our recent study showed, compared to those born with low genetic risk, adolescents who are born with a high genetic risk of developing obesity are more likely to become overweight or obese when living in poverty.

Other research shows those with a high genetic risk are more likely to gain weight when living in obesity-promoting environments.

Can we fix this problem?

The steepest increase in the proportion of young people with obesity is expected to be in the coming years. This means there is an opportunity to address this public health issue through bold actions now.

Some young people with severe obesity should be provided access to funded, stigma-free team-based weight-management health care. This may include:

  • access to GPs and nurses for lifestyle advice about diet and exercise

  • anti-obesity medications such as semaglutide

  • weight-loss surgery.

Boy kicks ball
Changes need to reach older and younger adolescents. Murrr Photo/Shutterstock

But to reach all young people, it is the overarching systems, not people, that need to change.

Success will be greatest if policies change multiple parts of the environmental systems that young people live in, including schools, food systems, transport systems and built environments. These changes will also reach older adolescents, whose rate of obesity continues to increase.

It is also important to target the commercial determinants of obesity. Strategies could include:

This should be coupled with changes to the built environment and urban planning, such as increasing green space, footpaths and walkability.

Because obesity doesn’t belong to any one part of government, action can fall through the cracks. Although there are significant efforts being made, action requires coordinated investments from numerous government portfolios – health, education, transport, urban planning – at local, state and national levels.

Governments should commit to an immediate five-year action plan to ensure we don’t fail another generation of children and adolescents.

The Conversation

Jessica Kerr, Research Fellow, Adolescent Population Health and Obesity Epidemiology, Murdoch Children's Research InstitutePeter Azzopardi, Professor, Global Adolescent Health, Murdoch Children's Research Institute, and Susan M. Sawyer, Professor of Adolescent Health The University of Melbourne; Director, Royal Children's Hospital Centre for Adolescent Health, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

We looked at what supermarkets in 97 countries are doing to our waistlines. Here’s what we found

World Obesity Federation
Tailane ScapinDeakin University and Adrian CameronDeakin University

In many countries, buying food at supermarkets, convenience stores and online has become the norm. But what’s the convenience of modern food shopping doing to our health?

Our study, published today with colleagues from UNICEF, looked at how people in 97 countries shopped for groceries over 15 years.

Globally, we found a huge increase in the number of supermarkets and convenience stores (which we’ll shorten to chain grocery stores in this article). We also found people are spending more money in these stores and on their online platforms.

But this has come at a cost to our health. People in countries with the most chain grocery stores per person buy more unhealthy food and are more likely to be obese.

Here’s why we’re so concerned about this public health disaster.

The rise of chain grocery stores

Our study analysed food industry data from a business database to understand how the food retail sector has changed worldwide over time. We looked at the kinds of stores, how much people spend there, and how much unhealthy processed food is sold. We linked these trends with changes in obesity rates using data from a large global initiative.

We found the density of chain grocery stores (number of stores per 10,000 people) has increased globally by 23.6% over 15 years (from 2009 to 2023).

We found far more of these stores per person in high-income countries, as you may expect. However, it’s in low- and middle-income countries where numbers are increasing the fastest.

Rapid urbanisation, rising incomes and customer demand mean large retail companies see these countries as new potential markets.

For example, the density of chain grocery stores increased by about 21% a year in Myanmar, about 18% a year in Vietnam and about 12% a year in Cambodia.

Women in supermarket in Vietnam
In Vietnam, the number of chain grocery stores increased by about 18% a year. Nature-Andy/Shutterstock

We’re shopping online too

The data in our study also covers the rise of online food shopping. For instance, the worldwide spend on online grocery shopping was 325% more in 2023 compared with 2014.

Out of the 27 countries we looked at for online food shopping, people in the United Arab Emirates and the United States were the top spenders. In 2023, the average person in the United Arab Emirates spent about US$617 that year, 570% more than in 2014. In the US, the average person spent US$387 in 2023. That’s about 125% more than in 2014.

It seems many of us took to online shopping during the early days of the COVID pandemic, a habit that appears to have stuck.

More chain stores, more junk food, more obesity

The rise of chain grocery stores, including their online platforms, is also changing what we eat.

Over the 15 years of our study, there has been a 10.9% increase in the sales of unhealthy processed food from those chain grocery stores.

In South Asia, the increase has been particularly rapid. People in Pakistan have been buying 5% more unhealthy processed foods from chain grocery stores every year for the past 15 years. In India, it’s 4% more and in Bangladesh 3% more.

Over 15 years, our study also showed the percentage of people with obesity across all countries rose from 18.2% to 23.7%. It was the countries with the biggest increases in chain grocery stores where we saw the sharpest increases in obesity.

Laos is a good example. The number of chain grocery stores per person in the country has been increasing by 15% each year since 2009, while the percentage of people with obesity has doubled from 2009 to 2023.

In almost all countries, obesity is on the rise. In Australia, overweight and obesity have recently officially overtaken tobacco as the biggest burden on our health.

Indonesian woman picking Korean packaged instant noodles from supermarket shelf
Over 15 years, there has been a 10.9% increase in the sales of unhealthy processed food globally. Pratiwi Ambarwati/Shutterstock

Why do we think supermarkets are to blame?

Supermarkets and hypermarkets sell healthy foods, such as fruit and vegetables. Yet, there are good reasons to think our retail environment might be to blame for the rise in obesity.

Highly processed foods

Chain grocery stores typically sell an enormous array of highly processed packaged foods high in sugar, fat and salt that can harm our health. One study of the food and drinks available in supermarkets from 12 countries showed the majority are classified as unhealthy. Given our findings of rapid increases in chain grocery in low- and middle-income countries, it was alarming in this study that the least healthy products were typically seen in supermarkets from countries like India, China and Chile.

Heavy promotion

Chain grocery stores often aggressively promote unhealthy foods. This includes through price discounting; advertising in circulars, on TV and social media; and by being placed in prominent displays at checkouts and the ends of aisles. Studies have shown this to be true in BelgiumIreland and another 12 countries.

Online, we see unhealthy foods promoted more often (with discounts and displayed more prominently) than healthy options. For instance, on average at least one-third of products prominently displayed on Australian supermarket websites are unhealthy.

More buying power

Compared to small independent grocers, large chain grocery stores globally have a far larger influence on decisions around product assortment and price. Because of this, they can control supply chains, often in partnership with national and multi-national food manufacturers of ultra processed, unhealthy packaged foods.

What can we do about it?

There are many social, political, cultural and economic factors that contribute to the rise in obesity globally. Many of these relate to the price, availability and promotion of food in retail settings and the way the retail industry is structured.

Because of this, we think it’s time for governments and retailers to step up and start making changes to where and how we shop for food.

Some countries are already beginning to act. In the United Kingdom for example, government legislation now prevents placing unhealthy foods in prominent places such as the checkout counter and at the ends of aisles close to checkouts. From October this year, further restrictions on the price promotion of unhealthy foods (such as “buy one, get one free”) will also come into force in the UK.

There is also plenty that retailers can do. In Norway, for example, one major grocery chain launched a comprehensive healthy eating campaign several years ago, including by increasing the size and prominence of healthy food displays and offering discounts on fruits and vegetables. This led to a 42% increase in vegetable sales and a 25% rise in fruit sales from 2012 until 2020.

But most grocery chains are still not doing enough to prioritise their customers’ health and nutrition. In the US, we see this in particular for supermarkets catering to people on low-incomes. And in the UK, although there has been some promising progress by some supermarket retailers, all those assessed have considerable scope for improvement.

Now more than ever, it is time to create healthier retail food environments that support nutritious diets and help reverse the rising rates of obesity.The Conversation

Tailane Scapin, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, Deakin University and Adrian Cameron, Professor of Public Health, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Microsoft cuts data centre plans and hikes prices in push to make users carry AI costs

Kevin WitzenbergerQueensland University of Technology and Michael RichardsonUNSW Sydney

After a year of shoehorning generative AI into its flagship products, Microsoft is trying to recoup the costs by raising prices, putting ads in products, and cancelling data centre leases. Google is making similar moves, adding unavoidable AI features to its Workspace service while increasing prices.

Is the tide finally turning on investments into generative AI? The situation is not quite so simple. Tech companies are fully committed to the new technology – but are struggling to find ways to make people pay for it.

Shifting costs

Last week, Microsoft unceremoniously pulled back on some planned data centre leases. The move came after the company increased subscription prices for its flagship 365 software by up to 45%, and quietly released an ad-supported version of some products.

The tech giant’s CEO, Satya Nadella, also recently suggested AI has so far not produced much value.

Microsoft’s actions may seem odd in the current wave of AI hype, coming amid splashy announcements such as OpenAI’s US$500 billion Stargate data centre project.

But if we look closely, nothing in Microsoft’s decisions indicates a retreat from AI itself. Rather, we are seeing a change in strategy to make AI profitable by shifting the cost in non-obvious ways onto consumers.

The cost of generative AI

Generative AI is expensive. OpenAI, the market leader with a claimed 400 million active monthly users, is burning money.

Last year, OpenAI brought in US$3.7 billion in revenue – but spent almost US$9 billion, for a net loss of around US$5 billion.

Microsoft is OpenAI’s biggest investor and currently provides the company with cloud computing services, so OpenAI’s spending also costs Microsoft.

What makes generative AI so expensive? Human labour aside, two costs are associated with AI models: training (building the model) and inference (using the model).

While training is an (often large) up-front expense, the costs of inference grow with the user base. And the bigger the model, the more it costs to run.

Smaller, cheaper alternatives

A single query on OpenAI’s most advanced models can cost up to US$1,000 in compute power alone. In January, OpenAI CEO Sam Altman said even the company’s US$200 per month subscription is not profitable. This signals the company is not only losing money through use of its free models, but through its subscription models as well.

Both training and inference typically take place in data centres. Costs are high because the chips needed to run them are expensive, but so too are electricity, cooling, and the depreciation of hardware.

Aerial photo of a large industrial building among green fields.
The growing cost of running data centres to power generative AI products has sent tech companies scrambling for ways to recoup their costs. Aerovista Luchtfotografie / Shutterstock

To date, much AI progress has been achieved by using more of everything. OpenAI describes its latest upgrade as a “giant, expensive model”. However, there are now plenty of signs this scale-at-all-costs approach might not even be necessary.

Chinese company DeepSeek made waves earlier this year when it revealed it had built models comparable to OpenAI’s flagship products for a tiny fraction of the training cost. Likewise, researchers from Seattle’s Allen Institute for AI (Ai2) and Stanford University claim to have trained a model for as little as US$50.

In short, AI systems developed and delivered by tech giants might not be profitable. The costs of building and running data centres are a big reason why.

What is Microsoft doing?

Having sunk billions into generative AI, Microsoft is trying to find the business model that will make the technology profitable.

Over the past year, the tech giant has integrated the Copilot generative AI chatbot into its products geared towards consumers and businesses.

It is no longer possible to purchase any Microsoft 365 subscription without Copilot. As a result subscribers are seeing significant price hikes.

As we have seen, running generative AI models in data centres is expensive. So Microsoft is likely seeking ways to do more of the work on users’ own devices – where the user pays for the hardware and its running costs.

A strong clue for this strategy is a small button Microsoft began to put on its devices last year. In the precious real estate of the QWERTY keyboard, Microsoft dedicated a key to Copilot on its PCs and laptops capable of processing AI on the device.

Apple is pursuing a similar strategy. The iPhone manufacturer is not offering most of its AI services in the cloud. Instead, only new devices offer AI capabilities, with on-device processing marketed as a privacy feature that prevents your data travelling elsewhere.

Pushing costs to the edge

There are benefits to the push to do the work of generative AI inference on the computing devices in our pockets, on our desks, or even on smart watches on our wrists (so-called “edge computing”, because it occurs at the “edge” of the network).

It can reduce the energy, resources and waste of data centres, lowering generative AI’s carbon, heat and water footprint. It could also reduce bandwidth demands and increase user privacy.

But there are downsides too. Edge computing shifts computation costs to consumers, driving demand for new devices despite economic and environmental concerns that discourage frequent upgrades. This could intensify with newer, bigger generative AI models.

Photo of a person's hands sorting electronic waste.
A shift to more ‘on-device’ AI computing could create more problems with electronic waste. SibFilm / Shutterstock

And there are more problems. Distributed e-waste makes recycling much harder. What’s more, the playing field for users won’t be level if a device dictates how good your AI can be, particularly in educational settings.

And while edge computing may seem more “decentralised”, it may also lead to hardware monopolies. If only a handful of companies control this transition, decentralisation may not be as open as it appears.

As AI infrastructure costs rise and model development evolves, shifting the costs to consumers becomes an appealing strategy for AI companies. While big enterprises such as government departments and universities may manage these costs, many small businesses and individual consumers may struggle.The Conversation

Kevin Witzenberger, Research Fellow, GenAI Lab, Queensland University of Technology and Michael Richardson, Associate Professor of Media, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Head lice are getting harder to kill. Here’s how to break the nit cycle

DGLimages/Shutterstock
Cameron WebbUniversity of Sydney

Wrangling head lice, and the children they infest, must be up there with the most challenging duties a parent or carer has to face.

And the job is getting harder. Commonly used chemical products aren’t working as well as they once did, meaning head lice are harder to kill.

You can still rid your children of lice – but it’s likely to take some patience and persistence.

Remind me, what are head lice? And nits?

Head lice are tiny six-legged insects that are only found in the hair on a human’s head – most commonly in the hair of primary school-aged children.

Head lice have been a constant companion for humans throughout their millions of years of evolution.

Lice love living in our hair. But they scoot down to our scalp up to a half dozen times a day to drink our blood.

Their claws are perfectly designed to scuttle up and down shafts of hair. But while they’re nimble on our hair, once they’re off, they don’t last long –they’re clumsy, uncoordinated and die quickly.

The term “nits” actually describes the eggs of head lice. They’re often the first sign of an infestation. And with one louse laying more than 100 in their month-long lifespan, there can be a lot of them.

Head lice live for around a month. logika600/Shutterstock

Can they spread diseases?

No. Head lice are annoying and their bites may cause skin reactions. But Australian health authorities don’t consider lice a health risk. There is no evidence that head lice can spread pathogens that cause disease.

The stigma of head lice infestations can be greater than any direct health consequences for infested children.

Why do my children always pick up lice?

From child care through to primary school, it’s likely your child has had a head lice infestation at least once. One Australian study found the infestation rate in Australian classrooms ranged from no cases to 72% of children affected.

Girls are more likely to be carry head lice than boys. Long hair means it’s easier for the head lice to hitch a ride.

Children work in class
One study found that in some classrooms, almost three in four children had head lice. CDC/Unsplash

Head lice don’t jump or fly, they move from head to head via direct contact.

Head lice come home with your children because they spend time in close contact with other children, hugging, playing or crowding around books or screens. Any head-to-head contact is a pathway of infections.

Rules differ slightly between states but in New South Wales and Queensland, children don’t need to be kept home from school because of head lice.

How can I keep my home free of head lice?

Keeping the house clean and tidy won’t keep head lice away. They don’t care how clean your bed sheets and towels are, or how frequently you vacuum carpets and rugs.

There may be a risk of head lice transfer on shared pillows, but even that risk is low.

There’s no need to change the child’s or other family member’s bedding when you find lice in a child’s hair. Research-based recommendations from NSW Health are that “bed linen, hats, clothing and furniture do not harbour or transmit lice or nits and that there is no benefit in washing them as a treatment option”.

I’ve used nit solution. Why isn’t it working?

A wide range of products are available at your local pharmacy to treat head lice. Australia’s Therapeutic Goods Administration assesses products to ensure that they are both safe and effective.

The problem is that most of these products are insecticides that kill the lice on contact but may not kill the eggs.

Also, if treatments aren’t completed as directed on product labels, some head lice won’t be killed.

Head lice also seem to be fighting back against the chemicals we’ve been using against them and it’s getting harder to clear children of infestations.

So how can you get rid of them?

Mum combs child's hair
You’ll need conditioner and a nit comb. riopatuca/Shutterstock

Don’t expect any miracle cures but health authorities in Australia generally recommend the “conditioner and comb” or “wet comb” method. This means you physically remove the lice without the need for chemical applications.

There are three key steps:

  1. immobilise the lice by applying hair conditioner to the child’s damp hair and leaving it there for around 20 minutes

  2. systematically comb through the hair using a fine toothed “lice comb”. The conditioner and lice can be wiped off on paper towels or tissues. Only adult lice will be collected but don’t worry, we’ll deal with the eggs later

  3. repeat the process twice, about a week apart, to break the life cycle of the head lice.

Repeating the process after a week allows the remaining eggs to hatch. It sounds counter-intuitive but by letting them hatch, the young lice are easier to remove than the eggs. You just need to remove them before they start laying a fresh batch of eggs and the infestation continues.

While children are much more likely to have head lice, the reality is that everyone in the household is just as likely to host a head louse or two. You don’t necessarily need everyone to have a treatment but “grown ups” should be on the lookout for lice too.The Conversation

Cameron Webb, Clinical Associate Professor and Principal Hospital Scientist, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Schools agreement provides NSW $4.8 billion extra for public schools over a decade

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

The Albanese government has signed up New South Wales to its new schools funding agreement, with an extra A$4.8 billion in funding for the state’s public schools over ten years.

Queensland remains the only state still to join the agreement, which ties federal funding to schools to specific measures, such as phonics checks and teacher training. The federal government is working hard to finalise a deal with that state before going into caretaker mode for the election.

The federal government has been negotiating with states and territories over a new schools funding deal for more than 12 months.

NSW has been among states asking for a 5% increase in funds, while the federal government was initially only offering 2.5%. In January 2025, Victoria and South Australia successfully negotiated for a 5% increase from the federal government, leaving NSW and Queensland as the only two states without a deal ahead of a new school year.

The Commonwealth and NSW governments said in a statement that under the NSW deal, the federal government will provide an extra 5% of the Schooling Resource Standard (SRS).

This would lift the federal contribution from 20% to 25% of the SRS by 2034. It follows the NSW government delivering an election commitment to reach 75% of the SRS by 2025.

The 2011 Gonski review recommended all schools receive a minimum level of funding, called the SRS, with additional funds based on need. In 2025 the estimated SRS amounts are $13,977 for primary school students and $17,565 for secondary school students.

Under the new national agreement all states would reach the full SRS funding in a decade, although at different paces. A lot of the fine print has still to be negotiated.

NSW has committed to removing the 4% provision of indirect school costs such as capital depreciation, so NSW schools would be fully funded over the life of the agreement.

This national agreement ties the funding to teaching and other reforms. These include more individualised support for students, continuing evidence-based teaching practices, and more mental health and wellbeing support for schools.

The two governments said: “This is not a blank cheque. The agreement will be accompanied by a NSW Bilateral Agreement, which ties funding to reforms that will help students catch up, keep up and finish school”.

These include

  • Year 1 phonics and early years of schooling numeracy checks to identify those needing more help

  • evidence-based teaching and targeted and intensive supports such as small-group or catch-up tutoring

  • wellbeing initiatives, including greater access to mental health professionals

  • access to high-quality and evidence-based professional learning, and

  • initiatives to attract and retain teachers.

The federal-state agreements incorporate national targets. These include improving NAPLAN reading and numeracy proficiency; increasing NAPLAN outcomes for priority equity cohorts; boosting student attendance; increasing the engagement rate of teacher education students, and raising the proportion of students successfully completing year 12.

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese said “every dollar of this funding will go into helping children learn”.

Federal Education Minister Jason Clare said: “This will help more than 780,000 kids in more than 2,200 public schools. This is real funding tied to real reforms to help students catch up, keep up and finish school.”

Premier Chris Minns said: “We’ve seen a 40% reduction in teacher vacancies since we came to government, but we know there’s still more to do. This investment is vital as we work to lift education standards across the state by ensuring there is a qualified, dedicated teacher at the front of the classroom.”

The Coalition has been critical of the time it has taken for the Albanese government to finalise the funding deal.

In January, opposition education spokeswoman Sarah Henderson said Clare had “failed to get the job done”. She noted students in NSW and Queensland “continue to pay the price”.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Misinformation on refugees and migrants is rife during elections. We found 6 ways it spreads – and how to stop it

Gorodenkoff/Shutterstock
Daniel GhezelbashUNSW Sydney and Saul WodakUNSW Sydney

Misinformation is a significant threat to our society. It undermines public discussion, erodes social cohesion, leads to bad policy and weakens democracy.

Misinformation on refugee and migrant issues is particularly pervasive – especially in the lead up to elections, as bad-faith actors try to promote fear, distrust and simplistic solutions.

And sometimes, misinformation is specifically targeted at migrant communities themselves, sowing division in an effort to influence elections.

So, what’s the best way to counter misinformation about refugees and migrants? And given the risk that publicly addressing lies and rumours can sometimes end up spreading them, when is misinformation best ignored?

new report by the Kaldor Centre for International Refugee Law and the Behavioural Insights Team (a behavioural science research company) uses science to answer these questions.

Behavioural science explains why and how misinformation works. Understanding some of that science can empower all of us to stop its spread.

Misinformation increases during elections

The recent US presidential race provides a stark example of how misinformation on refugees and migrants soars during elections.

During one presidential debate, Donald Trump falsely claimed migrants in Ohio were “eating the pets”. Though entirely untrue, this baseless claim spread rapidly across social media.

Australia is not immune to such deception. While refugees and migrants make significant positive economic, social and cultural contributions to their host societies, politicians across the spectrum have falsely blamed them for issues ranging from rising house prices to crime.

This is not new. Back in the 2001 election campaign, government ministers made false claims that people seeking asylum had thrown their children overboard from a boat. These are widely regarded as having contributed to turning around the fortunes of the Howard government, which was then trailing in the polls.

Instead of addressing challenges with real solutions, these strategies scapegoat refugees and migrants, and ignore their immense positive contributions.

Misinformation leads to a more divided and polarised society. So, how does it spread?

6 ways misinformation spreads

Online platforms create the perfect breeding ground for misinformation to spread.

The rise of AI-generated misinformation – such as highly convincing deepfake images and videos – only exacerbates the problem.

Combating misinformation begins with understanding the psychological factors that drive its spread and influence.

Our new report identifies six key behavioural science principles that explain how misinformation takes hold:

1. Hot states: Heightened emotions, such as fear, outrage or anxiety, make people more reactive and less critical of misleading claims.

2. The messenger effect: People judge a message’s truth based on who shares it, often trusting friends and family over experts.

3. The mere-exposure effect: Seeing misinformation multiple times makes it seem more true, making people more likely to share it.

4. Confirmation bias: People are more likely to believe false information that aligns with their values and reject facts that challenge them.

5. Cognitive load: When overwhelmed by information, people are less likely to question what they see, making them more vulnerable to falsehoods.

6. Continued influence effect: Misinformation has a lasting effect on our attitudes and decisions, even after it has been corrected.

Building on these principles and an extensive review of research literature, we developed an evidence-based framework for countering misinformation about refugees and migrants.

It provides a step-by-step guide on what to do when faced with falsehoods, starting with recognising whether the misinformation is anticipated or already circulating.

An older person looks out the window while holding their phone.
Think before you like or share. fizkes/Shutterstock

When misinformation is anticipated

When you expect a particular false claim, but it’s not yet out there, then prebunk. Alert people to manipulation tactics before they become widespread.

This helps people recognise and resist misinformation before it takes hold.

When misinformation is already circulating

If false claims are already out there, first ask three questions before acting:

  1. is the claim prominent (visible and gaining traction)?
  2. is it persuasive (able to change people’s minds)?
  3. is it proximate (relevant to your audience and cause)?

If the answer to any of these questions is no, then reframe the agenda. Instead of amplifying falsehoods, shift your resources to sharing stories that reinforce accurate information and resonate with your audience’s values.

If misinformation is indeed prominent, persuasive and proximate, debunk it.

Use the fact, myth, fallacy, fact – or “fact sandwich” – method. Make the correction clear, credible and effective by stating the truth, then presenting the myth, explaining its flaws, and reinforcing the correct fact.

Here’s an example that leads with a fact, warns about the myth, explains the fallacy and then ends with a fact:

When Australia’s borders were closed during COVID, migration was at its lowest in a century — yet house prices still went up. The idea that cutting migration will magically solve the housing crisis doesn’t hold up against the evidence.

But some political actors are blaming migrants, as if they’re the main reason housing has become unaffordable.

In fact, this oversimplifies the problem. The housing crisis has been a long time in the making, and it’s now this severe because of past policy choices piling up.

There are many drivers of Australia’s housing crisis, including a lack of housingrising construction costs, and tax breaks that distort the market. Migration is only a small piece of the puzzle.

How to engage audiences

The report also details seven strategies that drive reach and impact. These include publicly communicating in a way that’s:

One part of a broader approach

These strategies can be used by anyone seeking to push back against misinformation in our public debate, not just about refugees and migrants.

However, communication approaches are only one lever.

To turn the tide on misinformation, society needs systemic solutions. These include media literacy education and regulatory reform of online platforms.

As we approach Australia’s next federal election, addressing misinformation about refugees and migrants is more crucial than ever to protect refugees and migrants from harm, strengthen our democratic processes, and foster a more inclusive society.The Conversation

Daniel Ghezelbash, Professor and Director, Kaldor Centre for International Refugee Law, UNSW Law & Justice, UNSW Sydney and Saul Wodak, Affiliate Researcher, Kaldor Centre for International Refugee Law, UNSW Law & Justice, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Women’s annual salaries are narrowing the gap. But men still out-earn women by an average $547 a week

Hyejin Kang/Shutterstock
Leonora RisseUniversity of Canberra

Women’s annual earnings are closing in on men’s, with the gender pay gap in Australia’s private sector shrinking from 14.5% to 13.6% in the past year.

It’s a steady improvement, down from a 15.4% gap two years ago.

While women are working and earning more than ever before, they are now empowered with even more information to take into salary negotiations and to decide which companies to work for.

This information is especially valuable in a tight labour market, with the unemployment rate at just 4.1%, as companies fight for top talent.

This is the second year the Workplace Gender Equality Agency (WGEA) has published company gender pay gaps, responding to concerns that progress on gender equality had been stalling.

Pay gap transparency tackles the problem of “asymmetric information” where employers know where each worker sits on the pay scale, but employees don’t.

Data from 7,800 private companies

Women’s typical full-time annual salaries sat at A$72,638 in 2023–24, compared to men’s $84,048.

Though narrowing, that’s still a gap of $11,410 a year, or around $220 a week.

The gap is much larger once bonuses, overtime and superannuation are included: $18,835 or a total remuneration gap of 18.3%.

All private companies in Australia with at least 100 employees must report their data to the federal agency. This covers 5.3 million employees across 7,800 companies, a big expansion from last year’s 5,000 companies as more companies improve their data reporting.

Employees can look at the agency’s website to find the gender pay gap of their private sector employer – or one they are thinking of joining.

This year’s calculations of company gender pay gaps also incorporate the salaries of top executives.

When CEOs and heads of business are factored in, the difference in men’s and women’s average total remuneration swells to $28,435, or 21.8%.

This all adds up to men out-earning women by an average of $547 per week.



A closer look at company-level gender pay gaps

Across all companies, the average gender gap in total remuneration is 13.0%. But the magnitude varies widely across different companies.

Around 2,200 companies (around one-quarter) have a gap exceeding 20%. Of these, around 250 companies have a gap stretching beyond 40%.

At the other end, around one-quarter of companies have a gap that is either zero or negative, meaning in favour of women.

The agency considers a gender pay gap within the range of negative 5% to positive 5% to be a reasonable measure to aim for.



Of the largest organisations (with 5,000 or more employees), airlines are among the worst performers. Virgin has an average gender gap in total remuneration of 41.7% while Qantas reports a gap of 39.2%.

Among the banks, Commonwealth Bank and Westpac both report an average gender pay gap of 22.4%. Suncorp’s gap sits at 19.3%, NAB’s is at 19.0%, and ANZ has a gap of 18.8%.

Progress is happening

The purpose of publishing company pay gap data is to propel progress on gender equality in Australian workplaces.

It follows legislated reforms designed to motivate employers to pay closer attention to their gender pay gap and take more action.

Comparisons to last year’s data suggest this is happening. The agency reports that just over half of all employers (56%) reduced their gender pay gap. And 68% conducted an analysis of their gender pay gap, which is an important first step in making progress.

Greater transparency makes employers more accountable for improving working conditions.

It is also a way to recognise the companies that are improving over time and learn from their success.



Correct interpretation is critical

The gender pay gap, measured as the difference between men’s and women’s earnings, is not the same as equal pay for equal or comparable work. For over 50 years, it has been against the law in Australia to pay men and women differently for doing work of equal value.

Employer-level gaps in earnings reflects a combination of factors, including gender patterns in the different types of occupations that men and women tend to be in within a company. But these gender patterns in job types do not explain the whole picture.

Biases and barriers persist, including unconscious favouritism, gender imbalances in care-giving responsibilities and the perpetuation of gender stereotypes.

This is also not a gap that can be explained by women working fewer hours than men. The calculations include part-time employees, whose pay is converted into an annualised full-time equivalent.

Each employer has the chance to provide deeper analysis and explanation of their gender pay gap, and the actions they are taking, in their official employer statements which are also available on the agnecy’s website.

This information will empower not just current employees but also prospective employees, customers, business partners and the wider community in their choices of which companies to work for, do business with, and endorse – and which ones not to.The Conversation

Leonora Risse, Associate Professor in Economics, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A quantum computing startup says it is already making millions of light-powered chips

PsiQuantum
Christopher FerrieUniversity of Technology Sydney

American quantum computing startup PsiQuantum announced yesterday that it has cracked a significant puzzle on the road to making the technology useful: manufacturing quantum chips in useful quantities.

PsiQuantum burst out of “stealth mode” in 2021 with a blockbuster funding announcement. It followed up with two more last year.

The company uses so-called “photonic” quantum computing, which has long been dismissed as impractical.

The approach, which encodes data in individual particles of light, offers some compelling advantages — low noise, high-speed operation, and natural compatibility with existing fibre-optic networks. However, it was held back by extreme hardware demands to manage the fact photons fly with blinding speed, get lost, and are hard to create and detect.

PsiQuantum now claims to have addressed many of these difficulties. Yesterday, in a new peer-reviewed paper published in Nature, the company unveiled hardware for photonic quantum computing they say can be manufactured in large quantities and solves the problem of scaling up the system.

What’s in a quantum computer?

Like any computer, quantum computers encode information in physical systems. Whereas digital computers encode bits (0s and 1s) in transistors, quantum computers use quantum bits (qubits), which can be encoded in many potential quantum systems.

Photo of a complex brass device.
Superconducting quantum computers require an elaborate cooling rig to keep them at temperatures close to absolute zero. Rigetti

The darlings of the quantum computing world have traditionally been superconducting circuits running at temperatures near absolute zero. These have been championed by companies such as GoogleIBM, and Rigetti.

These systems have attracted headlines claiming “quantum supremacy” (where quantum computers beat traditional computers at some task) or the ushering in of “quantum utility” (that is, actually useful quantum computers).

In a close second in the headline grabbing game, IonQ and Honeywell are pursuing trapped-ion quantum computing. In this approach, charged atoms are captured in special electromagnetic traps that encode qubits in their energy states.

Other commercial contenders include neutral atom qubits, silicon based qubits, intentional defects in diamonds, and non-traditional photonic encodings.

All of these are available now. Some are for sale with enormous price tags and some are accessible through the cloud. But fair warning: they are more for experimentation than computation today.

Faults and how to tolerate them

The individual bits in your digital computers are extraordinarily reliable. They might experience a fault (a 0 inadvertently flips to a 1, for example) once in every trillion operations.

PsiQuantum’s new platform has impressive-sounding features such as low-loss silicon nitride waveguides, high-efficiency photon-number-resolving detectors, and near-lossless interconnects.

The company reports a 0.02% error rate for single-qubit operations and 0.8% for two-qubit creation. These may seem like quite small numbers, but they are much bigger than the effectively zero error rate of the chip in your smartphone.

However, these numbers rival the best qubits today and are surprisingly encouraging.

One of the most critical breakthroughs in the PsiQuantum system is the integration of fusion-based quantum computing. This is a model that allows for errors to be corrected more easily than in traditional approaches.

Quantum computer developers want to achieve what is called “fault tolerance”. This means that, if the basic error rate is below a certain threshold, the errors can be suppressed indefinitely.

Claims of “below threshold” error rates should be met with skepticism, as they are generally measured on a few qubits. A practical quantum computer would be a very different environment, where each qubit would have to function alongside a million (or a billion, or a trillion) others.

This is the fundamental challenge of scalability. And while most quantum computing companies are tackling the problem from the ground up – building individual qubits and sticking them together – PsiQuantum is taking the top down approach.

Scale-first thinking

PsiQuantum developed its system in partnership with semiconductor manufacturer GlobalFoundries. All the key components – photon sources and detectors, logic gates and error correction – are integrated on single silicon-based chip.

PsiQuantum says GlobalFoundries has already made millions of the chips.

Diagram
A diagram showing the different components of PsiQuantum’s photonic chip. PsiQuantum

By making use of techniques already used to fabricate semiconductors, PsiQuantum claims to have solved the scalability issue that has long plagued photonic approaches.

PsiQuantum is fabricating their chips in a commercial semiconductor foundry. This means scaling to millions of qubits will be relatively straightforward.

If PsiQuantum’s technology delivers on its promise, it could mark the beginning of quantum computing’s first truly scalable era.

A fault-tolerant photonic quantum computer would have major advantages and lower energy requirements.The Conversation

Christopher Ferrie, A/Prof, UTS Chancellor's Postdoctoral Research and ARC DECRA Fellow, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week One March 2025 (February 24 - March 2)

2025 Theo Batten Youth Art Award Winners announced

Each year students exhibiting in the Out Front exhibition at Manly Art Gallery & Museum (M&G&M) can apply for the distinguished Theo Batten Youth Art Award.

This year the Theo Batten Youth Art Award, worth $5000, has been judged by respected UNSW Art & Design Associate Professor Lizzie Muller. The funds help support talented young artists pursue arts studies at a tertiary level.

This year’s joint winners are:

  • Jazz Hartmann from Forest High School for a painting entitled Fragments of Discomfort
  • Zahara Spring from St Luke’s Grammar School for charcoal on paper triptych entitled Nurture, Bond, Desire

Each recipient will receive $2000.

Judge Lizzie Muller also awarded a Highly Commended for $1000 to Charlie Heinrich from Covenant Christian School for Posca paint pens on paper entitled Childhood Memories.

Northern Beaches Mayor Sue Heins said the high standard of work by these young students was impressive.

“We are proud to continue to showcase the incredible works by the talented young artists living on Northern Beaches.

“The artwork produced this year is phenomenal. It is a tremendous achievement by these young, aspiring artists.

“Congratulations to the award recipients and to those students selected to exhibit in Out Front 2025,” Mayor Heins said.

Out Front 2025 exhibition highlights 23 artworks by Northern Beaches HSC Visual Art students with the works on display from 21 February to 6 April 2025 at MAG&M.

The exhibition features a broad range of expressive artforms that explore the contemporary themes which are of importance to young people today. The exhibition also includes a mentorship program focused on supporting their transition to emerging professional creative practices.

More in: Out Front 2025 Opens this February at the Manly Art Gallery & Museum - stunning HSC works on display

Audrey Allan, Silent Echoes In Monochrome, gouache painting, Pittwater High School. Photo: Audrey Allen

The participating schools are;

  • Barrenjoey High School
  • Covenant Christian School
  • Davidson High School
  • Galstaun College
  • Killarney Heights High School
  • Mater Maria Catholic College
  • Narrabeen Sports High School
  • NBSC - Balgowlah Boys Campus
  • NBSC - Cromer Campus
  • NBSC - Freshwater Senior Campus
  • NBSC - Mackellar Girls Campus NBSC - Manly Campus
  • Northern Beaches Christian School
  • Oxford Falls Grammar School
  • Pittwater High School
  • St Augustine's College
  • St Luke's Grammar School
  • St Paul's Catholic College Manly
  • Stella Maris College
  • The Forest High School
  • The Pittwater House Schools

This exhibition has been a part of MAG&M’s program since 1995, demonstrating our ongoing commitment to connecting with secondary schools across the region and to supporting visual arts education.

Presented in partnership with the Theo Batten Trust and MAG&M Society, the program has provided Youth Art Awards to aspiring artists for 31 years. The Theo Batten Youth Art Award is offered to students pursuing studies in the visual arts or a related area (such as architecture, design, art education, music, performing arts, filmmaking, digital media etc) commencing in the year 2025. 

Theo Batten (1918-2003) was a well-respected local artist and journalist who studied at the National Art School and won a Walkley Award in 1972. He was a member of the Manly Art Gallery & Museum Society and a member of the Peninsula Art Society, and wanted to leave behind an opportunity for young creative people to continue their studies in the visual arts.

The Theo Batten Youth Art Award is an annual prize of $5000 presented as part of the Higher School Certificate visual arts exhibition Out Front held at Manly Art Gallery & Museum (MAG&M). 

Judge’s Comments: Lizzie Muller

Judging this prize was extremely difficult as all the artists have distinctive and compelling visual styles, and all are clearly passionate and dedicated to their work. Huge congratulations to each of the nine applicants. However, three of the artists’ works and statements stood out in terms of their capacity to reflect on their own practices, and the work that art does. These three artists identified challenges, and how they had overcome them through their engagement with materials or process. They showed openness to the “talk-back” of their own artworks, and as a result, innovation and bravery. These qualities produce a feeling of depth in the resulting pieces – a sense that you are experiencing a conversation between the artist and their work. The ability to consciously learn from experience, and share that learning is in keeping with the vision of the Theo Batten Award, and it was this in the end that allowed me to select two winners: Jazz Hartmann and Zahara Spring, and Highly Commended to Charlie Heinrich.

 

Light at the end of Sydney’s secret train tunnels

February 28, 2025

Abandoned train tunnels 20 metres below the Sydney CBD have been turned into a historic tourist hotspot after a million-dollar makeover by the NSW Government.

Built in the 1920s, visitors will be able to explore hidden parts of the St James Tunnels following restoration and revitalisation works to create a unique underground experience.

St James Tunnels will combine a historical walking tour with an immersive multimedia and soundscape attraction, offering visitors a snapshot of our city’s transport and wartime past.

Once utilised as a World War II air raid shelter, tour groups will be able to walk through the disused southern tunnel, extending under Hyde Park, from busy St James station.

The tunnels were part of visionary engineer John Bradfield’s intended east-west rail corridor, but this was abandoned in the face of the Great Depression and disagreements over rail routes.

Two of the constructed tunnels at St James station have been in continuous use as part of the City Circle since opening in 1926, but the other two were never put into active service.

The abandoned tunnels extend some distance in either direction from St James. To the north is a double-track tunnel which proceeds for some 250 metres under Macquarie Street to be roughly parallel with the State Library; to the south two single-track tunnels extend to Whitlam Square at the intersection of Liverpool and College Streets.

One of the disused platforms. When the station was first constructed, the public could access these platforms but they have since been walled off from the rest of the station. Photo: Beau Giles from Sydney

The southern tunnels were modified during World War II to serve as a public air raid shelter. The abandoned air raid shelter begins in the single track section of the southern end of the station and continues into the two single track tunnels beyond. At the station end the air raid shelter is protected by a blast curtain and the doorways and openings for ventilation between the chambers, each about 30 metres long, are protected by blast curtains.

Crowds leaving a shelter in Hyde Park after the 'all clear' has been given c1942. Image courtesy of the State Library of Victoria [H99.201/3739](Argus Newspaper Collection of Photographs)

The tunnels were also used during World War II as an operations bunker by the No. 1 Fighter Sector RAAF. The bunker was located in what was intended to be the City Inner Tunnel, access to which was provided by a wooden staircase in a shaft leading upward to Shakespeare Place. Women's Auxiliary Australian Air Force (WAAAF) personnel housed in this operations bunker collected information from radar and weather stations, as well as reports on air traffic, ship and troop movements collected from airports, army and Volunteer Air Observer Corps reporting posts. This section of tunnel was constructed using a cut and cover technique outside St James station, and connects to the tunnels in St James through pilot tunnels, accessible via ladder.

As air quality in the tunnel was poor, WAAAF shifts were limited to six hours. Eventually the health of the WAAAF personnel declined due to poor air quality or poor food, so operations were relocated first to The Capital Theatre in Bankstown, and subsequently to the Bankstown Bunker on Black Charlies Hill near Condell Park.

The staircase used to access the bunker was destroyed by fire on 16 November 1968 with smoke from this fire interrupting train services for hours.

From 1933 to 1934, the City Inner tunnel between St James and Circular Quay was used by Raymond Mas as the location for an experimental mushroom farm producing 4,500 kilograms (10,000 lb) of mushrooms per month. 

The end of the northern tunnel flooded and produced an underground lake, 10 metres (33 ft) wide, 5 metres (16 ft) deep, and 1 kilometre (3,300 ft) long. Known as St James Lake, it is off limits to the public. In recent years, due to drought and diminishing water supplies in underground aquifers, there have been a number of proposals for how to use the abandoned tunnels and other underground spaces for storage and recycling of water.

In the mid-2000s, Ian Kiernan proposed that an abandoned water tunnel, Busby's Bore, be redirected to St James Lake where water could be stored and recycled. Busby's Bore was originally used to carry water from nearby swamps to the Hyde Park area, but was abandoned for that purpose in the 1890s after becoming contaminated by sewage. In 2004 the idea of recycling the water from the bore received support from the executive director of the Botanical Gardens Trust, Tim Entwisle.

During 2006, it was proposed that the northern unused tunnels be used as a reservoir for irrigation water for The Domain and the Royal Botanic Gardens as part of a Clean Up Australia project to create a series of water reclamation and storage facilities. Clean Up Australia partnered with a number of groups in the attempt to move the project forward, and in 2007 obtained funding to proceed.

The tunnels which had been prepared as an air raid shelter were also used by ABC TV as a location for one episode of the TV series Police Rescue in the early 1990s. In the episode, a boy who had fallen down a storm drain is rescued. 

The platforms were used as a shooting location in 2003 film The Matrix Revolutions.

In 2008, the station was used as a location for the mini-series False Witness. The platforms featured in Zoë Badwi's 2010 music video Freefallin. In 2011, The Tunnel was filmed in the abandoned tunnels.

Experience-led tourism is a key priority of the NSW Government, with plans to help transform the state’s visitor economy into a $91 billion powerhouse by 2035.

The St James Tunnels tour is expected to be a visitor drawcard, similar to award-winning attractions in London which explore disused tube stations and secret wartime shelters.

The tour is anticipated to run several times a day and will be suitable for visitors aged 13 and above. Once an operator is appointed, tours are expected to commence later this year.

Minister for Transport John Graham said:

“These historic tunnels are more than just infrastructure; they are an expression of Sydney’s development as a modern, international city. These tunnels belong to the people of NSW, so it’s fantastic news that they’ll become another of our city’s great public spaces.

“Tours like Bridgeclimb on the Harbour Bridge are now a must-do experience for Sydney locals and visitors alike. In time, we want to see tours of the St James tunnels become just as popular.

“I want to congratulate the teams who worked so hard underground in a difficult environment to preserve the heritage of the site and reimagine it into an exciting and educational experience.

TAM Chief Executive Lyndal Punch said:

“Transport Asset Manager of NSW (TAM) is proud to be leading this innovative project, unlocking a disused, historic rail asset while using multimedia technology to tell the story of Sydney’s city railway development.

“This new visitor attraction will ensure the stories of the past continue to inspire future generations.”

Sydney Trains Chief Executive Matt Longland said:

“We are very excited be part of this unique transport project which is turning a once disused and unseen heritage site into a fascinating, interactive and educational visitor experience.

“The St James Tunnels are a window into our transport past, a snapshot of World War II history, and the efforts of the workers who built Sydney’s transport infrastructure.”

Elizabeth Street building and entrance, July 2023. Photo: Windmemories.

 

NSW marine life – the importance of seaweed

Video by NSW Fisheries

Learn more about seaweed and its importance for the health of marine animals in NSW. Southern Australia, including NSW, has more species of seaweed than anywhere else on Earth. 

This video was created by NSW DPIRD Fisheries with funding via the Marine Estate Management Strategy.

Underwater photo and video content courtesy of @williamgladstonephotography, used with permission.

 

Sulphur Crested Cockatoo Feeding time

'' The chicks remain with the parents all year round and family groups will stay together indefinitely.'' - Australian Museum

Pictures taken Thursday February 27, 2025 at 5.30pm, Careel Bay

Performance-Arts Centre at Narrabeen Sports High School Mooted

On Thursday February 20 2025, during Question Time at the NSW Parliament sitting session, Pittwater MP Jacqui Scruby, asked The Hon. Prue Car, Deputy Premier, and Minister for Education and Early Learning  whether the Government will commit to a fit-for-purpose creative and performing arts centre, amongst other upgrades, at Narrabeen Sports High School.

The Hon. Prue Car replied:
''We completed the upgrades to Narrabeen North Public School upon winning government. I believe the school community has embraced the new upgrade, and it looks fantastic. There are 15 new classrooms, three new support classrooms, a new covered outdoor learning area, landscaping and a new hall. 

Next door at Narrabeen Sports High School, it is fair to say that the local community is rightly frustrated at the lack of investment. We got to work straight away to address the school's needs. I know it is a huge priority of the member for Pittwater.

Last year we refurbished classrooms, science labs, the STEM room, technology rooms, change rooms and amenities. We resurfaced the school's outdoor basketball and tennis courts. We have upgrades for a further 20 classrooms on the way. 

The member for Pittwater, though, rightly raises that the school community has been calling out for increased investment, particularly in creative and performing arts facilities.

That speaks to the fact that at every high school, whether it is a selective academic school or a sports program school, we need to provide facilities so that every child can be pushed and challenged to be the best they can be. 

In the first instance, we are working with the school to convert classrooms into dedicated music rooms for students, but I know there is a lot more to do. 

Following the advocacy of the new member for Pittwater, I have asked the Department of Education to work with Narrabeen Sports High School on its infrastructure priorities. 

I say that knowing that a creative and performing arts space is at the top of the list of needs that the school would like to see addressed. 

I look forward to meeting with the member in coming weeks to discuss those priorities and what we can do together to support Narrabeen Sports High School with improved creative and performing arts facilities.''


Ingleside Riders Group: Autumn Obstacle Course

Fun but challenging obstacles to test your skill. To book please message Amanda Nielsen directly on 0402 917 745.
  • 4 sessions available over 2 days.
  • Max 6 horses per session.
See flyer for details.
$65 per session (plus $25 for non-members of IRG)
Enter the Ingleside Equestrian Park on McLean St, Ingleside. Float parking available. Bring your own water for your horse.

Racing for a Cause: Manly Inflatable Boat Race 2025

Member for Manly, James Griffin has called on the community to get behind one of the Northern Beaches’ most outrageously fun charity events, the 2025 Manly Inflatable Boat Race.

Awarded ‘Community Event of the Year’ at the 2016 Australia Day Awards in Manly, the Manly Inflatable Boat Race is once again gearing up to take over Manly & Shelly Beach on Sunday 30 March this year, with waves of colour, chaos, and community spirit.

Since its inception, the Manly Inflatable Boat Race has raised over $300,000 for charity. The event will see competitors paddle from Shelly Beach to raise funds for the Manly Adolescent and Young Adult Hospice (AYAH) Australia’s first dedicated young adult’s hospice, and cancer research charity Tour de Cure. 

“The Manly Inflatable Boat Race is an epic event and one which showcases the very best of Manly. I encourage everyone to get involved and make a splash for a fantastic cause,” Mr Griffin said.

With over 500 participants and thousands of spectators expected, the 2025 edition promises to be as wild as ever. Registration and float pumping will take place from 7:30am at South Steyne, near Manly Surf Club, with the actual race being held at Shelly Beach at 10:00am.

Founder and organiser Denver Bevan expressed his own excitement for the event. “The Manly Inflatable Boat Race is a highlight on the Sydney calendar because it’s just so much fun! Race-goers love the thrill of paddling through the waves in crazy, colourful inflatables, and the spectators get a front-row seat to all the mayhem. It’s a fantastic day at the beach for all ages,” Mr Bevan said.

Service Manager at AYAH Tayia Yates welcomed the support, saying the funds raised on the day would make a profound difference. 

“Supporting the Manly Inflatable Boat Race is an opportunity to contribute to a vital cause, offering respite and care to those who need it most. We encourage everyone to participate in this unique community event to help raise funds towards the AYAH and assist us in creating a lasting impact on the families and young individuals in our care.” Ms Yates said

The concept of the Manly Inflatable Boat Race is simple:
  • Pick your wackiest fancy dress costume (the crazier, the better!)
  • Bring your inflatable of choice - anything from rubber duckies to pink flamingos, sea monsters, or pool ponies!
  • Join in the 1km paddle adventure from Shelly Beach, around the Manly Life Savers buoys, and back to shore.
  • Rules? There are none! First to the finish line wins!
In a generous showing of support, 4 Pines Brewing Co have been announced as the major sponsor of this year’s event, with General Manager Adam Dearing declaring that he was ‘stoked to come on board as a major sponsor this year to help bring this fabulous charity event back to life after Covid.” The Boathouse Shelly Beach, Budgy Smuggler and OnlineProjects have also thrown their support behind the Race as key event partners. 

To purchase tickets and for any further inquiries, please visit the Manly Inflatable Boat Race website at  manlyinflatableboatrace.com.au

NSW Training Awards: 2025 entries are now open

The Awards honour and reward the achievements of students, teachers, training organisations and employers.

Get recognised and share your vocational success for the NSW Training Awards 70th anniversary. Don't delay, enter today.

  • Individual Awards entries close 14 March 2025 
  • Organisation Award entries close 2 May 2025

To find out more and nominate, please visit; https://education.nsw.gov.au/skills-nsw/nsw-training-awards

Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour applications Now open

Up to 20 students from across NSW will be selected to participate in the annual Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship (PAMS) study tour that will visit historic sites relating to Australia’s military history in the Republic of Korea and Singapore in 2025.

Tour locations in the Republic of Korea include the site of the Battle of Kapyong, the Demilitarised Zone and the UN First Battle Memorial in the. In Singapore, the tour will take in sites such as the Kranji War Memorial, Changi Prison Chapel and Museum and the Fort Siloso and Surrender Chambers.

PAMS is a wonderful opportunity for high school history students to further develop their skills and understanding of Australians at war.

Zygmunt Gray from Finigan School of Distance Education in Queanbeyan was PAMS 2024 recipient that toured Japan, describing the trip as a unique opportunity to gain a better understanding of Australians in wartime.

Fellow PAMS 2024 tourist Celine Chandrasegaran from Saint Mary Mackillop College in Albury said the tour was a transformative experience and plans to continue to share the invaluable insights she gained.

The 2025 tour will take place in the Term 3 school holidays departing on Monday 29 September and returning to Sydney on Friday 10 October.

Eligible students can apply online by submitting a personal essay, a letter of recommendation from their school and a parent consent form.

Applications close on Sunday, 9 March 2025 at 8pm More information and details on how to apply is available at https://www.veterans.nsw.gov.au/education/premiers-anzac-memorial-scholarship/

Premier of NSW Chris Minns said:

“This year's Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship presents a unique opportunity to visit South Korea and Singapore.

“This is a chance to develop a greater appreciation of the story of our nation, along with the story of these nations. 

“I really encourage students to apply, to develop their understanding of military history and those who served.”

Minister for Veterans David Harris said:

“The PAMS study tour is a once in a lifetime opportunity for students across New South Wales, and I encourage all Year 10 and Year 11 history students to consider applying. 

“Scholarship recipients will explore Australia’s military history and visit locations that experienced the war’s impact first-hand. Australians fought abroad in Singapore and later became involved in the Korean War, only five years after the end of the Second World War.

“This tour is an opportunity for students to gain a deeper understanding of the service and sacrifice of our soldiers and the impacts war have had on countries around the world.”

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Munificent

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Adjective

1. very liberal in giving or bestowing. 2. characterised by great liberality or generosity a munificent gift.

From 1580s,  from Old French munificence, from Latin munificentia "bountifulness, liberality, generosity," from stem of munificus "generous, bountiful, liberal," back-formation from munificence, from Latin munificent-, stem of munificus "bountiful, liberal, generous," literally "present-making," from munus "gift or service; function, task, duty, office" (municipal). From Latin munificare meant "to enrich."

Which type of note-taking is better for learning: laptop or pen and paper?

VesnaArt/Shutterstock
Penny Van BergenMacquarie UniversityEmma BurnsMacquarie University, and Hua-Chen WangMacquarie University

Once upon a time, university lectures were accompanied by the sound of pens scribbling on paper. But if you go into a lecture hall today, you will hear students tapping on laptops.

Devices are now an accepted and important part of modern learning. But this does not necessarily mean students should forget the old-fashioned ways of taking notes.

Research shows pen and paper can help students learn and remember more from class.

The benefits of note-taking

Studies have long shown students who take notes during a lecture, class, or while reading are able to remember more of that content later.

One reason is note-taking is more active than listening or reading, which helps us maintain attention.

And students often go beyond just recording the information being said.

Note-taking means students are trying to understand their teacher by making assessments about what is important in real time. They might also organise the content into themes and sub-themes or highlight things that stand out.

These activities are examples of active engagement which strengthens the “encoding process”: the way new knowledge moves into long-term memory and forms memory pathways.

Strong memory pathways enable knowledge to be more easily accessed later, such as when problem solving in class or doing an exam.

Students in a lecture hall taking notes
Taking notes during class can help keep your focus and make it easier to retain information. Matej Kastelic/Shutterstock

Note-taking on a laptop

Research shows the kinds of notes students take when typing on a laptop differ from those taken with traditional pen and paper.

2018 study in the United States found college students took longer lecture notes (both in word count and quantity of ideas) when typing on a laptop than when writing by hand. They also recorded longer sections verbatim from the lecture. This might occur because students typically type faster than they handwrite.

However, while students are faster on a laptop, they are also likely to become distracted.

2021 study of US college students used tracking software and found the average student was distracted for about half their lecture by social media, assignments, shopping and other off-task internet activities.

Note-taking with a pen

So how do pen and paper compare?

2024 meta-analysis of 24 international studies showed taking lecture notes by hand resulted in stronger overall test performance and course grades for undergraduate students.

This is because handwriting engages the brain in a more active way than typing, which is better for learning.

Students who take notes by hand use more shorthand, visual signals (for example, bolding, underlining, arrows and stars) and images (diagrams, graphs and tables) than those who type.

Taking notes by hand is particularly helpful if a lecturer or teacher pauses during a lecture or lesson, so students can revise or add to their notes in real time. In one US study, students using longhand added three times as many new ideas to their notes during lecture pauses as laptop users did.

Woman highlighting words in a notebook
Notetaking on pen and paper can help students form strong connections between ideas. ABO PHOTOGRAPHY/Shutterstock

Are there times laptops might be better?

Despite the benefits of handwriting, there are some situations where laptops may be more appropriate for note-taking.

Students who struggle with slow handwriting or spelling may find pen and paper note-taking interferes with their learning. This is because they need to focus more on the physical act of writing so it becomes harder to process new knowledge.

Some neurodivergent students may also find handwriting challenging. For instance, autistic students often experience difficulties with fine motor skills like handwriting. Similarly, students with dyslexia or dysgraphia may struggle with handwriting tasks.

For these students, typing with features like spell-check and auto-correction can allow them to focus on understanding and fully participating in class.

But for those who find both handwriting and typing equally comfortable, the research shows using a pen and paper are more effective for learning.The Conversation

Penny Van Bergen, Associate Professor in the Psychology of Education, Macquarie UniversityEmma Burns, ARC DECRA fellow and Senior Lecturer, School of Education, Macquarie University, and Hua-Chen Wang, Senior Lecturer, School of Education, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Whales sing when they’ve had a good meal – new research

Stock Photos Studios/Shutterstock
Ted CheesemanSouthern Cross University and Jarrod SantoraUniversity of California, Santa Cruz

Spanning more octaves than a piano, humpback whales sing powerfully into the vast ocean. These songs are beautifully complex, weaving phrases and themes into masterful compositions. Blue and fin whales richly fill out a bass section with their own unique versions of song.

Together, these three species can create a marvellous symphony in the sea.

Published today in PLOS One, our new research reveals these baleen whale species’ response to major changes in their ecosystem can be heard in their songs.

Food for long-distance travel

The six-year study took place in whale foraging habitat in the eastern North Pacific, off the coast of California in the United States. From this biologically rich foraging habitat, the whales migrate long distances each year to breeding habitats at lower latitudes.

They eat little to nothing during their migration and winter breeding season. So they need to build up their energy stores during their annual residence in foraging habitat.

This energy, stored in their gigantic bodies, powers the animals through months of long-distance travel, mating, calving, and nursing before they return to waters off California in the spring and summer to resume foraging.

The whales eat krill and fish that can aggregate in massive schools. However, their diets are distinct.

While blue whales only eat krill, humpback whales eat krill and small schooling fish such as anchovy. If the prey species are more abundant and more densely concentrated, whales can forage more efficiently. Foraging conditions and prey availability change dramatically from year to year.

We wanted to know if these changes in the ecosystem were reflected in the whales’ acoustic behaviour.

Piecing together a complex puzzle

To track the occurrence of singing, we examined audio recordings acquired through the Monterey Accelerated Research System. This is a deep-sea observatory operated by the Monterey Bay Aquarium Research Institute and funded by the US National Science Foundation.

Analysis of sound recordings is a highly effective way to study whales because we can hear them from quite far away. If a whale sings anywhere within thousands of square kilometres around the hydrophone, we will hear it.

Yet, piecing together the complex puzzle of whale behavioural ecology requires diverse research methods.

Our study used observations of the whales, including sound recordings, photo identification and diet analysis. It also used measurements of forage species abundance, characterisation of ecosystem conditions and theoretical modelling of sound propagation.

Our ability to probe the complex lives of these giants was enhanced for humpback whales because we had a unique data resource available for this species: extensive photo identification.

The Happywhale community science project combines photos supplied by researchers and ecotourists, and identification enabled by artificial intelligence, to recognise individual whales by the shape and coloration of their flukes.

This unique resource enabled us to examine the local abundance of humpback whales. We could also study the timing of their annual migration and how persistently individual whales occupied the study region.

A small microphone on the seafloor, with two fish swimming around it.
Scientists used a deep-sea hydrophone to keep a nearly continuous record of the ocean soundscape. MBARI

An increase in food – and in song

The study began in 2015, during a prolonged marine heatwave that caused major disruption in the foraging habitat of whales and other animals throughout the eastern North Pacific.

All three whale species sang the least during the heatwave, and sang more as foraging conditions improved over the next two years.

These patterns provided the first indications that the singing behaviour by whales may be closely related to the food available. Remarkably, whale song is an indicator of forage availability.

Further evidence was found in the striking differences between humpback and blue whales during the later years of the study.

Continued increases in detection of humpback whale song could not be explained by changes in the local abundance of whales, the timing of their annual migration, or the persistence of individuals in the study region.

However, humpback song occurrence closely tracked tremendous increases in the abundances of northern anchovy — the largest increase in 50 years. And when we analysed the skin of the humpback whales, we saw a clear shift to a fish-dominated diet.

In contrast, blue whales only eat krill, and detection of their songs plummeted with large decreases in krill abundance. Our analysis of blue whale skin revealed they were foraging over a larger geographic area to find the food they needed during these hard times in the food web.

School of small, silver fish swimming in the water.
Humpback song occurrence closely tracked tremendous increases in the abundances of northern anchovy. evantravels/Shutterstock

Predicting long-term changes

This research shows listening to whales is much more than a rich sensory experience. It’s a window into their lives, their vulnerability, and their resilience.

Humpback whales emerge from this study as a particularly resilient species. They are more able to readily adapt to changes in the ecology of the foraging habitats that sustain them. These findings can help scientists and resource managers predict how marine ecosystems and species will respond to long-term changes driven by both natural cycles and human impacts.

At a time of unprecedented change for marine life and ecosystems, collaboration across disciplines and institutions will be crucial for understanding our changing ocean.

This work was enabled by private research centres, universities and federal agencies working together. This consortium’s past work has revealed a rich new understanding of the ocean soundscape, answering fundamental questions about the ecology of ocean giants.

Who knows what more we will learn as we listen to the ocean’s underwater symphony?

Side view of a large whale swimming down from the ocean's surface.
The study’s findings can help scientists better understand how blue whales and other baleen whales respond to long-term changes in the ocean. Ajit S N/Shutterstock

This work was led by John Ryan, a biological oceanographer at the Monterey Bay Aquarium Research Institute (MBARI), with an interdisciplinary team of researchers from MBARI, Southern Cross University, Happywhale.comCascadia Research Collective, University of Wisconsin, NOAA Southwest Fisheries Science Centre, University of California, Santa Cruz, Naval Postgraduate School, and Stanford University.The Conversation

Ted Cheeseman, PhD Candidate, Marine Ecological Research Centre, Southern Cross University and Jarrod Santora, Research Associate, Institute of Marine Sciences and NOAA-NMFS Fisheries Ecology Division, Southwest Fisheries Science Center, University of California, Santa Cruz

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Quantum navigation could transform how we travel. So what is it, and how does it work?

Triff/Shutterstock
Allison KealySwinburne University of Technology

Quantum technology is no longer confined to the lab – it’s making its way into our everyday lives. Now, it’s about to transform something even more fundamental: how we navigate the world.

Imagine submarines travelling beneath the ocean, never needing to surface for location updates. Planes flying across continents with unshakeable precision, unaffected by signal disruptions.

Emergency responders could navigate smoke-filled buildings or underground tunnels with flawless accuracy, while autonomous vehicles chart perfect courses through dense urban environments.

These scenarios might sound like science fiction, but they can all be made possible with an emerging approach known as quantum navigation.

This game-changing tech will one day redefine movement, exploration and connectivity in ways we’re only just beginning to imagine. So, what is it?

Satellite navigation is at the heart of many things

Global navigation satellite systems, like GPS, are deeply embedded in modern society. We use them daily for navigation, ordering deliveries and tagging photo locations. But their impact goes far beyond convenience.

Timing signals from satellites in Earth’s orbit authenticate stock market trades and help balance the electricity grid. In agriculture, satellite navigation guides autonomous tractors and helps muster cattle.

Emergency services rely on navigation satellite systems for rapid response, reducing the time it takes to reach those in need.

Despite their benefits, systems like GPS are quite vulnerable. Satellite signals can be jammed or interfered with. This can be due to active warfare, terrorism or for legitimate (or illegitimate) privacy concerns. Maps like GPSJAM show real-time interference hotspots, such as those in the Middle East, areas around Russia and Ukraine, and Myanmar.

The environment of space isn’t constant, either. The Sun regularly ejects giant balls of plasma, causing what we know as solar storms. These emissions slam into Earth’s magnetic field, disrupting satellites and GPS signals. Often these effects are temporary, but they can also cause significant damage, depending on the severity of the storm.

An outage of global navigation satellite systems would be more than an inconvenience – it would disrupt our most critical infrastructure.

Estimates suggest a loss of GPS would cost just the United States economy about US$1 billion per day (A$1.5 billion), causing cascading failures across interconnected systems.

Quantum navigation to the rescue

In some environments, navigation signals from satellites don’t work very well. They don’t penetrate water or underground spaces, for example.

If you’ve ever tried to use Google Maps in a built-up city with skyscrapers, you may have run into issues. Tall buildings cause signal reflections that degrade accuracy, and signals are weakened or completely unavailable inside buildings.

This is where quantum navigation could step in one day.

Quantum science describes the behaviour of particles at scales smaller than an atom. It reveals mind-boggling effects like superposition – particles existing in multiple states simultaneously – and entanglement (when particles are connected through space and time in ways that defy classical understanding).

These effects are fragile and typically collapse under observation, which is why we don’t notice them in everyday life. But the very fragility of quantum processes also lets them work as exquisite sensors.

A sensor is a device that detects changes in the world around it and turns that information into a signal we can measure or use. Think automatic doors that open when we walk near them, or phone screens that respond to our touch.

Quantum sensors are so sensitive because quantum particles react to tiny changes in their environment. Unlike normal sensors, which can miss weak signals, quantum sensors are extremely good at detecting even the smallest changes in things like time, gravity or magnetic fields.

Their sensitivity comes from how easily quantum states change when something in their surroundings shifts, allowing us to measure things with much greater accuracy than before.

This precision is critical for robust navigation systems.

Our team is researching new ways to use quantum sensors to measure Earth’s magnetic field for navigation. By using quantum effects in diamonds, we can detect Earth’s magnetic field in real time and compare the measurements to pre-existing magnetic field maps, providing a resilient alternative to satellite navigation like GPS.

Since magnetic signals are unaffected by jamming and work underwater, they offer a promising backup system.

A steel box bolted to a perforated sheet with the words phasor quantum on it.
A quantum magnetometer used in our research. Swinburne University/RMIT/Phasor

The future of navigation

The future of navigation will integrate quantum sensors to enhance location accuracy (via Earth’s magnetic and gravitational fields), improve orientation (via quantum gyroscopes), and enable superior timing (through compact atomic clocks and interconnected timekeeping systems).

These technologies promise to complement and, in some cases, provide alternatives to traditional satellite-based navigation.

However, while the potential of quantum navigation is clear, making it a practical reality remains a significant challenge. Researchers and companies worldwide are working to refine these technologies, with major efforts underway in academia, government labs and industry.

Startups and established players are developing prototypes of quantum accelerometers (devices that measure movement) and gyroscopes, but most remain in early testing phases or specialised applications.

Key hurdles include reducing the size and power demands of quantum sensors, improving their stability outside of controlled laboratory settings, and integrating them into existing navigation systems.

Cost is another barrier – today’s quantum devices are expensive and complex, meaning widespread adoption is still years away.

If these challenges can be overcome, quantum navigation could reshape everyday life in subtle but profound ways. While quantum navigation won’t replace GPS overnight, it could become an essential part of the infrastructure that keeps the world moving.The Conversation

Allison Kealy, Director, Innovative Planet Institute, Swinburne University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NASA’s new telescope will create the ‘most colourful’ map of the cosmos ever made

NASA’s SPHEREx observatory undergoes integration and testing at BAE Systems in Boulder, Colorado, in April 2024. NASA/JPL-Caltech/BAE Systems
Deanne FisherSwinburne University of Technology

NASA will soon launch a new telescope which it says will create the “most colourful” map of the cosmos ever made.

The SPHEREx telescope is relatively small but will provide a humongous amount of knowledge in its short two-year mission.

It is an infrared telescope designed to take spectroscopic images – ones that measure individual wavelengths of light from a source. By doing this it will be able to tell us about the formation of the universe, the growth of all galaxies across cosmic history, and the location of water and life-forming molecules in our own galaxy.

In short, the mission – which is scheduled for launch on February 27, all things going well – will help us understand how the universe came to be, and why life exists inside it.

A massive leap forward

Everything in the universe, including you and the objects around you, emits light in many different colours. Our eyes split all that light into three bands – the brilliant greens of trees, blues of the sky and reds of a sunset – to synthesise a specific image.

But SPHEREx – short for Spectro-Photometer for the History of the Universe, Epoch of Reionization and Ices Explorer – will divide light from everything in the sky into 96 bands. This is a massive leap forward. It will cover the entire sky and offer new insights into the chemistry and physics of objects in the universe.

The mission will complement the work being done by other infrared telescopes in space, such as the James Webb Space Telescope and Hubble Space Telescope.

Both of these telescopes are designed to make high-resolution measurements of the faintest objects in the universe, which means they only study a tiny part of the sky at any given time. For example, the sky is more than 15 million times larger than what the James Webb Space Telescope can observe at once.

In its entire mission the James Webb Space Telescope could not map out the whole sky the way SPHEREx will do in only a few months.

SPHEREx will take will take spectroscopic images of 1 billion galaxies, 100 million stars, and 10,000 asteroids. It will answer questions that require a view of the entire sky, which are missed out by the biggest telescopes that chase the highest resolution.

Small metal casing containing three rainbow-coloured plates.
NASA’s SPHEREx mission will use these filters to capture spectroscopic images of the cosmos. NASA/JPL-Caltech

Measuring inflation

The first aim of SPHEREx is to measure what astronomers call cosmic inflation. This refers to the rapid expansion of the universe immediately after the Big Bang.

The physical processes that drove cosmic inflation remain poorly understood. Revealing more information about inflation is possibly the most important research area of cosmology.

Inflation happened everywhere in the universe. To study it astronomers need to map the entire sky. SPHEREx is ideal for studying this huge mystery that is fundamental to our cosmos.

SPHEREx will use the spectroscopic images to measure the 3D positions of about a billion galaxies across cosmic history. Astronomers will then create a picture of the cosmos not just in position but in time.

This, plus a lot of statistics and mathematics, will let the SPHEREx team test different theories of inflation.

Thick clouds of gas and dust surrounded by stars and orange light.
The SHEREx mission will complement the work of the James Webb Space Telescope, which captured this composite image of stars, gas and dust in a small region within the vast Eagle Nebula, 6,500 light-years away from Earth. NASA/ESA/CSA/STScI

Pinpointing the location of life-bearing molecules

Moving much closer to home, SPHEREx aims to identify water- and life-bearing molecules (known as biogenic molecules) in the clouds of gas in our galaxy, the Milky Way.

In the coldest parts of our galaxy, the molecules that create life (such as water, carbon dioxide and methanol) are trapped in icy particles. Those icy biogenic molecules have to travel from the cold gas in the galaxy onto planets so life can come to be.

Despite years of study, this process remains a huge mystery.

To answer this fundamental question about human existence, we need to know where all those molecules are.

What SPHEREx will provide is a complete census of the icy biogenic molecules in our surrounding galaxy. Icy biogenic molecules have distinct features in the infrared spectrum, where SPHEREx operates.

By mapping the entire sky, SPHEREx will pinpoint where these molecules are, not only in our galaxy but also in nearby systems.

Cloud of pink and green dust surrounded by stars.
Located some 13,700 light-years away from Earth in the southern constellation Centaurus of the Milky Way, RCW 49 is a dark and dusty stellar nursery that houses more than 2,200 stars. NASA/JPL-Caltech/University of Wisconsin

Once we know where they all are, we can determine the necessary conditions to form biogenic molecules in space. In turn, this can tell us about a crucial step in how life came to be.

Currently 200 spectra have been taken on biogenic molecules in space. We expect the James Webb Space Telescope will obtain a few thousand such measurements.

SPHEREx will generate 8 million new spectroscopic images of life-bearing molecules. This will revolutionise our understanding.

Mapping the whole sky enables astronomers to identify promising regions for life and gather large-scale data to separate meaningful patterns from anomalies, making this mission a transformative step in the search for life beyond Earth.The Conversation

Deanne Fisher, Associate Professor of Astronomy, Swinburne University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Remembering Roberta Flack, a spellbinding virtuoso of musical interpretation

Leigh CarriageSouthern Cross University

The multi-Grammy award winner Roberta Flack has passed away at 88.

Her approach and sound were a unique combination of soul, folk, rhythm and blues, jazz, pop and musicianship, and arranging skills so broad she had had a lasting impact on future artists.

Her sustained career laid a foundation for pop and neo-soul artists Alicia Keys, Erykah Badu, Solange, J Dilla, Flying Lotus, and D’Angelo.

Over her career, Flack performed some original songs, but she is better known for her myriad of covers and performances of songs written for her. No matter who wrote the songs, she made all of them her own. She was a master of musical interpretation.

An early life of music

Flack was born in North Carolina in 1937. Both of her parents played piano; her mother was the church organist.

Her early interest in gospel tunes was encouraged and supported with her participation in a local Baptist church in Arlington, Virginia, and many relatives who sang.

Her formal classical musical training continued at Howard University. After a brief period teaching at a junior high school, Flack started landing regular bookings at Mr. Henry’s, a Washington DC bar where Flack performed a range of traditional spirituals, jazz, blues and folk repertoire.

In 1968, she signed with Atlantic Records.

Her brilliant debut

Her debut album, First Take, was recorded over just ten hours in 1969 at Atlantic Recording Studios, New York. First take indeed! Genius!

Considering Flack’s background, religious inspiration and being surrounded by the social movements of the 1960s, it is not surprising that her first album features songs that address race and religion. The album creates a fusion of music with themes of spiritually and compelling political issues.

Flack blended genres effortlessly. One of the highlights of the album is Flack’s interpretation of the folk song The First Time Ever I Saw Your Face. Written in 1957 by British political singer-songwriter Ewan MacColl for the vocalist Peggy Seeger, Flack’s interpretation is notably delivered with a deliberately slower tempo, and with legato phrasing – smooth, and connected.

The lesser-known second track, the Venezuelan/Mexican song Angelitos Negros, offers a soulful statement of black rights.

Flack’s powerful vocal delivery evokes a haunting sense of loss and refined passion. This, combined with her choice of musical arrangement with repeating lyrics, forms a commanding protest song.

Always forging her own path

Labels often described her work as “adult contemporary” or “easy-listening”.

This barely addresses the diversity within her catalogue, which features Broadway ballads like The Impossible Dream, her definitive interpretation of Leonard Cohen’s Hey, That’s No Way To Say Goodbye, Bee Gees and Beatles songs, and folk classics.

Blending genres like jazz, latin, rock and folk with nuanced elements of classical into her own arrangements and song interpretations, to the listener Flack’s interpretation becomes authorship.

In this way, Flack played a role in defining pop music’s processes.

Flack is best known for her majestic indelible early hits songs like Killing Me Softly with His Song, Where Is the Love and The Closer I Get to You.

The 1973 live recording of Killing Me Softly With His Song, written by Charles Fox and Norman Gimbel, is breathtaking.

Flack opens without an introduction: straight in, delicately infusing the lyrics with a vast array of tonal shades. The smooth phrases are delivered with a beautifully aligned dynamic, like the most carefully crafted expression.

In 1996 Killing Me Softly with His Song, was reinvented by the Fugees with lead vocalist Lauryn Hill.

Where Is the Love, a duet with Donny Hathaway, brings together their two legendary voices perfectly. Here were two highly skilled pianists with incredible musicality with voices that blended perfectly together.

I have always enjoyed Flack’s version of Compared to What. Flack’s emotive delivery; the warmth of her tone; the panache; the edgeless smooth phrasing pulls you near in complete comfort.

For Flack the lyric meaning – telling the story with clarity and honesty – was paramount. Her expression is refined with understated inventiveness. There is such power in her performances. She is spellbinding, reaching a deep soulful place that is both classically and contemporarily informed.

While Flack wrote some songs, such as You Know What It’s Like, she was not predominantly a songwriter. Instead, she was a virtuosic interpreter of music. Whether penned by Flack or not, each song’s interpretation sounds authored by her. That is the sense you are getting when you listen to her music: it doesn’t matter who it’s written by, her interpretation makes you believe it is by her.The Conversation

Leigh Carriage, Senior Lecturer in Music, Southern Cross University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What do young people want to see in politics? More than 20,000 pieces of their writing hold some answers

Shutterstock
Philippa CollinWestern Sydney UniversityAzadeh DastyariWestern Sydney UniversityMichael Everitt HartupRMIT University, and Sky HugmanWestern Sydney University

Ahead of the Australian election, candidates, advisers and political parties might be paying attention to what young people think. And if they’re not, they should be.

This election will be the first in which Gen Z and Millennial voters (aged 18–40) will outnumber Baby Boomers (aged 60–79). Many of these young people were in high school during the previous two elections.

While there are concerns about the effectiveness of civics and citizenship educationthere is also evidence young people are interested in, and active on, many issues.

So what do young people care about most? We analysed thousands of pieces of writing by young Australians to find out.

What matters to young people?

For the past 20 years, young people have been telling us what matters to them as part of the Whitlam Institute’s What Matters? writing competition. Students in years 5–12 can write about whatever they like. Most are directed by their schools to contribute as a part of their civics curriculum. Some opt to enter the competition out of interest.

A unique sample, our analysis of 22,500 entries from 2019 to 2024 provides insight into the issues that resonate most with this generation.

We identified common themes: society and democracy, mental health, environment and climate change, intergenerational justice and (social) media.

1. Society and democracy

We found young people were actively grappling with complex and diverse issues in an increasingly fragmented political landscape. They are also concerned about anti-democratic forces.

They reflect on what makes this moment exceptional – climate change, war and violence, rapid technological change – and consider actions needed from individuals, communities and institutions for them to have a future.

Our research shows young people prioritise care in local and global futures, valuing peer support, family, intergenerational ties, and connections across communities and borders. The most common topic was family, followed by pollution, racism and poverty.

An ethics of care shapes their sense of belonging and responsibility – and the responsibilities of government. As a senior student wrote in 2022:

Children are being abused, or watching one of their parents be abused countless times. The Government needs to step up and do their job properly by using more effective ways of helping children and their parents get out of unsafe environments.

Our sentiment analysis shows that they write with hope – and frequently with anxiety and fear.

2. Mental health

Many young people write about “health”, including physical health and the health of communities and natural environments. Most often, though, they write about mental health and the causes of worry, distress and illness.

Young people want governments and leaders to tackle the causes of the causes of ill-health. In other words, they want action on what creates the drivers of ill-health, including climate change, inequality and loneliness.

For policymakers and advocates, this means recognising mental health as deeply connected to broader social and political issues – issues young people believe governments must address if they are serious about improving wellbeing.

3. Environment and climate change

Environmental issues, particularly climate change, were dominant themes — more so than in previous years. Students write about their relationship to the environment and the benefits of connecting to nature.

A group of young people wearing a sign that says stop burning our future.
Concerns about climate change were a common theme across the entries. Shutterstock

Some are calling out extractive relationships with the environment, particularly by large corporations. They demand urgent action from individuals and institutions, advocating for policies that prioritise future generations and the planet.

A senior student wrote in 2019:

our future is under threat because of climate change […] it is our generation’s future that is on the line, yet we continue to be unheard.

4. Intergenerational justice

Young people see intergenerational justice and social justice as interconnected, demanding climate action, economic opportunity and democratic participation. Their concerns reflect a commitment to human rights including refugee rights, gender equality and Indigenous justice.

Their writing shows awareness of Australia’s role in the world. Many discuss global conflicts and the responsibilities of nations in promoting peace and security. They want to contribute to efforts to address these issues.

Young people want to trust and have more of a role in Australian democracy. They want those in power, and the institutions and agencies over which they preside, to be more transparent, to communicate regularly and honestly, and to show how they are taking action for a better future for all generations.

Key areas where young people want greater accountability are in government, the media and business. Twelve-year-old Ivy said in an interview:

young children should have a direct voice to parliament […] adults would take us more seriously instead of just viewing us as just kids. If issues affect kids right now or this generation, they should have a say about that to parliament.

Young people want their activism and efforts recognised and supported. They hope for a democracy in which they’re not just heard, but are actively engaged by leaders, with a direct voice in government (at all levels) and institutions.

5. (Social) media

Young people highlight social media’s pros and cons, calling for strategies that better engage with them to reduce harm and maximise benefits.

A group of teenagers sit together and chat while using their smartphones
Young Australians painted a nuanced picture of social media. Shutterstock

They stress the need for digital literacy to navigate online information critically, and they want online environments to be supportive and safe.

Young people are concerned about how they are represented in the media generally. They argue that inclusive and accurate portrayals are key to having their voices heard and respected – crucial for meaningful civic participation.

Candidates on notice

Young people are not just future constituents – they are voting at the next election.

The young people whose writing we analysed have formed civic and political values during a turbulent time in Australian and world history: catastrophic bushfires and floods, a climate crisis, a pandemic, and digital technologies that are changing our lives.

They reject the idea they are too young to understand issues, and instead want a participatory democracy in which their voices influence real decisions. Indeed, the public has shown a desire to let young people have more of a say.

Our analysis tells us many of this year’s 18–24-year-old voters are informed, engaged and ready to hold leaders accountable. They want action on climate, mental health, economic justice and democratic accountability. They’re tired of being ignored and sidelined.


The authors would like to acknowledge research assistant Ammar Shoukat Randhawa for their work on the research this article reports.The Conversation

Philippa Collin, Professor, Institute for Culture and Society, Western Sydney UniversityAzadeh Dastyari, Director, Research and Policy, Whitlam Institute, Western Sydney UniversityMichael Everitt Hartup, Lecturer in Youth Studies, RMIT University, and Sky Hugman, Lecturer, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

500 years ago, German peasants revolted – but their faith that the Protestant Reformation stood for freedom was dashed by Martin Luther and the nobility

A sketch of groups of peasants wandering around the countryside during the German Peasants’ War. Warwick Press via Wikimedia Commons.
Michael BrueningMissouri University of Science and Technology

Five hundred years ago, in the winter of 1524-1525, bands of peasants roamed the German countryside seeking recruits. It was the start of the German Peasants’ War, the largest uprising in Europe before the French Revolution. The peasants’ goal was to overturn serfdom and create a fairer society grounded on the Christian Bible.

For months, they seized their landlords’ monasteries and castles. By March 1525, the peasant armies had grown to encompass tens of thousands of peasants from Alsace to Austria and from Switzerland to Saxony.

The peasants had economic grievances, to be sure, but they also drew inspiration from the message of freedom, or “Fryheit” in German, being preached by theologian Martin Luther, who had recently launched the Protestant Reformation.

Luther’s rejection of the peasants’ cause, however, would help lead to their crushing defeat.

I am a scholar of the Reformation, and I included the peasants’ list of demands in my book on the debates of the era. The question of the legitimacy of the peasants’ uprising was one of the most consequential debates of the era.

Luther’s message of freedom

In 1517, eight years before the German Peasants’ War, Luther launched the Reformation with his 95 Theses. The theses reflected Luther’s belief that the pope and the Catholic Church were preying on the poor by selling them indulgences, taking their money for a false promise that their sins would be forgiven.

Luther taught instead that God freely forgives the sins of believers. In one of his most famous early treatises, “The Freedom of a Christian,” written in 1520, Luther argued that because they are saved or “justified” by faith alone, Christians are entirely free from the need to do works to merit salvation. This included fasting, going on pilgrimages and buying indulgences.

Luther’s attacks on the Catholic Church, clergy and monks quickly grew more vehement. He and his allies lambasted them for fleecing the peasants and the poor through usury, a practice of lending money at high rates of interest. Since the Bible provided no support for such practices, they argued, the poor should be free of them.

The Twelve Articles

In her 2025 book “Summer of Fire and Blood,” Reformation scholar Lyndal Roper argues that the religious element of the peasants’ war was central. The German peasants were among the first to try to unlock the revolutionary potential of Reformation teachings to fight social and economic injustice.

The peasants’ efforts to do so can be seen in the most important statement of their demands: The Twelve Articles. The articles are rooted in Reformation ideas and demanded, among other things, each village’s right to elect its own pastor and to be exempt from payments and duties not found in the Bible.

A black-and-white sketch showing several people standing with spears and other weapons.
A pamphlet that peasants distributed with their Twelve Articles in 1525. Otto Henne am Rhyn: Cultural History of the German People, via Wikimedia Commons

Most important was the message of freedom in the third article: “Considering that Christ has delivered and redeemed us all, without exception … it is consistent with Scripture that we should be free.” It was a cry for equality based on Christ’s redemption of all, rich and poor alike.

The Twelve Articles were hugely successful, going through 25 printings in just two months. Since the vast majority of peasants were illiterate, this was an astounding number.

For the lower classes, the Reformation promised to break up not just the spiritual monopoly held by the Catholic Church but the entrenched feudal system that kept them oppressed. Their desire for freedom was at the same time a denunciation of serfdom.

The peasants were willing to take up arms to secure their freedom. In winter 1524-1525, the peasants were able to capture castles and monasteries without much bloodshed. But starting in the spring of 1525, the uprising became increasingly violent. On Easter Sunday, the peasants shockingly slaughtered two dozen knights in the city of Weinsberg, Germany. A torrent of bloodshed would follow.

Luther’s rejection of the peasants

Although Luther may have provided the initial inspiration for the peasants, he denounced their revolt in the harshest terms. In his treatise “Admonition to Peace,” Luther complained that the peasants had made “Christian liberty an utterly carnal thing,” which “would make all men equal … and that is impossible.”

Responding to the revolt, Luther produced a tract entitled “Against the Murdering and Robbing Hordes of Peasants.” “Let everyone who can,” he infamously wrote, “smite, slay, and stab” the rebellious peasants. The rulers did just that.

The nobility had been slow to react to the peasants’ initial incursions, but when they finally organized their own armies, the peasants didn’t stand a chance. On the battlefield, the nobles’ cavalry and superior artillery brutally cut down the rebels. Many who escaped the battlefield were hunted down and executed.

The exact number of those killed are not known, but estimates place the number at around 100,000. As Roper notes, “this was slaughter on a vast scale.”

Consequences for the Reformation

English historian A. G. Dickens famously described the Reformation as an “urban event”, meaning that the movement’s important developments took place in cities. The German Peasants’ War shows the idea to be wrong.

In its first years, the Reformation galvanized the hopes and dreams of Germans in both town and country. To peasants and townsfolk, it seemed to promise the chance for a complete reordering of an unjust society.

Luther’s rejection of the peasants had important long-term consequences. His decision to side with the princes transformed the Reformation from a grassroots movement into an act of state. Everywhere the Protestant reformers went, they sought to work with the proper authorities. The close cooperation of Christian leaders and secular authorities would last for centuries.

For their part, the European peasantry grew wary of the Christian leaders who seemed to have abandoned them. Social uprisings over the next centuries lost the religious character of the 1525 conflict and would climax in the decidedly secular French Revolution.The Conversation

Michael Bruening, Professor of History, Missouri University of Science and Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Tomb of Egyptian pharaoh is first found in Luxor since Tutankhamun – here’s how we know who lay inside

Claire Isabella GilmourUniversity of Bristol

Thutmose II was the fourth ruler of the illustrious ancient Egyptian 18th dynasty, which included Tutankhamun. Now, the location of his long-lost tomb, one of the last missing royal tombs, has been confirmed by the New Kingdom Research Foundation, a British-Egyptian archaeological team led by Piers Litherland. It’s the first pharaoh’s tomb to be discovered in Luxor for over a century.

Thutmose II had a relatively short and uneventful reign, but his enduring legacy is his family. He was husband and half-brother of the female pharaoh Hatshepsut, and father of Thutmose III, arguably ancient Egypt’s greatest military leader.

Thutmose was himself of royal blood as a biological son of Thutmose I. But as his mother was only a minor wife, his marriage to Hatshepsut (also a daughter of Thutmose I, by his principal wife Ahmose) cemented his position in line to the throne.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


Around 500 years after Thutmose II’s death, ancient Egyptian officials of the 21st dynasty realised that his tomb (and that of other royals from the New Kingdom) had become vulnerable to damage from flooding and the attentions of tomb robbers. They chose a secret place in the Theban cliffs to relocate the royal remains to.

The mummified bodies of kings, queens and other significant people were interred in their new resting place near Hatshepsut’s temple. The entrance was well disguised by sand and rocks, and was inaccessible by foot. There they lay there until the late 19th century.

When the area became known to Egyptologists in 1881, the cache was found to contain the bodies of, among others, Ramesses II, Seti I, Thutmose III and, of course, Thutmose II.

They were moved from the Egyptian Museum in Tahrir Square, Cairo, in a spectacular, globally broadcast parade to the newly opened National Museum of Egyptian Civilization in 2021. But the search for Thutmose II’s original tomb continued.

Stone block with relief at Karnak Temple Thutmose II
Stone block relief showing Thutmose II, found at Karnak Temple in Luxor. WikiCommonsCC BY

This tomb, designated C4, is located in a relatively inaccessible position. It is next to the magnificent mortuary temple of Hatshepsut, Thutmose’s principal wife and later pharaoh in her own right, at the site of Deir el-Bahri on the west bank of the Nile at Luxor.

Discovered in 2022, the site is some 1.2 miles away from the Valley of the Kings, where tombs for Thutmose I and III and Hatshepsut were planned. Women of the royal family had been found there, so the initial theory was that this newly found tomb belonged to one of Thutmose’s lesser wives.

The tomb was also blocked by flood debris. The excavation team had to work through a deep entrance staircase, collapsed ceilings, corridors filled with flooding debris, and tonnes of limestone fragments.

What was in the tomb?

Further exploration by the excavation team has now brought to light evidence that confirms the tomb is that of Thutmose II himself.

Initial observations showed that the form of the entrance bore a strong resemblance to that of Hatshepsut’s KV20 tomb in the Valley of the Kings. It features a wide staircase, doorway and descending corridor, and therefore a significant space lay beyond.

As the ceilings and walls were cleared, beautiful decoration of a starred sky and extracts from a funerary text known as the Amduat emerged, strongly suggesting that this was a king’s burial. Sifting through the limestone fragments revealed broken alabaster vessels bearing the king’s name and – crucially – that of Hatshepsut, reducing the list of potential candidates to just one.

Even though C4 has otherwise been emptied of funerary goods such as sarcophagi, this is actually good news. It indicates that the tomb contents were moved elsewhere, perhaps due to the flooding. These items were not found with Thutmose II’s relocated body, so the search is still on to find them.

A sandstone statue of Hatshepsut in a pharoah's headdress.
Hatshepsut’s original tomb has not yet been found. Metropolitan Museum of ArtCC BY-SA

Contrary to many reports, C4 is not the first royal tomb to be found since that of Tutankhamun in 1922 by Howard Carter. Pierre Montet’s excavations at the third intermediate period (1069–664BC) capital city of Tanis in the 1930s revealed the royal necropolis of the 21st and 22nd dynasties, with some undisturbed. However, C4 is the first since Tutankhamun in Luxor, and it is the last missing king’s tomb of the 18th dynasty.

Still up for discovery are a handful of tombs belonging to other rulers of Egypt: Nefertiti; Ramesses XIII; the 21st-dynasty high priest of Amun, Herihor; Cleopatra VII; and Alexander the Great. Other significant tombs which may yet come to light are Ankhesenamun, wife of Tutankhamun, and the great architect Imhotep.

Some of these tombs may never be found. But the New Kingdom Research Foundation are now looking to find the next stage in Thutmose II’s postmortem journey – where was he taken after C4, but before the royal cache in the Theban cliffs?The Conversation

Claire Isabella Gilmour, PhD Candidate, Anthropology and Archaeology, University of Bristol

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Five tips to find what really brings you joy outside of work

Alison BishopUniversity of East London

Not long ago I attended a concert. It was a band that I had been waiting a while to see and so I was excited to be there in the crowd. Part way through, they played my favourite song and I noticed that I felt something different.

It felt like a pinnacle moment where the emotion of joy felt expansive and unstoppable. In that moment, I felt more alive with all my senses of my surroundings heightened and yet so much more connected to the core of who I know myself to be.

I first set out to write about finding joy, as if joy was out there in the world waiting for us to find it. However, the story of the concert shows us that this is not the case.

Not everyone likes the band that I saw and not everyone in the concert had the same experience as me. This tells us that joy is more personal, an inside job, rather than something to find outside ourselves.


Ready to make a change? The Quarter Life Glow-up is a new, six-week newsletter course from The Conversation’s UK and Canada editions.

Every week, we’ll bring you research-backed advice and tools to help improve your relationships, your career, your free time and your mental health – no supplements or skincare required. Sign up here to start your glow-up at any time.


The psychologist Chris Meadows suggests that joy is a feeling that comes from viewing an event in our lives as being meaningful to us or good for us.

Joy is not just a singular experience, there are different types of joy, according to Meadows. In his study of joy he writes about the muted experience of “serene joy”, which aims at restoring or maintaining equilibrium in the body. Then there is “excited joy”, which is linked to pursuing goals.

“Individuated joy” is felt while alone while “affiliative joy” is shared with others. Meadow’s study into the phenomenon of joy suggests that social experiences of joy occur more often than solo ones and result in what we know as bonding experiences.

“Anticipatory joy” occurs when the fulfilment of a goal is imminent and then “consummatory joy” happens when the goal has been achieved. There is also an element of feeling blessed or that what has been achieved has exceeded expectations.

In addition to the thought processes that lead to joy, there are many other elements that need to be in place. Safe, familiar surroundings are key in enabling us to be present in the moment to support relaxed equilibrium. When we feel safe and relaxed, we are more able to laugh and play and explore new ideas.

Playfulness that’s aimless but results in fairly predictable outcomes, allows us to switch off our inner critic and focus on the good feelings of being in the moment with joy. This brings a sense of ease in that whatever happens, requires very little effort on our part.

Here are five tips on how to find what brings you joy in its many forms:

1. Be present

“Be in the moment” is easy to say but harder to do.

Joy exists in the present, therefore, we need to be there to experience it. This might mean that sometimes we need to ditch the phone and not video something to post or watch later as doing that prevents us becoming immersed in the here and now. This is about making our own experience more important than the “likes” of others.

2. Listen to your inner voice

Next, turn up the volume on your inner voice.

As joy is unique to each of us, we need to hear our own voice to find out what will bring us joy. To do this, it helps to create specificity around the goals that we aspire to in the future so that we are clear about what we want to achieve.

I love the theme tune for The Pirates of the Caribbean and want to be able to play it on the piano. To make this goal specific, I need to decide what my success criteria is. It might be, I want to play to the end without stopping, or I want to get to the end without stopping and to play all of the notes on the sheet music without mistakes. Only I can know whether I would feel more joyful by achieving the second goal over the first.

Being specific means we will clearly know when that goal fulfilment is either imminent or achieved. So, the more specific we are the better. The same goes for looking at the experiences that have brought us joy in the past. By reflecting on these experiences, we can learn things about ourselves that lead to us being able to create more joy.

3. Don’t listen to your inner critic

It helps to switch off your inner critic, or at least turn the volume on this down.

It is not possible to be playful and feel safe and free, while we constantly are censoring ourselves. So, tell the inner critic that it is OK for you to be you.

4. Find your tribe

These are people who enjoy the same things as you. Being with other people who are like us enables us to feel freer to express ourselves in ways that are congruent with who we are.

5. Tune into the little things

Finally, pay attention to the little things, as they actually are the big things. Joy comes from the most unexpected places. By noticing when we feel joy we can create more of those experiences in our lives so that we can truly experience that joie de vivre (the joy of living).The Conversation

Alison Bishop, Lecturer in Positive Psychology Coaching, University of East London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How to be happy with what you have – and avoid the trap of comparison

Alphavector/Shutterstock
Joshua ForstenzerUniversity of Sheffield

In many ways, I feel like we shouldn’t be happy with what we have. We live in a world of tremendous inequality and cruelty, running towards an environmental wall. Not just that, but some of the best people I know are chronic persistors: they know how not to accept the unacceptable.

But we also live in an economy that profits from and purposefully generates private feelings of lack, want, comparison and envy. Somewhat counter-intuitively, this envy often spurs on the feelings of lack and want, rather than the other way around. This is the genius of advertising: to generate “perceived” (aka fake) needs. I see someone living a “good” life – exciting, sexy, creative – and now I want what they have: the shoes, watch, holiday, you name it.

Envy requires comparison. And comparison requires a scale by which to rank ourselves. Popular culture offers quite a few. Being the object of sexual desire (think of “matches” on dating apps) for example, or digital social connectivity (think of “followers” or “likes”). These can all play a role in shaping your sense of personal success or failure.


Ready to make a change? The Quarter Life Glow-up is a new, six-week newsletter course from The Conversation’s UK and Canada editions.

Every week, we’ll bring you research-backed advice and tools to help improve your relationships, your career, your free time and your mental health – no supplements or skincare required. Sign up here to start your glow-up at any time.


Sometimes, these are presented in a unified pseudo-metric of success. Take for example the idea of a “high-value man”. The parts of the internet that use the concept tend to celebrate having money, a wide social network and being useful to others. This often veers into celebrating material wealth and superficial self improvement as the path to success and sexual attractiveness. The viral TikTok song I’m Looking for a Man in Finance is an only mildly exaggerated spoof of this ideal.

The implicit assumption is that having more “good things” than others means being more valuable as a person. But behind this there are a host of hidden assumptions – not least that you can “own” the genuinely valuable things in life (as opposed to being them).

These hidden assumptions usually reveal deep seated shame – the feeling that you are not enough as you are. And that you are not entitled to set the parameters that define the success or failure of your own life.

Feeling bad about yourself is not always unhealthy. A healthy negative feeling lets you know if you have done something wrong, or acted in a manner that does not meet your own moral standards. This feeling calls for you to change your ways.

A girl yelling at her younger self.
Shame can be very psychologically painful. Alphavector/Shutterstock

The unhealthy feeling, that I am calling “shame”, is not merely the feeling of embarrassment or moral doubt. Rather, it is (to follow vulnerability researcher Brené Brown’s definition) “the intensely painful feeling or experience of believing that we are flawed and therefore unworthy of love and belonging”.

This feeling is so psychologically painful that you may reflexively do all you can to remain unaware of it. This denial means that you can start to see your own critical inner voice (itself shaped by past negative experiences) as animated by an “objective” social reality, telling you not just that you’re failing, but that you are a failure. This is often called “projection”.

Other times, when you can bear to consciously feel this emotion, you may seek to negotiate with it and offer remedial actions to the universe to make up for recurrent feelings of worthlessness. In darker times still, shame can overtake your whole life, paralysing you and creeping into the quietest parts of your private self.

How to combat shame and be happy with what you have

Shame can be a remarkably sticky emotion. Identifying and interrogating it can be helpful. Working on revising how you understand your self and your relationship to others can also help. The options are many, but for the sake of illustration here are three that speak to me.

1. Stoicism

Stoics believed that your essential nature is stable and the project of life is to fulfil this nature and flourish. When making judgments, people ascribe value to an imagined state of affairs (“it would be really great if I were thinner”) and a belief that a specific course of action will make it a reality (“going without chocolate will return the figure I had in my teens”).

Boy walking with old lady
A stoic approach means connecting with your community. Alphavector/Shutterstock

Both of these can be false, because the things you desire can actually be bad for you, and you have less control over the future than you tend to think. Stoics thought people should try to get the relationship between their emotional state and the goods they pursue into harmony, seeking self-mastery in order to flourish.

To this end, stoic ethics demand that you recognise and cultivate habits that put you in touch with your own nature within the wider world – starting from the self, expanding to the family, the community, the state, humanity and ultimately the cosmos.

2. Existentialism

In contrast, existentialism requires paying attention to the lack of any ultimate purpose in human life. No one thing can ever fully define who you are. Your capacity to reinvent yourself, to value something new, to start a fresh project, is yours alone.

Woman skydiving
Existentialists define life’s meaning for themselves. Alphavector/Shutterstock

The empty feeling of meaninglessness you sometimes encounter when you have finally achieved a long sought after goal (like getting that big promotion) can be dizzying. But this feeling is a reminder of the fact that nothing in your nature demands that you achieve any one thing. It’s up to you.

You must face authentically the fact that you are free and therefore responsible for your projects and the meaning you give to them.

3. Humanistic psychotherapy

humanistic psychotherapeutic perspective offers a middle way. It invites you to look upon yourself with compassion, seeing yourself as complex, responsible and yet also imperfect and vulnerable, always involved in a richly evolving tapestry of relationships that ultimately gives meaning and purpose to your life.

Happy people waving
In humanistic psychotherapy, our relationships give life meaning. Alphavector/Shutterstock

This means that relationships and the recognition you give and derive from them provide the only solid basis for confronting that most important question – “who am I?” – ultimately seeing you through your darkest times. But this means that you need these relationships to be genuine, kind and honest so that you can see yourself and others for the frail, evolving and unique individuals that we all are.The Conversation

Joshua Forstenzer, Senior Lecturer in Philosophy and Co-Director of the Centre for Engaged Philosophy, University of Sheffield

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Joan Lindsay published Picnic at Hanging Rock at 71. Her writing life presents its own mysteries

Promotional still from Peter Weir’s film adaptation of Picnic at Hanging Rock (1975). Janus Films
David CarterThe University of Queensland

Brenda Niall’s new book, as its full title announces, is a biographical account of the “hidden life” of novelist Joan Lindsay, best known as the author of Picnic at Hanging Rock.

It adds to Niall’s work on writers and artists including Martin Boyd and the Boyd familyEthel Turner and Mary Grant BruceGeorgiana McCrae, and Mary and Elizabeth Durack.

The book joins a growing list of Australian literary biographies – if we can use the term “biography” for a complex case like this one.


Review: Joan Lindsay: The Hidden Life of the Woman who wrote Picnic at Hanging Rock – Brenda Niall (Text Publishing)


Big-name biographies from recent years include Brigitta Olubas on Shirley Hazzard, Bernadette Brennan on Helen Garner and Gillian Mears, Nathan Hobby on Katharine Susannah Prichard, Suzanne Falkiner on Randolph Stow, and Jill Roe on Miles Franklin. Catherine Lumby and Matthew Lamb have written separately about Frank Moorhouse.

Many other examples could be given. Alison Alexander has published a biography of romance author Marie Bjelke-Petersen. Sylvia Martin has written books on Aileen PalmerIda Lesson, and Mary Fullerton, Mabel Singleton and Miles Franklin. Patricia Clarke has written about Louisa AtkinsonTasma (the pen name of novelist Jessie Couvreur) and Rosa Praed.

What is striking about such a list is the dominance of women biographers writing about women authors – often authors without the highest ranking in critical standing or literary fashion, or cases where the shape of a literary career is not obvious.

The star biographies are important, as we learn about individual lives and careers. But beyond the big stories of the big names, these studies provide accounts of lesser-known writing lives, often lived in circumstances that made careers in writing for women difficult to practise or be recognised.

Writing that made an impact was easily forgotten. Networks of friends and fellow writers were often essential. There is a major source of knowledge about Australia’s literary culture collected in these works, one that remains underutilised.

Mysteries, in art and life

Niall’s biography makes one hesitate to add the simple descriptor “author” before Joan Lindsay’s name. While Lindsay wrote fiction, art criticism and many forms of journalism, often with a level of success, writing for her was often an unrewarding and frustrating investment of energy and time.

Until Picnic at Hanging Rock, of course. Lindsay’s extraordinary success with this novel – published in 1967 when she was 71 and launched, as it happens, by former prime minister Robert Menzies – inevitably shapes the structure of Niall’s book. It dominates the last two chapters, having been prefigured in passing observations and puzzled questions throughout.

Brenda Niall. Text Publishing

The success of Peter Weir’s 1975 film adaptation extends and complicates the story. Niall evokes Lindsay’s curious, critical engagement with the making of the film and its reception.

But Niall also wants to tell a larger story about Lindsay’s life. She writes of Lindsay’s studies, her practice of painting and its partial abandonment, her art criticism, her marriage to Daryl Lindsay, director of the National Gallery of Victoria, and her life at their home, Mulberry Hill.

Discretion, silences and underachievement appear to have marked much of Lindsay’s creative and, perhaps, intimate life. The word “mystery” recurs throughout Niall’s book. It is applied to aspects of Lindsay’s childhood and her marriage – about which she almost never spoke or wrote – her lack of children, her ambitions and failures, and her unwillingness to talk about such dimensions of her creative life.

The “mysteries” seem finally to have forced their way to expression in Picnic at Hanging Rock, with its famously enigmatic story about a group of schoolgirls vanishing without trace. Niall’s book makes this point. The (often unspoken) issues and aspirations in Lindsay’s earlier life are linked to the unresolved mysteries of the novel.

Art and marriage

Joan Lindsay (née Weigall) was a gifted child from an affluent family. She was a model high school student, who showed early abilities in writing, and later a committed art student at the National Gallery of Victoria School, where she met Frederick McCubbin and was influenced by the imagery of his landscape paintings.

She was distant from her anglophile mother and her two lively older sisters. Her father appears to have been an interesting figure, but also remains something of a “mystery” in this story. The lack of a close family or domestic grounding is presented as significant for Lindsay’s later life.

The National Gallery school, its community of younger artists and students, and related journeys to artists’ camps made a great difference to Joan. An early exhibition of her landscapes was well reviewed. Writer and artist Maie Ryan, who would become the wife of Richard Casey, future deputy prime minister and Australian governor-general, was an important colleague and collaborator. They shared an inner-Melbourne art studio in the early 1920s.

Joan and Daryl Lindsay in 1925. State Library of Victoria Collections, via Wikimedia Commons

Daryl Lindsay is another mystery in the book. Younger brother of artist and critic Lionel Lindsay and bohemian artist and writer Norman Lindsay, Daryl was the ninth child and sixth son in the Lindsay family and a “loner since boyhood”. He pursued multiple jobs, from banking to jackerooing, but began sketching during the first world war in France, then in a hospital in England, where he was tasked with drawing the facial injuries of wounded soldiers.

Fortunately, he met Henry Tonks, a teacher at the Slade School of Art, and Tonks offered him a place in the Slade’s drawing classes. London seemed to offer a world of possibility for an emerging artist.

The rapid courtship between Joan and Daryl in London is another puzzle. They were married in early 1922, just over eight weeks after Joan had departed from Melbourne. They spent their time there visiting galleries. Joan also clicked with Tonks, who painted her, showing “a yearning, a sense of mystery, a visionary inner life”. This interesting work is reproduced in Niall’s book.

Artists, politicians and powerful friends

When the couple returned to Melbourne, Daryl began work as a commercial illustrator, producing work for advertising, newspapers and magazines. Joan tried a range of journalistic writing — interviews, essays, travel pieces and some reviews of art exhibitions. Niall suggests she had the potential to become a professional art critic, although such roles almost always went to men.

The Lindsays were well connected to other Melbourne artists and influential figures who might buy their paintings. Sir John LongstaffDame Nellie Melba and Sir Baldwin Spencer, an influential collector of Australian art, were acquaintances.

In 1926, a joint exhibition drew targeted praise for Joan’s paintings, though in Sydney Daryl’s work was highlighted. With the likely equation of one winner and one loser in such events, Joan decided that Daryl would be the painter. She would be a writer. Much of her artwork stopped at this early point. Only one of her paintings is reproduced in the biography.

Niall charts the major steps in the couple’s life. The key move was their purchase in 1925 of the house they called Mulberry Hill on Victoria’s Mornington Peninsula. A generous renovation added “a second story, an imposing entrance in American colonial style, a stable block, and a big garden that would become Joan’s chief occupation”. The house also gained a large dining room, a drawing room, a studio, and a small room that became Joan’s “scribbling room”.

Mulberry Hill would become a place for visiting artists, politicians and celebrities (alongside its egg-laying hens), often to Daryl’s annoyance. The family of artist Rick Amor would later become residents.

Daryl had a gift for making friends, none more significant than newspaper proprietor Keith Murdoch. He had already performed some unpaid work in London with agents of the National Gallery of Victoria’s Felton Bequest. Back in Australia, Murdoch’s influence led to a curator position for Daryl and eventually his promotion to gallery director.

Daryl broke with the restraints of earlier directors. He was more favourable towards Australian art, though his preferences were also seen by some as “backward-looking”, and were dramatically opposed by the Heide group, centred around John and Sunday Reed.

Joan also had a role at the gallery, a three-day per week position, but extraordinarily one that was unpaid. It nevertheless gave her space in the gallery and an important role as a writer, especially as co-author of Masterpieces of the National Gallery of Victoria (1949), writing on Australian art.

Cover of the first edition of Picnic at Hanging Rock (1967).

A buried career

I see I have spent much of this review describing aspects of the life of Joan Lindsay and her marriage, rather than on Niall’s book as a study of Joan Lindsay’s character and creativity. The book notes the mysteries or puzzles in Lindsay’s life, her discretion or repression of unhappiness in her marriage, and her buried career. But it does not always analyse them.

The couple’s childless marriage and their very different perceptions of their lives in London versus Melbourne are considered. Joan was more at home in Melbourne, creating an active domestic space at Mulberry Hill. Niall underscores that Lindsay’s “deep creative spirit” was almost extinguished “by her role as wife and hostess”. Lindsay’s separation from existing literary circles is also underscored.

Picnic at Hanging Rock is presented as “an expression of Joan’s awareness of the colonial dilemma of not belonging”. Yet its connections to earlier (and ongoing) mysteries in Lindsay’s life, and her preference for “time without clocks” (as her 1962 memoir put it), are suggestive without always being compelling.

The story of her life with Daryl and her uneven, then spectacular participation in the writing life does, however, add to our understanding of cultural networks – and their negatives – in mid-20th century Australia.The Conversation

David Carter, Professor Emeritus, Australian Literature, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Microsoft just claimed a quantum breakthrough. A quantum physicist explains what it means

Microsoft says the Majorana 1 processor is a ‘transformative leap toward practical quantum computing’. Microsoft
Stephan RachelThe University of Melbourne

Researchers at Microsoft have announced the creation of the first “topological qubits” in a device that stores information in an exotic state of matter, in what may be a significant breakthrough for quantum computing.

At the same time, the researchers also published a paper in Nature and a “roadmap” for further work. The design of the Majorana 1 processor is supposed to fit up to a million qubits, which may be enough to realise many significant goals of quantum computing – such as cracking cryptographic codes and designing new drugs and materials faster.

If Microsoft’s claims pan out, the company may have leapfrogged competitors such as IBM and Google, who currently appear to be leading the race to build a quantum computer.

However, the peer-reviewed Nature paper only shows part of what the researchers have claimed, and the roadmap still includes many hurdles to be overcome. While the Microsoft press release shows off something that is supposed to be quantum computing hardware, we don’t have any independent confirmation of what it can do. Nevertheless, the news from Microsoft is very promising.

By now you probably have some questions. What’s a topological qubit? What’s a qubit at all, for that matter? And why do people want quantum computers in the first place?

Quantum bits are hard to build

Quantum computers were first dreamed up in the 1980s. Where an ordinary computer stores information in bits, a quantum computer stores information in quantum bits – or qubits.

An ordinary bit can have a value of 0 or 1, but a quantum bit (thanks to the laws of quantum mechanics, which govern very small particles) can have a combination of both. If you imagine an ordinary bit as an arrow that can point either up or down, a qubit is an arrow that can point in any direction (or what is called a “superposition” of up and down).

This means a quantum computer would be much faster than an ordinary computer for certain kinds of calculations – particularly some to do with unpicking codes and simulating natural systems.

So far, so good. But it turns out that building real qubits and getting information in and out of them is extremely difficult, because interactions with the outside world can destroy the delicate quantum states inside.

Researchers have tried a lot of different technologies to make qubits, using things like atoms trapped in electric fields or eddies of current swirling in superconductors.

Tiny wires and exotic particles

Microsoft has taken a very different approach to build its “topological qubits”. They have used what are called Majorana particles, first theorised in 1937 by Italian physicist Ettore Majorana.

Majoranas are not naturally occurring particles like electrons or protons. Instead, they only exist inside a rare kind of material called a topological superconductor (which requires advanced material design and must be cooled down to extremely low temperatures).

Indeed, Majorana particles are so exotic they are usually only studied in universities – not used in practical applications.

The Microsoft team say they have used a pair of tiny wires, each with a Majorana particle trapped at either end, to act as a qubit. They measure the value of the qubit – expressed by means of whether an electron is in one wire or the other – using microwaves.

Braided bits

Why has Microsoft put in all this effort? Because by swapping the positions of Majorana particles (or measuring them in a certain way), they can be “braided” so they can be measured without error and are resistant to outside interference. (This is the “topological” part of “topological qubits”.)

In theory, a quantum computer made using Majorana particles can be completely free of the qubit errors that plague other designs.

This is why Microsoft has chosen such a seemingly laborious approach. Other technologies are more prone to errors, and hundreds of physical qubits may need to be combined together to produce a single reliable “logical qubit”.

Microsoft has instead put its time and resources into developing Majorana-based qubits. While they are late to the big quantum party, they hope they will be able to catch up quickly.

There’s always a catch

As always, if something sounds too good to be true, there is a catch. Even for a Majorana-based quantum computer, such as the one announced by Microsoft, one operation – known as T-gate – won’t be achievable without errors.

So the Majorana-based quantum chip is only “almost error-free”. However, correcting for T-gate errors is much simpler than the general error correction of other quantum platforms.

Diagram showing increasing numbers of qubits combined together.
Microsoft plans to scale up by grouping together more and more qubits. Microsoft

What now? Microsoft will try to move ahead with its roadmap, steadily building larger and larger collections of qubits.

The scientific community will closely watch how Microsoft’s quantum computing processors operate, and how they perform in comparison to the other already established quantum computing processors.

At the same time, research into the exotic and obscure behaviour of Majorana particles will continue at universities around the globe.The Conversation

Stephan Rachel, Professor, School of Physics, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Have your say: Remaking the retirement villages Regulation

Closes: March 12 2025
In NSW, retirement village operators are regulated by the Retirement Villages Regulation 2017 (the current Regulation), which supports the Retirement Villages Act 1999 (the Act).

The current Regulation will expire on 1 September 2025. Remaking the Regulation allows the NSW Government to consider feedback on how to improve, modernise and streamline the current laws.

The proposed Retirement Villages Regulation 2025 (proposed Regulation) makes significant changes to the asset management plan requirements for retirement villages. The updates aim to improve transparency for residents and reduce unnecessary administrative work for operators.

The key changes include:
  • reducing the amount of information that operators must record on the retirement villages asset register
  • requiring operators to prepare a 1-year capital maintenance report as part of the annual budget process, instead of a 3-year report
  • requiring operators to record the ‘remaining effective life’ of capital items instead of ‘effective life’.
The proposed Regulation also makes other minor changes to clarify the laws and improve how they operate, for example, by ensuring key information is disclosed in a form that is easier to understand and accessible.

Changes are described in detail in the:
Your feedback will help to ensure retirement village laws balance the rights of residents and support operators.


NSA releases policies ahead of Federal Election

February 25, 2025
National Seniors Australia (NSA) has released 16 policy recommendations as part of its annual submission to Treasury in the areas of Cost of Living, Health, Aged Care, Banking, and Superannuation ahead of the Federal Election.

Informed by NSA’s 256,000 community members, the recommendations reflect the diverse and unique needs of older Australians and provide valuable guidance and insight to help government improve the lives of seniors.

NSA Chief Executive Officer Mr Chris Grice said the recommendations, which include cost estimates, have been carefully developed to benefit the needs of different senior cohorts, including pensioners, part-pensioners, self-funded retirees, and pre-retirees.

“Our well-researched and innovative policies seek to relieve current cost-of-living pressures and address more long-term issues related to the pension, employment, private health, dental, and housing, among others. There really is something for everyone,” Mr Grice said.

NSA’s key policy recommendations call to:
  • Exempt all work income from the Age Pension income test to Let Pensioners Work
  • Continue the deeming rate freeze while interest rates remain high
  • Immediately release more Home Care Packages to reduce waiting times for care at home
  • Support Australia Post to deliver full banking services in regional, rural, and remote Australia
“Older Australians are an integral part of society and the economy. The upcoming election provides an opportunity for parties and candidates to show seniors they want to help them manage real problems such as rising living costs, home care delays, and bank closures,” Mr Grice said.

“It’s time for parties and candidates to be bold. They can either adopt inadequate policies that keep inching towards positive change or they can adopt strong policies that make meaningful change happen. It’s why, after all, many people enter politics – to make an impact and to make a difference.

“We urge all candidates to consider NSA’s strong policy recommendations for older Australians of today – and for generations to follow.”

To find out more about NSA’s policy recommendations please visit here

Have your say: Restrictive practices legislative framework

Experiences of people with disability and their supporter
Closes: March 14 2025

The Department of Communities and Justice is seeking feedback on a proposed new framework about using restrictive practices on people with disability.

We want the framework to reduce use of restrictive practices and stop them being used where this is possible.

Restrictive practices are interventions that restrict the rights or movement of a person to change their behaviour - when that behaviour is likely to place them or others in serious danger.

An example of a restrictive practice is using a medication to influence a person's behaviour rather than treat an illness. Another example is restricting where a person can go.

The Department of Communities and Justice has released a Consultation Paper on the proposed framework.

An Easy Read summary is available. If you would prefer you can also read the full Consultation Paper.

Tell us what you think
You can give your feedback by completing a survey here by Friday 14 March 2025:
  • Survey for people with a disability who have experienced restrictive practices in NSW
  • Survey for supporters - family, carers, guardians and any other supporters of people who experience restrictive practices in NSW
If you would like to provide feedback in another way, please:
  • Email: policy@dcj.nsw.gov.au to provide written or audio file feedback
  • Speak to a staff member by emailing: policy@dcj.nsw.gov.au to arrange a conversation
  • Post your written feedback to: Locked Bag 5000, Parramatta, NSW, 2124
Your feedback will help inform the NSW Government as to whether to pursue the reform.

Having an x-ray to diagnose knee arthritis might make you more likely to consider potentially unnecessary surgery

pikselstock/Shutterstock
Belinda LawfordThe University of MelbourneKim BennellThe University of MelbourneRana HinmanThe University of Melbourne, and Travis HaberThe University of Melbourne

Osteoarthritis is a leading cause of chronic pain and disability, affecting more than two million Australians.

Routine x-rays aren’t recommended to diagnose the condition. Instead, GPs can make a diagnosis based on symptoms and medical history.

Yet nearly half of new patients with knee osteoarthritis who visit a GP in Australia are referred for imaging. Osteoarthritis imaging costs the health system A$104.7 million each year.

Our new study shows using x-rays to diagnose knee osteoarthritis can affect how a person thinks about their knee pain – and can prompt them to consider potentially unnecessary knee replacement surgery.

What happens when you get osteoarthritis?

Osteoarthritis arises from joint changes and the joint working extra hard to repair itself. It affects the entire joint, including the bones, cartilage, ligaments and muscles.

It is most common in older adults, people with a high body weight and those with a history of knee injury.

Many people with knee osteoarthritis experience persistent pain and have difficulties with everyday activities such as walking and climbing stairs.

How is it treated?

In 2021–22, more than 53,000 Australians had knee replacement surgery for osteoarthritis.

Hospital services for osteoarthritis, primarily driven by joint replacement surgery, cost $3.7 billion in 2020–21.

While joint replacement surgery is often viewed as inevitable for osteoarthritis, it should only be considered for those with severe symptoms who have already tried appropriate non-surgical treatments. Surgery carries the risk of serious adverse events, such as blood clot or infection, and not everyone makes a full recovery.

Most people with knee osteoarthritis can manage it effectively with:

  • education and self-management
  • exercise and physical activity
  • weight management (if necessary)
  • medicines for pain relief (such as paracetamol and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs).

Debunking a common misconception

common misconception is that osteoarthritis is caused by “wear and tear”.

However, research shows the extent of structural changes seen in a joint on an x-ray does not reflect the level of pain or disability a person experiences, nor does it predict how symptoms will change.

Some people with minimal joint changes have very bad symptoms, while others with more joint changes have only mild symptoms. This is why routine x-rays aren’t recommended for diagnosing knee osteoarthritis or guiding treatment decisions.

Instead, guidelines recommend a “clinical diagnosis” based on a person’s age (being 45 years or over) and symptoms: experiencing joint pain with activity and, in the morning, having no joint-stiffness or stiffness that lasts less than 30 minutes.

Despite this, many health professionals in Australia continue to use x-rays to diagnose knee osteoarthritis. And many people with osteoarthritis still expect or want them.

What did our study investigate?

Our study aimed to find out if using x-rays to diagnose knee osteoarthritis affects a person’s beliefs about osteoarthritis management, compared to a getting a clinical diagnosis without x-rays.

We recruited 617 people from across Australia and randomly assigned them to watch one of three videos. Each video showed a hypothetical consultation with a general practitioner about knee pain.

Woman descends steps
People with knee osteoarthritis can have difficulties getting down stairs. beeboys/Shutterstock

One group received a clinical diagnosis of knee osteoarthritis based on age and symptoms, without being sent for an x-ray.

The other two groups had x-rays to determine their diagnosis (the doctor showed one group their x-ray images and not the other).

After watching their assigned video, participants completed a survey about their beliefs about osteoarthritis management.

What did we find?

People who received an x-ray-based diagnosis and were shown their x-ray images had a 36% higher perceived need for knee replacement surgery than those who received a clinical diagnosis (without x-ray).

They also believed exercise and physical activity could be more harmful to their joint, were more worried about their condition worsening, and were more fearful of movement.

Interestingly, people were slightly more satisfied with an x-ray-based diagnosis than a clinical diagnosis.

This may reflect the common misconception that osteoarthritis is caused by “wear and tear” and an assumption that the “damage” inside the joint needs to be seen to guide treatment.

What does this mean for people with osteoarthritis?

Our findings show why it’s important to avoid unnecessary x-rays when diagnosing knee osteoarthritis.

While changing clinical practice can be challenging, reducing unnecessary x-rays could help ease patient anxiety, prevent unnecessary concern about joint damage, and reduce demand for costly and potentially unnecessary joint replacement surgery.

It could also help reduce exposure to medical radiation and lower health-care costs.

Previous research in osteoarthritis, as well as back and shoulder pain, similarly shows that when health professionals focus on joint “wear and tear” it can make patients more anxious about their condition and concerned about damaging their joints.

If you have knee osteoarthritis, know that routine x-rays aren’t needed for diagnosis or to determine the best treatment for you. Getting an x-ray can make you more concerned and more open to surgery. But there are a range of non-surgical options that could reduce pain, improve mobility and are less invasive.The Conversation

Belinda Lawford, Senior Research Fellow in Physiotherapy, The University of MelbourneKim Bennell, Professor of Physiotherapy, The University of MelbourneRana Hinman, Professor in Physiotherapy, The University of Melbourne, and Travis Haber, Postdoctoral Research Fellow in Physiotherapy, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Electronic muscle stimulators are supposed to boost blood flow to your legs – here’s what the evidence says

vebboy/Shutterstock
John HoughtonUniversity of Leicester

Google “improve leg circulation” and you may see sponsored ads for electronic muscle stimulators that claim to boost blood flow to your feet. But is there any evidence they work?

Peripheral artery disease is a surprisingly common condition affecting more than one in ten people aged over 65 in the UK. Caused by narrowings and blockages in the arteries of the legs, it can lead to intermittent claudication – calf pain while walking – what the Dutch call “window-shopping legs”.

Leg pain during walking significantly affects the everyday life of those with peripheral artery disease. It limits their ability to take part in social activities, daily tasks such as shopping and it may even impact on a person’s employment. Unsurprisingly, those with shorter pain-free walking distances report worse quality of life and major impacts on their mental wellbeing.

Peripheral artery disease is not a benign condition. Five years from diagnosis, four in ten people will have died and another one in ten will have had a major leg amputation.

So, the aims of treatment for peripheral artery disease are to reduce both the risk of heart attacks – the biggest cause of death – and progression to the end-stage of the disease where amputation is necessary unless surgery is performed to restore blood flow. The most important elements to optimal medical treatment are blood-thinning medications such as aspirin, cholesterol-lowering medications such as statins, and stopping smoking.

For those with pain when walking the treatment with one of the biggest effects on walking distance and quality of life is, well, walking. The best results are seen in those who take part in a supervised exercise programme which has consistently been shown to be more cost effective than surgery for claudication. In fact, one large randomised trial demonstrated similar results from supervised exercise to stenting a blocked artery in improving walking distance and quality of life.

Unfortunately supervised exercise therapy is only available to about half of UK peripheral artery disease patients despite it being recommended by Nice.

What about electrical muscle stimulation?

These devices work by using electronic impulses to cause the muscles of the calf to repeatedly contract. Usually this is by indirect stimulation through the feet using an electronic footplate, somewhat resembling a foot spa – although no water needed is used. These devices appear to be safe and well tolerated, with no adverse events reported.

Studies have demonstrated they do indeed increase arterial blood flow in the calf, both in healthy people and in those with peripheral artery disease. However, these increases in blood flow are present only while using the device.

A 2023 trial of 200 patients with peripheral artery disease assessed the effect of electrical muscle stimulation on walking distance. The study recruited half of the participants from centres with supervised exercise programmes and half from those without. All patients received optimal medical therapy.

The researchers randomly allocated half of the participants to receive electrical muscle stimulation. These patients were given the device and told to use it for 30 minutes at least once a day for three months.

After three months there was no difference in the maximum walking distance between those that did and did not receive electrical muscle stimulation.

However, there was an improvement in walking distance in those that received electrical muscle stimulation in addition to supervised exercise therapy compared to those that received supervised exercise alone.

Additionally, patients who received electrical muscle stimulation reported lower pain scores and better scores for the health domain in quality of life questionnaires – although they recorded no overall quality of life benefit. This demonstrates that while there may be benefit of the device on symptoms, it may only be small or experienced by a limited proportion of patients.

Transcutaneous nerve stimulation (Tens) has also been used in people with peripheral artery disease. This uses weaker electrical impulses to stimulate nerve fibres and block the transmission of pain signals.

review of published studies highlighted that Tens may have some benefit in improving walking distance. The included studies were relatively small though and not all were randomised trials. This means the findings may not be just due to the effect of Tens or applicable to a wider group of patients.

While these electrical stimulation devices show some promise, it is not clear if they are cost effective nor are they currently recommended in guidelines for treating peripheral artery disease.

Certainly, some people with peripheral artery disease do report benefit from using these devices. But they should only be used in addition to the cornerstones of peripheral artery disease treatment: medication, stopping smoking and walking as much as possible.The Conversation

John Houghton, Clinical Lecturer in Vascular Surgery, University of Leicester

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia could make it easier for consumers to fight back against anti-competitive behaviour. Here’s how

Mel MarquisMonash University

From the supermarket to the petrol pump, many Australians are concerned about the power of large corporations. Are consumers getting a fair deal? Do they have enough choice?

This week, the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) is due to hand the government the final report from its inquiry into Australia’s supermarket sector. They have already said the sector is highly concentrated, with just a few sellers controlling prices and exploiting small suppliers.

This advocacy highlights a key source of pressure on wallets. The ACCC is also pursuing consumer law claims against the big supermarkets for creating the “illusion” of discounted prices.

But across the economy, it is unlikely consumer interests are being protected as much as they could be. Further reforms in competition law would help.

In some countries, consumers can band together to sue private companies and demand compensation if they’ve been harmed by anti-competitive behaviour.

Australian consumers can sue companies too – but it can be burdensome, expensive and complicated. In fact, consumer suits seeking damages for such conduct are rare. Australia could make it easier to fight back.

The problem

Treasury will wrap up a major review of competition law in August.

Two areas of reform have rightly been given particular attention: a merger law for the whole economy, and special rules for large digital platforms.

Image of the ACC's website in a a browser window
The ACCC is Australia’s competition regulator and consumer law advocate. Jarretera/Shutterstock

The merger reform has led to amendments to help the ACCC protect markets and a consultation on regulating platforms which has recently concluded.

Treasury is considering other reforms as well. However, putting consumers in a better position to claim damages for anti-competitive conduct is not on the agenda.

That is unfortunate. Consumers should feel more secure using competition law to demand compensation for anti-competitive harm. As the ACCC has said, the annual damage caused by cartels could amount to hundreds of millions of dollars, a staggering figure.

Even when the ACCC and the Commonwealth Director of Public Prosecutions succeed in bringing cartellists to court to obtain penalties or even criminal sentences, it is a way to punish and deter. It does not make victims whole.

Overseas solutions

Australia lags behind its global counterparts.

In 2005, the European Union launched a debate on this subject. Laws were passed to ensure victims of anti-competitive conduct have a right to full compensation.

Flags of European Union countires outside the European parliament.
The European Union has seen a growth in private competition law actions. MDart10/Shutterstock

Since then, it appears to have become easier for consumers there to seek damages. From 2014 to 2019, one study showed a fivefold increase in the number of cases lodged in the EU, from 50 up to 239 private claims seeking compensation.

In the United States, private antitrust enforcement thrives due to large class actions, where consumers with a similar grievance come together to take action against corporate defendants.

US antitrust law allows treble damages, which means consumers can in theory receive three times the value of any harm suffered plus the costs of the lawsuit. In reality they recover less than that, but with large classes of claimants, the incentives to pursue claims through litigation and settlements are strong.

The Australian situation

On paper, private enforcement of competition law already exists in Australia. However, incentives appear weaker here.

In the EU and US, class actions are designed to encourage claimants to seek compensation for anti-competitive harm, but the rarity of such claims in Australia suggests the settings aren’t quite right.

An image of a Google building
Google is currently subject to antitrust action in Australia. JHVEPhoto/Shutterstock

A class action against major banks for allegedly rigging exchange rates, and a recently lodged class action against Google relating to its AdTech operations, are the exceptions, not the rule.

A 2012 article in the UNSW Law Journal said it was “time for an Australian debate”, but little has happened since.

What now? Here are some possible reforms

Various reforms and initiatives could bolster private enforcement in Australia, including:

1. Reviewing evidence rules to allow judges to order the disclosure of documents collected during investigations, provided the public interest is not compromised. If evidence is too hard to access, victims of cartels have no chance of proving their case.

2. Making it easier for a willing defendant to settle out of court. Sometimes, one defendant in a cartel case may be open to settling out of court but the other defendants are not. In such a case, to make it easier for the willing defendant to settle, it could be clarified that the non-settling defendants – if eventually ordered to pay the claimants – cannot then reclaim part of those damages as a “contribution” from the defendant that did settle.

Without this assurance, individual defendants that would otherwise be ready to settle may hesitate for fear of paying more than their share.

3. The ACCC could also more aggressively seek redress for consumers, which would reduce the need for damages actions. So far, the ACCC and the Commonwealth Director of Public Prosecutions have not made enough use of their ability to seek orders granting such compensation in cartel cases.

Competition law is not just about promoting dynamism and productivity growth, and fairer prices and potential wage growth, though these are clearly desirable.

Competition law should also be about securing relief for victims to make them whole, and to boost their trust in markets. Facilitating private rights of action for consumers can help to elevate justice in this area of the law.The Conversation

Mel Marquis, Deputy Associate Dean and Senior Lecturer in Law, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Seniors call for Private Health review as premiums rise

“Seniors are stretched to their limit trying to hold onto Private Health Insurance”

February 27, 2025
The announcement that health insurance premiums will increase by 3.73% on average from April 1st has compelled National Seniors Australia (NSA) to again call for a full review of the private health system and an increase to the Private Health Insurance (PHI) Rebate for low-income earners as priorities for the 2025 federal election.

NSA CEO Mr Chris Grice said rising PHI premiums significantly impact older people. Many develop health conditions but experience reduced income as they move from work to retirement. This means affordability is paramount.

“NSA research shows Private health insurance is the second biggest concern for seniors, behind cost of living. While
most people need private health, rising premiums and out-of-pocket costs significantly undermine its value. As insurers and specialists point the finger at each other – seniors are left caught in the crossfire,” Mr Grice said.

“Concerns about the value of private health interventions have prompted NSA, in our Federal Election Priorities, to call on candidates to support an in-depth independent inquiry into the private health system.

“Despite several reviews, nothing has changed. Private health insurance holders continue to face premium increases, product limitations, and rising out-of-pocket costs.

“Our research shows older people who are single, on the Age Pension or with limited savings are less likely to hold health insurance. While older people support private health insurance, many keep it begrudgingly. The risk for government is older people drop their insurance, placing pressure on the public system. It’s time for an independent review of private health to make healthcare more accessible and affordable for older Australians.

“NSA is also calling for an increase in the Private Health Insurance Rebate for people on lower incomes to help maintain cover, and avoid being forced into the public health system.

“Our research shows 68% of older people have gone without or hesitated to access essential healthcare because of cost.

“To help manage costs, people sadly put up with pain and illness, stretch out the time between appointments or prescriptions, go without one medicine to pay for another, and wait for the condition to worsen to warrant transport and hospitalisation, because it’s free.

“This can lead to all kinds of health and wellbeing issues including untreated problems, undiagnosed conditions, worsening symptoms, and mental health impacts.

“The announced increase reinforces the need for NSA’s recommendations and highlights the fragility of a broken
health system and the need to focus on productivity and efficiency moving forward.”

To view NSA’s Older People’s Experiences of Healthcare Affordability & Accessibility Report please visit here

Can Wearable Technology Be Used to Prevent Falls in Older People in Clinical Settings?

February 27, 2025
A new study has found strong support among healthcare professionals for incorporating wearable technology into clinical practice to assess fall risk and enhance mobility for older people.

Falls are a leading cause of injury among older people, often resulting in hospitalisation, loss of independence, and reduced quality of life. With Australia’s ageing population, there is an urgent need for scalable, effective tools that support fall prevention and safe mobility in real-world environments.

Led by Dr Meghan Ambrens and Associate Professor Kim van Schooten, both Research Fellows at NeuRA and Associate Investigators at UNSW Ageing Futures Institute, the study sought to establish a consensus on how wearable sensors – such as wrist or pendant-worn devices – can be used in clinical care. 

The research was funded by a UNSW Ageing Futures Institute Seed Fund and conducted in collaboration with co-authors Professor Kim Delbaere, Professor Ken Butcher, Professor Jacqui Close, Professor Peter Gonski, Professor Friedbert Kohler, Professor Nigel Lovell, and Dr Daniel Treacy.

Through input from 17 hospital-based healthcare professionals, researchers found broad agreement on the potential benefits of wearables in mobility assessment and fall risk management. 

The study highlighted that these devices can enhance fall risk assessment, track mobility patterns, and improve patient outcomes by providing real-time, objective data. 

Healthcare professionals also identified key considerations for implementation, including affordability, data accuracy, and ease of integration into existing healthcare systems.

Notably, the study found that while cost remains a potential barrier, technological literacy among patients and clinicians was not a major concern.

“Our findings show that wearable sensors have real potential to transform mobility assessment and fall prevention in healthcare settings. By equipping clinicians with objective, real-time data, these devices could significantly enhance the way we assess and support older people at risk of falls," states Dr Ambrens.

“As Australia’s population continues to age, this study offers a roadmap for integrating wearable technology into clinical practice – helping to improve outcomes for older people accessing healthcare.”

Read the full study, Wearable Technology in Mobility and Falls Health Care: Finding Consensus on Their Clinical Utility and Identifying a Roadmap to Actual Use, here.

Do Older Drivers Trust Advanced Driver-Assistance Systems?

February 24, 2025
A new study by researchers at the UNSW Ageing Futures Institute has examined how older Australian drivers perceive and trust Advanced Driver-Assistance Systems (ADAS).

With Australia’s ageing population and increasing numbers of older drivers, ADAS – such as lane-keeping assistance and automatic emergency braking – are being introduced to improve road safety. For these systems to be effective, drivers need to trust and accept them.

The study surveyed over 1,000 older drivers (average age 72) and found that while most participants had a positive attitude toward ADAS, trust in the systems was relatively low. Concerns included privacy, safety, and potential system failures. The research also validated the Partial Automation Acceptance Scale, a model that assesses attitudes, trust, and perceptions of risk related to ADAS. These findings suggest that acceptance and trust strongly influence whether older drivers will use these systems.

“Our study highlights the importance of ensuring that older drivers not only have access to ADAS but also understand and trust these technologies,” says lead author of the publication Dr Abigail Hansen, Associate Investigator at the UNSW Ageing Futures Institute.

“By addressing concerns around privacy and reliability, we can improve confidence in ADAS and enhance road safety for all. These findings underscore the need for targeted education and design improvements to enhance trust in ADAS, ultimately supporting older drivers to stay on the road safely for longer.”

Read the full study, Assessment of the application of technology acceptance measures to older drivers’ acceptance of advanced driver-assistance systemshere.

Creating a more accessible Australia

February 25, 2025
The Government has today announced a $17.1 million investment to work in partnership with states and territories to increase accessibility in community spaces across Australia through the new Commonwealth Accessible Australia initiative.

Accessible Australia builds on the Government’s Changing Places initiative to include funding for additional accessible infrastructure projects in national parks, beaches and play spaces nationwide.

The Federal Government will fund up to 100 per cent of eligible accessible infrastructure for inclusive national parks, beaches and portable Changing Places facilities.

This includes funding for all terrain or beach wheelchairs and accessible paths or mobi-matting.

It will also fund up to 50 per cent of build cost for fixed Changing Places facilities and inclusive play spaces to include features like liberty swings and sensory play platforms, with remaining build costs and ongoing maintenance to be met by state and territory governments.

Minister for Social Services and the National Disability Insurance Scheme, Amanda Rishworth, said Accessible Australia continues our Government’s strong focus on inclusion for people with disability across all aspects of our society and in every community.

“Changing Places is already building facilities in 39 communities across the country, providing the highest level of accessible bathrooms for people with complex needs, helping to remove the barriers some face in participating fully in their community,” Minister Rishworth said.

“Through Accessible Australia, we are significantly broadening the types of accessible infrastructure and amenities that will be built across Australia, providing access – for the first time for many – to national parks, beaches and play spaces.

“These new facilities will be in addition to Changing Places projects recently announced, as we bolster our efforts to increase inclusion and promote accessible tourism.”

The Australian Government will also provide funding to state and territory governments to help with the design, development and delivery of Accessible Australia projects.

“People with disability have the same rights to be included in our communities, to access the spaces we gather in, and to experience our beautiful natural environment.

“By working together, we can make Australia truly accessible for all,” Minister Rishworth said.

Bipartisan agreement on investment in Medicare acknowledges critical importance of general practice

February 24, 2025
The Australian Medical Association welcomes the Coalition’s commitment to match the government’s pledge for an additional $8.5 billion in funding for Medicare and general practice, but says further reforms are also needed.

AMA President Dr Danielle McMullen said the bipartisan recognition of the need for significant investment in general practice was welcome and follows years of campaigning by the AMA on the need to invest in primary care.

“The commitment from the Coalition to match the government’s $8.5 billion for general practice shows recognition across the major parties that funding for primary care has for too long been in decline, with patients increasingly unable to receive timely and affordable care where and when they need it,” Dr McMullen said.

“Our Modernise Medicare campaign has highlighted the neglect of Medicare, which included years of frozen and inadequate indexation by successive governments.

“While the announcements on the weekend were warmly welcomed, our Modernise Medicare campaign focused on the need for Medicare reform to ensure that patients with complex and chronic care needed were better supported”

Dr McMullen said more work was needed to ensure the complexities of the healthcare needs of today’s patients is reflected in the ways general practice is funded.

“The AMA has proposed major reforms to bring Medicare into the modern day, including through a new seven-tier general practice consultation item structure which will fund GPs to spend more time providing more care for patients. Both sides of politics have said they recognise the need for real Medicare reform, and we’d like to see them tackle it.”

Dr McMullen said the focus on workforce, highlighted in the government’s commitment to funding for training more GPs, was critical to ensure GPs in enough parts of the country to ensure patients are cared for.

“In our 2025–26 budget submission we highlighted the need for additional training places to address an impending and disastrous shortfall in GP numbers. We have also shown the necessity of an independent national health workforce planning agency to ensure Australia’s medical workforce is distributed where it’s needed.

“The commitments from both sides of politics on the week also responded to our calls for funding for additional training rotations in general practice for early career doctors and funding to improve and equalise employment conditions for GP doctors-in-training. This will make a significant difference to attracting more doctors into general practice, helping to improve accessibility.

“We stand ready to work with politicians from all parties to make sure Australia’s healthcare needs are understood and funded for now and into the future.”

Strengthening Medicare will provide crucial cost of living relief for older Australians

February 23, 2025
Making it cheaper for Australians to see a doctor by strengthening Medicare will help ease cost of living pressures facing many Australians, including older Australians, COTA Australia says.

The call comes in response to the Federal Government’s announcement today that it will invest $8.5 billion into Medicare to extend bulk-billing to all adults. The reform has now gained bi-partisan support.

COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – Chief Executive Officer, Patricia Sparrow said today’s announcement will come as welcome relief to Australians, including many older Australians, who have historically been ineligible for bulk-billing incentives.

“Anything that eases the cost of living pressures facing Australians is welcome,” Ms Sparrow said.

“The fact that both major parties have committed to ensuring the future of Medicare is incredibly important.

“For too long we’ve been in a situation where many Australians over the age of 50, and indeed Australians of all ages, have been forced to think twice about whether they can afford to go and see a doctor.“Whether or not you can see a doctor shouldn’t depend on how much money you have in your bank account.

“This is a common-sense reform that will hopefully improve the wellbeing of older Australians while also helping to ease some of the cost of living pressures people are facing.”

Ms Sparrow said the next step in Medicare reform needs to focus on the introduction of a Seniors Dental Benefit Scheme.

“We need to see both the Federal Government and the Opposition support the introduction of a Seniors Dental Benefit Scheme. Too many older Australians are missing out on crucial oral and dental care because they simply can’t afford it.

“Good oral health is vital for maintaining good overall health, and the risks of not getting the care people need can be incredibly serious – even life-threatening in some extreme cases.

“But the unfortunate reality is too many older people can’t afford the oral care they need. That needs to change and a Seniors Dental Benefit Scheme is crucial to ensuring that.”

“Making sure all Australians, including older Australians, get access to the quality, affordable health and dental care they need will keep them healthier for longer – decreasing the burden on our public health care system and freeing it up for those who need it most.

Your super fund is invested in private markets. What are they and why has ASIC raised concerns?

Mark MelatosUniversity of Sydney

If you are a member of a super fund, some of your long-term savings are probably invested in private markets.

Public markets are familiar to most of us – the stock market and government and corporate bond markets. Private markets include unlisted assets such as companies owned by private equity firms, infrastructure investments and private credit markets.

Corporate watchdog the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), has today released a discussion paper that emphasises the growth in private capital, seemingly at the expense of public markets. While the number of listed companies and the value of initial public offerings has shrunk, private equity and infrastructure funds have boomed.

Should we be worried about this?

Public vs private markets

Public markets tend to be transparent, tightly regulated and liquid. Companies listed on the stock exchange publish their financial accounts, hold annual general meetings and their shares can be readily traded.

In contrast, private markets are lightly regulated. Private capital investments are more opaque, less liquid and, hence, more risky. But they can deliver much higher returns (or losses).

Often, obtaining capital from private sources makes sense. For example, entrepreneurs whose startup firms are short of revenue, profit and tangible assets are unlikely to be able to raise capital in public markets, or from banks. Instead, they turn to private equity firms for funding.

What are the concerns?

In its report, ASIC raises several concerns:

  • the shrinking of Australia’s public equity markets might hurt the economy

  • the rise of private markets may create new or amplified risks

  • the lack of transparency of private markets poses a challenge for investors and regulators.

Public markets play an important role connecting investors with companies seeking capital. The shrinking of public markets, therefore, has important economic implications. Will private markets be able to pick up the slack?

Notwithstanding the growth in private capital markets, they are still small compared to their public counterparts. The total capitalisation of the Australian Stock Exchange (ASX) is $3 trillion. Total private capital funds under management are only $150 billion.

The lack of disclosures in private capital markets might also create more and different risks for financial markets and the economy; risks that regulators may not understand, nor know how to anticipate or effectively mitigate.

The role of Australian super funds

ASIC is concerned about the implications for the superannuation industry of the growth of private capital markets and decline in public markets.

Australia’s superannuation assets now total $4.1 trillion, greater than the value of Australia’s GDP and more than the total value of all companies listed on the ASX. Anything that alters the playing field for Australian super has the potential to create outsized risk (or opportunity) for the Australian economy.

The ASIC report highlights the growing involvement of Australia’s superannuation funds in private markets. Australia’s two largest super funds, Australian Super and Australian Retirement Trust, each have about 20% of their total funds invested in private markets.

The fact is that Australia’s superannuation sector has outgrown Australian public markets. They cannot trade shares on the ASX without moving share prices significantly to their detriment. On the other hand, having super funds, which are highly regulated to protect member savings, investing in unregulated private capital markets is jarring, if not potentially risky.

Having said this, the size of Australia’s super funds means they can set the terms and price at which they invest. This power is most valuable in private deals; less so in public markets where a company’s stock price and its financial accounts are public knowledge.

Increasingly, super funds directly invest in infrastructure projects such as ports and airports rather than buy shares in listed infrastructure firms.

What’s behind the shift in markets?

The ASIC report points the finger at the usual culprits for the shift from public to private capital markets, including the regulatory burden on public companies and the rise of technology companies that prefer to tap private capital.

However, another problem is bedevilling policymakers everywhere: too much capital is chasing too few profitable investment opportunities. Companies have lots of cash on their books and nothing to spend it on.

Increasingly, such companies have resorted to share buybacks (reducing the number of their shares on issue) to reward investors in a tax-effective way. A lot of the shrinkage in public equity is due to share buybacks that in 2022 alone totalled US$1.3 trillion.

Why does all this matter?

The ASIC report is notable for what it does not say; nothing, for example, on its own chequered history of investigative and enforcement action.

The growing importance of opaque private markets matters more if regulators are asleep at the wheel. ASIC’s tendency for weak oversight and sclerotic enforcement can hardly have raised investor confidence in Australia’s public capital markets.

Its oversight of initial public offerings (IPOs) has also been questionable over a long period. How can ASIC be expected to adequately manage complex private capital market risks given its woeful performance managing simpler public market risks?

The apparent decline of public markets has been spooking even sophisticated private financial market players – including, most notably, Jamie Dimon, CEO of JP Morgan. If Dimon is concerned, then ASIC – and all of us – should probably also be concerned.The Conversation

Mark Melatos, Associate Professor of Economics, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Dutton hints he’ll sack 36,000 public servants. Voters deserve to know what services will be affected

John HawkinsUniversity of Canberra

Peter Dutton and his Coalition colleagues have dithered for several weeks on their plans for the Commonwealth public sector.

While being upfront that public service jobs would be targeted, they’ve made numerous contradictory statements about the number of public servants who would be sacked if the Coalition wins the coming election.

But Peter Dutton’s most recent comments confirm that he clearly wants to make significant cuts.

And it’s hard to see how the sackings wouldn’t erode important front line services that many Australians depend on for help and support.

36,000 jobs on the line

This week the opposition leader declared the Coalition would achieve A$24 billion in savings by reducing the size of the public service.

He was unequivocal. The money would be clawed back over four years and would more than cover the Coalition’s promised $9 billion injection into Medicare.

Dutton explicitly tied the $24 billion in savings to the 36,000 Commonwealth public servants who have been hired since the last election

Under the Labor Party, there are 36,000 additional public servants, that’s at a cost of $6 billion a year, or $24 billion over the forward estimates. This program totals $9 billion over that period. So, we’ve well and truly identified the savings.

While still not nominating a precise number of job cuts, it’s Peter Dutton’s clearest statement of intent to date. By “truly” identifying the savings, 36,000 jobs are on the line. And it accords with Dutton’s earlier comments that the extra workers are not providing value for money for Australian taxpayers.

(They have) not improved the lives of Australians one iota

While this sounds like he wants to dismiss them all, senior colleagues are more circumspect.

According to Nationals leader David Littleproud, the number of job cuts has not yet been decided. Shadow Public Service Minister Jane Hume further muddied the waters by referring to the cuts being by attrition, and excluding frontline services.

Frontline services

The public service head count has grown to 185,343, as of June 2024. So cutting 36,000 staff, or even a large proportion of that number, would be a very significant reduction.

The agencies that added the most public servants between June 2023 and June 2024 were the National Disability Insurance Agency (up 2,193), Defence (up 1,425), Health and Aged Care (up 1,173) and Services Australia (up 1,149).

Many of these extra staff would be providing invaluable front line services to clients and customer who are accessing essential support.

And some of the new public servants replaced more expensive outsourced workers. Finance Minister Katy Gallagher has claimed the Albanese government has saved $4 billion of taxpayers’ money by reducing spending on consultants and contractors.

Rather than the alleged explosion in the size of the bureaucracy, the growth in public service numbers has closely matched the increase in the population. Last year, they accounted for 1.36% of all employed persons, up by only a minuscule degree on the 1.35% in 2016.

Canberra bashing

According to Dutton, the 36,000 additional public servants hired under Labor all work in Canberra. It was not a slip of the tongue. The claim is also in the Liberal Party’s pre-election pamphlet.

But only 37% of the public service workforce is located in the national capital. Half are based in state capitals. A full quarter of those involved in service delivery work in regional Australia.

The Liberals clearly think they have nothing to lose among Canberra voters, given they have no members or senators from the Australian Capital Territory.

The coming election will no doubt tell us if Canberra bashing still resonates with voters elsewhere in the country. Dutton has clearly made the political judgement that it does.

Another night of the long knives?

A change of government often precipitates a clean out at the top of the public service.

When the Howard government was elected in 1996, no fewer than six departmental secretaries were sacked on the infamous night of the long knives. Then prime minister Tony Abbott dismissed four departmental chiefs in one fell swoop after taking office in 2013. He didn’t even consult his treasurer before dumping the head of Treasury.

This pattern of culling senior public servants represents a chilling risk to good policy development. Departmental secretaries concerned about losing their jobs may be reluctant to give the “frank and fearless advice” their positions demand.

Spending cuts after the election

Voters are entitled to know what the Coalition has planned for the public service before they cast their ballots.

The lack of detail on job losses is matched by a reluctance to outline spending cuts elsewhere. Dutton has ruled out an Abbott-style audit commission. He is prepared to cut “wasteful” spending, but won’t say if it may be necessary to also chop some worthwhile outlays to dampen inflationary pressures.

Dutton is adamant that any spending cuts by a government he leads will be determined after the election, not announced before it. This does nothing for democratic accountability. It does not give the electorate the chance to cast their votes on the basis of an alternative vision from the alternative government.

All Australians, not just public servants, deserve to know before polling day just how deep Dutton and the Coalition are really planning to cut.The Conversation

John Hawkins, Senior Lecturer, Canberra School of Politics, Economics and Society, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.


NSW records first death of person with Japanese encephalitis since 2022

February 25, 2025
NSW Health continues to urge the public to be vigilant and take precautions against mosquitoes as NSW records its first death of a person with Japanese encephalitis (JE) since May 2022.

A man aged in his 70s from northern Sydney died on 23 February in a Sydney hospital, where he had been receiving care for JE since early February.

It is likely the man acquired JE while holidaying in the Murrumbidgee region in January. This is the state’s third confirmed death from JE since the virus was first detected in NSW in 2022.

NSW Health expresses its sincere condolences to his loved ones.

Further, an additional case of JE has been identified in a woman in her 60s in northern NSW. She likely acquired the infection on her rural property in Tenterfield Shire and is receiving care in hospital.

NSW Health's Executive Director of Health Protection Dr Jeremy McAnulty said these developments are a reminder of the importance for people to take precautions against mosquitoes, including vaccination.

“These two cases of JE virus, one of which was infected while travelling for a holiday, shows it is very important all people take precautions against mosquitoes, not just those living in affected regions,” Dr McAnulty said.

“If you plan on travelling west of the Great Dividing Range, whether for work or holiday, and you plan to spend time outdoors, JE is a risk you must consider.

“Thankfully, there are simple steps you can take to avoid mosquitoes, and there is also a safe and effective vaccine available.”

JE vaccine is available through local general practitioners, Aboriginal health services and pharmacists to anyone who lives or routinely works in various inland LGAs or high-risk occupations.

People who meet the eligibility criteria should make an appointment and let the provider know it is for the JE vaccine, as they may require a few days' notice to order the vaccine.

JE virus is spread by mosquitoes and can infect animals and humans. The virus cannot be transmitted between humans and it cannot be caught by eating pork or other pig products.

There is no specific treatment for JE which, in some cases, can cause severe neurological illness with headache, convulsions, reduced consciousness and death.

The best thing people throughout the state can do to protect themselves and their families is to take steps to avoid mosquitoes.

Simple actions you can take include:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear. and socks
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially dawn and dusk
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions
  • Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Information on eligibility for a free JE vaccine is available on Japanese encephalitis vaccination.

For further information on JE virus and ways to protect yourself visit Mosquito borne diseases.

NSW Government to put handbrake on hidden fees from parking apps

February 22, 2025
Motorists would no longer be stung by surprise surcharges when using pay parking apps under changes proposed by the Minns Labor Government.

Instead, local councils will be required to ensure all motorists pay only the signposted cost of parking.

Councils across NSW have been adopting ticketless parking systems but some drivers have complained about hidden charges that can add more than ten per cent to the total cost of parking, including reminder notifications that cost 34 cents each time they are sent.

The apps can help councils reduce the cost of administering parking and provide valuable data on demand in their area. Some apps also allow consumers to ‘top up’ parking payment without returning to their car.

Under current laws in NSW, the cost of administering a pay parking scheme must be borne by parking authorities, which includes local councils.

The NSW Government will consult with parking authorities to clarify that parking charges as signposted on the street or advertised must be the total cost paid without any additional surcharges for services by the apps.

Parking authorities will be given the chance to provide feedback into how the Pay Parking and Controlled Loading Zone Guidelines are updated and input into any challenges associated.

Last month, the NSW Government put on notice councils that run two-tiered beach car parking schemes that favour homeowners over renters that changes will also be made in that area.

Last year, the Government updated the parking Guidelines to require that street parking duration is of a minimum one hour when it is combined with permit holder exemptions.

Minister for Roads John Graham said:
“Councils need to read the signs - motorists are not happy about being slugged with hidden fees on top of the cost of parking.

“Many motorists have been surprised and annoyed to find out the friendly reminder that their parking is running out comes with its own sting in the tail of another 34 cents on top of the bill.

“The cost to park should be just as it says on the sign regardless of how you pay. It’s a simple concept that we want all councils to get onboard with and we are inviting their feedback to help shape improvements for the consumer.

“In general, ticketless parking is there to make payment easier and more convenient for users and reminders are a good thing to avoid the headache of a parking fine. Data on parking demand is also invaluable for making improvements at street level.”

Climate change could make more turtles female – but some are starting to adapt

A loggerhead turtle nesting. Mollie RickwoodCC BY-NC-ND
Mollie RickwoodUniversity of ExeterAnnette BroderickUniversity of Exeter, and Robin SnapeUniversity of Exeter

Rising global temperatures are a particularly acute threat for the world’s sea turtles. That’s because the temperature of a turtle’s nest controls the sex of their offspring.

Coming ashore onto a beach (often the beach from where they hatched), sea turtles use their flippers to carefully scoop out the sand and create flask-shaped nests in the sand in which they lay their eggs. There is no maternal care for these nests – their success depends solely on the environment. Hotter nests will produce more female hatchlings, but fewer babies will survive into adulthood once temperatures rise above a critical threshold.

Unless sea turtles find a way to counteract rising nest temperatures, climate change could produce an increasing number of females and fewer offspring – a frightening scenario for sea turtle biologists like us.

Fortunately, we were pleased to discover that green and loggerhead turtles that breed in North Cyprus are arriving earlier in the year to offset some of the impacts of rising incubation temperatures.

Since the early 1990s, the Society for the Protection of Turtles and our team at the University of Exeter have been working together to monitor and protect the green and loggerhead turtles that nest on the beaches of North Cyprus.

Every summer, a team of dedicated volunteers patrols nesting beaches to record every nest that has been laid. They place temperature data-loggers into these nests and tag every female they encounter. The result is a unique database of over 1,300 individual female turtles for whom the date, location and hatching success of her nests is known.

Using this database, we were able to show that, since 1992, green and loggerhead turtles in North Cyprus are nesting more than half a day earlier each year (greens 0.61 days, loggerheads 0.78 days). Before the mid 2000s, no turtles had been recorded nesting before June, but now we expect to see quite a few nests from the start of May.


Do the seasons feel increasingly weird to you? You’re not alone. Climate change is distorting nature’s calendar, causing plants to flower early and animals to emerge at the wrong time.

This article is part of a series, Wild Seasons, on how the seasons are changing – and what they may eventually look like.


If temperatures keep rising at current rates, we estimated that to maintain current sex ratios, the loggerhead turtles would need to keep nesting half a day earlier each year. To prevent a decrease in hatching rates, they’ll need to nest 0.7 days earlier each year.

This means that, for the time being, our loggerheads are shifting their nesting dates early enough to maintain current incubation temperatures and, therefore, sex ratios and hatching success. Good news.

Though our study in loggerheads offers cause for optimism, there is no guarantee that the females will continue to nest earlier and earlier each year. To try to understand if this might be the case, we wanted to understand whether temperature was the main factor driving this earlier nesting.

Temperature isn’t everything

For individual green turtles, we confirmed that the temperature is an important factor in causing them to nest earlier. In fact, we found that individual females will nest 6.47 days earlier for every degree celsius increase in sea temperature.

However, we also showed that how many times a female has bred before and the number of times she lays eggs in a breeding season explain an equal amount of the variation in her lay dates. These observations have important effects when we think about what is happening to the green turtle population as a whole.

As a result of conservation measures such as protecting the nests from predation and relocating nests laid too close to the high water line we have seen a big population increase in the green turtles at our study site in North Cyprus. Since 1992, numbers have grown from 55 nests per year to over 400.

Understanding the current trend of earlier nesting is complicated. But, for now, we can be assured that sea turtles are doing just enough to counteract the negative effects of climate change – which is fantastic news.

The turtles are doing their bit. Now, it is up to us to ensure the continued conservation and long-term monitoring of this charismatic ocean ambassador to give them the best chance of survival in our changing world.


Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?
Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 40,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.The Conversation


Mollie Rickwood, PhD Researcher, Marine Conservation, University of ExeterAnnette Broderick, Professor of Marine Conservation, University of Exeter, and Robin Snape, Associate Researcher, Centre for Ecology and Conservation, University of Exeter

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

It’s the biggest Egyptian tomb discovery in a century. Who was Thutmose II?

Wikimedia/The Conversation
Anna M. Kotarba-MorleyUniversity of Adelaide and Katarzyna KapiecPolish Academy of Sciences

Archaeologists in Egypt have made an exciting discovery: the tomb of Pharaoh Thutmose II, a ruler who has long been overshadowed by his famous wife and half-sister, Queen Hatshepsut.

The remarkable find is located in the Western Valley (a burial ground for queens rather than kings), near the complex of Deir el-Bahari, which houses the funerary temple of Hatshepsut. Both of us worked together as archaeologists at this spectacular site some 15 years ago.

Thutmose II’s tomb has been labelled the first, and biggest, discovery of a royal tomb since Tutankhamun’s tomb was found just over 100 years ago.

Despite being totally empty, it’s a crucial element in further understanding a transformative period in ancient Egyptian history.

Hatshepsut’s forgotten brother and husband

Thutmose II (also called Akheperenre) reigned in the first half of the 15th century BCE. This made him the fourth ruler of the 18th Egyptian Dynasty, which marked the beginning of the New Kingdom period.

Thutmose II likely ruled for a little over ten years, although some scholars believe his reign may have lasted only three years.

He was the son of a great pharaoh Thutmose I and his lesser wife, Mutnofret. He married his half-sister Queen Hatshepsut according to the royal custom, to solidify the rule and bloodline. Together they had a daughter named Nefrure.

Thutmose II’s mummy was discovered in 1881 but his original tomb was unknown until now. Wikimedia

Upon his death, his wife Hatshepsut became the sixth pharaoh of the 18th Dynasty – and arguably one of the most famous and successful female rulers of all time.

Military activities

As the successor of Thutmose I, Thutmose II continued his father’s military policy in the southern regions of Egypt.

According to preserved inscriptions, he ordered the brutal suppression of a rebellion against Egyptian rule in the land of Kush (in present-day north Sudan). As a result, a significant number of prisoners were brought to Egypt – possibly as part of a campaign.

But Thutmose II’s military campaigns were minor in comparison to the grand conquests of his predecessors and successors. Most historians believe he was a weak ruler and that Hatshepsut had a major role in governing the country, even long before his death. However, others contest this.

Thutmose II’s short reign left modest traces of building activity in Karnak, one of the largest religious centres in ancient Egypt, located in present-day Luxor.

The structure, of which only fragments survive, features a unique decoration depicting Thutmose II, Hatshepsut as his royal wife before she became a ruler, and their daughter Nefrure. The origins of the monument are uncertain. It’s possible Thutmose II started it and Hatshepsut finished it.

The monument was reconstructed by French researchers and can now be admired at the Open Air Museum in Karnak.

Karnak is one of the most important religious centres in Ancient Egypt. Katarzyna Kapiec

Other monuments of Thutmose II were found in the southern regions of Egypt, such as in Elephantine, in the city of Aswan, and in northern Sudan (likely connected to his military campaigns).

The condemnation of Hatshepsut’s memory

Interestingly, the name of Thutmose II became strongly associated with many of Hatshepsut’s constructions due to the actions of Thutmose III.

Regarded as one of the greatest warriors, military commanders and military strategists of all time, Thutmose III was the nephew and stepson of Hatshepsut, and co-ruled with her as a regent.

At the end of Thutmose III’s reign, some 20 years after Hatshepsut’s death, he carried out a large-scale campaign to remove or alter Hatshepsut’s names and images. Scholars call this “damnatio memoriae”, or condemnation of the memory.

An example of Hatshepsut’s ‘damnatio memoriae’ at Deir el-Bahari. Hatshepsut’s cartouches (left) were defaced, while Thutmose III’s (right) remained untouched. Wikimedia

This was likely due to concerns about securing the throne for his successor, Amenhotep II, by linking him to his male ancestors.

In many cases, Hatshepsut’s name was replaced with that of Thutmose II, making him the principal celebrant in temples built by Hatshepsut, such as in Deir el-Bahari.

View at the temple of Hatshepsut at Deir el-Bahari at the dawn. Katarzyna Kapiec

What does Thutmose II’s empty tomb tell us?

The newly discovered tomb reveals fresh details about the status of Thutmose II and his role in the sociopolitical structure of 15th century BCE Egypt – a period of territorial expansion, wealth and political intrigue. It also sheds light on the perception of his rule at the time.

Thutmose II has been painted as an ineffectual ruler. And the latest findings don’t contradict this.

Unlike his father Thutmose I, who expanded Egypt’s reign through military strength, or his stepson Thutmose III, who became one of the most famous Egyptian warrior-kings, his modest tomb suggests his legacy may not have been as widely celebrated as others in his dynasty.

The tomb’s location is also intriguing, as it is near the tombs of royal wives, including the cliff tomb of Hatshepsut, which was prepared for her when she was still a royal wife.

Thutmose II’s mummy was discovered in the so-called Royal Cache in Deir el-Bahari in 1881, alongside other royal mummies. Many royal mummies were relocated here for protection from flooding and during the uncertain times of the 21st Dynasty (circa 1077–950 BCE), some 400–500 years after Thutmose II’s original burial.

However, experts suspect Thutmose II’s tomb might have been emptied even earlier due to flooding from a waterfall above it.

The two of us speculate another tomb may have been built for him, and is still awaiting discovery.

An 1881 photograph of some of the coffins and mummies found in DB320, taken before the mummies were unwrapped. Wikimedia

Ultimately, Thutmose II’s reign remains shrouded in mystery due to the lack of available records. The search for his tomb – from Western Valley, through the Valley of the Kings, all the way to Deir el-Bahari – spanned centuries.

Despite its poorly preserved state, and its scarcity compared with Tutankhamun’s splendorous tomb, this discovery will expand our understanding of the overlooked figure of Thutmose II, and the role he played in setting up the reign of Hatshepsut – arguably the most successful of the four female pharaohs.

In fact, paving the way for the ascent of Hatshepsut may have been his greatest contribution.The Conversation

Anna M. Kotarba-Morley, Senior Lecturer in Museum and Curatorial Studies / Research Fellow, University of Adelaide and Katarzyna Kapiec, Institute of Mediterranean and Oriental Cultures, Assistant Professor, Polish Academy of Sciences

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How the Victorians started the modern health obsession with collagen

Dream79/Shutterstock
Michelle SpearUniversity of Bristol

Shimmering, wobbling and painstakingly prepared, jelly was a staple of elite Victorian dining tables. But beneath its elegant presentation lay a deeper significance – one that reveals much about the era’s understanding of bone, health and scientific progress.

By examining what jelly meant to the Victorians, we gain a fascinating insight into how food, science, and social status were entwined, and why our modern fascination with bone broth and collagen supplements is nothing new.

To the Victorians, food was not merely sustenance but spectacle, and few dishes displayed culinary prowess as effectively as jelly.

The ability to produce a flawless, quivering mould showed not only a cook’s technical skill but also a household’s refinement and affluence. A beautifully set table featuring jewel-toned jellies and savoury aspics signified sophistication, wealth and control over one’s domestic sphere.

Despite its seemingly effortless appearance, jelly was among the most labour-intensive dishes a Victorian cook could prepare. Before the advent of commercially available gelatin, creating the perfect jelly required hours of patient work, beginning with the extraction of gelatin from animal bones.

Beneath the quivering surface of a Victorian jelly lies a remarkable structural conversion that begins deep within bone.

The key to jelly is collagen, the most abundant protein in the body and a fundamental component of bone. Collagen provides bone with tensile strength and flexibility, working alongside hydroxyapatite, a crystalline form of calcium phosphate, which lends bone its rigidity.

In its natural state, collagen exists as a tightly wound triple-helix structure – a molecular arrangement that resists breakdown under normal conditions. However, through prolonged exposure to heat and water, this resilient protein undergoes hydrolysis, breaking apart into gelatin — a substance capable of setting liquids into the delicate, tremulous form so prized by the Victorians.

The process begins with the slow simmering of bones, a practice familiar to both culinary and medical traditions.

When bones are boiled in water over extended periods, heat disrupts the hydrogen bonds stabilising the collagen fibrils, causing them to unravel. This process, known as thermal denaturation, leads to the gradual breakdown of collagen’s highly ordered triple helix, transforming it into smaller, soluble protein fragments.

The longer the bones are boiled, the more collagen dissolves, releasing a rich, proteinaceous broth — the precursor to both gelatin and the contemporary trend of bone broth, a healthy soup made by boiling animal bones.

As hydrolysis progresses, collagen loses its fibrous structure, forming a loose network of protein chains that remain suspended in the liquid. Unlike intact collagen, which is rigid and insoluble, these denatured fragments possess the unique ability to trap water molecules within a gel matrix when cooled.

This transformation is the defining characteristic of gelatin: once heated, it dissolves readily into a liquid, but upon cooling, the reformation of weak intermolecular bonds allows it to set into a flexible, semi-solid state.

The final stages of gelatin extraction involve purification and clarification. Victorian kitchens employed traditional methods of refining the broth, often using egg whites to bind to impurities, which were then skimmed from the surface. Once sufficiently clarified, the liquid was left to cool, allowing the gelatin to set into its characteristic wobbly structure.

Unlike modern commercial gelatin, which undergoes industrial processing for uniformity and ease of use, Victorian gelatin varied in strength and purity depending on the bones used and the duration of boiling.

Some bones yielded a stronger gelatin than others, influencing both its setting properties and clarity. Calves’ feet were among the most prized sources, rich in collagen and capable of producing a firm, well-setting jelly.

In contrast, ox bones, though commonly used for broths, contained less collagen and required prolonged boiling to extract enough gelatin, often resulting in a weaker set.

Boiling time was critical in determining gelatin strength. A long, slow simmer (12–24 hours) was optimal. Shorter boiling times, often used for poultry or lighter broths (and lighter bones), resulted in weaker gelatin. However, overboiling (beyond 24–36 hours) risked breaking down the protein structure too much, preventing the gelatin from setting properly.

Collagen and health

The link between gelatin and bone health was not lost on Victorian society. Medical texts of the period frequently recommended gelatin-rich broths for invalids, children, and the elderly, reinforcing the belief that consuming gelatin could replenish and strengthen the body’s own systems.

This intuitive logic mirrors contemporary claims that bone broth supports joint health, digestion and skin elasticity. However, while broth provides collagen and minerals, scientific evidence for its direct functional benefits remains limited.

Collagen from food is broken down during digestion and does not directly restore cartilage or connective tissue. Despite its nutrient content, bone broth is no more beneficial than other protein sources, with its resurgence driven more by slow food and wellness trends than firm scientific backing.

In many ways, the gelatinous dishes that graced Victorian dining tables were as much a product of scientific curiosity as they were of culinary tradition. The transformation of bone into jelly encapsulated an era fascinated by both anatomy and domestic mastery, offering a rare but not exclusive intersection between the dinner table and the laboratory.The Conversation

Michelle Spear, Professor of Anatomy, University of Bristol

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

380-million-year-old fossil ‘fish’ from Scotland has been discovered in Australia

3D printouts of the Palaeospondylus australis holotype, enlarged x20. Carole Burrow
Gavin Charles YoungAustralian National University

Queensland is renowned for its fossils of Australia’s largest back-boned animals – dinosaurs, of course, like the Jurassic Rhoetosaurus, the Cretaceous Wintonotitan, and other large sauropods.

However, our new paper published in the journal National Science Review documents the smallest vertebrate fossil animal described so far from the state.

It’s a highly enigmatic tiny “fish” from a remote location close to the Northern Territory border. It lived in the shallow margins of a marine environment about 400 million years ago.

A scattering of its skeletal elements was preserved in a small limestone outcrop at the southern end of the Toomba Range, on the edge of the Simpson Desert.

Palaeospondylus, a fossil enigma

Our paper describes a new species of the genus Palaeospondylus, only the second known. Remarkably, for the last 135 years, Palaeospondylus has been represented by a single species that lived in northern Scotland, on the other side of the world from our discovery.

Unlike nearly all fossil fish of that age, Palaeospondylus was “naked”, lacking external dermal bones and scales. But it did have a mineralised internal skeleton.

It is the oldest example from the fossil record to show a segmented vertebral column (a sort of backbone), hence its name – Greek for “ancient vertebra”.

A flattened fossil on a beige rock face.
Palaeospondylus gunni specimen from Achanarras Quarry, northern Scotland. Carole Burrow

The type species Palaeospondylus gunni is known from thousands of fairly complete specimens, almost all from a single flagstone quarry.

When first described in 1890, it attracted a flurry of competing interpretations in Europe and North America. Which group of animals did it belong to?

Since its discovery, it has been assigned to almost all major jawless and jawed vertebrate groups. All specimens were compressed, making the skeletal elements “melt” together. Imagination has always played a great role in trying to identify its parts.

Even after the advent of 3D scanning, three recent studies reached different conclusions. According to those, Palaeospondylus was related either to chondrichthyans (sharks), or tetrapods (the land vertebrates). Or maybe it was a stem jawed vertebrate – branching separately from the base of the evolutionary tree for all vertebrates with jaws.

The Queensland Palaeospondylus

The story of discovery of our new Queensland species, Palaeospondylus australis, began in 1977.

In the 1960s, geologist Reg Sprigg had predicted oil and gas beneath the northern Simpson Desert. The Bureau of Mineral Resources was conducting seismic surveys and microfossil sampling across the Georgina Basin, immediately to the north.

Microfossils are tiny fossils that can only be studied with a microscope, but are crucial to determining the age of the rock. Numerous sedimentary rock samples are collected, preferably limestones, because these can be dissolved in acid. The insoluble microfossils can then be identified and studied in the acid residues.

In 1977, I collected bits of limestone from an obscure gully in the Cravens Peak Beds, the sandstone forming the main ridge of the Toomba Range. Surprisingly, these produced a rich collection of Devonian fish microfossils. This was the first evidence that an arm of the sea had extended into central Australia during the Early Devonian (about 400 million years ago).

A table with several boxes of rock samples, all labeled and laid out for analysis.
The 1977 Cravens Peak limestone samples before being processed in acid. Carole Burrow

In the 2000s, palaeontologist Carole Burrow at the Queensland Museum was investigating the internal structure of Devonian fish microfossils to assist in dating the rocks.

In the Cravens Peak samples, she noticed some distinctively shaped, tiny elements composed of an unusual honeycomb-like tissue. Carole hypothesised this could be a new species of Palaeospondylus, the only record from outside Scotland.

So, in 2006, we organised another field trip to this remote location.

A group of people standing on a red rocky outcrop looking across a flat horizon.
The 2006 field trip participants (Tim Senden, Tim Holland, Carole Burrow, John Long, Gavin Young) looking south from the end of the Toomba Range, the last rock outcrop for around 500 km across the Simpson Desert. Bruce Burrow

Returning to the Queensland Museum after our field trip, Carole’s colleague from the Netherlands, palaeontologist Jan den Blaauwen, sent her new images showing similar honeycomb-like structure in the Scottish Palaeospondylus gunni.

Carole was acid-etching the newly collected samples so she could extract any microfossils. Luckily, she noticed a slightly larger specimen appearing on the rock surface (although still tiny, only about 3.6 millimetres long). It was highly interesting because it seemed bilaterally symmetrical.

Could this be a braincase (the bony capsule inside the skull that encloses the brain)? She immediately stopped acid etching before it disintegrated into crumbs.

Palaeospondylus australis holotype, QMF 52826, ventral braincase exposed on the limestone surface by acid etching (left), and trimmed for CT scanning (right). Carole Burrow, Gavin Young

The first uncrushed braincase

At the Australian National University, our sample was carefully trimmed before CT scanning, revealing the first uncrushed braincase of Palaeospondylus known to science.

It’s now the holotype – defining type specimen – for our new species. And we have about 400 other elements with the same honeycomb structure which belong to it, too.

The unique uncrushed preservation of this braincase, revealed by CT scanning and 3D printing techniques, provides the first details of brain structure in this tiny animal from 400 million years ago.

These include the shape of the cranial cavity and inner ear canals, the position of the pituitary gland and optic nerve openings, and details of the carotid arteries and jugular veins for blood supply to the brain.

3D scan image, the first view of the upper braincase surface of Palaeospondylus, showing the large opening into the cranial cavity. Jing Lu/Insitute of Vertebrate Paleontology and Paleoanthropology, Beijing

More questions remain

It is noteworthy that our curiosity-driven research into ancient brain morphology can be traced back to economically driven geological surveys of nearly 50 years ago, conducted to support exploration for oil and gas across central Australia.

As with any research result, there are now new questions to be investigated. The honeycomb tissue seems unique to Palaeospondylus, but could be a precursor to calcified cartilage of some other groups, including modern sharks.

Alternatively, it could be an early evolutionary stage for the spongy tissue (endochondral bone) filling the inside of most bones in modern land vertebrates, including humans.

The unique holotype of our new species clearly shows that previous interpretations of the crushed Scottish material included many structures that were not part of the braincase.

We’ve also now demonstrated that a recent study in the leading science journal Nature, which proposed that Palaeospondylus was closely related to our tetrapod ancestors, relied on many erroneous interpretations of braincase structure.

Of one thing we can be sure – Palaeospondylus was not a stem tetrapod.


Acknowledgements: Carole Burrow from Queensland Museum contributed greatly to this article.The Conversation

Gavin Charles Young, Departmental Visitor, Materials Physics, Research School of Physics, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Falling vaccination rates put children at risk of preventable diseases. Governments need a new strategy to boost uptake

Yuri A/Shutterstock
Peter BreadonGrattan Institute and Wendy HuGrattan Institute

Child vaccination is one of the most cost-effective health interventions. It accounts for 40% of the global reduction in infant deaths since 1974 and has led to big health gains in Australia over the past two decades.

Australia has been a vaccination success story. Ten years after we begun mass vaccination against polio in 1956, it was virtually eliminated. Our child vaccination rates have been among the best in the world.

But after peaking in 2020, child vaccination in Australia is falling. Governments need to implement a comprehensive strategy to boost vaccine uptake, or risk exposing more children to potentially preventable infectious diseases.

Child vaccination has been a triumph

Thirty years ago, Australia’s childhood vaccination rates were dismal. Then, in 1997, governments introduced the National Immunisation Program to vaccinate children against diseases such as diphtheria, tetanus, and measles.

Measures to increase coverage included financial incentives for parents and doctors, a public awareness campaign, and collecting and sharing local data to encourage the least-vaccinated regions to catch up with the rest of the country.

What followed was a public health triumph. In 1995, only 52% of one-year-olds were fully immunised. By 2020, Australia had reached 95% coverage for one-year-olds and five-year-olds. At this level, it’s difficult even for highly infectious diseases, such as measles, to spread in the community, protecting both the vaccinated and unvaccinated.

Nurse talks to mother and toddler
By 2020, 95% of children were vaccinated. Drazen Zigic/Shutterstock

Gaps between regions and communities closed too. In 1999, the Northern Territory’s vaccination rate for one-year-olds was the lowest in the country, lagging the national average by six percentage points. By 2020, that gap had virtually disappeared.

The difference between vaccination rates for First Nations children and other children also narrowed considerably.

It made children healthier. The years of healthy life lost due to vaccine-preventable diseases for children aged four and younger fell by nearly 40% in the decade to 2015.

Some diseases have even been eliminated in Australia.

Our success is slipping away

But that success is at risk. Since 2020, the share of children who are fully vaccinated has fallen every year. For every child vaccine on the National Immunisation Schedule, protection was lower in 2024 than in 2020.

Gaps between parts of Australia are opening back up. Vaccination rates in the highest-coverage parts of Australia are largely stable, but they are falling quickly in areas with lower vaccination.

In 2018, there were only ten communities where more than 10% of one-year-old children were not fully vaccinated. Last year, that number ballooned to 50 communities. That leaves more areas vulnerable to disease and outbreaks.

While Noosa, the Gold Coast Hinterland and Richmond Valley (near Byron Bay) have persistently had some of the country’s lowest vaccination rates, areas such as Manjimup in Western Australia and Tasmania’s South East Coast have recorded big declines since 2018.

Missing out on vaccination isn’t just a problem for children.

One preprint study (which is yet to be peer-reviewed) suggests vaccination during pregnancy may also be declining.

Far too many older Australians are missing out on recommended vaccinations for flu, COVID, pneumococcal and shingles. Vaccination rates in aged care homes for flu and COVID are worryingly low.

What’s going wrong?

Australia isn’t alone. Since the pandemic, child vaccination rates have fallen in many high-income countries, including New Zealand, the United Kingdom and the United States.

Globally, in 2023, measles cases rose by 20%, and just this year, a measles outbreak in rural Texas has put at least 13 children in hospital.

Alarmingly, some regions in Australia have lower measles vaccination than that Texas county.

The timing of trends here and overseas suggests things shifted, or at least accelerated, during the pandemic. Vaccine hesitancy, fuelled by misinformation about COVID vaccines, is a growing threat.

This year, vaccine sceptic Robert F. Kennedy Jr was appointed to run the US health system, and Louisiana’s top health official has reportedly cancelled the promotion of mass vaccination.

In Australia, a recent survey found 6% of parents didn’t think vaccines were safe, and 5% believed they don’t work.

Those concerns are far more common among parents with children who are partially vaccinated or unvaccinated. Among the 2% of parents whose children are unvaccinated, almost half believe vaccines are not safe for their child, and four in ten believe vaccines didn’t work.

Other consequences of the pandemic were a spike in the cost of living, and a health system struggling to meet demand. More than one in ten parents said cost and difficulty getting an appointment were barriers to vaccinating their children.

There’s no single cause of sliding vaccination rates, so there’s no one solution. The best way to reverse these worrying trends is to work on all the key barriers at once – from a lack of awareness, to inconvenience, to lack of trust.

What governments should do

Governments should step up public health campaigns that counter misinformation, boost awareness of immunisation and its benefits, and communicate effectively to low-vaccination groups. The new Australian Centre for Disease Control should lead the charge.

Primary health networks, the regional bodies responsible for improving primary care, should share data on vaccination rates with GPs and pharmacies. These networks should also help make services more accessible to communities who are missing out, such as migrant groups and disadvantaged families.

State and local governments should do the same, sharing data and providing support to make maternal child health services and school-based vaccination programs accessible for all families.

A girl and clinician smile at each other
Governments can communicate better about the benefits of vaccination. Yuri A/Shutterstock

Governments should also be more ambitious about tackling the growing vaccine divides between different parts of the country. The relevant performance measure in the national vaccination agreement is weak. States must only increase five-year-old vaccination rates in four of the ten areas where it is lowest. That only covers a small fraction of low-vaccination areas, and only the final stage of child vaccination.

Australia needs to set tougher goals, and back them with funding.

Governments should fund tailored interventions in areas with the lowest rates of vaccination. Proven initiatives include training trusted community members as “community champions” to promote vaccinations, and pop-up clinics or home visits for free vaccinations.

At this time of year, childcare centres and schools are back in full swing. But every year, each new intake has less protection than the previous cohort. Governments are developing a new national vaccination strategy and must seize the opportunity to turn that trend around. If it commits to a bold national plan, Australia can get back to setting records for child vaccination.The Conversation

Peter Breadon, Program Director, Health and Aged Care, Grattan Institute and Wendy Hu, Associate, Health Program, Grattan Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

There’s an outbreak of melioidosis in north Queensland. Here’s what to know about this deadly ‘mud bug’

moomin201/Shutterstock
Thomas JeffriesWestern Sydney University

Seven people have now died from melioidosis in flood-ravaged north Queensland this year.

Dozens of cases have been reported in the state in recent weeks, which experts have described as unprecedented.

So what is melioidosis, and why are we seeing a spike in cases now?

How do people get infected?

Melioidosis is caused by the bacterium Burkholderia pseudomallei, a bug which normally lives harmlessly in soil and freshwater. But it can be dangerous when it infects humans or animals.

B. pseudomallei – sometimes called the “mud bug” – enters the body through cuts or scratches. It can also be breathed in and enter the lungs via small airborne water droplets, or by drinking affected water.

Symptoms usually develop within one to four weeks after a person has been infected. The disease can cause either local infections, such as chronic skin ulcers, or, more commonly, a lung infection which can lead to pneumonia.

A petri dish with the bacteria _B. pseudomallei_.
Melioidosis is caused by the bacteria B. pseudomallei. Reddress/Shutterstock

Symptoms of the infection include fever, headache, trouble breathing, chest and muscle pain, confusion and seizures. In rare cases the disease can enter the bloodstream and cause septicaemia.

Treatment involves receiving intravenous antibiotics in hospital for several weeks followed by up to six months of oral antibiotics.

How common is it?

Diagnosis is usually conducted using a specialist bacterial culture. This is where a sample isolated from the patient is grown in a petri dish to identify the bacteria, which can take several days.

Globally, around 165,000 cases of melioidosis are reported annually, and 89,000 deaths. The majority of cases occur in southeast Asia, particularly Thailand.

Because similar symptoms can be caused by so many other diseases, melioidosis is commonly misidentified, meaning reported case numbers are probably far lower than the actual number of infections.

Also, cases often occur in remote communities and resource-poor settings, which can mean they’re less likely to be diagnosed.

The disease is thought to be endemic to northern Australia. It usually infects about 0.6 per 100,000 people annually in Queensland, which would be equivalent to around 30 people.

In the Northern Territory, around 17 people per 100,000 are infected annually, which would be equivalent to about 42 cases. However, this data is several years old.

In Australia, melioidosis is often treated before fatalities occur. The mortality rate has been estimated at less than 10%.

More people die from the disease in lower-resource countries with poorer diagnostic capabilities and hospital facilities. In Thailand the mortality rate is estimated to be around 40%.

Who is at risk?

Anyone can get melioidosis, but certain people are at higher risk. This includes people with diabetes, liver and kidney disease, cancer, or other conditions which might compromise the patient’s immune system.

In Australia, the disease is also significantly more common in First Nations people than among non-Indigenous Australians.

Once infected, people who are Indigenous, older or have chronic health conditions are at higher risk of poorer outcomes.

In the current outbreak in Queensland, at least three of the victims so far have been elderly.

What’s causing the current outbreak?

Recent cases in north Queensland have been identified mainly around Townsville and Cairns.

Cairns and Hinterland Hospital and Health Service has recorded at least 41 cases since January 1, while more than 20 cases have been reported in Townsville in February.

This is most likely related to increased rainfall and flooding in and around these areas.

B. pseudomallei lives in soil and mud, and comes to the surface during periods of high rainfall. So recent heavy rain and flooding in north Queensland has likely increased the risk of melioidosis.

In the Northern Territory, 28 cases have been reported since the start of the rainy season last October. However this is lower than recent seasons.

How can you protect yourself?

If you’re in an affected region, you can protect yourself by limiting exposure to mud and water, and using appropriate personal protective equipment such as gloves and boots if spending time in muddy areas. Cover any open wounds and wear a respirator if you’re working closely with water.

Monitor for symptoms and see a doctor if you feel unwell.

Several vaccines are in development for melioidosis, and experts have recently called for it to be recognised as a neglected tropical disease by the World Health Organization.

Particularly seeing as increasing extreme weather events due to climate change may make melioidosis more common, hopefully we’ll see an increase in research into and awareness of this disease in the years ahead.The Conversation

Thomas Jeffries, Senior Lecturer in Microbiology, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Studies of Parkinson’s disease have long overlooked Pacific populations – our work shows why that must change

Shutterstock/sfam_photo
Victor DieriksUniversity of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau and Eden Paige YinUniversity of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

A form of Parkinson’s disease caused by mutations in a gene known as PINK1 has long been labelled rare. But our research shows it’s anything but – at least for some populations.

Our meta-analysis revealed that people in specific Polynesian communities have a much higher rate of PINK1-linked Parkinson’s than expected. This finding reshapes not only our understanding of who is most at risk, but also how soon symptoms may appear and what that might mean for treatment and testing.

Parkinson’s disease is often thought of as a single condition. In reality, it is better understood as a group of syndromes caused by different factors – genetic, environmental or a combination of both.

These varying causes lead to differences in disease patterns, progression and subsequent diagnosis. Recognising this distinction is crucial as it paves the way for targeted interventions and may even help prevent the disease altogether.

Why we focus on PINK1-linked Parkinson’s

We became interested in this gene after a 2021 study highlighted five people of Samoan and Tongan descent living in New Zealand who shared the same PINK1 mutation.

Previously, this mutation had been spotted only in a few more distant places –Malaysia, Guam and the Philippines. The fact it appeared in people from Samoan and Tongan backgrounds suggested a historical connection dating back to early Polynesian migrations.

One person in 1,300 West Polynesians carries this mutation. This is a frequency well above what scientists usually classify as rare (below one in 2,200). This discovery means we may be overlooking entire communities in Parkinson’s research if we continue to assume PINK1-linked cases are uncommon.

A world map shows the incidence of PINK1-linked Parkinson’s, adjusted for population.
This world map shows people in some Polynesian communities have a much higher rate of PINK1-linked Parkinson’s than the global population. Eden YinCC BY-SA

Traditional understanding says PINK1-linked Parkinson’s is both rare and typically strikes younger people, mostly in their 30s or 40s, if they inherit two faulty copies of the gene. In other words, it’s considered a recessive condition, needing two matching puzzle pieces before the disease can unfold.

Our work challenges this view. We show that even one defective PINK1 gene can cause Parkinson’s at an average age of 43, much earlier than the typical onset after 65. That’s a significant departure from the standard belief that only people with two defective gene copies are at risk.

Why this matters for people with the disease

It’s not just genetics that challenge long-held views. Historically, PINK1-linked Parkinson’s was thought to lack some of the classic features of the disease, such as toxic clumps of alpha-synuclein protein.

In typical Parkinson’s, alpha-synuclein builds up in the brain, forming sticky clumps known as Lewy bodies. Our results, contrary to prior beliefs, show that alpha-synuclein pathology is present in 87.5% of PINK1 cases. This finding opens up a promising new avenue for future treatment development.

The biggest concern is early onset. PINK1-linked Parkinson’s can begin as early as 11 years old, although a more common starting point is around the mid-30s. This early onset means living longer with the disease, which can profoundly affect education, work opportunities and family life.

Current treatments (such as levodopa, a precursor of dopamine) help manage symptoms, but they’re not designed to address the root cause. If we know someone has a PINK1 mutation, scientists and clinicians can explore therapies for specific genetic pathways, potentially delivering relief beyond symptom management.

Sex differences add a layer of complexity

In Parkinson’s, generally, men are at higher risk and tend to develop symptoms earlier. However, our findings suggest the opposite pattern for PINK1-linked cases. Particularly, women with two defective copies of the gene experience onset earlier than men.

This highlights the need to consider sex-related factors in Parkinson’s research. Overlooking them risks missing key elements of the disease.

Genetic testing could be a game-changer for PINK1-linked Parkinson’s. Because it often appears earlier, doctors may not recognise it immediately, especially if they are more familiar with the common, later-onset form of Parkinson’s.

Early genetic testing could lead to a faster, more accurate diagnosis, allowing treatment to begin when interventions are most effective. It would help families understand how the disease is inherited, enabling relatives to get tested.

In some cases, where appropriate and culturally acceptable, embryo screening may be considered to prevent the passing of the faulty gene.

Knowing you have a PINK1 mutation could also make finding the right treatment more efficient. Instead of a lengthy trial-and-error process with different medications, doctors could use emerging therapies designed to target the underlying PINK1 mutation rather than relying on general Parkinson’s treatments meant for the broader population.

Addressing research gaps

These findings underscore how crucial it is to include diverse populations in health research.

Many communities, such as those in Samoa, Tonga and other Pacific nations, have had little to no involvement in global Parkinson’s genetics studies. This has created gaps in knowledge and real-world consequences for people who may not receive timely or accurate diagnoses.

Researchers, funding bodies and policymakers must prioritise projects beyond the usual focus on European or industrialised countries to ensure research findings and treatments are relevant to all affected populations.

To better diagnose and treat Parkinson’s, we need a more inclusive approach. Recognising that PINK1-linked Parkinson’s is not as rare as previously thought – and that genetics, sex differences and cultural factors all play a role – allows us to improve care for everyone.

By expanding genetic testing, refining treatments and ensuring research reflects the full spectrum of Parkinson’s, we can move closer to more precise diagnoses, targeted therapies and better support systems for all.The Conversation

Victor Dieriks, Research Fellow in Health Sciences, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau and Eden Paige Yin, PhD candidate in Health Sciences, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘It’s disgusting that they can get away with this’: here’s how eviction can affect tenants’ lives

Alan MorrisUniversity of Technology SydneyJoelle MooreThe University of QueenslandThi Thanh Mai GiangThe University of Queensland, and Yiran LiUniversity of Technology Sydney

For people relying on rental properties to keep a roof over their heads, there are few things more scary than the possibility of being evicted from their home.

The paucity of official statistics makes it difficult to know exactly how common evictions are. In 2019–20, 13.8% of private renters moved due to their lease being terminated or not renewed.

Besides a report or two, we know little about what happens when households face the possibility of being evicted, or are actually evicted.

Our research examines these consequences. Through in-depth interviews with 53 private tenants in New South Wales and Queensland, we found these experiences negatively shaped people’s lives well into the future. Here are four themes we identified.

1. Poor mental health

The ease with which landlords can terminate a tenant’s occupation evoked persistent anxiety for most of the interviewees (the interviews were conducted prior to the scrapping of no-grounds eviction in NSW, though such evictions are still allowed in other states and territories).

This was especially so for low-income tenants.

When interviewed, Susan* had recently been evicted from her apartment in Sydney. She was reliant on the Disability Support Pension for her income and lived in constant fear of being evicted and rendered homeless. She felt that having a disability and being from a non-English-speaking background made her precarity worse:

if you are somebody who comes from a non-English-speaking background, or you have a disability, or have no ability to enforce [the legislation], it’s on the tenant to take up the laws and to do something about it. And if you don’t have any of those abilities, you’re just going to be on your way to homelessness very, very soon […]

Grace lived by herself in Sydney. She had been given a no-grounds termination and was convinced it was linked to her landlord’s realisation that he could raise her rent considerably once she moved out. Her mental health was seriously affected by the eviction:

It was just like out of nowhere […] so that was horrific […] I’m still trying to settle into this new place with that trauma of being uprooted all of a sudden […] I think it’s probably going to affect me for a while and particularly in terms of just the power that real estates and landlords have to be able to do that.

2. Financial hardship

For many of the low-income tenants, the financial implications of being evicted were severe.

Sarah, her husband and their three children had been renting in Sydney since 2013. She estimated that since 2014, they had had to move at least six times. Most of the moves were not voluntary. She found the financial implications of evictions extremely distressing:

It’s the finances of it that’s the hardest […] when you get asked to move, you need to have a bond ready to go at the next place before you receive your bond back, which is a killer […]

She outlined all the expenses that came up each time she moved from one rental to another: professional cleaners, removalists and maintenance deducted from the bond.

After her rented accommodation was condemned, Brenda, a single mum of two children, had 48 hours to move from her rental property in regional Queensland. The move consumed her savings:

I had $200 after paying all my bills to move. So once I moved that was it. So I struggled the following week for everything. For food, […] getting my son to school, my daughter. It was just horrible.

3. Reluctance to complain

The knowledge that, at some point, the rent could be increased to an untenable level or they could be asked to vacate evoked silent compliance. This created a reluctance to complain or request basic maintenance.

Alice was convinced she was evicted after complaining about the poor condition of the rental property she, her son and grandson had been renting for eight years in regional NSW. Her grandson’s bedroom was unusable due to excessive mould.

However, her low income and the threat of eviction meant she held off complaining for an extended period:

[…] it’s just disgusting that they [landlords] can get away with this shit while charging top dollar, and […] that’s why I didn’t complain because I said to everybody, “as soon as I complain he’ll kick us out.” […] If I hadn’t complained, we’d still be there […]

Sarah described how, despite feeling harassed and stressed by her landlord’s unannounced and constant intrusions, she felt the family had to accept the situation and not protest:

I was petrified of being kicked out if we fought back and so […] we let him onto the property 16 times in 10 months and said nothing.

When they couldn’t take it any longer and complained, they were given notice, the landlord claiming he needed to do maintenance that required the property to be vacant.

4. Ending up in a worse home

A common consequence of eviction is having to move to unsuitable, lower-quality accommodation.

Jan and her partner were older renters and reliant on government benefits for their income. The flow-on effects of being evicted from their accommodation in Queensland, where they had been living for ten years, were devastating. Her partner attempted suicide, her relationship with him ended, and she was forced to live in a tent on a piece of land her mother had bought several years prior:

our rental accommodation was sold out from under us to developers and we had to be out with nowhere to go. We looked around for somewhere else to rent and there was absolutely nowhere we could afford at all.

It’s clear that eviction, or the threat thereof, can have devastating effects on people’s lives.

Although there has been some movement around improving the lot of private renters, such as legislation abolishing no-grounds eviction in some jurisdictions, and rent increases being allowed only once a year, a lot more needs to be done to ensure tenants have acceptable security of tenure.


*All names in this article have been changed to protect participants’ privacy.The Conversation

Alan Morris, Professor, Institute for Public Policy and Governance, University of Technology SydneyJoelle Moore, PhD Candidate, School of Social Science, The University of QueenslandThi Thanh Mai Giang, PhD Candidate, School of Social Sciences, The University of Queensland, and Yiran Li, Research Assistant, Institute of Public Policy and Governance, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Scientists have discovered a 3 billion-year-old beach buried on Mars

A view of the Utopia Planitia region on Mars which is believed to be the site of an ancient ocean. ESA/DLR/FU BerlinCC BY-SA
Aaron J. CavosieCurtin University

In the 1970s, images from the NASA Mariner 9 orbiter revealed water-sculpted surfaces on Mars. This settled the once-controversial question of whether water ever rippled over the red planet.

Since then, more and more evidence has emerged that water once played a large role on our planetary neighbour.

For example, Martian meteorites record evidence for water back to 4.5 billion years ago. On the young side of the timescale, impact craters formed over the past few years show the presence of ice under the surface today.

Today the hot topics focus on when water appeared, how much was there, and how long it lasted. Perhaps the most burning of all Mars water-related topics nowadays is: were there ever oceans?

A new study published in PNAS today has made quite a splash. The study involved a team of Chinese and American scientists led by Jianhui Li from Guangzhou University in China, and was based on work done by the China National Space Administration’s Mars rover Zhurong.

Data from Zhurong provide an unprecedented look into rocks buried near a proposed shoreline billions of years old. The researchers claim to have found beach deposits from an ancient Martian ocean.

A large body of water covering most of the northern portion of an orange planet.
An illustration of Mars 3.6 billion years ago, when an ocean may have covered nearly half the planet. The orange star (right) is the landing site of the Chinese rover Zhurong. The yellow star is the landing site of NASA’s Perseverance rover. Robert Citron/Southwest Research Institute/NASA

Blue water on a red planet

Rovers exploring Mars study many aspects of the planet, including the geology, soil and atmosphere. They’re often looking for any evidence of water. That’s in part because water is a vital factor for determining if Mars ever supported life.

Sedimentary rocks are often a particular focus of investigations, because they can contain evidence of water – and therefore life – on Mars.

For example, the NASA Perseverance rover is currently searching for life in a delta deposit. Deltas are triangular regions often found where rivers flow into larger bodies of water, depositing large amounts of sediment. Examples on Earth include the Mississippi delta in the United States and the Nile delta in Egypt.

The delta the Perseverance rover is exploring is located within the roughly 45km wide Jezero impact crater, believed to be the site of an ancient lake.

Zhurong had its sights set on a very different body of water – the vestiges of an ancient ocean located in the northern hemisphere of Mars.

Aerial, multicoloured map with large areas of red on the left hand side and a patch of dark blue near the right hand side.
Topography of Utopia Planitia. Lower parts of the surface are shown in blues and purples, while higher altitude regions show up in whites and reds, as indicated on the scale to the top right. ESA/DLR/FU Berlin

The god of fire

The Zhurong rover is named after a mythical god of fire.

It was launched by the Chinese National Space Administration in 2020 and was active on Mars from 2021 to 2022. Zhurong landed within Utopia Planitia, a vast expanse and the largest impact basin on Mars which stretches some 3,300km in diameter.

Zhurong is investigating an area near a series of ridges – described as paleoshorelines – that extend for thousands of kilometres across Mars. The paleoshorelines have previously been interpreted as the remnants of a global ocean that encircled the northern third of Mars.

However, there are differing views among scientists about this, and more observations are needed.

On Earth, the geologic record of oceans is distinctive. Modern oceans are only a few hundreds of millions of years old. Yet the global rock record is riddled with deposits made by many older oceans, some several billions of years old.

A diagram depicting an ocean lapping at the foreshore, forming several beach ridges.
This diagram shows how a series of beach deposits would have formed at the Zhurong landing site in the distant past on Mars. Hai Liu/Guangzhou University

What lies beneath

To determine if rocks in Utopia Planitia are consistent with having been deposited by an ocean, the rover collected data along a 1.3km measured line known as a transect at the margin of the basin. The transect was oriented perpendicular to the paleoshoreline. The goal was to work out what rock types are there, and what story they tell.

The Zhurong rover used a technique called ground penetrating radar, which probed down to 100 metres below the surface. The data revealed many characteristics of the buried rocks, including their orientation.

Rocks imaged along the transect contained many reflective layers that are visible by ground penetrating radar down to at least 30 metres. All the layers also dip shallowly into the basin, away from the paleoshoreline. This geometry exactly reflects how sediments are deposited into oceans on Earth.

The ground penetrating radar also measured how much the rocks are affected by an electrical field. The results showed the rocks are more likely to be sedimentary and are not volcanic flows, which can also form layers.

The study compared Zhurong data gathered from Utopia Planitia with ground penetrating radar data for different sedimentary environments on Earth.

The result of the comparison is clear – the rocks Zhurong imaged are a match for coastal sediments deposited along the margin of an ocean.

Zhurong found a beach.

A icy, rocky terrain beneath an orange sky.
Photograph of frosted terrain on Utopia Planitia, taken by the Viking 2 lander in 1979. NASA/JPL

A wet Mars

The Noachian period of Martian history, from 4.1 to 3.7 billion years ago, is the poster child for a wet Mars. There is abundant evidence from orbital images of valley networks and mineral maps that the surface of Noachian Mars had surface water.

However, there is less evidence for surface water during the Hesperian period, from 3.7 to 3 billion years ago. Stunning orbital images of large outflow channels in Hesperian land forms, including an area of canyons known as Kasei Valles, are believed to have formed from catastrophic releases of ground water, rather than standing water.

From this view, Mars appears to have cooled down and dried up by Hesperian time.

However, the Zhurong rover findings of coastal deposits formed in an ocean may indicate that surface water was stable on Mars longer than previously recognised. It may have lasted into the Late Hesperian period.

This may mean that habitable environments, around an ocean, extended to more recent times.The Conversation

Aaron J. Cavosie, Senior lecturer, School of Earth and Planetary Sciences, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Calling 000 for help in an emergency doesn’t work in parts of Australia – but a new plan could change that

robert paul van beets/Shutterstock
Mark A GregoryRMIT University

People could soon make mobile calls and send SMS text messages from the remotest parts of Australia, under a new election promise from the federal Albanese government to overhaul the country’s mobile phone network.

The proposal would create a new universal outdoor mobile obligation for Australian mobile carriers such as Telstra, Optus and Vodafone. This obligation would require carriers to work with companies operating low Earth orbit satellites to provide access to mobile voice, SMS and the Triple Zero (000) service almost everywhere across Australia.

This world-first reform would be a major step forward for public safety – especially in regional and remote areas, where mobile coverage is currently poor to nonexistent. The Albanese government says that if it wins the upcoming election, it would implement the reform by late 2027.

However, implementing it will come with some technical challenges.

Satellites boost mobile access

Low Earth orbit satellites operate at an altitude of between 160km and 2,000km above the Earth’s surface. Examples include the roughly 7,000 Starlink satellites owned and operated by tech billionaire Elon Musk’s company, SpaceX, that are currently in orbit.

The new generation of these satellites incorporates a technology known as “direct to device”. This means they can directly connect with mobile phones. And it is this feature the Labor government’s new proposal seeks to utilise.

Specifically, the proposal aims to:

  • expand Triple Zero (000) access for Australians across the nation
  • expand outdoor voice and SMS coverage into existing mobile black spots
  • improve the availability of mobile signals during disasters and power outages.

The proposal adds to carriers’ existing obligations to provide fixed phone and internet services across Australia.

In a few years, low Earth orbit satellites should also be able to provide data using an enhanced direct to device technology. The government has said it will consider including data in the obligation when the opportunity arises.

Staying safer and better connected in the bush

The telecommunications industry has long worked towards a goal of providing universal outdoor mobile coverage in Australia. Labor’s new proposal provides the impetus for the industry to take this major step forward.

It would also provide the guidance necessary to ensure a consumer safety focus remains the fundamental rationale for telecommunications.

This policy would ensure everyone can connect to emergency services, friends and family during emergencies or natural disasters.

The benefits for people living and working in regional and remote areas would be considerable.

For example, truck drivers experiencing a breakdown in the outback would be able to call for assistance. And farmers working in the remote wheat belt regions of Western Australia could stay connected with other workers and their families.

Technical problems to solve

However, there are some technical problems the telecommunications industry will need to overcome to achieve universal outdoor mobile coverage.

Across the world, nations are rolling out mobile networks that use different radio frequencies. For the universal outdoor mobile obligation to be successful, the mobile carriers will need to work with satellite providers to ensure the spectrum bands used in Australia for the 4G, and in the future 5G, mobile networks will also work with satellites.

Mobile devices connect with the network when the user makes a phone call, sends an SMS text message or browses the internet.

When the mobile is connected to a low Earth orbit satellite, it’s important that it can tell apps to “shut up” and stop trying to connect to the network to transmit data. Otherwise the connected mobiles could cause congestion and limit service reliability and resilience.

There are mobile handsets that have this capability today. But the vast majority of older mobile handsets do not. A list of compatible mobile handsets would need to be compiled and made available, so that consumers can consider this information when purchasing a mobile.

To connect to a low Earth orbit satellite, it is anticipated a mobile will need to be used in a location where the sky can be seen directly. And initially at least, using a satellite-connected mobile inside a vehicle will require an external antenna.

A man holds his mobile phone to the sky, while a woman sits in a broken-down car on the side of a remote road.
The universal outdoor mobile obligation would enable drivers experiencing a breakdown in the outback to call for help. DedovStock/Shutterstock

A timely step forward

The government says the introduction of a universal outdoor mobile obligation would provide an opportunity to modernise and expand existing service obligations for mobile carriers. For both to be successful, there is also a need for minimum performance standards.

Providing mobile voice call and SMS text access across Australia is of little value if the service quality is poor, and fails during an emergency or natural disaster.

That being said, Labor’s proposal should gain bipartisan support. It is a timely step forward that will bring positive outcomes for all Australians, especially those living and working in regional and remote areas.The Conversation

Mark A Gregory, Associate Professor, School of Engineering, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Multiple warnings and huge fines are not stopping super funds, insurers and banks overcharging customers

Jeannie Marie PatersonThe University of Melbourne

Last week the Federal Court fined Australia’s biggest superannuation company, AustralianSuper, A$27 million for overcharging customers.

The company had breached its legal obligations under the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993 by failing to identify and merge the duplicate accounts of customers.

Given the individual errant fees were about $1.50 per duplicate account, the penalty might sound disproportionate to the wrongdoing.

But over the nine years the duplicate account and other fees were being charged, they collectively cost customers about $69 million.

As revealed in court, the double charging continued even though AustralianSuper’s employees and officers were aware that duplicate accounts were widespread.

Not a precedent

This court case was not the first. It follows a damning series of cases brought by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) against banks, insurers and super funds for overcharging.

In 2022, ASIC reported six of Australia’s largest financial services institutions had paid almost $4.4 billion in compensation to customers for overcharging or providing no service.

Financial penalties were also imposed. Westpac and associated entities were fined $40 million for charging $10.9 million to more than 11,800 dead customers.

ANZ was also hit with a $25 million penalty for failing to provide promised fee benefits to about 689,000 customer accounts over more than 20 years.

These cases were highlighted in the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry, which ran from December 2017 to February 2019. But even after that, new instances emerged.

In 2023, a review by ASIC resulted in general insurers repaying more than $815 million to more than 5.6 million customers for pricing failures since 1 January 2018“.

After this, ASIC imposed penalties on insurers IAG-subsidiaries and QBE. It was alleged they misled customers by promising them loyalty discounts to renew their home insurance policies. But the customers actually had their premiums raised by an amount similar in size to the discounts.

In 2024, ASIC announced the findings of an inquiry into excessively high fees for superannuation fund advice. The fees were not proportionate to the advice needs of members or the cost of advice.

More than 300 members across seven of the funds had advice fees of more than $15,000 deducted from their accounts.

Despite repeated calls by ASIC and the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority for the industry to improve its operations, a 2024 ASIC review found major banks left at least two million low-income customers in high-fee accounts. Those affected were refunded more than $28 million.

Why has this litany of pricing misconduct cases occurred?

Put in the best light, the failures represent a combination of poor legacy payment systems and increasingly complex modern payment structures and products.

Recognising these constraints, the Federal Court has stated that the obligation under the Corporations Act to ensure financial services are provided "efficiently, honestly and fairly” does not demand “absolute perfection”.

In other words, some mistakes are inevitable. But this does not relieve banks, insurers and superannuation funds from responsibility for payment errors.

The buck stops with the institutions

Charging more money than permitted or failing to pass on discounts will usually be a breach of the financial institution’s contract with its customers, and may also amount to misleading conduct.

It’s unlawful. Even if the individual amounts in question are small compared with the turnover of the financial institution, they are significant to the customers affected.

This means, as courts have consistently recognised, that financial institutions have a responsibility to put in place “systems and processes” to identify and correct payment errors. And they need to remediate affected customers promptly.

The ongoing misconduct suggests banks, insurers and superannuation trustees have ignored this.

Notably, in 2023, a court found NAB waited more than two years to correct overcharging, despite being aware of it.

And in 2025, the court was critical of AustralianSuper for taking years to address the problem of duplicate customer accounts even after it was identified.

The judge in the AustralianSuper case said:

nobody was responsible for ensuring compliance with legislative requirements and [this] resulted in no resources being dedicated to that task.

When no one takes responsibility

After the Royal Commission, ASIC was criticised for not being sufficiently rigorous in enforcing the law. It now appears ASIC is working through the fee practices of banks, insurers and super funds armed with considerable penalties.

ASIC’s clear aim is to ensure payment misconduct doesn’t pay, and enforcement by the regulator cannot be dismissed as a mere cost of doing business.

But is this enough? Customers may wait years for payment errors to be identified and redressed through enforcement by ASIC.

We need to rethink how these institutions understand their obligations to customers. Notably, the United Kingdom has introduced a “consumer duty”, which requires banks to promote customers’ interests and demonstrate how they are doing this.

Australia doesn’t have this obligation. But it may be worth learning from the UK. Banks, insurers and superannuation funds here should be obligated to show they are using processes that produce good ongoing outcomes for their customers.The Conversation

Jeannie Marie Paterson, Professor of Law, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.